12t Crane SP2552-2-15-1 UM

PROJECT DOCUMENT Page 1 of 1
No. SP2552-2-15-1 UM
Customer Supplier Project number, supplier

Fujian Mawei Shipbuilding Ltd MacGregor Norway AS SP2552-2
Andøyfaret 15
NO-4623 Kristiansand Project name, customer
NORWAY -
P.O. number, customer

-
User Manual
Equipment: MacGregor Offshore Knuckle Jib Crane
Type: HMC 2201 LKO 120-18 / 100-20
Revision Description Date Author Checked by

0 Issued for information 09.12.2014 SMA
This document and all information and data herein or herewith is the confidential and proprietary property of MacGregor Norway AS and is not to be used,
reproduced or disclosed in whole or in part by or to anyone without the written confirmation from MacGregor Norway AS.
© MacGregor Norway AS
www.MacGregor.com
Form-ID-Document-Frontpage-201011
User Manual for Crane
1 Introduction
Table of Contents
1. General ............................................................................................................................................1
2. Purchase Information .......................................................................................................................1
3. Contact Information ..........................................................................................................................1
4. General Security Conditions.............................................................................................................2
5. Training ............................................................................................................................................2
6. Guarantee Restrictions ....................................................................................................................2
7. HSE – Health, Safety and Environment ...........................................................................................3
7.1. Safety in Maintenance ...............................................................................................................3
7.2. Disconnection of Live Circuits ....................................................................................................3
7.3. Accidental Activation .................................................................................................................3
7.4. Electrical Supply Specification ...................................................................................................4
7.5. Replacement Parts ....................................................................................................................4
7.6. Software ....................................................................................................................................4
7.7. Observing the Installation Guidelines.........................................................................................4
7.8. Environment ..............................................................................................................................4
1 Introduction
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Blank page.
1 Introduction
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
1. General
This user manual is compiled in accordance with Norwegian Standard 5820.
Operators and maintenance personnel should read and understand this manual before operating or servicing the
equipment. The owner of the equipment is responsible for ensuring that no unauthorised personnel operate or
maintain the equipment.
This user manual is contained in a single volume:
• SP2552-2-15-1
Note: Illustrations/photos used in the user manual may deviate from the actual delivery. Optional equipment
that may or may not be present is denoted with a star .
2. Purchase Information
Equipment: Offshore/Subsea Knuckle Jib Crane
Type: HMC 2201 LKO 120-18 / 100-20
Customer: Fujian Mawei Shipbuilding Ltd
Machine number: SP2552-2
3. Contact Information
In case of any problems, please contact (remember equipment machine number for service advice):
+47 91 68 60 00
MacGregor Norway AS +47 38 01 87 01

Andøyfaret 15
N-4623 KRISTIANSAND
Norway
http://www.macgregor-
group.com/service krs.service@macgregor.com
24 hour service:
+47 91 68 97 51
1 Introduction
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS 1
After warranty period:
Contact your nearest MacGregor service office.
http://www.macgregor-group.com/service
4. General Security Conditions

No personnel are permitted in the equipment working area during operation.
All use of the equipment must comply with the company security regulations.
5. Training
MacGregor Norway AS can provide tailor-made operation and maintenance courses for all MacGregor Norway
equipment.
For more information, contact our head-office in Kristiansand. We recommend all our customers to attend our
courses.
6. Guarantee Restrictions
During the warranty period, all necessary spare parts must be supplied by MacGregor Norway AS. Use of
spare parts from other suppliers violates and forfeits the warranty.
Unintended use and/or faulty/deficient maintenance of the equipment forfeits the warranty.
Removal and/or loss of equipment identification plates by customer also forfeits the warranty.
1 Introduction
2 MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
7. HSE – Health, Safety and Environment

7.1. Safety in Maintenance
Before carrying out any maintenance or repair work, maintenance personnel must be completely familiar with
equipment operation, technical drawings and procedures.
Secure the area of the maintenance operation to the degree and the extent necessary!
When replacing heavy parts and/or structural components, objects being lifted must be carefully secured to the
lifting appliances and safeguarded in order to avoid hazardous situations. Use only approved lifting equipment
of sufficient carrying capacity.
Do not stay underneath or in the vicinity of a suspended load.
Only personnel authorised according to applicable regulations are to perform work on the electrical installation
or the equipment.
If specifications for inspection, maintenance or repair require the equipment to be voltage-free, this can be
achieved in the following ways:
• For circuits above 50 VAC / 30 VDC, switch off and lock out the main circuit breaker on the supply
side.
• For instrumentation circuits (below 50 VAC / 30 VDC), isolate the control cabinet from the main
supply.
• Open the fuses in the control cabinet, referring to the relevant (loop) drawings.
• Isolate the relevant wires / cores from the terminal block in the control cabinet.
• Follow the relevant procedures to troubleshoot or repair the equipment in question.
Before work proceeds verify that all circuits are voltage-free.
7.2. Disconnection of Live Circuits

Do not disconnect any live circuits unless location is known to be non-hazardous.
7.3. Accidental Activation

Measures must be taken to prevent accidental activation of equipment delivered by or controlled by a
MacGregor Norway AS product during maintenance.
This may include locking our power supply, posting warning signs at relevant locations, inform other people or
organisations.
1 Introduction
7.4. Electrical Supply Specification

In case of disturbances in the electrical supply (voltage, frequency, harmonic and other disturbances) the
equipment must be switched off immediately.
7.5. Replacement Parts

To maintain the integrity of the equipment delivered by MacGregor Norway AS it is important that all spare
parts have identical or better specifications than originally delivered. This is especially important for all
protective equipment such as fuses and circuit breakers. Computer hardware should not be altered or replaced
without consulting MacGregor Norway AS.
If in doubt – ASK!
7.6. Software
The software delivered with the system is programmed by MacGregor Norway AS, and is vital for safe and
dependable operation of the equipment.
Only qualified personnel from MacGregor Norway AS may alter or modify system software.
The software supplied with the system has unique reference numbers kept on file at MacGregor Norway AS. If
software modifications are detected in any system this will void any warranty responsibility with respect to the
safe and normal operation of the equipment. Consult MacGregor Norway AS prior to making any changes in the
software.
Use the attached Software Change Request formula whenever requiring a change in the application software.
7.7. Observing the Installation Guidelines

MacGregor Norway AS products meet the requirements of the contract as long as they are installed and
operated as described in the installation guidelines and documentation received from MacGregor Norway AS.
7.8. Environment
Environmental considerations should be kept in mind when disposing of any part of the equipment delivered by
MacGregor Norway AS.
1 Introduction
2 Main Data
Table of Contents
1. General ............................................................................................................................................1
2. Regulation and Design Criteria ........................................................................................................1
3. Main Winch ......................................................................................................................................2
4. Electro .............................................................................................................................................2
5. Hydraulic ..........................................................................................................................................2
6. Miscellaneous ..................................................................................................................................3
7. Additional Deliveries.........................................................................................................................3
2 Main Data
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Blank page.
2 Main Data
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
1. General
Project ID 2552-2
Customer Fujian Mawei Shipbuilding Ltd.
Crane type HMC 2201
Size LKO 120-18 / 100-20
Current vessel name CSS Accomodation Support Vessel
Yard build number MW610-2
Ship owner MAC Offshore
Contract delivery terms DAP Mawei Shipyard, Incoterms 2010
FAT site RCI Taichang
Commissioning site Mawei Shipyard
2. Regulation and Design Criteria

Regulations 1 ABS
Design verfication of foundation Yes, certified according to Regulations 1
Design verfication remaining Yes, certified according to Regulations 1
Manufacturing control Yes, according to Regulations 1
Test attendance ABS
Product certificate issued by ABS
Cranebook and ILO form issued by N/A
Area classification Safe zone
Design temp (°C) -10 / 45
Max operation wind speed (m/s) 25
Dynamic factor 1.33
Max trim/list 5+3 degrees
Minimum working radius MW (m) 5
Capacity Offshore Single 1 (XX t @ XX m) 12 ton -18 m (Single line arrangement)
Capacity Offshore Single 2 (XX t @ XX m) 10 ton -20 m (Single line arrangement)
Main winch wire sheave PCD ratio No customer req.
Main winch wire sheave PCD (mm) 650
Dynamic factor and derating: Derating procedures are to be applied to lifts where the dynamic factor exceeds
the limit.
Subsea capacity: Net subsea lift capacity is reduced by the weight of the submerged wire and increased by the
buoyancy of the submerged load. Hydrodynamic loads are to be calculated and factored into the lift.
2 Main Data
3. Main Winch
Main winch SWL (t) 12
Winch spooling device No
Wire diameter (mm) 28
Wire type Galvanized, non rotating
Wire MBL (kN) 782
Wire weight dry (kg/m) 3
Wire weight in seawater (kg/m) 3
Drum diameter, PCD layer 1 (mm) 651
Drum width (mm) 718
Drum barrel No lebus
Hook travel (m) 100
Drum capacity (m) 150
Wirelength included (m) 150
Lifting speed 1 (ton, m/min) 0-12 ton, 0-30m/min
Hook included Yes
Weight of hook (kg) 500
Automatic pay out function Yes
Manual pay out function Yes
AT top tension, case 1 (t) Fixed setting CT ship to ship
4. Electro
Main supply 3x440V/60Hz
Main electro motor 1 1x215kW(S6-40%) S-D
Emergency supply 3x440V/60Hz
Main motor enclosure IP 56
SPM nipples in electro motor Yes
Oil cooler motors 1x3,5kW(S1-100%) DOL
Circulation/Feeding motor 1x3,8kW(S1-100%) DOL
CJC motor 1x0,5kW(S1-100%) DOL
Emergency HPU motor 1x20kW(S1-100%) DOL
Camera at winches Yes
Slipring / drag chain type El.supply
Extra sliprings for customer signals 6
Cabin type 2500
Right/Left mounted Left
Extra communication Yes
Remote diagnostic Yes
5. Hydraulic
Main jib topping speed Approx 60 sec
Knuckle jib topping speed Approx 50 sec
Slew sector 360 degrees unlimited
Slew speed 0-1,0RPM
2 Main Data
6. Miscellaneous
Crane lubrication system Manual
Winch lubrication system Manual
Surface treatment Jotun Spec (similar as International System 1
Top layer color RAL 9010 White
7. Additional Deliveries
Additional delivery 1 Cordless radio remote control (AO2.2)
Additional delivery 2 Remote start stop box (AO3.1)
Additional delivery 3 ABS Certification (AO14.2)
2 Main Data
3 Technical Description
Table of Contents
1. General ............................................................................................................................................3
2. Main Components ............................................................................................................................3
2.1. Pedestal ....................................................................................................................................3
2.2. Crane King ................................................................................................................................3
2.3. Jib System .................................................................................................................................3
2.4. Jib Cylinders ..............................................................................................................................3
2.5. Slew Gear and Slew Bearing .....................................................................................................4
2.6. Automatic Lubrication ................................................................................................................4
3. Hydraulic System .............................................................................................................................5
3.1. Hydraulic Oil Tank .....................................................................................................................5
3.2. Hydraulic Filter System ..............................................................................................................5
3.3. Oil Cooler ..................................................................................................................................5
3.4. Main Control Valve Including Pilot Valves ..................................................................................6
4. Winch System ..................................................................................................................................7
4.1. Hydraulic Winch Unit .................................................................................................................7
4.2. Auto Tension System ................................................................................................................7
4.3. Manual Overload Protection System (MOPS) ............................................................................8
4.4. Automatic Overload Protection System (AOPS) ........................................................................9
5. Electrical System .............................................................................................................................1
5.1. Starter Cabinet – ES400 ............................................................................................................2
5.2. Operator Panel – OP105 ...........................................................................................................3
5.3. Electric Motor and Slip Rings .....................................................................................................4
6. Control System ................................................................................................................................5
6.1. Control Cabinet – CC100...........................................................................................................6
6.2. Radio Remote Console – RCC97.1 ...........................................................................................6
6.3. Load Derating ............................................................................................................................7
6.4. Operator Cabin ..........................................................................................................................7
7. Emergency Operation System .........................................................................................................7
8. Safety Features................................................................................................................................8
8.1. Crane Control System ...............................................................................................................8
8.2. Emergency Stop ........................................................................................................................8
8.3. Overload Protection ...................................................................................................................8
8.4. Luffing Cylinder Limits ...............................................................................................................8
8.4.1. End Stop .............................................................................................................................8
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
8.4.2. Angle / Radius Limits .......................................................................................................... 8

8.5. Load-Holding Valves ................................................................................................................. 9
8.6. Failsafe Brakes ......................................................................................................................... 9
8.7. Emergency Release Systems (MOPS and AOPS) .................................................................... 9
8.7.1. Manual Overload Protection System (MOPS) ..................................................................... 9
8.8. Automatic Overload Protection System (AOPS) ...................................................................... 10
8.9. Hook-Stop Systems ................................................................................................................ 10
8.9.1. Mechanical Hook-Stop ..................................................................................................... 10
8.9.2. Electrical Hook-Stop ......................................................................................................... 10
8.10. Slew Sector Limits................................................................................................................. 11
8.11. Signal Horn (Bull Horn) ......................................................................................................... 11
8.12. Communications Systems (VHF/UHF ect) ............................................................................ 11
Annex A - Technical Descritpion of the Hydraulic System………………………………………A1
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
1. General
The crane is designed for offshore / subsea operation on open deck of offshore vessel and for efficient and
accurate handling of general cargo at max 20 metres working radius with single fall.
The hydraulic power unit (HPU), comprising the electromotor with an axial mounted hydraulic gear pump sits
outside, on the platform, at the rear of the crane king.
The crane is operated either from the platform or from a portable radio remote control unit. All selected
equipment is chosen and installed to ensure the lowest possible emission of sound and good access for service
and repair.
The crane is delivered top coat painted and fully tested, adjusted and ready for installation onboard vessel by
welding to substructure and connection of electric power supply.
2. Main Components
2.1. Pedestal
The crane pedestal (also called the foundation) acts as a structural base for the crane system and is designed for
welding to a suitable deck structure.
A door or access-hatch for inspection/service is provided in the pedestal structure. For cranes which require
electricity above the slew bearing, a slip-ring system is installed in the pedestal to transfer power to the relevant
connection boxes and cabinets in the moving king.
2.2. Crane King

The rotating crane king is installed on top of the slew bearing above the pedestal. It contains the oil reservoir
and acts as the main structural element between the pedestal and the jib system. It is the mounting point for all
other parts of the crane.
Plain bushing-style bearings join the jib to the top of the king and composite spherical bearings connect the jib
luffing cylinder to the king. Slewing gear is integrated in the base of the king along with the rotating part of the
slew bearing.
2.3. Jib System

The crane jib consists of a luffing main inner jib section and a knuckle jib section. Both jib elements are built
from plate elements, steel profiles and hollow sections. The main inner jib is connected to the king structure by
two main jib bearings at the top of the king and to the rod bearing of the cylinders in the lower end. The knuckle
jib is connected to the main jib by two knuckle jib bearings and the hydraulic cylinders in the low/centre. Both
jib sections are hydraulically operated, each by two double acting, heavy duty marine cylinders with integrated
counter balance valves. The cylinders are connected to the jib system with composite bearings. The hydraulic
winch is installed on top of the crane’s knuckle jib structure.
2.4. Jib Cylinders

The crane jib luffing motion and knuckle jib motion is driven each by two high quality luffing cylinders,
designed for marine use. The cylinder piston rod is chrome plated for improved corrosion protection. A load
holding valve is mounted directly to the cylinder ports to maintain a constant luffing speed independent of hook
load and to block the jib in case of a hose/pipe failure.
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
2.5. Slew Gear and Slew Bearing

The slew bearing is a heavy duty marine slew ring equipped with
internal gearing for transfer of the slew torque from the output
pinion of the slew gearbox.
The slew gear system consists of two hydraulic driven planetary
gears with built in fail-safe dynamic multi disc brakes. The
brakes are dimensioned to take the full load at the maximum list,
plus any additional dynamic force acting on the slew gear. In the
case of hose or pipe failure, the brake blocks the slewing
immediately. A heavy duty hydraulic motor is flanged onto the
gearbox. The slew motor, controlled by the main control valve,
and the counter balance valve in the loop, give smooth and
accurate slewing of the crane.
2.6. Automatic Lubrication

The crane has an automatic grease system for lubrication of
several grease points
(see below).
Figure above shows a cross-section

through parts of the pedestal and king
(typical layout)
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
3. Hydraulic System
The main motor/ pump assembly is vertically mounted outside the crane king. The electric motor and the pump
is connected through a bell house including flex coupling. The flexible coupling also compensates for axial,
radial and angular shaft misalignments.
The electric motor operates at a constant speed and is equipped with heating element and thermistor.
The hydraulic pump is of axial piston pump type with variable displacement designed for an open hydraulic
circuit. Since the pump operates at a constant speed the flow is proportional to the displacement. By adjusting
the angle of the swash plate it is possible to infinitely vary the flow. Maximum operating pressure for the pump
is 350 bar. The control device that is mounted on the pump is a combination of pressure control and flow
control. The flow control part of the controller is activated when the crane is operated in normal mode. Normal
mode means when the normal crane functions are used (jib up/down, slew cw / ccw, winch up/down). In this
mode the “target” for the pump is to keep the pressure drop across the main control valve constant. When this
pressure drop increases the pump flow will decrease and when the pressure drop decreases the pump flow will
increase.
The pressure controller limits the pump outlet pressure. That means when the outlet pressure exceeds the
pump’s pre-set pressure, the flow decreases.
3.1. Hydraulic Oil Tank

The hydraulic oil tank is integrated into the rotating crane king. The tank has gauge glass for visual oil level
inspection, a breather filter, an oil return/filling filter and a ball-type drain valve for use when changing oil and
cleaning of the oil tank. A thermometer may also be included near the pump's suction line.
Access to tank is possible through inspection hatch at the crane king side.
3.2. Hydraulic Filter System

A well dimensioned oil return filter system is installed to remove any impurities from the hydraulic oil returning
from the system to the tank. An oil cooler sits in the circulation loop to ensure sufficient cooling, even with
continuous crane operation in warm conditions. The filters are equipped with visual contamination indicators
and an electric pressure switch to signal the control system when ∆P over the filter goes beyond a given limit.
The filtration level is 5 µ nominal and system contamination level is set to NAS class 8.
A separate offline CJC filter (photo at right) is fitted and connected to the hydraulic oil tank to keep the
contamination level low (3 µ nominal). The CJC filter is running when the crane is stopped, to clean the oil.
A circulation pump (-M10) will run when the main pump (-M01 or –M02) is started.
3.3. Oil Cooler

A marine weather proof oil cooler system is located outside on the lower platform. It’s an air-oil cooler type and
mainly consists of a cooler element and a fan with an electric motor. The construction of the cooler enables easy
access for inspection and cleaning. The cooler is hydraulically connected by means of flexible hoses. A check
valve with a certain cracking pressure is mounted in parallel with the cooler for protection against excess oil
pressure.
3.4. Main Control Valve Including Pilot Valves

The main control valves located in the rotating crane king consists of several standard modules that are bolted
together:
1) One inlet section

2) Two modules are for the Winch up/down function.
3) One module is for the Main jib up/down function.
4) One module is for the Knuckle jib in/out function.
5) One module is for the Slew function.
The inlet section houses two different pressure control valves. One is a direct operated pressure relief valve. The
upstream side of this valve is connected to the common oil supply line and the downstream side is connected to
the common return line. This limits the maximum pressure in the system if an unintentionally pressure build-up
should occur.
The smallest valve in the inlet section is a direct operated pressure-reducing valve. The upstream side of the
valve is connected to the common oil supply line. The valve reduces the pressure down to approx 30 bar
independent of the oil supply pressure. The reducing valve feeds oil to the pilot valves via the external port
“LP”.
Each working module contains the same type of main components. Pilot pressure relief valves are fitted for
limiting the pressure in the port that have maximum pressure, such as jib up, knuckle jib out etc. These valves
are preset to correct pressure level with ref. to SWL.
The main spool inside each working module directs the oil from the oil supply line to the actual working port
and from the actual working port to the return line. The position of the spool is controlled by hydraulic pressure
acting on the cross section area at the end of the spool. The opposite side of the spool is then connected to drain.
The spool is spring centred, which means that when the pressures on both sides of the spool are zero, the spool
is centred by means of two springs, one at each end of the spool. In this position the oil supply port is closed.
In each working module there is a pressure compensator fitted and this is mounted in the oil supply line
upstream the main spool. The purpose of this valve is to always keep a constant pressure drop across the main
spool. This means that the oil flow to an individual function is independent of the load pressure of this function
and that the oil flow to one function is independent of the load pressure of other functions. The result of these
features is good regulation ability of the standard crane functions.
Each working module is equipped with two pilot valves that are used to control the position of the main spools
in the main control valve. The pilot valve is a proportional electric operated pressure-reducing valve. All pilot
valves for the crane functions such as slew, main jib, knuckle jib and winch is via the control system, connected
to the joysticks located at the operator chair in the crane cabin. When one of the joysticks is taken out of neutral
position a pilot pressure is applied to one side of the spool and the other side is connected to drain by means of
the actual pilot valve.
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
4. Winch System
4.1. Hydraulic Winch Unit

The crane is equipped with a winch mounted to the upper/ aft part of the rotating crane structure. The winch is
designed to handle a Safe Working Load (SWL) up to 15 tonnes and comprises a steel drum with two flanged
on planetary gearboxes, fitted with a fixed displacement hydraulic motor. The gear boxes are fitted with fail-safe
multi disc brakes. The brakes are dimensioned to take the full load plus any additional dynamic forces acting on
the winch. In case of a hose or pipe failure, the brakes block the load immediately. A counter balance valve is
mounted in the winch loop ensuring smooth and accurate winch operation independent of winch load. The
winch is equipped with a galvanized, non-rotating wire rope and a sub sea rated counterweight/swivel/hook
block of required capacity. The winch system is equipped with an electronic hook stop system, part of the
integrated control system.
4.2. Auto Tension System

Auto Tension System provides an optional operating modus for better and safer load handling. Normally the
auto tension modus (AT) is selected to pick up a load from the seabed where suction forces apply.
4.3. Manual Overload Protection System (MOPS)

The winch has an emergency release system or MOPS in accordance with latest regulations (EN 13852-1) and
recommendations from DnV. The purpose is to protect the crane from the effects of a major overload during
operation. If the winch is hooked on to another vessel or to an object on the seabed when a power failure occurs
the system works by allowing the hook to be pulled away from the crane in any direction and thus leave the
crane undamaged. The system is activated by pushing the MOPS button located near the operator’s chair. The
system includes the following main components:
• 2 Accumulators
• The MOPS/Emergency Pay Out Block
• Proportional Pressure Relief Valve
Since the emergency release system must work even if a power loss should occur, the hydraulic energy is taken
from two bladder accumulators mounted close to the MOPS /Emergency Pay Out Block. The nominal volume
of each accumulator is 50 liters and they are connected to the ACC1, ACC2 ports on the block.
The MOPS/Emergency Pay Out Block contains different valves which are connected by internal drillings in the
block. The main components included in the valve block are listed below:
• A 3/2 way electrically operated pilot valve

• A 2/2 way hydraulic operated directional valve
• One 3/2 way hydraulic operated pilot valve
• One 4/2 way hydraulic operated pilot valve
• Two pressure reducing valves
• Four check valves
• Shuttle valve
The 3/2 way electrically operated pilot valve is a directional poppet valve. The “P” port is connected to the
bladder accumulators mentioned above and the “T” port is routed to the external drain port “CTD”. The “A”
port is connected to the pilot valve on the 2/2 way pilot operated directional valve and also the 4/2 hydraulic
operated pilot valve.
The 2/2 way hydraulic operated directional valve is a cartridge valve and it consists of a main stage including a
valve cone, a bushing and a valve cover. On top of the cover there is a hydraulic operated 3/2 way pilot spool
valve with NG6 mounting pattern. The 2/2 way directional valve is mounted in the same line as from the B ports
on the winch motor block to the B port on the on the main control valve inside the rotating crane king. The 2/2
way hydraulic operated directional valve is used to close the connection between the “Lowering” port on the
hydraulic motor and the working section in the main control valve when the Emergency release system is
activated. In this mode the valve prevents oil to flow to the reservoir via the spool in the main control valve
(The A- and B ports are connected to the T port when the spool is in neutral position). The 2/2 way valve is
normally open i.e. when there is no pilot pressure available the main cone is open.
When the MOPS button in the crane cabin is activated, the 3/2 way electric operated pilot valve is activated and
opens. The emergency release functions will now activate in the following manner:
Oil from the two bladder accumulators will flow through a pressure reducing valve (40 bars) to the 2/2 way
hydraulic operated directional valve and it will close as described above. The accumulators will also ensure
sufficient oil flow to disengage the brakes on the winch and avoid cavitation on the winch motor when the load
is lowered.
In addition to this the 4/2 hydraulic operated pilot valve, also of NG6 design, will pressurize the Pil2 port on the
motor valve block on the winch and “dump” the pressure setting of the pilot operated pressure relief valve
mounted between the “Winch Up” port on the motor and the load control valve in the motor valve block. The
pressure setting of the valve is then determined via the pilot port, MX. This line is routed to an electrical
proportional pressure relief valve which in the event of MOPS activation is commanded fully open. This means
that the pressure in the MX line is zero. If the load pressure is higher than the 40 bars given from the pressure
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
reducing valve described above, the load will be lowered.
4.4. Automatic Overload Protection System (AOPS)

In general the control system is designed to run the crane and prevent operations beyond given limits in order to
protect equipment from damage and personnel from injury. This crane is offshore rated and may therefore
operate over water and ship to ship. Crane operations beyond the ship deck area involve crane load limitations.
These limitations will be introduced automatically by the AOPS (Automatic Overload Protection System) based
on the slew position of the crane.
AOPS is similar to the MOPS mentioned above, but is automatically activated and controlled by the PLC. This
feature directs the winch to pay out wire if the load reaches a pre-set limit, and to keep up a controlled payout
until the tension drops below a pre-set lower value.
AOPS functionality is only available when the jib tip is over the ship’s side (above water), not when it is above
the deck, for security reasons. This is also where the intended usage scenario is found.
Blank page.
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
5. Electrical System
The structure of crane’s electrical system is shown below. It is also enclosed in this manual in chapter 8.
CRANE SYSTEM
Utility Consumers
Customer com.
Custom er com . signals
10 pc. -Air condition unit
Intercom / ROV etc. Coax
Coax (Option) -Cabin heater
Coax
-Flood light
Ethernet, CAT5
8 pc. -Auxilliary devices
Ethernet, CAT5 -VHF radio / UHF
Ethernet CAT5E (4pc) 5 pc. -Winch camera MW
For Rem . Diagnostics
Em.stop/24V supply -AOPS and MOPS
Em.stop &
Em.stop 4 pc.
24V supply
Profibus DP
-MRU1 A,B,IE PE
Remote IO Control
Crane Control System
+CC100
Avi. Light UPS

Avi.Light, 230V/60Hz - 0,2kW 2 pc.
UPS control system
UPS, Control Sys tem
2 pc.
230V/60Hz - 3,5kW
L3 Utility supply Aircraft Warning Light

CUSTOMER SUPPLY
L2
Crane Utility Supply
3x230VAC+PE/60Hz - 30kW L1
PE -M10
Heat Circulation Pump Motor
Therm M 3x690VAC / 60Hz
DOL
3 ~ 3.8kW/4.9A (S1-100%)
Heat -M20
Oil Cooler Motor
Therm 3x690VAC/60Hz
3,5kW/3.6A (S1-100% duty)
DOL
-M11 Radio Remote Consol
CJC Filter
DOL M 3x690VAC / 60Hz
3 ~ 0.5kW (S1-100%) T ransmitter
I(n) = 0.7A
Radio Remote Consol
+RCC97.1
L3
Crane Main Supply II -M02
L2 Heat Main Pum p M otor II
3x690VAC + PE / 60 Hz Therm M 3x690VAC/60Hz
200 kW (S1-100%)
L1
S/D
S/D
3 ~ 184kW (S1-100%)
L3 -M01
Heat M ain Pump Motor I
Therm M 3x690VAC/60Hz
L2
Crane Main Supply I S/D
S/D
3 ~ 184kW (S1-100%)
3x690VAC + PE / 60 Hz L1 Control
200 kW (S1-100%)
PE
PE Starter Cabinet
+ES400
+JB450
/251.E6 -M31
Emergency Supply
DOL Emergency motor
3x690VAC + PE / 60 Hz M 3x690VAC/60Hz
20 kW (S1-100%) +ES404 Heat 3 ~ 20kW (S1-100%)
Emergency
Drive Panel
Em ergency supply controlsystem
230VAC 2kW 60Hz +CC200 +OP206
Electrical Block Diagram (typical layout)
The electrical system comprises the following main elements:
• Crane Control System Cabinet CC100

• Emergency Supply Control System Cabinet CC200
• Starter Cabinet ES400
• Emergency Supply Cabinet ES404
• Emergency Drive Panel OP206
• Slip ring JB450
• MRU Remote I/O MRU1
• Main motors M01/M02
• Circulation Motor M10
• CJC Filter Motor M11
• Oil Cooler Motor M20
• Emergency Motor M31
• Lubrication Pump Motor M55
• Bull Horn UA101
5.1. Starter Cabinet – ES400

Starter cabinet –ES400 (ref. to Electrical Block Diagram in chapter 8) enables start and monitoring of HPU
main pump motor. Electric power for the starter cabinet is supplied from the main electric plant on the vessel.
Starter cabinet has the following functions:
• Start, stop and running status of the HPU motor

• Motor protection by means of thermistor relay in the starter cabinet
• Power supply for anti-condensate motor space heater
• Providing ammeter readings
• Normal stop and emergency stop of the HPU motor
• Local/Remote switch operation
STARTER CABINET
-ES400
-P21
=CRANE KING
-S01
-H14 =CRANE KING -S02
=CRANE KING
=CRANE KING
-HS117
Starter Cabinet –ES400 (typical layout)
5.2. Operator Panel – OP105

Operator Panel –OP105 sits in the crane cabin, accessible from the operator’s chair.
+OP105 +OP105
Control Panel Control Panel
Front Sideways
MAP MAP
LAMP LAMP
MIC PA MIC PA
UHF UHF
VHF/UHF Selector
UHF Toggle Switch VHF
VHF MIC MIC VHF
Radio/CD/MP3 Radio/CD/MP3
CABIN DEFROSTING FAN BUZZER

LIGHT OFF ON
Spare
-PB2 -HS100
-UA102
LOW OFF HI ROOF WIPER
WASHER
PUMP 1 FRONT WIPER OFF ON
Spare
-PB3 -HS112 -HS114
LOW OFF HI LOW OFF HI
WASHER
PUMP 2 LEFT WIPER RIGHT WIPER
Spare
-PB4 -HS111 -HS113
-HS104
TEMPERATURE SWITCH
=CRANE CABIN
Spare Spare Spare
Emergency Release
Main Winch
SOCKET DOUBLE
Operator panel –OP105 (typical layout)
5.3. Electric Motor and Slip Rings

The slip-ring unit transfers power and communication signals to and
from the rotating part of the crane. Its
rotating part (top end) is contained in an enclosed unit mounted on a
bracket attached to the underside of the
king bottom-plate and extending down inside the pedestal. Its
stationary part (bottom end) is also a closed unit,
mounted on a fixed framework attached to the pedestal. Individual
rings carry separate power circuits supplying
each main HPU motor, the crane utilities, the control system UPS and
aircraft warning lights as well as a
number of signal and communications circuits. A heating element
inside the slip-ring unit prevents moisture
build-up during prolonged periods of inactivity.
Below left: Typical layout of slip rings sitting inside at the upper part
of the crane pedestal.
Below right: Typical layout of the electromotor and the hydraulic
pump barely visible under the deck grid, connected to the electromotor
shaft.
6. Control System
The control system is based on an industrial-grade PLC that
communicates with other system components on the winch,
in the HPU, king and other parts of the crane. Crane motions
are controlled by means of joysticks mounted on consoles
on the operator’s seat in the cabin. Joystick movements send
signals to the PLC, which processes them and sends the
appropriate control signals to system components. Safety
functions such as MOPS and emergency stops are hardwired
into the electrical circuitry with dual/parallel contacts.
The PLC is connected to a computer (industrial-grade PC)

to provide an intuitive, easily-accessible graphic HMI
(Human Machine Interface) via a 17” high-definition LCD
touch screen for control and monitoring of all crane
functions. The operator’s screen is backlit to ensure
readability under all conditions. The HMI application
displays alarms, system status and parameters. The touch
screen also provides a means for operator feedback and
command input. Load information is displayed in analogue
bar graphs, and payout lengths and sensor information are
displayed in digital form. The PLC and the PC are both
located in control cabinet CC-100 in the rear wall of the
cabin (photo at right).
Full system information is available in real time, and all relevant parameters are logged to provide history for
documentation of normal operation and abnormal events. Redundancy is built into many points in the system
through the use of dual sensors.
The control system receives a important information from the following heavy-duty marine-grade field sensors:
• Main jib (2x) position encoders

• Slew position encoder
• Main winch position
• Main winch mechanical hook stop (dual switches)
• Main winch double-part sensor switch
• Main (1x) wire load sensor (dual signals)
• Hydraulic oil temperature (dual sensors/switches)
• Hydraulic oil level (dual sensors/switches)
• Oil filter DPI sensors
• Heave, pitch and roll motion (MRU)
The crane is equipped with audible and visual alarms according to DnV class requirements. It also has a camera
(RC101) for main winch monitoring.
Remote access: A dedicated router in CC-100 is programmed with predefined IP addresses for remote access to
the control system. A standard router has 16 preset addresses – 10 for use by system components, 3 for DHCP
provision for mobile computers and similar devices and 3 for the router itself. The customer’s network must
have Internet access to IP-address 80.239.94.33 (MacGregor Norway AS). To be able to connect, the customer’s
firewall must have the following ports available:
• UDP 500
• UDP 4500
• ESP
• AHP
6.1. Control Cabinet – CC100

The Control Cabinet –CC100 is accessible from the platform. The radio communications module sits inside
connected to an outside mounted antenna.
6.2. Radio Remote Console – RCC97.1

Radio remote control enables the crane operator to control the crane from a distance. The system comprises a
portable console and a receiver unit installed in the Control Cabinet –CC100.
6.3. Load Derating

The crane is designed in accordance with DnV lifting appliances giving it overload protection well within the
requirements in the standard.
Note: Derating is done only from the operator terminal and always before any offshore operation.
A set of Load Derating Table diagrams is found in chapter 9; describing alternative SWL for working conditions
other than the base case conditions (offshore and other specific conditions etc).
6.4. Operator Cabin

The crane is operated from a comfortable air-
conditioned cabin (picture below). The operator
sits in a comfortable and damped chair with all
main operation handles of joystick type located
on armrests on each side. A 17’ LCD touch
screen is the major control system interface.
Other cabin facilities are VHF/UHF radio,
window wipers, signal horn and winch camera
screen. The radio is activated by the PTT button
(PushToTalk) and operator chooses VHF or
UHF.
The operator is well advised to use the outside
bullhorn whenever a warning should be given.
7. Emergency Operation System

The crane is fitted with an
emergency operation system. The
purpose of this system is to be able
to lower and secure the jib in a safe
way if a power failure should occur
onboard the vessel. The main
components comprising the
emergency operation system are as
follows:
a) Emergency HPU unit (M31)

b) Starter- and Control
Cabinets (ES404 and
CC200)
c) Emergency Drive Panel
(OP206)
d) A dedicated electric jumper
cable
In order to operate, emergency ship power must be available, and the jumper cable must be connected. This
cable is only for emergency operation.
8. Safety Features
The following safety features are included in the design of most advanced MacGregor cranes.
8.1. Crane Control System

The control system in itself is a type of safety system, limiting how the operator operates the crane in differing
sea states, and in all operating positions and modes. It comes into play in many functions and circumstances
including the following:
8.2. Emergency Stop

Means for emergency stop are always provided and may be considered a
safety feature rather than an emergency operating system.
The emergency stop circuit is a hardwired failsafe circuit normally including

three emergency stop switches; one at the right armrest in the operator cabin
(photo at right, typical example) and one in the crane king (starter cabinet).
The "Crane in Service Mode" key switch is also hardwired into the emergency
stop circuit. When the emergency stop switch is activated all HPU pumps are
stopped and 24VDC power to all control valves is disabled. An alarm will also
be generated on the operator screen in the crane cabin.
8.3. Overload Protection

The control system will automatically reduce the lifting capacity of the crane
as the operator increases its working radius. The approved load chart for each advanced crane is programmed
into its control system, thereby drastically reducing the possibility of an individual crane operator overloading
the crane. When the crane approaches its maximum lifting capacity at any given working radius, the operator is
informed via a 90 % capacity alarm on the operator panel inside the cabin. At 110 % the signal horn alarm
outside the crane cabin is activated and the operator is prevented from increasing working. In addition, all crane
motions are protected against overload by hydraulic relief valves. If a particular motion is attempted which
exceeds the load for which the crane is designed, the relevant relief valve for the motion will relieve the excess
hydraulic pressure, directing oil back into the hydraulic oil tank so that the crane motion cannot be undertaken.
8.4. Luffing Cylinder Limits

8.4.1. End Stop
Luffing cylinders are designed to be operated to their inner and outer positions. To protect against shock when
driving the cylinder to its end stop at full speed, throttling is performed via the control system. The control
system reduces the demand for hydraulic fluid when the cylinders approach the known end position so the
system is never exposed to undesirable shock loads. This is known as “Ramping”.
8.4.2. Angle / Radius Limits

A jib angle sensor on the main jib gives the actual working radius. Load measuring bolts are fitted, giving the
actual load in the hook. When a load is operated close to the maximum allowable radius a signal will be shown
on the operator terminal. When the allowable radius is exceeded, downward jib movement is stopped and the
control system only permits operating the jib to a lesser radius. This is normally achieved by reducing or
stopping pilot pressure for the hydraulic function.
8.5. Load-Holding Valves

Hydraulic functions are equipped with one or more pilot operated load holding valves. These have a dual
function:
• Maintaining the speed of the hydraulic function at a constant value independent of load.
• Holding operating pressure in the event of sudden pressure loss. This stops and locks the function in the
case of a hydraulic hose or pipe failure.
Such load holding valves are used for slew gear (double load holding valve holds the slewing position against
loads from either side), the winch, and the luffing cylinders (piston side to hold the jib up).
8.6. Failsafe Brakes

All crane functions which include a drive gear (winch and slew functions) are fitted with hydraulically operated,
oil submerged, failsafe, multi disc brakes. This means that hydraulic pressure is required to release the brake's
internal spring pressure for normal operation. If hydraulic pressure is lost, the hydraulic system (motor) inhibits
movement (assuming no significant leaks). In addition, the brakes' plate springs compress the brake discs,
locking the brakes. It is important to note that the brakes do not stop the motion - they are static brakes
designed to hold the stopped drive system.
8.7. Emergency Release Systems (MOPS and AOPS)

MOPS (Manual Overload Protection System) and AOPS (Automatic Overload Protection System) together
comprise the crane’s overload and over-moment protection systems. They are standardized for all MacGregor
HM offshore cranes, including subsea operating cranes to overcome entanglement situations.
8.7.1. Manual Overload Protection System (MOPS)

“MOPS” is a type of emergency release system. It is used to prevent structural damage to the crane where
overloads due to entanglement and relative motions may occur. This may apply during normal stop, emergency
stop or in the event of a failure of the crane's main power supply. The system is capable of activation during all
normal operating conditions.
In addition to the normal power supply, MOPS is connected in series to two 12V batteries, giving backup
electrical power. If no pumps are running, a backup accumulator will also provide hydraulic pressure for valve
activation and brake disengagement on the winch.
The MOPS system is designed to be functional for at least five minutes running only on batteries. Ref. EN-
13852, the MOPS shall be able to be activated three times in a row as a minimum.
Note: For cranes with a personnel lift (formerly called man-riding) function, the MOPS system is automatically
deactivated when in personnel lift mode.
The following main components are included in the system:
• Accumulators.
• 3/2 way electrically operated pilot valve.
• Pressure relief valve.
8.8. Automatic Overload Protection System (AOPS)

AOPS differs from MOPS in that it is controlled from the PLC; the operator cannot intentionally activate this
function. The winch will pay out if the load reaches a preset upper limit, and will continue paying out until the
tension is below a preset lower limit. The load is sensed by a dual bridge load cell to provide sensor redundancy,
and the PLC adjusts the AOPS set-point according to whether the crane is operating in double or single part
mode and according to working radius.
The system is only operational if at least one main pump is assigned to the main winch, and for safety purposes,
when the hook is not positioned over the vessel/platform.
If AOPS is activated, oil flow to the winch is set to maximum lowering, causing immediate winch pay-out.
Note: As with MOPS, for cranes with a personnel lift function, the AOPS system is automatically deactivated
when in personnel lift mode.
8.9. Hook-Stop Systems

Advanced cranes are equipped with two hook-stop systems to
ensure that the hook is not run up into the sheaves. The hook-stops
also ensure that a minimum amount of wire remains on the winch
drum as per regulations. The two hook-stop systems are as
follows:
• Mechanical hook-stop.
• Electronic hook-stop.
8.9.1. Mechanical Hook-Stop

The mechanical hook-stop is a type of switch which hangs just
below the jib tip and is activated when touched by the wire
termination.
Inside the hook-stop mechanical device, there are two inductive
proximity switches detecting when the hook reaches the device
and signals it to the PLC using a digital input channel.
8.9.2. Electrical Hook-Stop

For the electrical hook-stop system, the winch uses the multi-turn absolute encoder (connected to the Profibus
network) to calculate the hook position in relation to the crane tip.
The encoders provide 4096 pulses to the PLC for every revolution of the winch. Since the number of pulses for
one winch revolution is constant, the PLC must calculate actual wire length taking into account how many wire
layers have come off the drum.
8.10. Slew Sector Limits

The slewing system is PLC controlled, receiving feedback
from one multi-turn pulse encoder (see example photo)
which registers rotation of one of the slew pinions.
8.11. Signal Horn (Bull Horn)

Advanced cranes are equipped with a signal horn. The
signal horn is activated by pressing its button on the OP-
104 joystick. According to regulations, it is automatically
activated when the crane reaches 110% load.
8.12. Communications Systems (VHF/UHF ect)

The crane cabin is equipped with both VHF and UHF radio, mounted in a vertical console on the right side of
the cabin.
Blank Page.
Annex A: Technical Description of the

Hydraulic System
Blank Page.
4 Handling, Preservation & Installation

Table of Contents
1. Introduction ......................................................................................................................................1
2. Unloading and Handling ...................................................................................................................1
3. Crane Preservation ..........................................................................................................................1
4. Installation of Crane Unit ..................................................................................................................1
4.1. Crane installation .......................................................................................................................1
5. Initial Start-up ...................................................................................................................................1
6. Function and Load Tests..................................................................................................................2
7. Wire Handling Recommendation ......................................................................................................2
T0011 – Handling, Preservation & Storage Procedures .......................................................................3

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Blank page.

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
1. Introduction
The purpose of this procedure is to:
1. Ensure that all components are handled / lifted in a safe and correct way to avoid any injury or damage
to personnel or equipment.
2. Ensure up to 2 years’ storage with no deterioration in function and/or quality that could reduce the
working performance or service life of the unit.
3. Ensure that installation and initial start up are performed in a safe and correct way.
2. Unloading and Handling

Crane components are provided with lifting lugs for safe lifting. See separate document: T0011 – Handling,
Preservation & Storage Procedures page 3.
3. Crane Preservation
See separate document: T0011 – Handling, Preservation & Storage Procedures page 3.
4. Installation of Crane Unit

Check the following:
• Deck structure must be free from cracks, rust, oil and other elements that could inhibit bolting/welding
of the pedestal to the sub-foundation.
• The crane is delivered as agreed.
• Be sure that no dust or other contaminants enter the hydraulic system.
• Be sure that the vessel’s foundation sub-structure is dimensioned to bear the weight of the specific
crane and the forces it will exert.
4.1. Crane installation

Crane delivered Ex Works, installed under Cargotec Norway AS supervision.
5. Initial Start-up
It is important to check that valves and controls are in the correct position before attempting to start the crane.
As a final check before starting, check the rotation of the electric motors. Motors must rotate in a clockwise
direction as seen from the motor’s fan end. If a motor rotates in the wrong direction, swap two phases and check
again for clockwise rotation.
The main HPU motors are bolted just below the slew bearing on the underside of the king bottom plate. Access
is through a door in the pedestal.
A hydraulic pump must not be allowed to run in the wrong direction for any length of time, as this will
reduce the service life of the pump.

Upon completion of the initial test run, check the oil level in the oil tank, and top up if necessary.
The first time the system is started there may be air in the system. Run the power pack for a couple of minutes at
low pressure. The winch and the slew will automatically vent air from the system when operated.
See Chapter 5 for details on crane start and operation.
6. Function and Load Tests

Do not put the crane into normal service until the Harbour Acceptance Test (HAT) and the Sea Acceptance Test
(SAT) have been performed.
7. Wire Handling Recommendation

Steel wire on a drum is a complex component in a winch system, and “training” a new wire will contribute to
optimum spooling
This is done by lowering and raising the full length of wire a minimum of three times while maintaining a
tension equivalent to 10%-20% SWL.
T0011 – Handling, Preservation & Storage Procedures

(following pages)

Blank page.
PROJECT DOCUMENT
This document and all information and data herein or herewith is the confidential and proprietary property of
MacGregor Norway AS and is not to be used, reproduced or disclosed in whole or in part by or to anyone without
the written confirmation from MacGregor Norway AS.
www.macgregor-group.com
Equipment:
Offshore Products
00 Issued for Approval 13.03.09 SVB

Rev. Reason for issue: Date Auth. Check.
Title:
T0011 Handling Preservation & Storage Procedure
Customer: Project name.:
- -
HM project no.: Supplier:
- MacGregor Norway AS
Andøyfaret 15, N-4623 Kristiansand
NORWAY
HM doc. no.: Customer doc. no.: No.of attachments: No. of pages:

T0011 31
Title: Handling Preservation & Storage Procedure
Proj.No.:
Doc.No.: T0011
1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 3
1.1 References ...................................................................................................................................3
2 PRECEDING ACTIVITIES ..................................................................................... 3

2.1 Preparation ...................................................................................................................................3
2.1.1 Offshore products ......................................................................................................................3
3 LIFTING ................................................................................................................. 3
3.1 Safety Note ...................................................................................................................................3
3.2 Lifting Performance .....................................................................................................................4
4 TRANSPORT ........................................................................................................ 4
4.1 Packing .........................................................................................................................................4
4.2 Unpacking ....................................................................................................................................4
4.3 Transport Performance. ..............................................................................................................4
5 STORAGE ............................................................................................................. 5
5.1 Preparation ...................................................................................................................................5
5.2 Storing ..........................................................................................................................................5
6 PRESERVATION .................................................................................................. 6
6.1 Inspection of equipment on Receipt .........................................................................................6
6.2 Preservation of MacGregor Hydramarine Equipment .............................................................6

6.2.1 Preservation Check Record Mechanic Hydraulic, Electric, and Instrument. .............................8
6.3 De – Preservation ..................................................................................................................... 24
6.4 Preservation Label ................................................................................................................... 25
6.5 Topped Gearbox ....................................................................................................................... 26
6.6 Table of Preservatives. ............................................................................................................ 27
6.7 Project cycle for preservation at delivery .............................................................................. 30
6.8 Project cycle for preservation after use ................................................................................. 31

Proj.No.:
Doc.No.: T0011
1 GENERAL
The purpose of this procedure is to ensure proper storage, safe lifting and transport of
MacGregor Norway Offshore Products
1.1 References
HM Doc. No. Doc. Title
SPxxx-XXXX-GXX [300T Main….]
SPxxx-XXXX-…. [Spooling….]
SPxxx- XXX-…… [Control…..]
2 PRECEDING ACTIVITIES
2.1 Preparation
The following actions shall be done prior to lifting and transport operations of MacGregor
Norway products. A “Tilt Watch” may be placed on the items to check if the transport and
lifting has been done in a proper way.
2.1.1 Offshore products

Reference is made to relevant transport drawing showing the equipment, lifting
arrangement and transport cradle etc.
• Wire rope to be fully spooled onto the drum with tension. The free end to be
fastened properly.
• Wooden pads (4 off) are to be fitted underneath the feet of the foundations on
small parts without transport cradle.
• Ensure that all movable parts are properly fastened to prevent them from any
uncontrolled movements.
• Ensure that end of interface electric cables and hydraulic hoses are disconnected
and their loose end are fastened and protected properly. Make sure that all ends
are marked properly to avoid any problems during reconnection of the
equipment.
• The opened hydraulic connections to be protected against impurity with caps.
• Lifting and handling of the equipment to be prepared according to relevant lifting
drawing.
• Length and capacity of loose lifting gear to be in accordance to relevant lifting
drawing.
• Loose lifting gear to be inspected for defects.
• Loose lifting gear certificates to be present.
3 LIFTING
3.1 Safety Note

This procedure must be subjected to a pre-operation Tool Box Talk with all relevant
personnel involved. The Safety Hazard to be identified and the required Safety Measures
explained. The operation shall not start until all Safety Measure are in place.
Proj.No.:
Doc.No.: T0011
• Always make sure that proper lifting equipment is used

• Always make sure that the shackles are properly fastened with shackle safety
pins, and no twist on the lifting wire before lifting.
• Always make sure that only certified lifting gear, as described in this procedure is
being used.
3.2 Lifting Performance

The product is equipped with lifting lugs of required capacity and dimensioned for
belonging shackles. The relevant lifting drawing contains information about lifting lug
locations and capacity. Total weight of the unit together with weight in each sling is also
specified. COG is indicated on the drawings and if correct lengths of the lifting slings are
used the lifted object should be in balance.
4 TRANSPORT
The equipment may be transported by ship or truck to final destination.
For more detailed information about overall dimension weights and COG locations
individually for each unit, refer to section 3 in this document and/or corresponding GA
drawing, transport drawing, and or relevant packing list.
4.1 Packing
Belonging equipment to the product may be packed in standard 20` container and on
deck of transport vessel. Preparations described in 2.1 shall be performed. Make sure
there remains no loose component in the container. All the modules shall be properly
strapped to container.
Smaller items may be packed in VCI bags for transport
4.2 Unpacking
The unpacking shall be done short time prior to installation. If unpacking is done earlier,
follow instruction given in section 5.
Check that equipment has not moved inside container, and there are no damages or
elements missing before unloading. If any damages are found, take pictures when
equipment still is inside container, or on transport vessel. Carefully loosen the securing of
each element.
Unpacking from open top container is done by using lifting sets/sling mounting on the
equipment. Follow lifting instructions given in section 3. Fork truck is used for unpacking
equipment without lifting sets.
4.3 Transport Performance.

Common recognized standard for stowing should be applied. The equipment can be
transported on an open platform/deck.
For loading/unloading process follow instruction given in section 3 and use the lifting aids
mentioned there.
Proj.No.:
Doc.No.: T0011
5 STORAGE
5.1 Preparation
• Prepare sufficient area for storing: The equipment shall be stored in areas free of
contamination from welding, grinding or other activity containing hot metal
particles.
• It is recommended to choose sheltered place, if storing the equipment outdoors.
• All the disconnected interface electrical and hydraulic joints are to be protected, no
loose items left.
• Carbon steel surfaces which are not painted to be preserved as described in
attached tables of preservative
• Touch up painting if paint has been damaged.
• If the equipment is contaminated by salt, dirt or particles which may damage the
equipment, the equipment shall be washed with fresh water prior to storage.
5.2 Storage
The product and loose components should be stored in their natural position. They should
rest on wooden pads to isolate the equipment from the ground. Unpainted/exposed steel
shall rest on a rubber layer with wooden pads below. The equipment cannot be stacked
up on top of each other. The equipment is to be protected during storing, and also after
installation onboard against dust, damages, humidity, painting etc. (see chapter 6)
NOTE:
If the equipment is stored for more than three months, the standard periodic maintenance
activities (lubrication) are to be done to the equipment according to the maintenance
schedule. For details refer to corresponding documents. Re-preservation is solely the
responsibility of the buyer or the buyers appointed as described in chapter 6.7 Project
Cycle for Preservation.
Proj.No.:
Doc.No.: T0011
6 PRESERVATION
Preservation work in all stages of the project may involve usage of solvent that may be
harmful to human. Personal performing this type of work, should be wearing personal
protection equipment.
When purchasing preservatives, data sheet must be required as a part of the delivery.
These sheets must be received and correct action taken according to listing on data sheet
before preservation can be carried out.
6.1 Inspection of equipment on Receipt

All equipment is initially preserved by MacGregor Norway. Upon receipt, and prior to
storage, the equipment shall be inspected. Areas where preservation has been damaged,
teared or fret, shall be repaired If found necessary. Use the check record as a guide.
6.2 Preservation of MacGregor Norway Equipment

The hydraulic piping system on the equipment is flushed and sealed off by MacGregor
Norway. All open-end nozzles shall remain plugged or capped to avoid ingress of material
that can contaminate the piping and fluid in the piping. Non metallic plugs shall not be
used. All hydraulic components are filled with proper hydraulic oil during storage and
transport.
All yellowcromated materials, as well as valve spindles are covered with Densotape to
avoid corrosion.
Shafts on rotating equipments, which are not locked, shall be rotated 1 ¼ turn in the
rotation direction to avoid brinelling of the bearing. Make sure that new shaft positions
vary from one turn to the other.
Connect heaters to all motors that are specified in the check record to be heated. Check
the heaters to be effective after power hook up by using an Ampere meter, or hand feel
the temperature outside the motor.
HM has topped up all gearboxes with gear oil. Vertical gear box with the pinion facing
down, are topped when they are in operation as well as during storage. These gearboxes
are filled with oil and can go right into operation provided that the storage time is limited.
Horizontal gearboxes are also topped with oil. Horizontal gearboxes must be drained to
correct level prior to use of the boxes. However, heavy-duty gearboxes have been
drained for gear oil, and the gear oil is replaced with preservation oil to specified
level. See check record for correct oil and level. Gear boxes topped with oil shall be
marked with labels as shown in chapter 6.6.
All air bottles or accumulators are put under pressure using dried Nitrogen. The pressure
is normally between 2 and 3 bars. Inspect air bottles or accumulators for positive Nitrogen
pressure. If the pressure is below 1.5 bars, re-pressurize with Nitrogen of dew point –
30deg.
All exposed valve spindles are protected with densotape.
All electrical and electric boxes or cabinets exposed to humidity shall be protected with
desiccants inside. Place a sticker on the outside of the cabinet showing the date when the
desiccant was put in.
Proj.No.:
Doc.No.: T0011
Shafts on electrical motors and the mechanical seal at the front bearing shall be protected
with grease of type described in preservation record.
All non terminated cable ends shall be fitted with shrinking shroud.
All space heaters on motors, generators, panels etc. shall be energized for storage.
Preservation shall be checked periodically. Any anomaly shall be rectified. The

preservation period is described in the check record.
If the storage area location results in salt spray, the equipment should be washed down
with freshwater periodically to reduce corrosion risk.
Proj.No.:
Doc.No.: T0011
6.2.1 Preservation Check Record Mechanic, Hydraulic, Electric, and Instrument.

Title.: Handling Preservation & Storage Procedure
Proj.No.: SPXXXX
Doc.No.: SP…………
PRESERVATION SPECIFICATION & RECORD – Crane Pedestal, MECHANICAL

Record No.: Tag No.: Description Record page:
Intervals Initial Date/Sign Date/Sign Date/Sign Date/Sign

Activity no Description of Preservation Activity Preservative
(Months) Preservation Preserved2 Preserved3 Preserved4 Preserved5
Tectyl 122
1 3 All unpainted carbon steel flanges to be coated with preservatives
Decordyn 350
2 1 Check that protection structure is undamaged
Paint system in
3 3 All painting to be undamaged. If not, repair painting
HM…….
Tectyl506/
4 3 Chain linkages which can be exposed to rust to be protected
CortecVpCI369
Tectyl506
5 3 Stainless steel sign to be protected
Decordyn 350
HDG Bolt or
6 3 Open holes unused treaded opening in carbon steel to be sealed of
plastic plug
Texaco
7 3 Door / Hatch hinges to be greased
Multifak EP2
8 3 Gasket in door and hatches to be greased if dry Vaseline
10 3 Ventilation hatches to be closed
Comments:
Performad by Accepted by Specified Requirements:

Date/Signature: Date/Signature: Norsok Standard Z-006.
Proj.No.: SPXXXX
PRESERVATION SPECIFICATION & RECORD – Crane Pedestal, HYDRAULICAL


Open end nozzles plugged or capped properly. Nozzle face coated with Tectyl 506
1 3
preservatives. Flange protected with flange protectors. Decordyn 350
Shafts on rotating equipment, which are not locked, shall be rotated 1 ¼ turn in
2 3 rotating direction. New shafts pos. from one turn to another. Bearings with
lub.oil, check oil level before turning.
Comments:

Proj.No.: SPXXXX
PRESERVATION SPECIFICATION & RECORD – Crane Pedestal, ELECTRICAL


1 3 All sensitive instrumentation exposed to damage to be protected.
All cabinets, panels and boxes exposed to humidity to be protected with

2 3
desiccant. Replace desiccant if necessary.
Inspect internals for corrosion and moisture – if so, dry up and repair, add
3 3
desiccant and ensure tight sealing’s
All spare cable entrances in panels and boxes plugged. If not vertical installed
4 3
with drain plug down – seal drain plug.
5 3 Open nipples and glands in panels and junction boxes to be sealed off.
6 3 All non-terminated cable end fitted with shrinking Shroud
7 3 Check for physical damages to cable trays etc.
Gasket in panels or junction box to be protected with preservatives, if stored

8 3 Vaseline
outdoors.
9 3 Stainless steel – remove black steel welding/grinding spatter.
Comments:

Proj.No.: SPXXXX
PRESERVATION SPECIFICATION & RECORD – Crane King MECHANICAL


Tectyl 122
Decordyn 350
Paint system in
HM…….
Tectyl506/
Cotec369
Tectyl506
Decordyn 350
HDG Bolt or plastic

plug
Texaco
7 3 Door / hatch hinges to be greased
Multifak EP2
8 3 Gasket in door and hatches to be greased Vaseline
Tectyl506 on bolt
9 3 Bondura Bolts, for assembly use Kluberpaste 46 MR 401 ends and creviced
area.
10 3 Ventilation hatches to be closed
Lubrication system to be started and operated for a complete sequence.

11 3 Check that the lub. tanks are filled up with adequate type of grease. Only to
be done if the crane is assembled
Proj.No.: SPXXXX
PRESERVATION SPECIFICATION & RECORD – Crane King, HYDRAULIC


Rando oil
1 3 Hydraulic system initially filled up with specified oil.
HD46
Check air bottles or accumulators for Nitrogen pressure. Pressure between 1,5
2 3
to3 barg or VCI protection. See list of preservatives
3 3 Gear box topped up with specified gear oil according to list of preservative.
4 3 Valve spindles densotaped. Densotape undamaged Densotape
5 3
Densotape
6 3 Extended cylinder rods coated with preservative an protected with wood
Wood
7 3 All loose items/removed parts preserved, stored and marked
Shafts on rotating equipment, wich are not locked, shall be rotated 1 ¼ turn in
8 3 rotating direction. New shafts pos. from one turn to another. Bearings with
lub.oil, check oil level before turning.
9 3 Yellow chromated steel Denso taped. Denso taping undamaged Densotape
10 3 Heavy Duty gearboxes filled to correct level according to list of preservatives.
Comments:

Proj.No.: SPXXXX
PRESERVATION SPECIFICATION & RECORD – Crane King, ELECTRICAL AND INSTRUMENT


2 3 All sensitive instrumentation exposed to damage are protected.
All cabinets, panels and boxes exposed to humidity protected with desiccant.
3 3
Replace desiccant if necessary.
4 3
5 3

9 3 Vaseline
outdoors.
Comments:

Proj.No.: SPXXXX
PRESERVATION SPECIFICATION & RECORD – Crane King, ELECTRICAL AND INSTRUMENT


11 3 Shafts on motors and mech. seals protected with grease/tape
Inspect the space heater is effective using an ampere meter or handfeel the
12 1
unit. Ensure that indication light on temp heating distribution panel is working
For space heaters that are not temporarily energized, measure insulation
13 3 resistance phase to phase and phase to earth. Attached form EP 02 to be filled
in.
14 3 Batteries for PLC and CPU fully charged and isolated from consumer.
15 3 Emergency light batteries and HPU batteries – See supplier instruction.
Opening in hydrae./pneumatic tubing protected with steel caps or plugs of

16 3
material equal to component being plugged. Non metallic plugs shall be used.
17 3 Cabin to be heated.
18
3 Cabin AC Unit to be protected by a tarpaulin
Comments:

Proj.No.: SPXXXX
PRESERVATION SPECIFICATION & RECORD – Crane Jibs MECHANICAL


Tectyl 506
Decordyn 350
Paint system in
HM…….
Tectyl506/
Cotec369
Tectyl506
Decordyn 350
HDG Bolt or
plastic plug
Tectyl506 on
7 3 Bondura Bolts, For assembly use Kluberpaste46 MR401 bolt ends and
creviced area.
Rando oil
8 1 Cylinders shall be full of hydraulic oil
HD46
Texaco
10 3 Nylatron sliding pads (crane booms)
Multifak EP2
Texaco
11 3 Wire sheaves to be turned 1 ¼ turn and greased ( central lub. system )
Multifak EP2
Comments:

Proj.No.: SPXXXX
PRESERVATION SPECIFICATION & RECORD – Crane Jibs, HYDRAULIC

1 3
3 3
Densotape
Wood
Comments:

Proj.No.: SPXXXX
PRESERVATION SPECIFICATION & RECORD – Crane Jibs, ELECTRICAL AND INSTRUMENT


3 3
4 3
5 3

9 3 Vaseline
outdoors.
Comments:

Proj.No.: SPXXXX
PRESERVATION SPECIFICATION & RECORD – Crane Jibs, ELECTRICAL AND INSTRUMENT


11 3
in.
Comments:

Proj.No.: SPXXXX
PRESERVATION SPECIFICATION & RECORD – Crane Winches, MECHANICAL


Tectyl 122
Decordyn 350
Paint system in
HM…….
Tectyl506/
Cotec369
Tectyl506
Decordyn 350
HDG Bolt or plastic

plug
Tectyl506 on dry
7 3 Preservation of wire wire
Bridon, Brilube 70
Comments:

Proj.No.: SPXXXX
PRESERVATION SPECIFICATION & RECORD – Crane Winches, HYDRAULIC


1 3
3 3
Densotape
Wood
Comments:

Proj.No.: SPXXXX
PRESERVATION SPECIFICATION & RECORD – Crane Winches, ELECTRICAL AND INSTRUMENT


3 3
4 3
5 3

9 3 Vaseline
outdoors.
Comments:

Proj.No.: SPXXXX
PRESERVATION SPECIFICATION & RECORD – Crane Winches, ELECTRICAL AND INSTRUMENT


11 3
in.
Comments:

Title.:
Proj.No.:
Doc.No.:
6.3 De – Preservation
Effort has been made to minimize the need of de-preservation. Preservatives may be left
on the products when going into operation provided that these will contribute to extended
life of the product and not harmful to the product in any way.
A certain extent of de-preservation is required. Technical data sheets for each

preservative provides information regarding which type of solvent , de-greaser or washing
agent needed for removal of preservatives. Product data sheets for de-greaser and
preservative should be reviewed prior to removal of preservatives.
De-preservation must be done before prior to commissioning start-up. The

commissioning activities comprise preparation checking, functional activities and
operational activities.
The preparation checking and functional activities must be performed in the same phase,
but the operational activities may be performed in a later phase than the functional
activities depending on installation completion.
If commissioning is performed during multiples phases, the equipment shall be preserved
when functional activities are completed. Subsequently, de-preservation must be
performed prior to commissioning operational activities.
Normally, handover to operation or client is accomplished short after commissioning

completion. Preservation is normally not repeated in this phase.
Following activities shall be performed to achieve de-preservation (equipment specific):
• Remove all protection structure and protective cloths.

• Extended cylinder rods to be washed dissolving agent to remove preservation.
• Remove preservative from unpainted steel surfaces and flanges.
• Drain gear oil in gearboxes to correct level (See chapter 6.2)
• Drain preservative oil completely from heavy duty gearboxes. Refill small amounts
of correct gear oil to cover the bottom, and drain once more. Fill specified gear oil
to correct level.
• Remove densotape on all valve spindles if necessary.
• Remove densotape on el. motor shafts if necessary.
• Connect PLC and CPU batteries.
• If re-preservation shall not be performed after functional activities, remove all
desiccants inside cabinets, panels and boxes.
• Remove plugs or caps for all open-end nozzles which shall be available during
operation.
• Connect space heaters to permanent power source.
• Drain air bottles and accumulators for nitrogen pressure.
• Sealed drain plugs in panels or boxes to be unsealed if correct installed vertical
down.
Title.:
Proj.No.:
Doc.No.:
6.4 Preservation Label
REAR OF LABEL FRONT OF LABEL
MAINTENANCE
Signature Date
PRESERVATION
CARRIED OUT
HM PROJECTNO.: _____________
SERIAL NO.:__________________
INTERVALS:__________________
DATE_________ SIGN_________
Title.:
Proj.No.:
Doc.No.:
6.5 Topped Gearbox
WARNING THIS GEARBOX

HAS BEEN
OVERFILLED WITH
PRESERVATION OIL
THE OIL MUST BE DRAINED OUT

FILL NEW OIL TO CORRECT
LEVEL IN ACCORDANCE TO THE
ACTUAL LUBRICATION CHART
Date________ Sign._________
Title.:
Proj.No.:
Doc.No.:
6.6 Table of Preservatives.
PART RECOMMENDED PRESERVATIVES
Wheels 1. Decordyn 350

2. Tectyl 122 .
3. Densotape on roller surface if needed
4. Tectyl 506 in creviced areas
1. Decordyn 350
Bondura bolts 2. Tectyl 122A with overlap towards
Clevis Pins painted surfaces
3. Tectyl 506 in creviced areas
Other accepted products:

Cortec VpCI 368 and Cortec VpCI 368HB
1. Decordyn 350
Exposed/Machined carbon steel 2. Tectyl 122A with overlap towards
painted surfaces
Cortec VpCI 368HB
1. Bridon Brilube 70
Wire 2. Cortec VpCI368 on dry wire
3. Wire grease outside
Wires are pre-greased.
Wire sheave 1. Decordyn 350

2. Tectyl 122A
3. Tectyl 506 in creviced areas and inside
wire cone.
Cortec VpCI368 and Cortec VpCI 368HB
Drive Rack Equipment 1. Decordyn 350

2. Tectyl 122A with overlap towards
paintedsurfaces
Cotec VpCI368HB
Pinion Equipment 1. Decordyn 350

2. Tectyl 122A
Other acceptable products:
Cortec VpCI368HB
Slew pinion teeth on cranes. 1. Kluber Grafslocon Ca 902 (first layer)

Open gear on slew pinion rack and pinion 2. Kluber Grafslocon A G1 (second layer)
drive.
Dry and clean pinion can be preserved by
means of :
Tectyl 122A or 121B, Cortec VpCI368HB
Title.:
Proj.No.:
Doc.No.:
Yellow chromed fittings

1. Densotape
2. Decordyn 350
3. Tectyl 506
4. Cortec VpCI368
Chains 1. CRC SP400

Alternate preservative for chains are:
Cortec VpCI368 or Cortec VpCI368HB
Stainless steel signs 1. Cortec VpCI369 with overlap towards

painted surfaces.
It is not a part of the standard to preserve sign

but recommended for long time storage.
Open holes 1. To be plugged with plastic or metallic

plug.
Pneumatic cylinders 1. Cortec VpCI369 on exposed cylinder

rods.
It is not a part of standard to preserve
pneumatic cylinders, but recommended for
long time storage
Hydraulic cylinders 1. Apply densotape on exposed rod.
Preservation of JB and Cabinets 1. Insert Cortec VpCI emitter

dimensioned for cabinet size (Lifetime
2 years)
2. Spray cabinet with Cortec VpCI238,
when inspection and close.
If there is open cable glands in the cabinet,

plug with plastic plug and change emitter in
cabinet.
Preservation of electrical interface 1. Spray with Cortec VpCI238

contacts
Title.:
Proj.No.:
Doc.No.:
Cabin AC unit Protect outside unit from rain and dust with a
tarpaulin.
Hooks and blocks 1. Bearings to be greased with Texaco

EP 2
2. Texaco Novatex Heacy EP2
Telescopic Jib with Nylatron sliding pads Texaco Multifak EP2

(Sliding surface only)
Motor shaft, spline sleeve Kluber Kluberpaste 46MR401
Treads on pipe and hose fittings Parker Hanifin

Niromont-Flussig
Lubrication for assembly and corrosion Kluber Kluberpaste 46MR401

protection of pins, bearing surface and Texaco Multifak EP2 (if grease nipple)
sph. bearings
Valve lever housing, Spring housing, Kluber Kluberpaste 46MR401

Internally.
Pins/bolts in shackles Kluber Kluberpaste46MR401
Threads on Bolt, studs Kluber Staburags NBU30K
Dead weight on wire rope incl. timble Kluber Kluberpaste 46MR401
Spherical bearings in Knuckle jib, Kluber Staburags NBU 12K

bearing/cylinder. Jib bearing hydr.
Cylinder Texaco Novatec Heavy EP2
Title.:
Proj.No.:
Doc.No.:
6.7 Project cycle for preservation at delivery
Production with Transport Inspection by receipt

Preservation
Maintenance Storage inside/outside Periodic preservation

Preservation/repair Maintenance preserve.
preservation By 3 months interval
Assembly and Periodic preservation De-preservation where

Installation Maintenance preserve. Required in Procedure
By 3 months interval
Title.:
Proj.No.:
Doc.No.:
6.8 Project cycle for preservation after use
Preservation/repair Storage Periodic preservation

preservation Maintenance preserve.
By 3 months interval
De-preservation where
Required in Procedure
5 Operation
Table of Contents
1. Safety ..............................................................................................................................................1
1.1. Safety features ..........................................................................................................................1
1.2. Safety Instructions .....................................................................................................................3
1.3. General Handling Considerations ..............................................................................................4
1.3.1. Weather and Sea State .......................................................................................................4
1.3.2. Derating ..............................................................................................................................4
1.3.3. Parking................................................................................................................................4
1.3.4. Welding ...............................................................................................................................4
2. Modes of Operation .........................................................................................................................5
2.1. Normal.......................................................................................................................................5
2.2. Constant Tension (CT) ..............................................................................................................5
3. Crane Controls Overview .................................................................................................................6
3.1. General .....................................................................................................................................6
3.2. Cabin Equipment .......................................................................................................................7
3.2.1. Operating Panel OP-105 .....................................................................................................7
3.2.2. Operator Panel OP-103 (Chair Left Armrest).......................................................................8
3.2.3. Operator Panel OP-104 (Chair Right Armrest) ....................................................................8
3.2.4. Control Cabinet CC-100 ......................................................................................................9
3.2.5. Control Screen ....................................................................................................................9
4. Crane System Start and Stop.........................................................................................................17
4.1. Pre-Start Preparations .............................................................................................................17
4.1.1. Planning ............................................................................................................................17
4.1.2. Equipment Check ..............................................................................................................17
4.1.3. Control System On / Off Switch .........................................................................................17
4.1.4. System Checks (In / From Cabin) .....................................................................................18
4.1.5. Check HPU Status ............................................................................................................18
4.2. Normal Start ............................................................................................................................19
4.2.1. Motor Start-Up ..................................................................................................................19
4.2.2. Cold Weather ....................................................................................................................19
4.2.3. After Start..........................................................................................................................19
4.3. Normal Shutdown ....................................................................................................................20
4.4. HPU Control ............................................................................................................................20
4.4.1. General .............................................................................................................................20
4.4.2. Local / Remote Pump Control ...........................................................................................20
5 Operation
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
4.4.3. Sensors ............................................................................................................................ 20

4.4.4. HPU Operator Screens ..................................................................................................... 21
4.4.5. Reservoir Surveillance ...................................................................................................... 22
5. Normal Crane Operations (Normal Mode) ..................................................................................... 25
5.1. General ................................................................................................................................... 25
5.2. Load Parameters .................................................................................................................... 26
5.3. Crane Ratings ......................................................................................................................... 28
5.4. Main Winch ............................................................................................................................. 29
5.5. Slew ........................................................................................................................................ 32
5.6. Main Jib .................................................................................................................................. 32
5.7. Knuckle Jib ............................................................................................................................. 33
6. Derating ......................................................................................................................................... 34
6.1. Derating overview ................................................................................................................... 34
6.2. Derating / Load Radius Diagrams / Work Area ........................................................................ 35
7. Emergency Procedures ................................................................................................................. 37
7.1. Emergency Stop ..................................................................................................................... 37
7.1.1. Restart After an Emergency Stop ..................................................................................... 37
7.2. Emergency Release Functions ............................................................................................... 37
7.2.1. Automatic Overload Protection System (AOPS) ............................................................... 37
7.2.2. Manual Overload Protection System (MOPS) ................................................................... 37
7.3. Emergency HPU Operation ..................................................................................................... 38
7.3.1. Emergency Operation Procedures .................................................................................... 38
8. Alarms ........................................................................................................................................... 39
8.1. Responsibility of the User ....................................................................................................... 39
8.2. Alarm Philosophy .................................................................................................................... 39
8.3. Operator Interface ................................................................................................................... 40
8.3.1. Status Banner................................................................................................................... 40
8.3.2. Alarm Banner ................................................................................................................... 40
8.3.3. General ............................................................................................................................ 40
8.3.4. Alarm Colours................................................................................................................... 42
8.3.5. Alarm Acknowledgement .................................................................................................. 43
8.3.6. Alarm Query ..................................................................................................................... 43
8.3.7. Alarm List ......................................................................................................................... 44
9. Trend Display Screen .................................................................................................................... 55
10. Misc Screen................................................................................................................................. 57
11. Network Status Screen ................................................................................................................ 58
12. Setup Screen............................................................................................................................... 59
13. Joystick Setup Screen ................................................................................................................. 61
5 Operation
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
14. Troubleshooting ...........................................................................................................................62

15. Control System Setup ..................................................................................................................63
15.1. General .................................................................................................................................63
15.2. Crane Slew Initialisation ........................................................................................................63
15.3. Winch Initialisation .................................................................................................................63
15.4. Main Jib Angle Sensor Initialisation / Replacement................................................................64
15.5. Knuckle Jib Angle Sensor Initialisation / Replacement ...........................................................64
16. PLC LEDs and Troubleshooting – SIMATIC S7 300.....................................................................65
16.1. General .................................................................................................................................65
16.2. PLC System LEDs .................................................................................................................65
16.3. Power Supply Module LEDs ..................................................................................................65
16.4. S7 300 CPU LEDs .................................................................................................................65
16.5. DP interface LEDs .................................................................................................................66
16.6. Ethernet (PN) interface LEDs ................................................................................................67
16.7. Interface module IM 360 LED ................................................................................................68
16.8. Interface module IM 361 LEDs ..............................................................................................68
16.9. Digital Input / Output Modules................................................................................................68
16.10. Analogue Input / Output Modules ........................................................................................69
17. Replacing Siemens S7 Components ............................................................................................70
17.1. General .................................................................................................................................70
17.2. PLC Modules .........................................................................................................................70
17.3. Power supply .........................................................................................................................70
17.4. PLCs .....................................................................................................................................71
17.4.1. Digital or Analogue Modules ...........................................................................................72
18. End Notes ....................................................................................................................................73
Annex A: Emergency Operation Procedures ..................................................................................... A1
5 Operation
1. Safety
1.1. Safety features
General The equipment delivered by MacGregor Norway AS under this contract has been
designed in accordance with current HSE regulations and standards.
In order to operate safely, prevent injuries to personnel and avoid damage to

equipment it is of utmost importance that both the owner and the user of the
equipment thoroughly study the contents of this manual before operating the machine
or any device controlled by equipment delivered by MacGregor Norway AS.
Emergency stop An emergency stop button is located on the right-hand operating panel on the
operator’s seat inside the cabin. Pressing this button cuts off the crane’s hydraulic
pressure. At least one emergency stop button is also located inside the king.
Spring-centred control All control levers, both two-way and joystick type, are spring-centred. When released,
levers they all return to centre, and whatever motion is active stops.
Overload protection All crane motions are protected against overload by hydraulic relief valves and by the
control system. If a particular motion is attempted which exceeds the crane’s design
capabilities, the relevant relief valve for the particular motion will feed the hydraulic
oil back into the hydraulic oil tank, preventing the motion.
Hook stop systems There are two hook stop systems. The software hook stop is based on wire payout
information from rotational encoders on the winch drums and implemented by the
PLC software. The hardware hook stop is based on a switching device suspended
from the tip of the knuckle jib. When the hook touches this device, twin switches send
a double signal to the control system, which stops the winch before the hook is pulled
into the sheave.
Luffing cylinder The jib luffing cylinders are fitted with mechanical stroke limiters which allow luffing
limitation to take place at full speed.
Load holding valves The main jib luffing cylinders are fitted with pilot-operated load-holding valves.
These valves are connected directly to the cylinder ports and have a dual function:
• Maintaining constant luffing speed independent of the load.

• Blocking cylinder motion in case of hydraulic pressure loss. This will
immobilise the cylinders in case of hose or pipe failure.
5 Operation
Failsafe brakes The winch and slew gearboxes all have failsafe, oil-bath, multidisc hydraulic brakes. In
case of hydraulic pressure loss due to hose/pipe failure, the brake actuates automatically
and halts further motion.
Aircraft warning Red aircraft warning lights are mounted atop the main winch and the main jib outer end
lights to mark the crane during conditions of darkness.
Emergency If the main system power should fail, the winch and other crane functions may be
power supplied by the emergency power system which provides a direct connection to the
ship’s power supply. The AHC system will not be available for operation in emergency
mode, however.
Load / Radius A jib angle sensor system provides data to the control system for calculating the
control system working radius. Load cells in sheave hubs on the knuckle jib register the actual load
suspended from the crane. When a lift is close to the allowable radius/capacity, a
warning is displayed on the operator screen. When the maximum permissible radius is
exceeded, the control system halts jib out movement. The only manoeuvre then allowed
by the control system is movement towards a shorter radius.
Tugger The crane operator must ensure that ANY and ALL operations in which a tugger winch
Winches physically holds the main hook away from the whip winch working area are under
precise control. The tugger winch must always be in constant tension mode. This will
allow the tugger winch to pay out wire if the load on the main hook increases. This may
be due to movement of the crane or accidental movement of the main winch. If there is
a power failure or the crane has been switched off, the tugger winch must be reset to
constant tension mode. MacGregor Norway AS also recommends the use of a “weak-
link” connecting sling equivalent to the tugger winch SWL with an extra safety sling
instead of connecting the tugger hook directly to the main hook.
Emergency Automatic Overload Protection System (AOPS)

release systems
The Automatic Overload Protection System protects the crane against the effect of a
gross overload during operation by releasing the wire in a controlled payout before the
crane sustains significant damage. When the system is activated the winch will
automatically pay out wire. As long as AOPS is activated, the winch will maintain a
retaining force corresponding to the relevant SWL.
AOPS is inaccessible when the jib tip is over deck, and is automatically made accessible
when the jib tip is over water.
Manual Overload Protection System (MOPS)
If the wire is caught on another vessel or the seabed and the crane and/or vessel is
disabled, there is a risk of exposing the crane to higher loads than it is designed for as
the vessel drifts. Should this occur, the operator can activate the MOPS by pressing the
yellow button for the appropriate winch on operating panel OP-104 (next to right
joystick). The system will then pay out wire while maintaining a retaining force of
approx. 10-20% of maximum rated winch capacity.
Both emergency release functions are inaccessible to winches operating in personnel-lift

mode.
5 Operation
1.2. Safety Instructions

Never handle loads The jib system is able to lift heavier loads at reduced radius. When lifting heavy loads,
heavier than the always check that the winch are able to lift the load before any further operation.
winch can lift
Risk of collision Pay attention to the risk of collision with the superstructure when slewing and jibbing.
Auto Tension with Never activate Auto Tension Mode while a load is hanging from the hook. This can put
load in the hook the load into free fall and cause major damage to vessel or other structure.
Lifting gear Never use lifting gear with cracks deformations etc. that can reduce the original
strength. All lifting gear must also have the required lifting capacity for the actual load.
Always pay Respect the alarms and information given on the screen.
attention to the
crane control system
Override Mode Do not operate the crane in override mode unless the situation requires this. Override
mode supersedes all interlocks of crane
Operator To operate the crane, the operator must be familiar with the crane and crane user
manual. The crane operator must also fulfil the requirements given by the vessels flag
authorities.
Single wire parts The crane must never be operated if the information on the screen is not correct
compared to actual block in use.
Wire tension – Operational restriction on main winch, please refer to Annex B - "Safety Bulletin 2010-
retrieval operations SB03".
5 Operation
1.3. General Handling Considerations

1.3.1. Weather and Sea State
A ship and crane’s surroundings have a significant impact on what a crane can do and how; thus, wind and sea
must always be taken into account when planning and performing a lifting operation. The situation must be
reassessed if conditions change appreciably in the course of an operation.
A crane can operate under a wide range of conditions, but a few key parameters are critical to operational
planning. These include wind speed and direction, heave (wave height and period), list and trim conditions,
offlead angles and the type of lift (i.e. internal, external or ship-to-ship – also treated as an environmental
factor).
Obviously, where relative movements are concerned (external and ship-to-ship lifts), sea state and weather are
important factors that must be taken into account in all planning and operations.
1.3.2. Derating
Operators and users of MacGregor HMC offshore cranes need to understand the basics of crane load limitations
under the different operating modes to avoid putting too much strain on the crane under varying conditions.
Incorrect crane operation can lead to dangerous situations, damage to equipment or to the vessel, and serious
personal injury or worse.
A crane always has its own individual ratings, which describe exactly what capacity the crane can lift at a given
radius under given conditions. As the radius increases or as conditions deteriorate, the allowed rating decreases;
this is referred to as derating. Load diagrams apply to internal, subsea (external) and ship-to-ship lifting
situations.
1.3.3. Parking
The crane must be properly parked after use: knuckle jib folded in, main jib down, slew angle at park and both
knuckle jib and hook(s) in their cradles, if present. This achieves three important purposes:
1. With the cylinder rods fully retracted, their bare metal surfaces are protected from the corrosive marine
environment.
2. Releasing system pressure eliminates strain on system components and extends the life of seals on
cylinders, valves and connections.
3. Securing idle equipment is an important safety measure on board a ship.
1.3.4. Welding
Sensitive electronic components are easily damaged by the stray electrical charges that welding currents can
produce. Therefore, if any electric welding is to be done on the crane, the control system must first be isolated
by turning off the main control system circuit-breaker, F15, located in ES400 in the king.
5 Operation
2. Modes of Operation
2.1. Normal
Normal crane operation allows the crane operator to carry out most lifting operations with the crane such as
slewing, luffing, ordinary lifting and lowering with any winch, and parking.
2.2. Constant Tension (CT)

In this mode, the control system keeps wire tension at a constant, adjustable value based on load deviations
registered by the load cell. For reasons of safety, it is impossible to switch between main winch and whip winch
while constant tension is enabled, meaning that these buttons are inhibited.
5 Operation
3. Crane Controls Overview

3.1. General
Equipment located in the cabin is briefly presented in this section, and operation is described in subsequent
sections.
The following are located in the operator’s cabin:
• One operator’s chair with control panels on either side

• One control panel located on the wall to the left of the operator chair, with switches for window
wipers/washers and heating
• One HMI touch-screen panel
• One camera monitor for winches
• Radio/CD player
• UHF / VHF radios
• Microphone for UHF/VHF radio
• Cabin air conditioning unit w/controls
• One fold-down chair
5 Operation
3.2. Cabin Equipment

Window wiper and The left, right, front (central) and rooftop windows are fitted with a wiper/washer
washer system. The rooftop window is, however, not included in the washer system. The
window wipers are each activated by a three position switch. Centre – off, left – high
speed, right – slow speed. The “Pump 1” pushbutton activates washing of the front
(central) window, while the “Pump 2” pushbutton activates washing of the two side
windows.
Cabin ventilation The operator cabin is equipped with two heaters and an air conditioner. The heaters
are located under the operator chair and are controlled by an on/off switch located
on the control panel on the left wall. Temperature is thermostat-controlled.
The air conditioning unit is located on the rear wall of the cabin and has individual
controls for cooling and fan speed on the front of the unit.
Radio w/ CD player The operator cabin is equipped with an RDS radio/CD player and a set of speakers
mounted on the side walls on either side of the operator.
VHF/UHF radio The operator cabin is equipped with a VHF radio and a UHF radio mounted on the
wall panel. The top switch on the right joystick is used for push to talk (PTT), and a
switch below the radios is used to select which radio to operate.
3.2.1. Operating Panel OP-105

General OP-105 is mounted on the cabin wall at the operators left side, and consists of these
controls:
• Window wiper and washer switches

• Cabin heater/defroster controls
• Radio/CD player
• UHF radio
• VHF radio
Window wiper and The left, right, front (central) and rooftop windows are fitted with a wiper/washer
washer system. The window wiper and washer switches are located on the wall mounted
utility panel at the operators left side.
Window wipers and The front top window, front bottom window, roof window and both side windows of
washers the cabin are all equipped with wipers and washers.
Cabin heater These switches control the cabin heating and defrosting.
Radio/CD player Stereo system with speakers on left and right walls
UHF/VHF radios For communications
5 Operation
3.2.2. Operator Panel OP-103 (Chair Left Armrest)

OP-103 is located in the operator chair left console, and includes:
• A four-way joystick with several top and front switches

• MOPS buttons for main and whip winches
Four-way joystick The spring-centred four-way joystick with thumb wheel and front switches controls
the crane slew and main jib luffing functions.
FUNCTION COMMENTS
Joystick X- • Crane slew Clock Wise (CW)
positive
Joystick X- • Crane slew Counter Clock Wise
negative (CCW).
Joystick Y- • Main jib down
positive
Joystick Y- • Main jib up
negative
Front switch • Alarm Acknowledge
Front switch • Front washer
Front switch • Front wiper
Thumb wheel • Tugger 1 in/out, tension +/-
MOPS Main winch The MOPS Main winch button has a cover to protect it from being pressed
accidentally. Lift cover to operate. Push once to activate MOPS mode, and once more
(Manual Overload to deactivate. More information in the Main Winch section.
protection system)
3.2.3. Operator Panel OP-104 (Chair Right Armrest)

OP-104 is located in the operator chair right console, and includes:
• A four-way joystick with several top and front switches

• A switch to activate/deactivate the joysticks
• An Emergency Stop (ES) button
• A button to Activate/deactivate CT
Four-way joystick The four-way spring-centred joystick with thumb wheel and front switches controls
the main/whip winches and knuckle jib functions.
5 Operation
FUNCTION COMMENTS
Joystick X-positive • Crane knuckle jib out
Joystick X-negative • Crane knuckle jib in
Joystick Y-positive • Winch down
Joystick Y-negative • Winch up
Front switch • Signal horn
Front switch • Main/whip winch selection
Front switch • PTT (UHF/VHF)
Thumb wheel • Tugger 1 in/out, tension +/-
Control enable on/off Turning this switch On enables the joysticks.
Note: To prevent accidents, always set in ‘Off’ position when leaving the operator
chair or when the crane is not being operated!
Emergency stop The ES button locks in stop position when activated. To release turn the button CCW.
button
CT On/Off This button activate/deactivate constant tension mode.
3.2.4. Control Cabinet CC-100

CC-100 is located behind the operator’s chair and contains the PLC, the computer (PC) and other
electric/electronic components presented in Chapter 3. The on/off key-switch for the entire control system are
also located here.
When this switch is turned Off, the emergency stop loop is de-energized, meaning that no pumps or crane
functions can be activated. This switch is always turned off to ensure that the crane cannot be operated while
service is being performed. System off is also indicated by an alarm on the control screen. This switch may be
locked in the Off position.
Note: This switch will stop the crane in any mode.
3.2.5. Control Screen

Control screen HB001 is a 17” LCD touch screen with a graphic HMI (Human Machine Interface) used for
operating and monitoring crane functions. The HMI application runs on a Windows 7 Professional 64-bit ® PC,
also in the CC-100 cabinet, with an Ethernet connection to the control system PLC
5 Operation
General screen elements and layout

The control interface on the operator’s screen is designed to display the most vital data in an intuitive
presentation.
Main functions
1. Alarm Banner (always on top) displays the last incoming alarm. This alarm is acknowledged on the
alarm screen or by pressing the yellow top switch on the left joystick. Described in further detail in the
alarm section.
2. Alarm Status Banner (always on top) displays the alarm status for different groups. Described in further
detail in alarm section.
3. Equipment and Functions Status Banner (always on top) displays the status of equipment and functions
by using different colours. Described in more detail below.
4. Field displaying the name of the active screen
5. Time and date field
6. Load indicator:
o Green area: Load range for the selected crane derating. This range can change according to
mode, wave-height and dynamic factor.
o Yellow area: Dynamic forces are acceptable. This range can change according to mode, wave-
height and dynamic factor.
o Red area: Load exceeds 100% of maximum SWL for Internal Hs=0 in current mode
7. Menu button (menu presented next page).
8. Relative Knuckle Jib Angle Information. Press Rel. Knuckle Jib button for pop-up dialog box (ill. Next
page).
1 3 5
4 2
5 Operation
Bringing up displays
The following screens are defined and can be selected by touching the MENU button at the
bottom and selecting the desired screen from the menu (shown at right):
• Previous
• Setup
• Alarm
• Misc
• MW Lineup
• HPU
• Trend
• Main
The menu also has a Previous button at the top which will return the previous screen.
Choosing an item in this menu will not start any process.
Relative Knuckle Jib

Angle dialog (pop-up (9)
5 Operation
Equipment / function status indication
The items in the equipment and function status banner are presented here.
Status Line text State Function

Main AOPS Grey: AOPS disabled
Green: AOPS is enabled but not active
Flashing red: AOPS activated
Main MOPS Grey: MOPS disabled
Green: MOPS enabled but not active
Flashing red: MOPS activated
Crane Ctrl Grey: Joysticks and foot pedals are disabled
Enabled Blue: Joysticks and foot pedals are enabled
IntLock Override Grey: Interlocks are active
Orange: Operator has activated interlock override
Note: When interlock override is active, all safety features in the crane control system are
deactivated. We recommend that a report is filled out with the reason for activating this function
each time it is used
5 Operation
General screen objects

Screen objects are basically objects with a certain functionality attached to them.
Examples of screen objects are ‘bar graphs’. All bar graphs in the front screen application have the same design
and share the same basic functionality. Other examples are numeric output fields etc.
Common functionality improves recognition, accelerates the learning curve and simplifies the application. It is
very important that the user is familiar with the different properties of the screen objects.
General buttons
Buttons in the HMI screen application are activated by touching them on the touch screen. Some buttons, when
touched, will produce a pop-up dialogue that prompts the user for input. The various pop-up dialogues will now
be presented in brief.
Button State Function

Grey Background The function is not activated
Yellow Background The function is activated
Grey Text on Button The button is inhibited – cannot be operated
Background is The associated function is active (the Main Winch mode-selection buttons are typical
Blinking examples). After pressing Confirm, but before AHC is ready, the button blinks.
S and R (Set/Reset) buttons

In some displays have an S or R button. These are places where specific
settings are entered In all cases touching the button brings up a dialogue
to enter a new value or confirm a new setting.
5 Operation
Bar Graphs
Bar graphs are a vital part of the front screen application. These are used to show system
parameters both in analogue and numeric format.
The bar graphs used in the HMI screen application have a set of features associated with
them.
Bar graph scaling enables the operator to adjust the scale to suit the values expected in the
coming operation, or to zoom in to specific signal ranges. Touch the bar graph that is to be
adjusted. A pop-up dialogue with several options is displayed on the screen. Use the
selections to set a new maximum or minimum, for example, and then close the pop-up.
The bar graph will now show the new settings.
A max/min marker function is included to help visualise the range of a signal. When this
function is active, two light blue lines are used to continuously show the lowest and
highest value shown by the bar graph. For example, if this mode is active and the highest
value ever shown is 7.0, the “high” marker is next to the 7.0 point on the scale. If the bar
graph value exceeds this value, for example to 8.0, the “high” marker is pushed up to the
8.0 point. Note that the low/high markers for all bar graphs can be reset by touching the
Set Markers button on the bar graph pop-up that appears when the bar graph is touched.
A reference marker function is included as a help to the user. When this function is active,
a yellow line is “frozen” on the screen to display a reference that the user can adjust as
needed. This feature is useful for observing variations.
Numeric output fields
Numeric output fields are used to display any real time value. The
output field states the name of the signal and the unit of measure.
All output fields have a light grey background and black numbers.
Touch the unit of measure to change the unit of the signal
Input fields
Numeric input fields are used to enter new values. The input field consists of the name of the signal, and the unit
of measure, if relevant.
All input fields have a white background and black text/numbers. After touching the white area, a pop-up
dialogue appears in which the user enters the appropriate input.
Status indicators
Status indicators display the state of a signal or a system. The lamps

are grey by default, and go red or green depending on the value of the
signal.
5 Operation
Radio buttons
Radio buttons are used to choose among different choices.
Click inside the circle beside the item to be selected. If the selection is approved by
the control system, a black dot is showed inside the circle indicating that the selection
has been carried out.
Valve objects
Two types of valves are used in the HMI screen application: valves which the operator can open/close directly,
and valves which the operator cannot open/close (operated by the control system).
When the operator touches a valve object with direct control capabilities, a pop-up dialogue will appear
prompting to confirm a start or stop command.
The colour coding below is used to show the various modes of operation for all valve objects with direct control
functionality.
Symbol Object Function

Steady grey fill No feedback and no command signals are attached to the object
Steady white fill The valve has been closed by the PLC
Flashing white and green Flashes while the valve is closing or opening
Steady green fill The valve has been opened by the PLC
5 Operation
Pump objects
The pumps are presented with colour codes indicating pump status.
Symbol Object Description
Grey frame: pump is in remote mode,

Grey frame, white fill colour
white fill: pump is ready
Yellow frame: pump is in local mode,

Yellow frame, white fill colour
white fill: pump is ready to be started
Grey fill colour Pump is not ready
Green fill colour Pump is running
Red fill colour Pump has tripped
Pump is not available, for instance when an emergency

Red cross over pump
button is activated.
Filter objects
The various filters are presented on the front screen with colour coding indicating filter status.
Symbol Object Description

Grey fill colour filter is ok.
Red fill colour

filter is clogged, and must be checked.
5 Operation
4. Crane System Start and Stop

4.1. Pre-Start Preparations
4.1.1. Planning
All operating factors must be considered by the operator before the crane is started. The following conditions
must be checked but are not limited to:
• Weight, COG and shape / added mass of the load(s) to be lifted

• Weather / environmental conditions
• An assessment of the actual lift job is to be performed on the basis of the first two items. Lift mode and
derating to be determined, limits identified, lifting gear selected.
• A plan must be made for safe execution of the lifting operation. Deck area for pick-up and landing of
loads and the routing between are to be visually checked for obstructions, clear view and maximum
loading imposed on deck.
4.1.2. Equipment Check

The operator must first check the crane and all its systems and equipment:
• Check that lifting gear / loose gear is in good order and approved for the purpose by a visual inspection
of equipment and certificates.
• Visually inspect crane, wires, wire sheaves, machine room with pumps, hoses, oil tank level and valves
(visible leaks/defects).
• Check that emergency stop buttons in king are not activated.
• Check that the crane is fit for the operation and rigged for the job in question: winch selection, reeving,
hook height above deck, working radius etc.
• Communication with bridge
4.1.3. Control System On / Off Switch

Check that the Control System on/off switch (also called the service mode switch) located in control cabinet
(CC-100), is ON (1).
Warning: If the key is in OFF position, always check whether any service operations are being performed
on the crane before switching ON and starting up.
5 Operation
4.1.4. System Checks (In / From Cabin)

• Check that the emergency stop button in the cabin is not activated. If one or more emergency buttons
are activated an alarm will be displayed on the alarm screen and it will not be possible to start any
pumps.
• Review alarm status to get an overview of the situation. Use the Alarm Status Banner buttons to check
unacknowledged alarms.
Check all active alarms and take the whatever steps are necessary to prepare for crane operation.
4.1.5. Check HPU Status

Choose the HPU screen from the menu. Check that the tank oil levels are acceptable and that the temperature in
the oil reservoir is ok.
Check that the Ctrl Enable switch on OP-104 (right operating panel) is Off.
5 Operation
4.2. Normal Start

4.2.1. Motor Start-Up
(The HPU screen is still open from the HPU status check):
1. Starts each main

pump by touching
its motor symbol.
2. If the circulation
motor is set to
“Auto”, the
circulation pump
will automatically
start when a main
pump is started. In
“Manual” mode,
the operator must
start/stop the
circulation pump
separately.
3. The CJC pump
must be started
manually, but it
should normally be
running, even when
the crane is not in
use.
4.2.2. Cold Weather

If the oil temperature is under 0°C, close the shutoff valve downstream from the circulation/cooling pump. This
will help the system warm up faster. Open the valve once the oil temperature has reached 0°C.
4.2.3. After Start

Note! Motor symbols will flash until the start-up procedure is completed. Do not operate the controls before
these symbols have a steady green light.
• Check that oil level and temperature are acceptable, that all colour codes on the HPU screen are normal
(green motors, grey filters), and there are no critical alarms on the alarm banner.
• Pay attention to the crane control system and respect the warnings and alarms it gives.
• Is communication with the slinger / banksman satisfactory?
• Is communication with the bridge in order?
Once the HPU has started and system checks are complete, the crane is ready for operation.
The Ctrl Enable switch on OP-103 (left operating panel) remains Off if any mode is to be selected or derating
performed. Always turn this switch off before leaving (or entering) the operator’s seat.
5 Operation
Details on how to operate the crane are described in later chapters.
4.3. Normal Shutdown

Turn off CT mode Check that constant tension (CT) mode is deactivated.
Park crane Park crane before initiating shutdown: knuckle jib folded in, main jib down, slew
angle at park and both knuckle jib and hook(s) in their cradles, if present.
Controls on/off Check that the Ctrl On/Off switch on operating panel OP-104 (right) is turned OFF.
Shut down The main pumps can now be stopped by touching the motor symbols on the HPU
screen to select them, and then touching the Stop button in the motor pop-up to stop
them.
The circulation pump will continue to run 5 minutes after the last main pump has
stopped. The circulation pump will stop automatically if it is set in “Auto” mode. The
CJC filter pump is left to run continually, even when the crane is not in use.
4.4. HPU Control

4.4.1. General
The HPU consists of four double main pumps, one circulation pump, one CJC filter pump and seven oil coolers.
4.4.2. Local / Remote Pump Control

For service purposes all pumps can be started and stopped locally at the starter panels. Set local/remote switches
to Local.
To return pump control to the control system, the local/remote switches on the starter panel in the king must be
set to Remote, indicated in the control system by a grey frame around the motor symbols.
4.4.3. Sensors
Level and temperature sensors and switches on the oil reservoir send information to the control system.
Pressure sensor switches on all system filters send signals to the control system when clogged.
Analogue indications are given in the king (thermometer, sight glass, warning lights).
5 Operation
4.4.4. HPU Operator Screens

The HPU screen shown below is opened by choosing HPU in the menu.
8
5
6
2 10
9
The following table below lists the main functions on this screen.
No. Description
1 Main pump status (1-4)
2 Circulation pump status
3 Filter symbol (red when clogged)
4 Pressure reading main pressure
5 Oil Temperature
6 Oil Tank Level in %
7 High temp alarm lamp
8 High and low level indication lamps and bar graph
9 Buttons for choosing the HPU, main winch or whip winch lineup screens
10 CJC filter pump status
5 Operation
Winch lineup screens
These screens display information about the valves in the hydraulic control system as well as various pressure
readings. They also provide oil cooler fan motor control.
The buttons along the bottom right provide easy access between the three HPU system screens.
4.4.5. Reservoir Surveillance

Feedback to the control system from the tank sensors and switches affects HPU start and stop, generates alarms
on the operator’s terminal and provides operating parameters for oil cooler control.
Analogue Sensors
SENSOR PARAMETER FUNCTION / RESPONSE

Temperature • Temp. reading on HMI display
Oil temperature
sensor • Alarm issued to operator
• HPU stop
5 Operation
Level / Pressure Switches
SWITCH ALARM SYSTEM / RESPONSE

Reservoir Low Reservoir Low level • Alarm indication on HPU screen on HMI display
level switch alarm
Resevoir Reservoir LowLow • All pumps are stopped if they are running.
LowLow level level alarm • Blocks pump start.
switch • Alarm indication on HPU screen on HMI display
Resevoir High Reservoir high level • Alarm indication on HPU screen on HMI display
level alarm
Resevoir Reservoir HighHigh • Alarm indication on HPU screen on HMI display
HighHigh level level alarm
Reservoir High Reservoir High • Alarm indication on HPU screen on HMI display
temperature temperature alarm
switch
Reservoir Reservoir HighHigh • Alarm indication on HPU screen on HMI display
HighHigh temperature alarm
temperature
switch
Filter Status
All hydraulic system filters have built-in pressure switches that signal the PLC when the filter is clogged. When
a pressure switch is activated, an alarm is generated in the control system and displayed on the HMI screen, as
described in earlier chapters.
5 Operation
Oil Cooler Manual / Automatic Operation

The crane is equipped with five forced-air oil coolers that can be set for manual or automatic operation.:
Mode Description
Manual Manual mode is set by touching MAN in the Oil cooler motor operation pop-up. This must be done
for each cooler. Each cooler can then be started and stopped by touching the OFF and ON buttons.
Note: The oil cooler will not start automatically when in manual mode, which may lead to
overheating, especially during AHC operations.
Automatic Automatic mode is set by touching AUTO in the Oil cooler motor operation pop-up. When automatic
(recommended) mode is selected, the coolers start at the following temperatures:
Cooler 1: > 45 degrees C
When automatic mode is selected, the coolers stop at following temperatures:

Cooler 1: < 44 degrees C
5 Operation
5. Normal Crane Operations (Normal Mode)

5.1. General
Normal crane operations consist of the following:
• Starting the pumps

• Rating/derating
• Main winch functions
• Slew functions
• Main jib functions
• Knuckle jib functions
Starting the pumps
All motor/pump units are started from the operator’s touch-screen in the cabin. Check that the HPU is running at
an idle pressure of approx. 40 bar. Check that the circulation pump has started automatically. Make sure that the
oil coolers are set Auto to maintain proper temperature control during operation.
Note: When planning to operate more than one crane function at a time, ALL pumps must be running.
Loads are always lifted off the deck by using the winch. Any of the main jib, knuckle jib and slew functions
may then be used once the crane is carrying the load.
Sections on Main winch
During crane operations, relevant information and controls are found in the Main screen on the operator’s
terminal. All items on these screens will be briefly presented in the sections on the winch, the details on pop-ups
and so on will be presented in subsequent sections as their functions are presented.
5 Operation
5.2. Load Parameters

Hook position and hook stops
A rotational encoder is installed on the main winch for keeping track of hook position and wire payout. The
encoder registers nothing but the length of wire paid out. Since the hook position follows the jib tip, and the jib
tip’s position varies with the main and knuckle jib angles without affecting wire payout, the control system PLC
must continuously use real-time crane geometry parameters to calculate the hook’s true position.
The main winch has two upper hook stops and one lower hook stop
• Upper hook stop (calculated from encoder signals )

• Upper hook stop (signal from the hook stop proximity switches)
• Lower/end hook stop (calculated from encoder signals)
The upper (software) hook stop is activated by the control system when the calculated hook position is less than
the initialized zero meters. When upper hook stop is reached, the knuckle jib in and main jib down movements
stop.
The lower hook stop (end stop) is activated by the control system when three turns are left on the winch drum.
Payout stops, preventing the entire length of wire from being run out. An alarm is given when the calculated
wire payout is less than 50 metres from the end stop.
Note: Wire stretch may cause inaccuracy in this function.
It is recommended that a verification of this function is included in the crane operator’s daily check list.
Hook Load Sensor
A dual bridge load cell fitted to the upper sheave hub on the knuckle jib measures the main winch load. The
load can be monitored on the HMI display in the cabin. Refer to MacGregor Hydramarine AS load charts for an
overview of crane derating according to radius and sea state.
Maximum Load
The maximum permissible load for the current crane derating and radius is displayed inside the dial on the main
screen.
An alarm is generated on the control screen and the cabin buzzer is activated when 90 % of max load is reached.
At 100 % of maximum load the horn outside the cabin will sound and an alarm will be generated on the operator
display.
When the load reaches 100% of allowed maximum load, the main- and knuckle jib will only be allowed to
move to a smaller radius.
Crane Radius
The radius is the calculated distance from jib tip to centre of crane king. Crane radius is calculated from the
main jib angle and knuckle jib angle registered by the jib angle encoders.
5 Operation
Interlocks
The following states will halt winch up movement in normal mode:
• Upper hook stop

• Hook load > 130% of max load for Hs=0 (Dynamic overload)
• Main winch encoder error
The following will halt winch down movement in normal mode:
• Lower hook stop

• Main winch encoder error
Derating
Derating comprises a range of parameters in specific situations, and is dealt with in the following section.
5 Operation
5.3. Crane Ratings

The current crane rating is displayed in the upper right-hand corner of the current winch screen. Touching the S
button next to the rating field opens one of the Crane Rating pop-ups shown below. The rating set here will
affect the maximum permissible hook load according to mode, sea state and radius.
Modes
The available modes are (DNV):
• Ship To Ship Lift

• OnBoard / OffBoard
Derating maximum lift
The control system computes the maximum permissible hook load

relative to the crane radius, based on mode selection and Dynamic
Factor or Significant Wave Height input in the Crane Rating
dialog box.
This is the process called derating, which implements a reduction in crane capacity reflecting the higher
dynamic forces acting on the crane and load under certain conditions.
Significant wave heigth
The Significant Wave Height input box is used in Ship To Ship and Ship to Ship Connected modes for
derating the crane according to the sea state.
Dynamic factor
In Subsea Lift mode, a hydrodynamic analysis based on the specific geometry of a load must be performed to
obtain the dynamic factor for each specific subsea lift.
See also section 8 - "Derating".
5 Operation
5.4. Main Winch

The main winch is selected by touching the MW On button on the menu banner to the left of the main screen.
The winch is controlled by the right joystick y-axis: y-positive (pushing joystick) pays out, and y-negative
(pulling joystick) hauls in the wire.MW Control Screens
When the main winch has been selected on the operator’s control terminal, the Main Winch Screen appears on
the display:
Main Winch screen 2

1
3
4
11
12
10
8 9
Screen items 1. Indicator showing currently selected Crane Rating

description 2. Button for opening dialogue for setting Crane Rating
3. Indicator showing currently selected Main Winch mode
4. Button for opening dialogue for selecting Main Winch mode.
5. Indication field showing whether the selected Main Winch mode is activated
or not.
6. Button for opening crane systems information pop-up
7. Button for opening pop-up for selecting speed limits
8. Button for resetting the main winch trip meter
9. Fields showing “relative” hook position (trip meter)
10. Fields showing hook position (measured from upper hook stop)
11. Radio buttons for selecting crane load range
12. Button for redefining the current crane load range
5 Operation
MW mode selection pop-up
For selecting Normal / CT (see section 7.3).
Main winch information pop-up
This pop-up gives the operator information on various pressure readings

and status items relevant to the main winch.
5 Operation
Crane information pop-up
This pop-up gives the operator information on various pressure measurements and status items relevant to other
crane functions.
5 Operation
5.5. Slew
The left joystick’s x-axis (left control panel OP-103) controls crane slew. Pushing the joystick left slews the
crane to the left (counter clockwise), and pushing the joystick right slews the crane to the right (clockwise).
Centring the joystick as the crane is slewing will cause the control system to ramp down the slew speed to zero,
bringing crane slew to a smooth, controlled stop.
The displayed slew angle range is from zero to 360 degrees, where zero indicates the crane pointing straight
forward relative to the vessel. Angle value increases in right (clockwise) direction. Crane slew is unlimited in
both directions.
Interlocks
The following will halt slew movement:
• Slew position encoder error
5.6. Main Jib

The left joystick y-axis (operating panel OP-103) controls main jib movement. Pushing the joystick forward
lowers the main jib and pulling the joystick back raises the main jib.
The position of the main jib is measured by an angle sensor, with the angle increasing as the jib moves up. Zero
degrees is when the main jib is at its lower end stop. Main jib angle is displayed on the operator’s terminal.
Jib speed is reduced as it approaches its end-points to provide a smooth stop.
Main jib down movement is stopped if the active winch’s hook stop is reached (indicated by alarms). The active
winch’s wire must then be paid out in order to continue the main jib’s down movement.
Interlocks
The following will stop main jib up movement:
• End stop reached.

• Main jib angle encoder error.
• Main jib moving in wrong direction – alarm
• Main winch Hook load > 100% of max allowed load and increasing radius
The following will stop main jib down movement:
• End stop reached

• Whip winch hook stop
• Main winch hook stop
• Main jib moving in wrong direction - alarm.
• Main jib angle encoder error.
5 Operation
5.7. Knuckle Jib

The right joystick x-axis (operating panel OP-104) controls knuckle jib movement. Pressing the joystick right
swings the knuckle jib out and pressing the joystick left swings the knuckle jib in.
The position of the knuckle jib is measured by an angle sensor, with the angle increasing as the jib swings out.
The angle of the knuckle jib is relative to the main jib. Zero degree is when the knuckle jib is perpendicular to
the main jib. Knuckle jib angle is displayed on the operator’s terminal.
Jib speed is reduced as it approaches its end-points to provide a smooth stop.
Knuckle jib in movement is stopped if the active winch’s hook stop is reached (indicated by alarms). The active
winch’s wire must then be paid out in order to continue the knuckle jib’s in movement.
Knuckle jib out movement is stopped if the maximum hook load is exceeded.
Interlocks
The following will stop knuckle jib out movement:
• Knuckle jib angle encoder error.
The following will stop knuckle jib in movement:

• Whip winch hook stop
• Main winch hook stop
• Knuckle jib angle encoder error
5 Operation
6. Derating
6.1. Derating overview
To prevent peak loads and dynamic forces from exceeding a crane’s design limits, it is necessary to restrict hook
load and operating radius in heavy seas (high significant wave height). A calm sea creates little need for
regulating maximum allowed hook load, and a crane can operate at full rated capacity. But rough seas and a
swaying crane subject the crane to considerable dynamic forces, and capacity must be reduced through a
procedure called derating. Each crane is supplied with its own load/derating curves which roughly indicate load
limits relative to radius in defined operating modes:
• Ship to Ship lift – This applies to a pickup or landing point defined by another vessel which is moving
independently. The derated capacity is based on an increase in the dynamic amplification factor
resulting from the higher relative velocities of the jib tip and the other vessel.
• OnBoard / OffBoard – This applies to a pickup or landing point defined inside the vessel, or to
shallow water always in conditions that heave is less than 0.5m.
The fundamental factors involved in the overall derating challenge are:
• Higher forces acting on the crane as a result of increased crane base motion.
• Very high peak loads caused by high relative motion between the jib tip and the sea surface or the load
at rest.
If derating is required, the operator must open the Crane Rating pop-up and select the appropriate lifting mode
and enter the wave height (or dynamic factor). The control system then imposes reduced load/radius limits
automatically. But the load charts are based on analysis of normal operating practices and relevant standards,
and cannot cover all possible crane manoeuvres. The operator is therefore still responsible for careful
assessment, planning and execution of each lift and for a correct response to unforeseen situations.
See also section 6.3 - "Crane Ratings".
5 Operation
6.2. Derating / Load Radius Diagrams / Work Area

See following pages and/or User Manual Volume 2 Section 1.4 for:
• SP2552-2-N-XX-002 SHIP TO SHIP Load Radius Diagram
5 Operation
5 Operation
7. Emergency Procedures
7.1. Emergency Stop
When activated: All HPU pumps will shut down and all crane functions will stop. All valves are de-energized.
Note: An emergency stop will not de-energize all components in the system, and the control system will still be
powered up.
An alarm indication is displayed on the operator’s screen to inform the operator.
7.1.1. Restart After an Emergency Stop

Alarm Activation of the emergency stop will cause an alarm to appear
on the operator’s screen. This alarm must be acknowledged.
Identify cause of Check reason for emergency stop.

emergency stop
Check and correct errors and other potential problems.
Emergency stop buttons Turn emergency stop button counter clockwise to release.
must be reset Check emergency stop buttons in king (2) and in cabin (1).
Execute start procedure Resetting the emergency stop button will not start the system.
from HMI touch-screen
7.2. Emergency Release Functions

7.2.1. Automatic Overload Protection System (AOPS)
The Automatic Overload Protection System automatically releases the wire in a controlled payout if the sensed
load exceeds maximum load including dynamic factor. As long as AOPS is activated, the winch will maintain a
retaining force corresponding to the relevant SWL.
AOPS is inaccessible when the jib tip is over deck, and is automatically made accessible when the jib tip is over
water.
AOPS enabled and/or active is displayed on the control terminal.
7.2.2. Manual Overload Protection System (MOPS)

A MOPS button for each winch is located on OP-103 (next to left joystick) and is fitted with a protective cover
to prevent inadvertent use.
5 Operation
When the MOPS button is pressed, the winch will pay out wire while the system maintains a retaining force of
approximately 10-20% of maximum rated winch capacity. MOPS works independently of the control system
and is powered by batteries.
Both emergency release functions are inaccessible to winches operating in personnel-lift mode.
7.3. Emergency HPU Operation

A 63 kW emergency HPU is mounted inside the king for use in the event of control system (PLC/PC) failure,
HPU failure or power failure. This unit can power the crane for operation at reduced speeds.
When needed, the motor is connected to the ship’s normal or emergency power system by means of a jumper
cable and started from the emergency starter panel on cabinet ES-404 inside the king.
In the event of HPU or power failure, the crane can be operated from the cabin in the normal way using the
control system. If the control system has failed, the crane is operated from the emergency control unit stored
inside the king.
7.3.1. Emergency Operation Procedures

The emergency operation procedures are provided at Annex C - "Emergency Operation Procedures", and consist
of the following:
• Emergency operation procedure, part 1

• Crane emergency operation procedure, part 2
• Winch emergency operation procedure, part 2
5 Operation
8. Alarms
8.1. Responsibility of the User
The alarm system is a vital part of the operator’s ability to understand the overall situation, safety information
and environment at all times. Every effort has been made to implement a safe and simple system that presents
all alarms, but which helps the important ones stand out rather than blend in with the range of other alarm
messages.
The alarm system will only work as intended if the user has set it up to give the expected response.
It is important that the crane operator inform other users whenever alarms are acknowledged but not corrected,
or whenever the alarm buzzer is silenced (for trouble-shooting for example), whenever such actions may present
a safety hazard or affect trouble-shooting.
8.2. Alarm Philosophy

The alarm system is built on the following alarm philosophy:
• A new alarm is always displayed in the alarm banner in the top menu bar and in the alarm list. Alarms
are automatically associated with an alarm group for sorting and grouping
• All defined alarms require operator acknowledgement
• If an alarm is acknowledged and the alarm condition resolved, the alarm message will automatically be
removed from the display
• If an alarm condition is resolved (returned alarm), but the alarm is not acknowledged, the alarm
message will turn green and remain showing until acknowledged by the operator
When an inappropriate condition exists for a preset amount of time, an alarm is generated in the PLC CPU and
stored in temporary memory. The HMI continuously reads the memory, grouping and sorting alarms according
to the crane systems (main winch, whip winch etc.) The HMI time-stamps the alarms and displays any new
alarm in both the alarm banner and in the alarms list (the most recent unacknowledged alarm is always
displayed on the alarm banner).
The alarm display will be continuously updated with new incoming and returned alarms. All alarms are logged
for two weeks within the control system (newer systems).
5 Operation
8.3. Operator Interface

8.3.1. Status Banner
In addition to the alarm banner, the status banner contains shortcut buttons which indicate the status of different
alarm groups.
• A red frame around the shortcut button indicates an active (standing) alarm within the alarm group
• A blinking red frame indicates a new (and not acknowledged) alarm within the alarm group
Clicking on an alarm group shortcut will open the alarms page with the alarms for that group sorted by date and
time.
Note that the Status Banner is further described in other parts of the user manual.
8.3.2. Alarm Banner

The alarm banner always displays the most recent alarm until it is acknowledged. If there is no
unacknowledged alarm, no alarm is shown in the alarm banner.
8.3.3. General
Alarms are sorted by date and time according to when they were read by the operator terminal system. They are
always displayed with the most recent on top. Thus, as alarms are acknowledged, the display goes backward
through the list (newest to oldest).
The user may acknowledge alarms with the dedicated Alarm Acknowledge button in the left joystick, or via the
buttons on the alarms screen.
To list all alarms, the operator can call up a separate alarms screen via the alarm button on the main menu. On
the alarms screen, the alarms list presents alarms according to the alarm query setting. The most recent alarm is
always shown on top. Alarms are displayed in rows with alarm information in columns as follows:
• "Date" is when the alarm was received and stamped by the control system
• "Time" is the time the alarm was received and stamped by the control system
• "Priority" shows alarm priority - however this feature is irrelevant to crane operation
• "Group" defines the alarm group the alarm is associated with. Groups are as follows:
HPU Hydraulic power unit alarms
CR Crane alarms
MW Main winch alarms
AHC Active heave compensation alarms
MISC Miscellaneous alarms
• "Name" is the actual name used by the control system for the alarm. This will usually correspond to the
tag name used by the PLC
• "Comment" shows the alarm description
• "Value" shows the status of the alarm when it was received
5 Operation
The alarm status screen shown above is accessed by pressing "Alarm" from the "Menu" button.
The alarm display may appear in two modes:
• Alarm Status: the current alarm situation is displayed. Only non-acknowledged alarms (whether they
are standing or returned) are listed. Alarms are sorted by time
• Alarm History: all alarms (since the last HMI reboot) for the selected group are displayed. The list is
sorted by time
The active display mode is shown in the upper left corner of the alarm display. Alarm status is the default view.
The "New Query" button allows the operator to filter alarms in greater detail. This function is described in
greater detail later in this section.
The operator can acknowledge alarms directly from this screen.
The "Long Term History" button allows access to a list of all alarms from the past 2 weeks (can be filtered by
date/time, but not sorted) as seen in the following image.
5 Operation
This screen shows the alarm history displayed in "Long Term History" mode. Here, the operator is able to
display alarms from the following periods:
• Last 15 minutes
• Last hour
• Last day
• Last week
• Last 2 weeks
8.3.4. Alarm Colours

The following text colours are used in the alarm display:
Red New alarm waiting for operator acknowledgement

Blue Alarm acknowledged, but not returned (condition is not resolved)
Green Alarm returned (condition is resolved), but not acknowledged
5 Operation
8.3.5. Alarm Acknowledgement

Alarms can be acknowledged in two ways, either by pressing the dedicated “Alarm Ackn” button in front of the
left joystick or by using the “Ack Selected” or “Ack All” buttons in the alarm display. Pressing the alarm
acknowledge button will acknowledge the last incoming alarm shown in the alarm banner.
From the alarm display, alarms can be acknowledged individually or by groups. To acknowledge an alarm, click
on the alarm in the display. Press and hold on the touch screen, and repeat to select several alarms. Click “Ack
Selected” to acknowledge the selected alarm/s, or click “Ack ALL” to acknowledge all alarms in the alarm
group.
8.3.6. Alarm Query

Sometimes the user needs to investigate and search for alarms and alarm combinations. The control system
provides comprehensive functions to help the user in such cases via the operator terminal.
The alarm system is divided into simple, intuitive alarm groups. Each of these groups typically pertains to a
part or aspect of the crane. Each alarm group may consist of further subgroups which are available by selecting
and performing a new alarm query. The alarm display shows alarms for selected alarm groups according to the
last alarm query.
There are two ways to do an alarm query:
• Click on the group symbol in the status banner. The alarm status display will appear with an alarm
query for the selected group
• In the alarm status display a new alarm query can be selected with the “New Query” button. A menu for
the query selection will appear
Click on “Alarm Query” to bring up the alarm query popup which will appear over the lower buttons in the
alarm display.
Alarm Query Functions

The alarm query popup dialogue offers the following selection of alarm groups:
• Click on “All Alarms” to see all defined alarm groups.
The following parameters may also be included in the query:
• Status or history display (status is default)

• Select unacknowledged
• Select acknowledged
• Select all (default)
5 Operation
8.3.7. Alarm List

(HM rev 0)
The following list presents the main operational alarms of the system. The alarms are presented with Tag info,
alarm text, alarm group and alarm description.
General system
Item TAG info (HMI) Alarm text (HMI) Group Alarm description
(HMI)
2.0 CR_EmergencySto Emergency Stop CR Any emergency stop activated
p Activated
2.1 CR_EmergencySto Emergency stop CR Emergency stop activated –ES400
p_S0 on/off
2.2 CR_EmergencySto Emergency stop CR Emergency stop activated –ES404
p_S04 on/off
2.3 CR_ServiceMode Emergency Stop - CR Service mode switch activated – crane lock out
Service Mode
2.4 CR_IntLockOverrid Interlock Override CR Interlock button override – all interlocks disabled
e_STA
2.5 CR_JS_Right_X_E Joystick Right - CR Error with joystick directional switch or
RR Switch Error X Axis potentiometer. Calibration needed.
2.6 CR_JS_Right_Y_E Joystick Right - CR Error with joystick directional switch or
RR Switch Error Y Axis potentiometer. Calibration needed.
2.7 CR_JS_Right_ERR Right Joystick error - COM Right Joystick - Profibus communication error
DP19
2.8 CR_JS_Left_X_ER Joystick Left - CR Error with joystick directional switch or
R Switch Error X Axis potentiometer. Calibration needed.
2.9 CR_JS_Left_Y_ER Joystick Left - CR Error with joystick directional switch or

R Switch Error Y Axis potentiometer. Calibration needed.
2.10 CR_JS_Left_ERR Left Joystick error - COM Left Joystick - Profibus communication error
DP18
2.11 TW1_JS_ERR Joystick Tugger CR Error with joystick directional switch or
Winch 1 - Switch potentiometer. Calibration needed.
Error
2.12 TW2_JS_ERR Joystick Tugger CR Error with joystick directional switch or

Winch 2 - Switch potentiometer. Calibration needed.
Error
2.13 CR_JS_Left_OVR_ Joystick Left - CR Directional switches in joystick disabled. Only
STA Override Switches potentiometer used as reference.
2.14 CR_JS_Right_OVR Joystick Right - CR Directional switches in joystick disabled. Only
_STA Override Switches potentiometer used as reference.
2.15 TW_JS_OVR_STA Joystick Tugger CR Directional switches in joystick disabled. Only
Winches - Override potentiometer used as reference.
Switches
2.16 CR_MOPS_ChgBr MOPS Battery CR MOPS battery charging error – Fuse tripped
k_TRP charging breaker -
Tripped
2.17 CR_MOPS_Battery MOPS Battery NOT CR MOPS Battery NOT OK
_Fault1 OK
5 Operation
(HMI)
2.18 CR_MOPS_Battery MOPS Battery NOT CR MOPS Battery NOT ready
_Fault2 ready
2.19 CR_MOPS_Battery MOPS Battery < CR MOPS Battery < 85% charged
_LOW 85% charged
2.20 MISC_RollAngle_ Roll Angle High MISC MRU roll ≥ 6,0 degree.
H
2.21 MISC_MRU_ERR MRU - Signal Error MISC MRU error – analog outputs from MRU not OK.
2.22 IC300_ERR CC-300 - Remote IO COM CC-300 – Profibus communication error
Error - DP3
2.23 IC400_ERR ES-400 - Remote IO COM ES-400 - Profibus communication error
Error - DP4
2.24 Encoder_MW_ERR Main Winch Encoder COM Main Winch Encoder - Profibus communication
IO Error - DP11 error
2.25 Encoder_MJ_A_ER Main Jib Encoder A COM Main Jib Encoder A Profibus communication error
R IO Error - DP13
2.26 Encoder_MJ_B_ER Main Jib Encoder B COM Main Jib Encoder B - Profibus communication error
R IO Error - DP14
2.27 Encoder_WW_ER Whip Winch Encoder COM Whip Winch Encoder - Profibus communication
R IO Error - DP12 error
2.28 Encoder_KJ_A_ER Knuckle Jib Encoder COM Knuckle Jib Encoder - Profibus communication
R A IO Error - DP16 error
2.29 Encoder_KJ_B_ER Knuckle Jib Encoder COM Knuckle Jib Encoder - Profibus communication
R B IO Error - DP17 error
2.30 Encoder_Slew_ER Slew Encoder IO COM Slew Encoder - Profibus communication error
R Error - DP10
2.31 Encoder_WW_Spo Whip Winch COM Whip Winc Spooling Encoder - Profibus
olPos_ERR Spooling Encoder IO communication error
Error - DP15
2.32 CR_OverloadM55 Grease Pump M55 CR Grease Pump M55 for crane functions is overloaded
overloaded and not moving
2.33 CR_GreasePumpM Grease Pump M55 CR Grease pump for crane functions disabled.
55Disabled disabled
2.34 CR_OverloadM56 Grease Pump M56 CR Grease Pump M56 for Main Winch is overloaded
overloaded and not moving
2.35 CR_GreasePumpM Grease Pump M56 CR Grease pump for Main Winch disabled.
56Disabled disabled
2.36 CR_LubeMon1NoF No grease flow - CR No grease flow detected by the lubrication monitor 1
lowM55 Lubrication Monitor on –M55
1 on -M55
2.37 CR_LubeMon2NoF No grease flow - CR No grease flow detected by the lubrication monitor 2
2 on -M55
2.38 CR_LubeMon3NoF No grease flow - CR No grease flow detected by the lubrication monitor3
3 on -M56
2.39 Software_ERR Software error CR Error in PLC software
2.40 Module_ERR I/O-Access error CR PLC I/O access error
5 Operation
Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU)
(HMI)
3.0 HPU_TankLevel_ERR HPU Reservoir Level HPU Cable break or faulty sensor.
- Signal Error
3.1 HPU_Tank1LevelSwitc Oil Tank 1 Level HPU HPU oil level sensor fault. Cable break or faulty
h_ERR Switch - Sensor Fault sensor.
3.2 HPU_TankLevel_L HPU Reservoir Level HPU HPU oil tank level less than 55 %
- Low Alarm
3.3 HPU_TankLevel_LL HPU Reservoir Level HPU HPU oil tank level less than 50 %
- Low Low Alarm
3.4 HPU_TankLevel_H HPU Reservoir Level HPU HPU oil tank level above 95 %
- High Alarm
3.5 HPU_TankLevel_HH HPU Reservoir Level HPU HPU oil tank level above 100 %
- High High Alarm
3.6 HPU_Tank1TempSwitc Oil Tank 1 HPU HPU oil temperature sensor fault. Cable break or
h_ERR Temperature Switch - faulty sensor.
Sensor Fault
3.7 HPU_TankTemp_H HPU Tank HPU HPU reservoir - high temperature
Temperature - High
Alarm
3.8 HPU_TankTemp_HH HPU Tank HPU HPU reservoir - high high temperature
Temperature - High
High Alarm
3.9 HPU_MP1_TRP HPU M1 - Main HPU Motor start/stop tripped
Pump 1 - Tripped
Pump 2 - Tripped
Pump 3 - Tripped
Pump 4 - Tripped
3.13 HPU_CircPump_TRP HPU M10 - Circ HPU Motor start/stop tripped
Pump - Tripped
3.14 HPU_CJCPump_TRP HPU M11 - CJC HPU Motor start/stop tripped
Pump - Tripped
3.15 HPU_Cooler1_TRP HPU M20 - Cooler 1 HPU Motor start/stop tripped
- Tripped
- Tripped
- Tripped
- Tripped
- Tripped
- Tripped
- Tripped
3.22 HPU_EmPump_TRP Emergency Pump HPU Motor start/stop tripped
M31 tripped
3.23 HPU_CoolingFan_TRP HPU M61 - Cooling HPU Motor start/stop tripped
Fan - Tripped
5 Operation
(HMI)
3.24 HPU_MP1_PowerMissi Main Pump 1 - HPU Main motors, power missing. Check supply and
ng Power Missing fuses.
3.28 HPU_Circ_PowerMissi Circulation Pump - HPU Circulation Pump power missing. Check supply
ng Power Missing and fuses.
3.29 HPU_CJC_PowerMissi CJC Pumps - Power HPU CJC Pump power missing. Check supply and
ng Missing fuses.
3.30 HPU_Cooler1_PowerMi Cooler 1 - Power HPU Cooler motor power missing. Check supply and
ssing Missing fuses.
3.37 HPU_DrainFilter Main pump drain HPU Clogged oil filter. Replace filter element.
filter pressure switch
3.38 HPU_WinchDrainFilter Winch motor Drain HPU Clogged oil filter. Replace filter element.
Filter
3.39 HPU_ReturnFilter1 Return filter 1 HPU Clogged oil filter. Replace filter element.
pressure switch
pressure switch
pressure switch
pressure switch
3.43 HPU_CJCFilter CJC Filter pressure HPU Clogged oil filter. Replace filter element.
switch
3.44 HPU_MainFilter1A Main filter 1A HPU Clogged oil filter. Replace filter element.
pressure switch
3.45 HPU_MainFilter1B Main filter 1B HPU Clogged oil filter. Replace filter element.
pressure switch
3.46 HPU_MainFilter2 Main filter 2 pressure HPU Clogged oil filter. Replace filter element.
switch
switch
5 Operation
(HMI)
switch
pressure switch
switch
pressure switch
3.52 HPU_KingDrainFilter Slew / Tugger Drain HPU Clogged oil filter. Replace filter element.
Filter
3.53 HPU_OilRecoveryFilter Oil Recovery Filter HPU Clogged oil filter. Replace filter element.
pressure switch
3.54 HPU_DrainTankLevel_ Level switch oil drain HPU Oil leakage detected in drain tank/king.
H tank
3.55 HPU_MainPress_L Main Pressure - Low HPU Main pressure below 50 bar.
Alarm
3.56 HPU_MainPress_H Main Pressure - High HPU Main pressure above 350 bar.
Alarm
3.57 HPU_EmPump_RUN Emergency Pump HPU Emergency pump running.
M31
3.58 HPU_LS_Press_A_ERR LS pressure A HPU Cable break or faulty sensor.
(PT219A) - Sensor
Fault
3.59 HPU_LS_Press_B_ERR LS pressure B - HPU Cable break or faulty sensor.
Sensor Fault
3.60 HPU_LS_Press_DEV LS pressure - HPU Deviation between sensor A and B.
Deviation Error
3.61 CR_PowerReqM1_Faile Power request for M1 HPU Request sent from crane to ship’s PMS but no
d failed confirmation within 90 seconds.
3.65 HPU_MainPress_ERR Main Pressure - HPU Cable break or faulty sensor.
Signal Error
3.66 HPU_AuxSupEarthFault Aux Supply (230V) - HPU Earth fault detected on 230V supply to control
Earth Fault system.
3.67 HPU_MainSup1EarthFa Main Supply 1 (A) - HPU Earth fault detected on 690V main supply 1.
ult Earth Fault
3.68 HPU_MainSup2EarthFa Main Supply 2 (B) - HPU Earth fault detected on 690V main supply 2.
ult Earth Fault
3.69 HPU_MainSup3EarthFa Main Supply 3 (C) - HPU Earth fault detected on 690V main supply 3.
ult Earth Fault
3.70 HPU_MainSup4EarthFa Main Supply 4 (D) - HPU Earth fault detected on 690V main supply 4.
ult Earth Fault
3.71 HPU_TankTemp_ERR HPU Tank HPU Cable break or faulty temperature sensor.
Temperature - Signal (TT201)
Error
5 Operation
(HMI)
3.72 HPU_TankTemp_L HPU Tank HPU HPU tank temperature below 10 degrees Celsius.
Temperature Too Main pumps start inhibited to prevent damage.
Low To Start Main
Pumps
Slew system
(HMI)
4.0 CR_SlewAccuPress_ Slew accu. pressure - CR Cable break or faulty sensor.
ERR Sensor Fault
4.1 CR_SlewPosDeviatio Slew Position CR Measured slew position deviates from preset slew
n Deviation position
Jib system
(HMI)
5.0 CR_MainJibMoving_ Main Jib Moving CR Main jib moving without joystick command.
ERR Error
5.1 CR_MJ_Enc_DEV Main Jib Encoders - CR Deviation between sensor A and B.
Deviation Error
5.2 CR_KJ_Enc_DEV Knuckle Jib Encoders CR Deviation between sensor A and B.
- Deviation Error
5 Operation
Whip Winch (WW) system
(HMI)
6.0 WW_Load_H Whip Winch Load > WW Whip winch load > 90% of allowed load.
90%
6.1 WW_Load_HH Whip Winch Load > WW Whip winch load > 110% of allowed load.
110%
6.2 WW_Load_HHH Whip Winch Load > WW Whip winch load > 125% of allowed load.
125%
6.3 WW_LoadCell_DEV Whip Winch Load WW Deviation between WW load cell channels.
Cell - Deviation
Error
6.4 WW_AOPS_ERR Whip Winch AOPS - WW AOPS disabled due to deviation between WW load
Disabled Due To cell channels.
Sensor Fault
6.5 WW_AOPS Whip Winch AOPS - WW WW AOPS activated by control system.
Active
6.6 WW_MOPS Whip Winch MOPS - WW WW MOPS activated by operator.
Active
6.7 WW_HookStop Whip Winch Hook WW WW hook stop activated either by mechanical hook
Stop stop sensor or by the hook position measurement.
6.8 WW_MechanicalHoo Whip Winch WW WW hook stop activated by mechanical hook stop
kStop Mechanical Hook sensors.
Stop
6.9 WW_HookPos_H Whip Winch Position WW WW hook position close to lower hook stop (end
High stop).
6.10 WW_LowerHookSto Whip Winch Lower WW WW lower hook stop active (end stop).
p Hook Stop
6.11 WW_MOPS_AccuPr Whipline Winch WW WW MOPS accumulator pressure low.

ess_L MOPS Accumulator
Pressure - Low
Alarm
6.12 WW_PersonnelLift_ Personnel Lift active WW WW personnel lift activated by key switch.
Active
6.13 WW_PersonnelLift_ Load Too High To WW Load too high to activate personnel lift.
NAvail Activate Personnel
Lift
6.14 WW_BrakeOff WW Brake Off - WW Whip winch brake off without joystick command.
Alarm
6.15 WW_MotorDisp_DE WW Motor WW WW Motor displacement pressure deviation mode

V Displacement - alarm
Deviation
6.16 WW_AHC_PosDev_ WW AHC Position AHC Position deviation more than 0.5 meters of hook
H Deviation High relative to the seabed in AHC.
6.17 WW_AHC_PosDev_ WW AHC Position AHC Position deviation more than 1.5 meters of hook
HH Deviation High High relative to the seabed in AHC.
5 Operation
(HMI)
6.18 WW_MOPS_AccuPr Whipline Winch AHC Cable break or faulty sensor.
ess_ERR MOPS Accumulator
Pressure - Signal
Error
6.19 WW_AHC_ControlV WW AHC Control AHC Deviation between commanded and read signal.
alve_DEV Valve Deviation
6.20 WW_AHC_Valve_F WW AHC Ctrl. AHC Cable break or faulty sensor.

BK_ERR Valve - Sensor Fault
6.21 WW_BrakePress_ER WW brake pressure - WW Cable break or faulty sensor.
R Sensor Fault
6.22 WW_DispPress_ER WW disp. pressure - WW Cable break or faulty sensor.

R Sensor Fault
6.23 WW_LoadCell_A_E Whip Winch Load WW Cable break or faulty sensor.

RR Cell A - Signal Error
6.24 WW_LoadCell_B_E Whip Winch Load WW Cable break or faulty sensor.
RR Cell B - Signal Error
6.25 WW_Speed_H WW Speed High - WW WW hook speed higher than specified.
Alarm
6.26 WW_AHC_Stopped AHC stop condition AHC AHC stop conditions:
active on Auxiliary Emergency stop active, NOT WW On selected, no
Winch main pumps running, MOPS/AOPS active, hook
pos < 5 meters, AHC deviation > 1,5 meters, MRU
error or load cell sensor error (only in AT).
AHC/AT has to be enabled to generate this alarm.
6.27 WW_OutsideWorkin Whip Winch outside WW Whip Winch outside working area
gArea working area
6.28 WW_SpoolingDev_ Whip Winch WW Whip Winch Spooling device – difference between
H Spooling Deviation – setpont and actual position >3%
High Alarm (>3%)
6.29 WW_SpoolingDev_ Whip Winch WW Whip Winch Spooling device – difference between
HH Spooling Deviation – setpont and actual position >5%
High High Alarm
(>5%)
5 Operation
Main Winch (MW) system
(HMI)
7.0 MW_Load_H Main Winch Load > MW Main winch load > 90% of allowed load.
90%
7.1 MW_Load_HH Main Winch Load > MW Main winch load > 110% of allowed load.
110%
7.2 MW_Load_HHH Main Winch Load > MW Main winch load > 125% of allowed load.
125%
7.3 MW_LoadCell_DEV Main Winch Load MW Deviation between MW load cell channels.
Cell - Deviation Error
7.4 MW_LoadCell_A_E Main Winch Load MW Cable break or faulty sensor.

RR Cell A - Signal Error
7.5 MW_LoadCell_B_E Main Winch Load MW Cable break or faulty sensor.
RR Cell B - Signal Error
7.6 MW_AOPS_ERR Main Winch AOPS - MW AOPS disabled due to deviation between MW load
Disabled Due To cell channels.
Sensor Fault
7.7 MW_AOPS Main Winch AOPS - MW MW AOPS activated by control system.

Active
7.8 MW_MOPS Main Winch MOPS - MW MW MOPS activated by operator.

Active
7.9 MW_HookStop Main Winch Hook MW MW hook stop activated by the hook position
Stop measurement.
7.10 MW_MechanicalHoo Main Winch MW MW hook stop activated by the mechanical hook
kStop Mechanical Hook stop sensors
Stop
7.11 MW_HookPos_H Main Winch Position MW MW hook position close to lower hook stop (end
High stop).
7.12 MW_LowerHookSto Main Winch Lower MW MW lower hook stop active (end stop).
p Hook Stop
7.13 MW_HookStop_ER Main Winch Hook MW Only signal from one of the proximity switches in
R Stop - Sensor Fault the mechanical hook stop sensor.
7.14 MW_Speed_H Main Winch Speed - MW MW hook speed higher than specified.
High Alarm
7.15 MW_MOPS_AccuPr Main Winch MOPS MW MW MOPS accumulator pressure 1 LOW.

ess1_L Accumulator
Pressure 1 - Low
5 Operation
(HMI)
Alarm
7.16 MW_MOPS_AccuPr Main Winch MOPS MW MW MOPS accumulator pressure 2 LOW.
ess2_L Accumulator
Pressure 2- Low
Alarm
7.17 MW_PersonnelLift_ Personnel Lift active MW MW personnel lift activated by key switch.
Active (Recovery Mode)
7.18 MW_PersonnelLift_ Wrong mode or Load MW Wrong mode or Load too high to activate personnel
NAvail Too High To lift.
Activate Personnel
Lift
7.19 MW_BrakeOff Main Winch Brake MW MW brake off without joystick command.
OFF Alarm
7.20 AHC_WrongMode AHC - Wrong Mode AHC Load too high for AHC/AT High Speed Mode.
According To Load Switch to AHC/AT Normal Mode.
7.21 AHC_HeaveVelocity Heave Velocity > 2,0 AHC True heave velocity in crane tip higher than 2 m/s or
_H m/s (120 m/min) 1m/s in double part.
7.22 AHC_PosDev_H AHC Position AHC AHC position deviation. More than 0,5 meters
Deviation High deviation between hook and set point relative to the
seabed.
7.23 AHC_PosDev_HH AHC Position AHC AHC position deviation. More than 1,5 meters
Deviation High High deviation between hook and set point relative to the
seabed.
7.24 MW_AHC_ControlV Main AHC Control AHC Deviation between commanded and read signal.
alve1_DEV Valve 1 - Deviation
Error
Error
Error
Error
7.28 MW_MOPS_AccuPr Main Winch MOPS AHC Cable break or faulty sensor.
ess1_ERR Accumulator
Pressure 1 - Signal
Error
7.29 MW_MOPS_AccuPr Main Winch MOPS AHC Cable break or faulty sensor.
ess2_ERR Accumulator
Pressure 2 - Signal
5 Operation
(HMI)
Error
7.30 MW_BrakePress1_E Main Winch Brake MW Cable break or faulty sensor.
RR Pressure 1 - Signal
Error
7.31 MW_BrakePress2_E Main Winch Brake MW Cable break or faulty sensor.
RR Pressure 2 - Signal
Error
7.32 MW_DoublePartDet Main Winch Double MW Double part sensor active but mode not selected.
Part Detected (not
selected)
7.33 MW_DoublePartSel Main Winch Double MW Double part selected but not detected by double part
Part Selected (not proximity switch.
detected)
7.34 MW_MotorDisp1_D Main Winch Motor MW Deviation between commanded and read signal.
EV Disp. 1 - Deviation
Error
7.35 MW_MotorDisp2_D Main Winch Motor MW Deviation between commanded and read signal.
EV Disp. 2 - Deviation
Error
7.36 MW_MotorDispPres Main Winch Motor MW Deviation between sensor A and B.
s_DEV Disp. Pressure
Sensors - Deviation
+CC100
7.37 MW_MotorDispPres Main Winch Motor MW Cable break or faulty sensor.
s1_ERR Disp. Pressure 1 -
Signal Error
7.38 MW_MotorDispPres Main Winch Motor MW Cable break or faulty sensor.
s2_ERR Disp. Pressure 2 -
Signal Error
7.39 MW_AHC_Stopped AHC stop condition AHC AHC stop conditions:
active on Main Emergency stop active, NOT MW On selected, no
Winch main pumps running, MOPS/AOPS active, hook
pos < 5 meters, AHC deviation > 1,5 meters, MRU
error or load cell sensor error (only in AT).
AHC/AT has to be enabled to generate this alarm.
7.40 AHC_MW_ModeSpe AHC Main Winch Speed too high for normal AHC/AT mode. Select
ed_H Mode – High Speed High Speed Mode.
7.41 AHC_MainPress_L AHC - Main Pressure MW Main pressure below 220 bar.
Low
7.42 MW_OutsideWorkin Main Winch outside MW Main Winch outside working area
gArea working area
7.43 MW_MOPS_AccuPr Main Winch MOPS MW Deviation between sensor A and B.

ess_DEV Accumulator
Pressure Sensors -
Deviation
5 Operation
9. Trend Display Screen

The Trend Display presents historical data as curves. By nature it may be complex and difficult to work with.
Some special features have therefore been built in to the trend chart to simplify the day-to-day operation.
The Trend display can show both real time and historical data, and can show up to 6 simultaneous plots.
2
1
Display functions
The large trend chart (1) shows historical or real-time trends colour-coded for the various parameters that may
be displayed.
To select a parameter for display, click inside the trend chart. The Historical Trend Setup popup now opens
(next page, bottom), displaying a list of parameters and a range of fields for defining the chart.
The left side of the chart shows the chart’s vertical scale (2) (in either metric or oilfield units), and the top shows
the time scale.
At the bottom of the display, trend-related controls enable the user to set range, zoom and other chart properties.
5 Operation
Mode It is possible to show both real-time data and historical data. The historical data is
stored in the computer for 28 days.
While in real time, the right side of the trend is always ‘now’. In historic mode, the
right side of the trend is not necessarily ‘now’.
Pan time Pan time is only available in Historical Mode. It is used to pan forward or backward in
time to display the desired time period.
Vertical range The vertical scale (2) is actually a bar graph showing the magnitude of the selected
parameter. The colour of the scale lines indicates which parameter it applies to.
Horizontal range The standard horizontal range is 30 minutes, but this can be changed with the “Zoom
Time” buttons.
Zoom Time (Zoom The horizontal scale is adjusted using the “Zoom Time” buttons. This is a real-time
horizontal) trend factor that can be scaled from one second up to approximately 20 hours.
Min Value/ To adjust a specific

Max Value parameter’s vertical scale,
select it by touching the
(Zoom vertical) relevant “pen button” in the
Historical Trend Setup box.
Enter “Min Value” and “Max
Value” in the input fields in
the same way as other
analogue value input fields.
5 Operation
10. Misc Screen

The operator can manage various settings and system surveillance tasks on this screen. The screen items will
first be presented, and then the functions will be described in more detail.
2 5
1. Information button to access a screen showing details regarding the Profibus network.
2. Information button to access a screen showing details regarding Digital Inputs and Outputs to the PLC
system.
3. Information button to access a screen showing details regarding Analogue Inputs and Outputs to the
PLC system.
4. Radio buttons used for globally changing the units between Metric and Oilfield. (If implemented – this
may be an option)
5. Button for setting and resetting the Main Interlock override function. When activated, the button turns
yellow, and the IntLock Override icon in the status banner at the top of the screen is activated.
Note: When interlock override is active, all safety features in the crane and control system are
deactivated. We recommend that a report is prepared stating the reason for activating this function each
time it is used.
6. Counter for the Interlock override, increases by one each time the override function is activated.
7. Buttons for turning jib floodlights and other lights on. These buttons turn yellow when the lights are on.
8. Activation button for operating the remote control. Button will turn yellow while remote control is
active.
9. Hour counter
5 Operation
11. Network Status Screen

This screen gives the user an overview of which components are connected to the Profibus network, and
whether or not there are problems with any of the units.
If a node on the network is not communicating with the PLC, this is indicated by a red light. When the node is
“healthy” and connected, the light is green.
5 Operation
12. Setup Screen

The setup screen is for the maintenance personel on board for easier troubleshooting and adjustments of
parameters in the control system.
The menu is password protected, so only authorized personel can enter the menu. Password is 1000.
1. Radio buttons for selecting which of each set of dual sensors is used as system reference. Analogue
information fields to the right display reference and realtime values.
2. Menu buttons to access encoder, lubrication and joystick calibration, setup and reset screens.
3. Button for shutting down front screen HMI software application.
4. Button for reinitializing I/O values.
5. Button for starting uninitiated I/O conversations.
5 Operation
Resetting the encoders
It is of utmost importance to follow the directions below when resetting encoders or position measuring devices.
Incorrect position settings can cause serious damage or personal injury. The interlock override may be used if
neccesary to reach the required reset position.
With the device in the desired position, press the relevant S button on the encoder reset screen (below) to reset
the device’s “null point”.
Encoder Instructions
Main winch position Place hook in desired upper position (about 1.5 metres from sheaves), knuckle jib
fully in, main jib fully down, when resetting main winch position encoder.
Whip winch position Place hook in desired upper position (about 1.5 meter from sheaves), knuckle jib
fully in, main jib fully down, when resetting whip winch position encoder.
Slew angle The crane must be parked, with the knuckle jib resting in the parking cradle.
Knuckle Jib angle The knuckle jib encoders are to be reset with the knuckle jib folded all the way in.
Main Jib angle The main jib encoders are to be reset with the main jib lowered completely.
Encoder reset screen
5 Operation
13. Joystick Setup Screen

The screen is divided in three parts, Left Joystick, Right Joystick and Tugger winch joysticks. The left and right
parts are nearly identical.
2 3
1. Indicators for whether or not the direction switches for the joystick axes are active.
2. Potentiometer X axis force reading.
3. Potentiometer Y axis force reading.
5 Operation
14. Troubleshooting
Although the Control System is designed for a long and trouble-free service life, problems may occur with the
equipment.
Trouble-shooting then becomes necessary. Technicians must have drawings, descriptions and component data
sheets as their primary aids. These will normally be sufficient for 90% of the problems occurring on systems
that have been operative for some time.
By experience, the PLC system, software and input/output modules are very rarely the cause of failure!
Note that all software changes should be done subsequent to filling out a Software Change Request form
(contact MacGregor service for request form). This is required to ensure that all parties have an updated base of
system features, as well as to ensure that the built-in safety and functions are not jeopardised.
This trouble-shooting section mainly contains PLC system failure procedures.
For detailed information on the components used, refer to the component data sheet section of this manual.
5 Operation
15. Control System Setup

15.1. General
The following procedures comprise the main setup items:
• Crane slew initialisation

• Winch initialisation
• Main jib angle sensor setup
• Knuckle jib angle sensor setup
15.2. Crane Slew Initialisation

When to perform This procedure must be performed after the PLC has been repaired or replaced, or
after an absolute encoder failure.
What to do Select “Setup” from the menu sidebar on the touch screen terminal. The setup menu is
password protected.
Password: 1000.
Park the crane as precisely as possible.
Press S next to Slew Angle sensor, then R (Reset) in the Slew Angle popup.\
Comments The AOPS system will not be operational if the crane slew angle is not initialised.
Troubleshooting the crane slew angle sensor is thus essential.
15.3. Winch Initialisation

When to perform This procedure must be performed if the PLC has been repaired or replaced, or after
an absolute encoder failure.
What to do Select Setup from the menu sidebar on the touch-screen terminal. The Setup menu is
password-protected.
Password: 1000.
Park the crane and run the main winch hook to the correct hook-stop position relative
to the jib tip.
Press S next to Main/Whip Winch Hook Position, then R (Reset) in the popup.
Comments It is not possible to run the hook past the position set when the winch was last
initialised. To set a new “final hook-stop” the PLC has to be restarted.
5 Operation
15.4. Main Jib Angle Sensor Initialisation / Replacement

When to perform This procedure must be performed when the absolute encoder gives a wrong readout
or has been repaired.
Indication Wrong readout on main jib angle.
What to do Select Setup from the menu sidebar on the touch-screen terminal. This menu is
password protected.
Password: 1000.
Lower the Main Jib until it reaches its mechanical end stop.
Press S next to Main Jib Angle, then R (Reset) in the popup.
Comments An incorrect setting on this encoder will affect hook load calculations, winch position
calculations and the AOPS system.
15.5. Knuckle Jib Angle Sensor Initialisation / Replacement

When to perform This procedure must be performed when the absolute encoder gives a wrong readout
or has been repaired.
Indication Wrong readout on knuckle jib angle.
What to do Select Setup from the menu sidebar on the touch-screen terminal. This menu is
password protected.
Password: 1000.
Retract the knuckle jib until it reaches its mechanical end stop.
Press S next to Knuckle Jib Angle, then R (Reset) in the popup.
Comments An incorrect setting on this encoder will affect hook load calculations, winch position
calculations and the AOPS system.
5 Operation
16. PLC LEDs and Troubleshooting – SIMATIC S7 300

16.1. General
This section contains troubleshooting guidelines for standard equipment used on MacGregor HMC cranes.
Therefore, this section may contain descriptions of equipment not installed in the actual delivery.
16.2. PLC System LEDs

The various PLC modules have LEDs that indicate normal operation as well as fault information. This section
describes the LEDs and their functions in the various modules.
16.3. Power Supply Module LEDs

PS 305/307 power supplies have only one LED that indicates 24VDC either present or not present.
16.4. S7 300 CPU LEDs

The table below describes the functions of the SF, 5VDC, FRCE, RUN, STOP LEDs.
LED Meaning
SF DC5V FRCE RUN STOP
D D D D D CPU power supply missing
D L X D L CPU is in STOP mode
Start the CPU
L L X D L CPU is in STOP mode as result of error
X L X D F CPU requesting memory reset
(0,5Hz)
X L X D F CPU executing memory reset
(2Hz)
X L X F L CPU is in startup mode
(2 Hz)
X L X F L CPU was halted by a programmed break point
(0,5Hz
L L X X X Hardware or software error
X X L X X User enabled the force function
X X F X X Node flashing test was activated
(2 Hz)
F F F F F CPU has an internal system error.
Proceed is as follows:
Set mode selector switch to STOP
Perform POWER ON/OFF
Read diagnostics buffer, see STEP 7
Contact your local SIEMENS partner
5 Operation
16.5. DP interface LEDs

The table below describes the functions of the BF, BF1, BF2 LEDs.
LED Meaning
SF 5VDC BF BF1 BF2
L L L/F - - PROFIBUS DP interface error
L L - L/F X Fault at the second PROFIBUS DP interface of CPU 317

or CPU 319-3 PN/DP
L L - X L/F Fault at the second PROFIBUS DP interface of CPU 317

or CPU 319-3 PN/DP
5 Operation
16.6. Ethernet (PN) interface LEDs

The table below describes the functions of the LINK, RX/TX, BF2 or BF3 LEDs.
LED LED status Description of status
Not Flashes Lit

lit
LINK - - X There is no connection between the PROFINET interface of

your PROFINET device and a communication partner in the
Ethernet (a switch, for example).
- X - Only with an i/o device:
User-activated flashing from STEP 7
X - - The Ethernet connection between the PROFINET interface of

the PROFINET device and the communication partner is
down.
RX - - X At the current time, data are being received from a

communication partner on Ethernet via the PROFINET
(flickers) device’s PROFINET interface.
X - - No data are currently received via the PROFINET interface.
TX - - X Data are currently being sent to a communication partner on

Ethernet via the PROFINET device’s PROFINET interface.
(flickers)
X - - No data are currently being transmitted via the PROFINET

interface.
BF2 - - X Error on the PROFINET interface, communication no longer

or possible (for example, with a CPU as i/o controller, when the
BF3 communication is down)
- X - Error on the PROFINET interface (for example, due to station

failure of one or more i/o devices)
X - - No error at the PROFINET interface.
5 Operation
16.7. Interface module IM 360 LED

The table below describes the function of the SF LED.
Display element Meaning Explanation
SF Group error The LED lights up if
- The connection cable is missing

- IM 361 is switched off
16.8. Interface module IM 361 LEDs

The table below describes the function of the SF and 5 VDC LEDs.
Display element Meaning Explanation
SF Group error The LED lights up if
- The connection cable is missing

- IM 361 connected in series is switched off
- The CPU is in POWER OFF state
5 VDC 5 VDC supply for the S7-300 -
backplane bus
16.9. Digital Input / Output Modules

The table below describes the fault status of the digital I/O modules.
Fault Description
SF Some i/o modules have the ability to indicate group-error.
Reason for indication may be loss of power to module or module failure.
Remedy: check fuses and/or replace module (when power is switched off).
5 Operation
16.10. Analogue Input / Output Modules

The table below describes the fault status of the analogue I/O modules
Fault Description
SF Some i/o modules have the ability to indicate group-error.
Reason for indication may be loss of power to module or module failure.
Remedy: check fuses and/or replace module (when power is switched off).
5 Operation
17. Replacing Siemens S7 Components

17.1. General
Several components require special handling when replacing. This may include special precautions in handling,
setting of switches or transfer of software.
17.2. PLC Modules

Care must be taken whenever you are working with PLC modules to prevent unexpected CPU shutdown. Do
not work with PLC modules while the system is in operation.
17.3. Power supply

The module to be replaced is installed and wired up. A new module of the same type is to be fitted. If you have
provided the modules in your system with slot numbering, you must remove the number from the old module
when replacing it and apply the number to the new module. To remove a module, follow the steps outlined
below:
1. Set the PLC mode switch to STOP.

2. Set the Standby switch of the power supply module down (0 V output voltages).
3. Open the PLC supply circuit-breaker. Refer to the loop diagrams for identifying the correct circuit-
breaker.
4. Open the power supply cover.
5. Disconnect the power supply from the power supply module.
6. Loosen the module’s mounting screws.
7. Swivel the module out.
To fit the new module, follow the steps outlined below:
1. Check the voltage selector switch.

2. Hook the new module of the same type on and swivel it downward.
3. Screw the module on.
4. Check that the PLC supply-circuit breaker is open and the Standby switch is down.
5. Connect the power supply to the power supply module.
6. Close the power supply cover.
7. Close the PLC supply circuit-breaker.
8. Set the power supply module’s Standby switch up (output voltages at rated value).
9. Set the PLC mode switch to RUN if applicable.
5 Operation
17.4. PLCs
PLC modules may only be replaced by modules with the exact same part number. The part number is printed on
the lower left corner of the module front. If another PLC module is to be used, it may only be replaced by
qualified MacGregor Marine Service personnel.
Note that all accumulated data is stored in the Micro Memory Card on the PLC module so no data will be lost.
This may include data such as motor run time, wire usage and similar integrated information.
To remove the module, follow the steps outlined below:

2. Set the power supply module’s Standby switch down (0 V output voltages).
3. Open the PLC cover.
4. Disconnect all connectors.
5. Remove the micro memory card.
6. Loosen the module’s mounting screws.
1. Hook the new module of the same type on and swivel it downward.
2. Screw the module on.
3. Connect all connectors.
5. Insert the micro memory card.
6. Set the power supply module’s Standby switch up (output voltages at rated values).
7. Set the PLC mode switch to RUN.
8. Close the cover.
5 Operation
17.4.1. Digital or Analogue Modules

To remove a module, follow the steps outlined below:
1. You cannot replace analogue and digital modules while in RUN mode. Therefore, switch the Standby
switch on the power supply down.
2. Loosen the front connector’s mounting screw and pull it off.
3. Loosen the module mounting screw.
Before fitting the front connector, you must remove (break off) the front part of the coding key, because this
part is already fitted in the wired front connector.
Caution: The module can be damaged.
If, for example, you insert a front connector for a digital module in an analogue module, the module may be
damaged.
Modules are only to be operated with their complete front connector-coding key.
1. For analogue modules make sure that the measurement type-coding key on the side of the new module
matches that of the old module. If in doubt refer to the loop diagrams for further information.
2. Hook the new module of the same type on at the appropriate slot and swivel it downward.
3. Screw the module on with the mounting screw.
4. Fit the front connector.
5. Switch the power supply Standby switch up.
6. After fitting, each programmable module will be reinitialised by the PLC with parameters.
To replace a front connector, follow the steps outlined below:
1. Set the power supply Standby switch down and switch off all load power supplies for the module.
2. Loosen the front connector screw and pull it off.
3. Remove the labels from the front connector and insert them into the new front connector.
4. Wire the new front connector.
5. Insert the front connector in the module.
6. Screw the front connector on.
7. Switch on the load voltage and set the power supply Standby switch up.
5 Operation
18. End Notes

 denotes optional equipment that may not be part of the specific crane delivery.
All winches have software hook stops.
Winches with AHC/AT mode, and winches with Constant Tension (CT) mode and >1000
metres of hook travel are also fitted with mechanical hook stops.
5 Operation
Blank page.
5 Operation
EMERGENCY Project: SP2552-2.
OPERATION Page 1 of 2.
PROCEDURE PART 1:
1. Main power supply Normal operation. Emergency operation from cabin with
(440 V), FAULT emergency pump.
2. PLC &230 Voltage
supply, RUNNING/OK
A. CONNECT THE MAIN
EMERGENCY POWER
SUPPLY CABLE
Jumper cable to be
connected to RED
Socket in cabinet
ECC1.
B. CONTROL CABINET
ES400
Switch to emergency
mode on.
C. OPEN SUCTION
VALVE FOR
EMERGENCY PUMP
( MH 03.2)
IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT
THIS VALVE IS OPEN, AT ALL
TIME.
D. OPEN EMERGENCY
PUMP “SUPPLY”
SHUT OFF VALVE FOR
EMERGENCY
OPERATION OF
CRANE FUNCTIONS
( MH60)
E. OPEN EMERGENCY
PUMP “LS” SHUT OFF
VALVE FOR
EMERGENCY
OPERATION OF
CRANE FUNCTIONS
( MH63.2 )
F. CLOSE MAIN PUMP

“LS” REGULATOR
SUPPLY (MH77)
G. CLOSE SLEW FILLING

BLOCK SUPPLY (SH17)
H. START EMERGENCY
PUMP FROM
OPERATOR SCREEN.
Operate crane from
cabin.
EMERGENCY OPERATION Project: SP2552-2.
PROCEDURE PART 2: Page 1 of 2.
1. Main power supply (440 V), Normal operation. Emergency operation with emergency
FAULT panel and pump.
2. PLC &230 Voltage supply,
FAULT
A. CONNECT THE MAIN
EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY
CABLE
Jumper cable to be connected to
RED Socket in cabinet ECC1.
CONNECT EMERGENCY PANEL OP-
206 CABLE
socket located on the right side of.

Press in “STOP” switch on OP-206.
Note: The “STOP” switch on OP-206
is only for the panel and can be used
as control enable switch.
B. CONTROL CABINET ES400

Switch to emergency mode
on.
C. STARTER CABINET ES404.
Switch to “Local” position
Start Em.pump. from local

panel.
D. OPEN SUCTION VALVE FOR

EMERGENCY PUMP ( MH
03.2)
IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THIS

VALVE IS OPEN, AT ALL TIME.
E. OPEN EMERGENCY PUMP
“SUPPLY” SHUT OFF VALVE
FOR EMERGENCY
OPERATION OF CRANE
FUNCTIONS ( MH60)
F. OPEN EMERGENCY PUMP

“LS” SHUT OFF VALVE FOR
EMERGENCY OPERATION OF
CRANE FUNCTIONS
( MH63.2 )
G. CLOSE MAIN PUMP “LS”

REGULATOR SUPPLY (MH77)
H. CLOSE SLEW FILLING BLOCK

SUPPLY (SH17)
A. ACTIVATE EMERGENCY
PANEL
Activate panel by pulling out

the “STOP” switch. Operate
crane with panel OP-206
(Ref Operation/User Manual)
6 Maintenance
Table of Contents
1. General Maintenance Instructions ....................................................................................................1
2. General Inspection Instructions ........................................................................................................2
3. Periodic Maintenance.......................................................................................................................4
3.1. Interpreting the Periodic Maintenance Program Matrix ..............................................................5
3.2. Maintenance Program ...............................................................................................................6
4. MOPS Function Test ......................................................................................................................15
5. Annexes .........................................................................................................................................16
6 Maintenance
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
1. General Maintenance Instructions

The maintenance program has been developed by MacGregor Norway AS in accordance with our supplier’s
maintenance program for each component. The maintenance program involves the following actions:
Lubrication, Inspection, Overhaul and Replace. These actions are implemented in a Periodic Maintenance
Program. Conforming to this maintenance program will ensure a long, trouble-free service life. The importance
of the operator's continuous attention during operation of the equipment is strongly emphasized. If any
irregularities should occur, immediately shut down the equipment, detect the cause and take the necessary
corrective action.
Lubrication: Lubrication is identified with the following:
• Apply grease to grease nipples.

• Apply lubricant or oil onto surfaces to reduce friction or corrosion.
• Refill or change oil to system or component.
Inspection: Inspection is identified with the following:
• Check component for any damage.

• Check for correct function of each component.
• Check for any unfamiliar noise from each component.
• Check for any abnormal vibration from rotating components.
• Check for correct oil quantity.
• Check condition of paint and other surfaces on all components.
• Check for leaks.
• Check for corrosion.
• Check lifting umbilical for wear.
Overhaul: Overhaul is identified with the following:
• Remove the component from the system.

• Disassemble the component and inspect each part.
• Repair if necessary:
o Bearings.
o O-rings, gaskets and seals.
o Wear of mechanical parts.
o Hydraulic valves fittings and hoses.
o All bolts, nuts and washers.
• Clean all components before reassembling and remounting.
• Replace or repair components as needed, before mounting assembly.
• Repair damaged paint surfaces.
Replace: Replace includes the following:
• Remove original component and replace with a new component.
6 Maintenance
2. General Inspection Instructions

Regular inspection and maintenance will:
• Prevent accidents and maintain safe operation of your MacGregor equipment through inspections and
operator training.
• Avoid unnecessary interruptions in up-time.
• Ensure peak efficiency throughout your crane's long life.
• Address potential problems before they become more costly or inconvenient.
• Reduce overhead costs associated with parts, lubricants and tools.
• Reduce downtime by scheduling when production will not be interrupted.
In addition to the periodic maintenance program, it is recommended to perform daily / pre-start inspections:
• Visual check for hydraulic oil leaks on the crane, both internal and external.
• Visual check of the hydraulic reservoir fluid level.
• Visual check of the oil coolers.
• Visual check of the aircraft warning light as required.
• Visual check of the crane hook latch.
• Visual check of wire sheaves and spooling.
• Visual check of wire rope for evident deterioration and damage or improper reeving.
• Visually check for loose, missing or corroded bolts, pins, keepers or locking wire.
• Visually check loose gear to be used, such as slings, sling hooks and shackles.
• Ensure the correct load-rating chart for the configuration in use is visible to the crane operator.
• Perform a “walk-around” visual examination of the crane structure to ensure that no damage exists.
• Visually check that the crane can rotate freely in its working area.
• Verify mechanical hook function.
• Check control system alarm log.
• Lubricate components and correct deficiencies as required based on the results of these inspections.
Yearly and five yearly safety inspections:
National and recertification requirements by classification bodies like: DnV, Lloyds Register of Shipping,
Germanischer Lloyd, Bureau Veritas and American Bureau of Shipping include yearly and five yearly safety
inspections and retesting. These inspections have to be made by the original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or
OEM certified service companies.
Inspections on your advanced MacGregor Active Heave Compensated Offshore Cranes produce neutral reports
on equipment condition and provide recommendations for necessary actions when required. The main purpose
of an inspection is to assess and maintain the condition of the equipment. Our experience and high standards of
design and manufacturing of your advanced crane is the basis for all inspections.
A proactive approach can help to avoid catastrophic breakdowns, downtime and off hire situations. MacGregor,
the original equipment manufacturer (OEM), have the resources of personnel that provide the skill and
experience necessary to guide a proactive approach, helping you as our customer to focus on and to predict the
most effective maintenance needs.
6 Maintenance
The inspection of advanced cranes rely on equipment specific inspection programs, where MacGregor advanced
cranes are looked at not only with respect to mandatory standards but also to specified technical and operational
requirements.
The final inspection report is a document that complies with industrial and mandatory requirements. The full
report includes two documents; an ”Inspection summary report” which is a evaluation of the overall equipment
condition in terms of safety and operation, based on what the inspection reveals, and the second document is a
”Service report” in which you will get recommendations for actions and spare parts when needed.
6 Maintenance
3. Periodic Maintenance
Maintenance of the crane is organized in different time intervals. The intervals are specified as follows:
• xx Weeks: xxW
• xx Months: xxM
• xx Years: xxY
• xx Hours: xxH (operating hours)
Examples:
• 3 months interval: 3M
• 2 years interval : 2Y
• 1 Week interval: 1W
• 2 months / 200 hours: 2 M / 200 h
Maintenance Log
During the warranty period, either the enclosed maintenance log or the
vessel’s own maintenance log should be used to document crane
maintenance, as this will be called upon should a warranty issue occur.
All necessary inspection points are identified in the periodic maintenance program tables.
As a general recommendation all hydraulic motor bearings should be replaced after 15000 operating hours.
To prevent corrosion of the main and knuckle jib cylinder rods, the crane should not be parked with the cylinder
rods left exposed.
In longer periods of inactivity, to avoid shortening of the main and knuckle jib cylinder’s service life, repeatedly
extend and retract the cylinders to maintain internal lubrication and tightness.
6 Maintenance
3.1. Interpreting the Periodic Maintenance Program Matrix
Maintenance action reference (this is the first maintenance action listed)

Shows which of the crane/winch systems that is involved
Shows which of the crane/winch systems that is affected
Shows the recommended lubrication interval (here; N/A indicates no lubrication necessary)
Shows the recommended Inspection interval (here; every 3 M or 100 hrs)
Shows the recommended Overhaul interval (here; every 5 years)
Indicates component replacement
Short description of the maintenance action
Reference to the full description of the maintenance action
Note: Maintenance actions that are greyed out do NOT apply.
Periodic maintenance program appendices:
Where referred to, please find the applicable annex in section 6.6 – Annexes.
6 Maintenance
3.2. Maintenance Program

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE PROGRAM
No System Equipment / Lubrication Inspection Overhaul Replace Short Description Reference /
Function Interval Interval Interval Procedure
1 Hydraulic Slew motor N/A.
Inspect for abnormal noise, vibration, leaks, paint
3M/500H
condition and corrosion.
-
Overhaul component. Contact
5Y/15000H
 Replace if damaged.
2 Hydraulic Slew gearbox 1Y/2500H Change oil in gear and brake.
6M/1000H Change grease, by filling new.
1M/300H Check gear oil level. • User Manual volume
2 Lubrication charts
3M/500H Inspect for any abnormal noise, vibration.
• Annex B: LSS- 03
Overhaul component. Contact BRE
5Y
3 Hydraulic Winch motor N/A.
(MW, WW, TW) Inspect for abnormal noise, vibration, leaks, paint
1M/300H
condition and corrosion.
Overhaul component. Contact -
5Y/15000H
4 Hydraulic Winch gearbox 1Y/2500H Change oil in gear and brake.
(MW, WW, TW) 6M/1000H Change grease, by filling new.
1M/300H Check gear oil level. • User Manual volume
2 Lubrication charts
3M/500H Inspect for any abnormal noise, vibration.
• Annex B: LSS- 04
Overhaul component. Contact BRE
5Y
5 Hydraulic Tubes, fittings N/A. -
6 Maintenance

and couplings 3M/500H Condition check, leaks, denso tape.
N/A.
6 Hydraulic Oil filters N/A.
N/A.
N/A. • Annex F
1Y/1000
Replace filter elements.
H
7 Hydraulic Manual Valves 1Y Apply grease/Vaseline to the valve levers.
3M/1000H Inspect for any malfunction or damage.
-
N/A.
8 Hydraulic Accumulators N/A.
Inspect general condition, brackets and bolts,
6M/1000H
check pre-charge pressure.
• Annex I
 Overhaul or replace if unable to hold the
necessary pre-charge. Contact

9 Hydraulic Jib cylinders 6M/1000H Apply grease to the cylinder rod end nipples.
6M/1000H Inspect all exposed cylinder rods.
-
 Overhaul or replace if damaged.
 Contact MacGregor Norway AS.
14 Hydraulic System oil 6M/1000H
At start-up. Inspect reservoir oil level / quantity. • Annex A: LSS 05
N/A. • Annex G
 Replace oil as necessary after analysis.
15 Hydraulic Open Loop N/A.
Variable Pump Inspect for abnormal noise, vibration, corrosion
(Main pumps) 3M/500H
and leaks. -
5Y/15000H Overhaul component.
 Contact MacGregor Norway AS.
6 Maintenance

16 Hydraulic Hydraulic hoses N/A
6M/1000H Visual inspection, replace if damaged.
N/A. • Annex E
5Y Replace all outdoor hoses
10Y Replace all indoor hoses
17 Hydraulic Protection cover
on hydraulic 1M Check plastic cover for significant wear
hoses (foundation
 Visual inspection, replace if heavily damaged
platform)
 Visual inspection, replace if heavily damaged
18 Hydraulic Air breather N/A.

filters N/A.
N/A. • Annex F
1Y/1000
Replace filter elements.
H
19 Hydraulic Air/oil cooler N/A.
6M/1000H Visual inspection; leakage & corrosion.
-
N/A.
20 Hydraulic Servo valves on N/A.
AHC winch 6M/1000H Visual inspection and functional check
-
N/A.
22 Hydraulic Open Loop Fixed N/A.
Displacement Inspect for abnormal noise, vibration, corrosion,
Pump (screw 3M/500H
leaks or damage on attached components.
pump) -
Overhaul component.
5Y
Contact MacGregor Norway AS.
N/A.
23 Hydraulic Emergency Pump N/A.
-
1Y Inspect for function, abnormal noise, vibration,
6 Maintenance

corrosion, leaks or damage on attached
components.
N/A.
N/A.
24 Hydraulic Accumulators NA
(piston) 1Y/2000H Inspect cylinder for damage, leak.
-
Overhaul or replace if damaged.
5Y
Contact MacGregor Norway AS.
25 Mechanical Grease nipples, 1M/300H Apply grease to all grease nipples.
(not part of the N/A • User Manual volume
automatic lubr. 2 Lubrication charts
N/A.
System) • Annex A: LSS- 01
26 Mechanical Slew rotation N/A
encoder Inspect for proper function, no damage and
3M/500H
corrosion. • Annex Q
N/A.
27 Mechanical Main and knuckle Apply grease to grease nipples.
jib 1Y
Grease until excess grease is visible. • User Manual volume
6M/1000H Check for plate damage/grease nipple condition. 2 Lubrication charts
N/A. • Annex C
28 Mechanical Slewing ring/ gear Apply special grease to drive pinion and slewing
1M/100H • User Manual volume
drive pinion ring.
1Y/500H Check for wear/abnormal tooth clearance. 2 Lubrication charts
• Annex A: LSS- 08
N/A.
29 Mechanical Slewing bearing  Part of the Central lubrication system. • User Manual volume
1Y Remove blanking bolts for grease sampling 2 Lubrication charts
Fresh collar of grease must be visible. • Annex B
6M/1000H
Inspect seal for condition/damage.
6 Maintenance

6M/1000H Perform slew bearing wear measurement.
30 Mechanical Slewing bearing N/A
and foundation 1M after Initial re-tensioning of all bolts.
bolt connection crane
delivery
31 Mechanical Slewing bearing Inspect all slewing bearing and foundation bolts
1M/500H
and foundation and nuts. (Bolts / nuts in place).
bolt connection 6M/500H Periodic re-tensioning of all bolts.
continued
6M/500H Knock – test • Annex K
• Annex L
1Y Individual bolt removal and examination
N/A
32 Mechanical Wire sheaves  Part of the Central lubrication system.
Verify that the sheaves rotate freely.
Verify fresh collar of grease at bearings. Inspect
6M/1000H
for corrosion, wear and cracks. Inspect bolts. • Annex B
Initial groove measure. • Annex M
N/A.
33 Mechanical Winch gear drive  Part of the Central lubrication system. • User Manual volume
pinion & gear Check for wear/damage of the gear wheel. Verify 2 Lubrication charts
wheel rim 6M/500H
fresh collar of grease on gear wheel rim. • Annex A: LSS- 08,
N/A. LSS-20
34 Mechanical Bondura bolts 3M/500H Apply grease after re-torque.
3M/500H
after first
Inspect all Bondura bolts on crane. Check • User Manual volume
makeup torque for bolt screws. 2 Lubrication charts
year
• Annex C
Inspect all Bondura bolts on crane. Check
6M/1000H • Annex J
makeup torque for bolt screws.
35 Mechanical Bolts & nuts in N/A. • Annex K
6 Maintenance

general. Inspect all bolts and nuts on the equipment. • Annex U
6M/500H
Ensure they are not loose or damaged.
Superbolts (if N/A.
applicable)  Replace if damaged.
36 Mechanical Mechanical N/A.
components in Inspect the entire equipment for structural
general 6M/1000H damage. Check for corrosion. Inspect paint
condition. -
N/A.
Replace component if damaged. Contact

37 Mechanical Jib angle encoder N/A.
3M/500H Inspect condition of the arrangement.
• Annex Q
N/A
 Replace component if damaged.
38 Mechanical Lift wire Use of a high-pressure lubrication tool is

(MW, WW) recommended.
Inspect for wear, corrosion and general condition.
1M/2000H
See reference. • Annex D
N/A.
Replace if damaged. Contact

39 Mechanical Swivels/hooks 1W See reference.
4Y Inspect swivels/hooks.
N/A. • Annex D
Replace if damaged. Contact

40 Mechanical Wire spooling 3M/200H Grease nipples on w. sheave / cylinders
device 3M/200H Inspect for wear, corrosion and general condition. • User Manual volume
N/A. 2 Lubrication charts
Replace if damaged. Contact • Annex A: LSS-11

6 Maintenance

41 Mechanical Denso tape N/A
1Y Inspect Denso tape condition
-
N/A
 Repair/replace if damaged
42 Mechanical Winch rotation N/A.
encoder Inspect for proper function, no damage or
3M/500H
N/A.
43 Mechanical Spooling encoder N/A.
Inspect for proper function, no damage or
3M/500H
N/A.
44 Mechanical El. Motor/pump N/A.
connection 1Y Inspect for damage.
-
N/A.
45 Mechanical Cooling System Check oil in compressor before starting, check air • See cooling system
6M conditioner grill is free of dust and if so clean datasheet, volume 2
filter.
46 Electrical Pressure N/A.
transmitters Recalibration. Contact
2Y
• Annex P
N/A.
 Replace if damaged. Contact
47 Electrical Electric motors  Apply grease.
Inspect for abnormal noise, vibration, corrosion
3M/200H
and signs of over-heating. • Annex A: LSS-22
5Y Overhaul motor.
6 Maintenance

48 Electrical MRU. N/A.
(Motion 3M Visually in Trend log.
Reference Unit.) 4Y Recalibration. Contact
• Annex O
49 Electrical Control cabinets N/A
Inspect for loose parts, loose cable terminations,
3M
broken fuse or any water. • Annex N
N/A
50 Electrical Cables N/A
1Y Inspect all cables for mechanical damage.
-
N/A
51 Electrical Cable glands N/A
1Y Check that all cable glands are tight.
-
N/A
52 Electrical MOPS battery N/A
Load test the 24 VDC backup battery package for
1Y
the MOPS system. -
N/A
53 Electrical Load cells N/A.
Recalibrate Load cells. Contact MacGregor
1Y
Norway AS. -
N/A.
6 Maintenance

54 Electrical El. Cabinets / N/A.
Junction Boxes 1Y Check Cortec VCI Device due date.
-
N/A.
 Replace if due.
55 Electrical Main / whip N/A
winch MOPS 1Y Test MOPS functionality • Section5; MOPS
function test
N/A Function Test
N/A
56 Electrical Hook up  N/A.
(mechanical) 6M Visual inspection and functional check.
-
N/A.
57 Electrical PC Replace PC in crane cabin. Contact MacGregor
5Y
Norway AS.
59 Electrical Locking cylinder
proximity 2M Visual inspection.
switches
6 Maintenance
4. MOPS Function Test

At least once a year it is recommended to test the Manual Overload Protection Systems (MOPS). All offshore
winches have separate MOPS system with separate controls and must therefore be tested separately, according
to the description below.
The MOPS test load must be minimum 10-20 % of winch SWL.
The MOPS controls are located in the operator cabin as indicated in the picture to the right (yellow buttons with
safety guard).
Safety measures:
• Verify that the test area is adequately marked.

• Inform the immediate surroundings about the planned
test before running the test.
Winch MOPS functional test:
1. Run the crane/winch in “Normal” mode.

2. Attach the test load to the winch hook.
3. Hoist the load just above the deck or ground
(Approximately 10- 15 cm).
4. Stop the HPU and shut down the crane power (If
possible).
5. Open the protective cover and press the yellow MOPS
push button to activate the MOPS.
Observe:
• Load is lowered to the deck/ground

• Bull horn warning
• MOPS notification on operator’s screen
• With the load resting on deck/ground, the winch is stopped.
• Test duration should be 5 minutes to verify
• MOPS functions and the UPS supply (bull horn sounds for 5 minutes).
6. Open the protective cover and press the yellow

MOPS push button again to de-activate the MOPS
7. Start up the HPU and crane to verify correct system behavior
6 Maintenance
5. Annexes
The following annexes are provided at the end of this chapter:
Annex A Lubrication Standard Specifications (LSS’s)

Annex B Automatic Lubrication System
Annex C Manual Lubrication
Annex D Lift wires and Lifting Hooks
Annex E Hydraulic Hoses
Annex F Replacement of Hydraulic Filters
Annex G Oil Analysis
Annex H Oil Filling and Air Bleed Procedure (Semi-active cranes only)
Annex I Accumulator Pre-Charge Pressures
Annex J Bondura Bolts
Annex K Slew and Foundation Bolts
Annex L Slew Bearing Wear Measurement
Annex M Wire Sheave Wear Measurement
Annex N General Electrical System
Annex O Motion Reference Unit (MRU)
Annex P Pressure Transmitters
Annex Q Encoders
Annex Z Maintenance Log
Annexes greyed out do not apply or topic is covered in the text.
6 Maintenance
Annex A -
Lubrication Standard Specifications (LSS)
Cargotec Norway standard lubrication specifications:

Please refer to the following Lubrication Standard Specifications where applicable.
 Lubrication Nipples in General LSS-01

 Wire and Sliding Surfaces LSS-02
 Slew Gearbox LSS-03-BRE
 Winch Gearbox LSS-04-BRE (Main Winch)
 Winch Gearbox LSS-04-BRE (Whip Winch)
 Winch Gearbox LSS-04 TNE 5600 (Tugger Winch)
 Hydraulic System Oil LSS-05
 Drive Pinions LSS-08
 HM Standard Grease LSS-11
 HM Winch with Cogwheel LSS-20 (Main Winch)
 HM Winch without Cogwheel LSS-21 (Whip Winch)
 HM Electric motors LSS-22
6 Maintenance - Annex A
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS A1
Blank page.
A2 MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Maintenance system for MacGREGOR Hydramarine
products
Doc. ID. : Rev. / date : Page:
LSS-01 nipples.doc 02 / 28.04.09 1 of 1
STANDARD LUBRICATING SPECIFICATION
Specification no. :
LSS-01
Lubrication equipment:
GREASE NIPPLES IN GENERAL
General Instruction:
Operate the equipment while applying grease. Use enough

grease so that excess grease can be seen on the bearings.
For location of grease nipples, refer lubrication chart for the
actual product.
General Lubrication Specification:

DIN 51502 KP 2 K 30
ISO 6743-09 ISO-L-XCCEB 2
Suppliers Lubrication Specification:

Hydro Texaco MULTIFAK EP2
Castrol SPHEEROL SX 2/ LMX grease
Comments / notes :
Blank page.
products
LSS-02 wire.doc 03 / 28.04.09 1 of 1
Specification no. :
LSS- 02
WIRE AND SLIDING SURFACES

Apply grease to wire and sliding surfaces according to the
maintenance program
DIN 51502
ISO 6743-09
Hydro Texaco FLOATCOAT/ TEXCLAD 2

Castrol SPHEEROL SX2
Comments / notes :
Blank page.
products
LSS-03 slew gear BRE.doc 03 / 28.04.09 1 of 3
Specification no. :
LSS- 03 BRE
SLEW GEAR BOX (VERTICAL MOUNTING)

Specified in lubricating instruction next pages.

For location of lubricating points, refer lubrication chart for the
actual product.
DIN 51517 / 3 CLP

ISO VG 150
Hydro Texaco MEROPA 150

Castrol ALPHA 150
Comments / notes :
The lubricating specification above is valid for gear unit.

For brake unit, see instructions next page.
products
Lubricating Instruction:
GEAR LUBRICATING INSTRUCTION
General
- All gears for vertical mounting: completely fill with oil.
Check the table next page for correct plug positions. For vertical mounting an
header oil tank can be supplied.
Continuous working temperature must not exceed 90° C.
OIL CHANGES.
Oil intervals may be modified, depending on actual operating conditions. During
oil change, we recommend that the inside of the gear case is flushed out with
flushing fluid recommended by lubricant manufacturer. Oil should be changed
when hot to prevent build up of sludge deposit. It is advisable to check oil level at
least once per month. If more than 10 % of total oil capacity has to be added,
check for oil leaks. Do not mix oils of different types even of the same make.
Never mix mineral and synthetic oils. Pay attention to oil and gear temperature
during oil change, to avoid the risk of scalding. Be conscious of the pollution
hazard due to the oil.
DISC BRAKES TYPE FL.

For lubrication of the brake plates we recommend to use mineral oils, heat and
aging resistant, having viscosity ISO VG 32. See LSS-05. Hydraulic oil is normally
suitable. The hydraulic fluid in the motor and the brake release is normally
suitable.
The brake and gear units are separately lubricated, and it is essential that
both oil levels are checked independently.
• For brake oil specification see LSS-05
FOR SLEW GEARBOXES “RPR”.
The main bearing (nearest to the output pinion) from the series
065/150/250/400 and 600 is grease lubricated. Take care to fill the bearing
compartment with grease before starting. This is done by pumping grease into the
grease-nipple until the grease comes out of the main bearing which is protected by a
so called “NILOS” ring. Grease should be completely exchanged every 1000
hours or six months, whatever occurs first.
• For grease specification see LSS-01

products
Brake: Always unscrew the

oil level plug to ensure
escaping of air when filling.
Gear: The expansion tank

must be connected to a top
level plug outlet (ensures no
entrapped air), and the
minimum level mark must be
above top level in gear box.
When filling oil through
expansion tank – always
unscrew an oil level plug to
ensure the oil level and for
escaping of air. When gear
box is full, continue filling to
MIN level on expansion tank.
Normally there is a drain hose
connected, in which also can
be used for filling. The air will
escape trough bleeder plug
on expansion tank. For first
time filling and when change
of oil it can be effective to fill
through the drain plug by
overpressure filling method to ensure evacuation of all
air.
Blank page.
products
LSS-04 winch gear 02 / 29.04.09 1 of 3
BRE.doc
Specification no. :
LSS- 04 BRE
WINCH GEAR BOX (HORIZONTAL MOUNTING)

Specified in lubrication instruction next pages.

For location of lubrication points, refer lubrication chart for the
actual product.
DIN 51517 / 3 CLP

ISO VG 150

Castrol ALPHA 150
Comments / notes :
The lubricating specification is valid for gear unit.

products
LSS-04 winch gear 02 / 29.04.09 2 of 3
BRE.doc
General
Check the table next page for correct plug positions. Check oil filling carefully in all cases.
Extension pipes may be installed to facilitate checking of oil level.
OIL CHANGES.
Oil intervals may be modified, depending on actual operating conditions. During oil
change, we recommend that the inside of the gear case is flushed out with flushing fluid
recommended by lubricant manufacturer. Oil should be changed when hot to prevent
build up of sludge deposit. It is advisable to check oil level at least once per month. If
more than 10 % of total oil capacity has to be added, check for oil leaks. Do not mix oils
of different types even of the same make. Never mix mineral and synthetic oils. Pay
attention to oil and gear temperature during oil change, to avoid the risk of scalding. Be
conscious of the pollution hazard due to the oil.

For lubrication of the brake plates we recommend to use mineral oils, heat and aging
resistant, having viscosity ISO VG 32. See LSS-05. Hydraulic oil is normally suitable. The
hydraulic fluid in the motor and the brake release is normally suitable.
The brake and gear units are separately lubricated, and it is essential that both oil
levels are checked independently.
FOR SLEW /WINCH-DRIVE GEARBOXES “RPR”.
The main bearing (nearest to the output pinion) from the series 065/150/250/400 and 600
is grease lubricated. Take care to fill the bearing compartment with grease before
starting. This is done by pumping grease into the grease-nipple until the grease comes
out of the main bearing which is protected by a so called “NILOS” ring. Grease should be
completely exchanged every 1000 hours or six months, whatever occurs first.

products
LSS-04 winch gear 02 / 29.04.09 3 of 3
BRE.doc
NOTE:
• The gearbox filling/breather port is fitted with a pressure relief breather valve. Inspect and
replace if necessary before refitting.
• The gear section lower plugs are equipped with magnetic tips. At oil change intervals check
for metal particles. Thoroughly clean plug before refitting.
• Each individual gear housing will be slightly rotated compared to each other due to the
eccentric mounting. Therefore indentify the plug nearest to the gear centreline when checking
oil levels in the chambers.
• After removing centreline plug for oil level checks and no oil is visible through port, make a
simple dipstick from a plastic strip or equal to verify oil level.
Blank page.
Maintenance system for MacGregor Hydramarine
products.

LSS-04 winch TNE 0 / 05.02.10 1 of 3
5600.docx
Specification no. :
LSS- 04 TNE 5600

WINCH GEAR BOX

Check the oil level monthly or after 300 operating hours.

Change oil annually or after 2500 operating hours.
Se next pages for oil plug placing and further instructions.
General Lubrication Specification Gear oil: General Lubrication Specification Brake oil:
DIN 51517 / 3 CLP ISO VG 32

ISO VG 150
Gear Oil: Brake Oil:

Texaco MEROPA 150
Castrol ALPHA 150 Texaco HD 32
Comments / notes :
-
products.

LSS-04 winch TNE 0 / 05.02.10 2 of 3
5600.docx
General
Check the next pages for plug positions.
OIL CHANGES.
• Oil intervals may be modified, depending on actual operating conditions. During oil
change, we recommend that the inside of the gear case is flushed out with flushing
fluid recommended by lubricant manufacturer. Oil should be changed when hot to
prevent build up of sludge deposit. It is advisable to check oil level at least once per
month. If more than 10 % of total oil capacity has to be added, check for oil leaks. Do
not mix oils of different types even of the same make. Never mix mineral and synthetic
oils. Pay attention to oil and gear temperature during oil change, to avoid the risk of
scalding. Be conscious of the oil pollution hazard.
• The gear section oil plugs are equipped with magnetic tips. At oil change intervals
check for metal particles. Thoroughly clean plug before refitting.
Rotate winch (Oil level inspection):

• Working with warm oil, rotate winch until 2
off oil plugs are lined up horizontally (oil
plug visible in center of inner access hole).
• Remove the upper and the outer oil plug.
Add oil until excess oil exits the gearbox
through outer oil plug hole.
• Refit oil plugs.
Oil plug
access • Run winch and check for leaks.
holes.
Oil plugs (4), outer

plug in view.

resistant, having viscosity ISO VG 32. See LSS-05. Hydraulic oil is normally suitable.

products.

LSS-04 winch TNE 0 / 05.02.10 3 of 3
5600.docx
Gear box oil quantity (l) 2

Brake oil quantity (l) 0.6
Blank page.
products
LSS-05 Hydraulic 02 / 26.10.05 1 of 1
oil.doc
STANDARD LUBRICATION SPECIFICATION
Specification no. :
LSS- 05
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OIL

Oil levels and quantity specified in the maintenance procedure
in the User manual
DIN 51524 / 3 HVLP ISO VG 68 For temp >+35 °C

DIN 51524 / 3 HVLP ISO VG 46 For temp >+20 °C <+35 °C
DIN 51524 / 3 HVLP ISO VG 32 For temp >÷10 °C <+20 °C
DIN 51524 / 3 HVLP ISO VG 22 For temp <÷10 °C **)

Texaco RANDO OIL HDZ68 For temp >+35 °C
RANDO OIL HDZ46 For temp >+20 °C<+35 °C
RANDO OIL HDZ32 For temp >÷10 °C<+20 °C
RANDO OIL HDZ22 For temp <÷10 °C
Castrol HYSPIN AWH 68 For temp >+35 °C
HYSPIN AWH 46 For temp >+20 °C<+35 °C
HYSPIN AWH 32 For temp >÷10 °C<+20 °C
HYSPIN AWH 15 For temp <÷10 °C
Comments / notes :
**) For low temperature operation below ÷20 °C, special arctic oil is
recommended. Please contact relevant supplier for exact specification.
Ex.:
Statoil: HYDRAULIC OIL 131 For temp >÷40 °C < +65 °C
Blank page.
products
LSS-08 Drive 05 / 30.04.2009 1 of 1
pinion.doc
Specification no. :
LSS-08
DRIVE PINIONS / GEAR RIM
Use a brush to apply grease to all tooth flanks of pinions and gear ring.
Re-lubricate in accordance with the maintenance program.
For location of pinions, refer to the lubrication chart for the product in
question.
Approved Suppliers’ Lubrication Specifications:
Klüber: Klüberplex AG 11-462

* Norsk Industriolje AS: Omega 73
* Hydro Texaco / YX Energy / Chevron: Texclad 2
General Lubrication Specifications:
DIN 51502: MF 2C-10/KF 2C-10

ISO 6743-09: ISO-L-X AAIB2
Typical properties:
Consistency: NLGI 2
Recommended temperatures: –30→110 °C (for Kluberplex AG 11-462)
Recommended temperatures: –3→150 °C (for Omega 73)
Recommended temperatures: –10→60 °C (for Texclad 2)
Solid lubricants: Solid lubricant content (min 20%)
Comments / notes:
* : Not to be used in automatic grease pump system
The colour of AG 11-462 is white. Omega73 and Texclad 2 is black
Blank page.
products
LSS-11 Heavy duty 01 / 29.04.2009 1 of 1
grease.doc
Specification no. :
LSS-11
Lubricating equipment:
HEAVY DUTY EQUIPMENT GREASE
If possible, operate the equipment while applying grease.
Initial assembly and manual relubrication: inject grease until excess

grease can be seen on the bearings.
Assembly of roller bearings: fill bearing completely with grease.

For location of grease nipples, refer to the lubrication chart for the
product in question.
Approved Suppliers’ Lubricating Specifications:
Hydro Texaco / Chevron: Novatex Heavy EP 2

Statoil: Statoil Chassis Grease
Greaseway CaH 92
ISO 6743-9: L-XBCIB2 / L-XCCHB2

DIN 51502: KP2K-20 / KP2K-30
Typical properties:
Method
Soap type: Calcium
Consistency: 2 NLGI
Oil type: Mineral
Base oil viscosity at 40 °C: 1300 mm²/s ISO 12058*
Recommended temperatures: –20→120 °C
Long polymer (“tacky”) additives: Yes
Extreme pressure (EP) additives: Yes
Solid lubricants: No
*) Base oil viscosity applies to the final mixed oil including long polymer additives.
Blank page.
products
LSS-20 Winch with gear 03 / 29.04.2009 1 of 2
rim.doc
Specification no. :
LSS-20
MacGREGOR WINCH WITH GEAR RIM
The winch has the following main components which need lubrication:
• A set of gearboxes
• Gear rim(s) and pinions
• Main bearings
• Wire rope
• One or two pulse encoders

(pulse encoder not supplied with all winches)
Note: if the pulse encoder is of a type without grease nipple, it does
not need to be lubricated.
• Additional equipment with grease nipple (if any)
The illustration overleaf shows the location of these components and

references to specific LSS procedures.
Reference is made to the following LSS procedures:

LSS-01, LSS-02, LSS-04, LSS-08, LSS-11
Comments / notes :
products
rim.doc
Lubrication Instruction:
Other equipment (if any) on winch with grease nipple: LSS-01

products
LSS-21 HM Winch 01 / 29.11.2006 1 of 2
without gear rim.doc
Specification no. :
LSS-21
HYDRAMARINE WINCH WITHOUT COGWHEEL
The winch has the following main components which need

lubrication:
• One or two gearboxes
• Bearing
(winch with one gearbox only)
• Wire rope

Note: if the pulse encoder is of a type without grease nipple, it
does not need to be lubricated.
The illustration overleaf shows the location of these components

and references to specific LSS procedures.

LSS-01, LSS-02, LSS-04, LSS-11
Comments / notes :
products
LSS-21 HM Winch 01 / 29.11.2006 2 of 2

Maintenance system for HM products.

LSS-22 Electric 1 / 06.02.13 1 of 1
motors.docx
Specification no:
LSS- 22
ELECTRIC MOTORS
50 / 60 Hz
On Lønne motors the bearings should be relubricated every 3 years. This is due to ageing and
irrespective of operation hours. Motors operating under special conditions, such as frequent
operation at maximum speed (n max), heavy vibration, sudden load changes and frequent
reversing operation, the relubrication should be performed at a considerably shorter interval than
at the intervals stated below.
Supplie Manufactu Type Delivery Temp (0C) Mount. Interval Type / Amount Notes Notes
r rer with Ambient / Pos. (h) comp.
grease bearing for vert.
mount.
Lønne Marelli B5M355L Yes 20/50 Vertical 8000 ESSO UNIREX Temperature Information regarding
4 V36 30/60 (V3/V6) 4000 N3 increased by 15 bearing / greasing
45/80 First time greasing deg C, regreasing intervals are noted on a
2000
200 gr. interval halved plate on the motors
55/90 1000
Relubrication 50
gr.
Lønne MEZ 14BG1802 Yes 40 Vertical 4000 ESSO UNIREX Temperature Information regarding
80 V36 50 (V3/V6) 2000 N3 increased by 10K, bearing / greasing
regreasing interval intervals are noted on a
60 1000
Relubrication 20- halved plate on the motors with
30 gr. 40C and in standard
horizontally mounting
V36 50 (V3/V6) 1500 N3 increased by 10K, bearing / greasing
60 regreasing interval intervals are noted on a
750
Relubrication 30 - halved plate on the motors with
40C and in standard
40 gr.
ABB ABB M3BP355 Yes 25 Vertical 2000 ESSO UNIREX Temperature Information regarding
V36 40 (V3/V6) 1000 N3 increased by 15 bearing / greasing
Relubrication 70 deg C, regreasing intervals are noted on a
gr. interval halved plate on the motors
Lønne MEZ 7AA/BA Yes 40 Vertical 4000 ESSO UNIREX Temperature
160 V36 50 (V3/V6) 2000 N3 increased by 10K,
60 1000 Relubrication 20- regreasing interval
30 gr. halved
Tp HUALI Y3- Yes 40 Horizo 4000 ESSO UNIREX Temperature Information
nordic 280M2-4 ntal N3 increased by 10- reg.bearing/greasing
15 deg.c, interval are noted on a
Relubrication 30- regreasing interval plate on the motor with
40 gr. halved. 40c and in standard
horiz.mount.
Comments / notes :
 Only relubricate bearings when the motor has a speed of at least n >300 rpm.
 Lubrication intervals are compensated for vertical mounting.
 Smaller electrical motors normally have closed bearings. Relubrication may not
be required.
Annex B - Automatic Lubrication System
1. General
The crane is fitted with an automatic lubrication system .The purpose of lubrication is to promote longer service
life for the equipment. The advantage of a automatic lubrication system is that it releases “a little grease
frequently”, as opposed to “too much grease infrequently”, which is often the case with manual lubrication.
2. System Overview
The system will efficiently provide lubrication for all bearings on king/main jib and knuckle jib. Grease is
stored in two container/pump units, and pumped/distributed out via several distribution blocks to each
individual lubrication point on the jib assembly among others. See picture 2 for typical installation of
container/pump unit.
The system itself is fairly simple and comprises a pump with a lubricant reservoir. The pump has 1-3 outlets,
which lead to progressive distributors (”distribution blocks”). These have one inlet port and several outlet ports.
The grease is distributed from the progressive distributor to the various lubrication points or to a new
distribution block on the crane. These distribution blocks are mechanical blocks that have been designed
according to the desired dosage. See pump unit M55 and M56 in Drawing, Vol. 2: 2.10 Lubrication Charts.
Picture 1: Principle drawing
6 Maintenance - Annex B
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS B1
3. The Lubrication Pump

The pump has a sequence control and up to three adjustable pump-elements. From one element the lubricant is
fed to a two or three distributor system, as shown above in the “principle drawing”. These adjustable pump
elements can easily be adjusted using an Allen key and it is important to adjust these as instructed in the flow
diagram so that the equipment connected to this element receives the correct dose of lubricant. For example; if
the flow diagram says three clicks down, it means that you must screw the element to the fully open position
(default position) and then throttle with three clicks down (clockwise).
In order for the adjustable element to receive the correct dose of lubricant, it is also important to set the pump
sequence. The adjustment screws are located behind a red cap at the front of the pump where the one set screw
is for setting the number of pump revolutions and the other is for setting the frequency of pump actuation. If the
pump setting is 30 revolutions and 30 minutes it means that the pump shall run 30 revolutions every 30 minutes
the pump has current.
The crane automatic lubrication system will also provide lubrication for the main winch bearings and main
winch drive pinions/gear wheel.
Pump M55: Pump M56:

Jib and tugger winch Main winch
Safety valve.
(Do not cover)
Pump elements
Picture 2: Container/pump units mounted near crane cabin
B2 MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
4. Pump Element Adjustment From the Operator Terminal
Picture 3: Typical lubrication setup in the PLC
If the pump has no integrated timer / logics, it is controlled by the crane’s PLC.
Typical setup see picture 3. If the alarm is released frequently and no grease are released through the safety
valve, set Overload Time Before Alarm higher than 7 sec. The alarm can also be released when the Lubrication
monitor are mounted away from the pump unit.
5. The Progressive Distributor MX-F

The progressive piston distributors are devices with a hydraulic sequence control, where only one element port
at a time feeds lubricant to its lubrication point. If one piston - for some reason – is blocked, all distributor ports
are blocked and causing the safety valve to release. There are typically two distributor blocks for the M55 pump
located below the cabin platform and on top of the knuckle jib. For the M56 pump there is typically one
distributor block located on the top of the king near the main winch.
6. Blockage in the System

Some system have no electronic error indicators (delivered as option), but you will clearly see lubricant coming
out of a safety valve on the pump element itself (see picture 2), which indicates a blockage.
This is mainly caused by one of the following three possibilities:
• Blockage in the progressive distributor due to a jammed slide/piston in an element can occur because of
contamination in the lubricant or because the element has been under counter pressure and unused for a
long time.
Action: Disconnect the outlet connections, start the pump and observe if lubricant is released trough the
safety valve. If not: replace the progressive distributor. If lubricant is released: replace the connectors
and check the next distributor or the element.
• High counter pressure due to long tubes/hoses. Install a check valve on the pump element outlet.
• Breakage/damage of a tube/hose. Lubricant leaking on a damaged hose or a pipe can occur without
realising the alarm. In consequence one or more lubricant points are not receiving lubricant. Inspect the
hoses regularly (3M).
7. Lubricant
1. Pump unit 1 M55 (crane): LSS-11

2. Pump unit 2 M56 (gear rim - winch): LSS-08
It is important that the grease is pump-able in the system, even at low temperatures. The system has been
designed to use NLGI class 2 grease.
8. Filling the Pump

A) Standard filling via lubrication nipple with manual or pneumatic grease gun:
filling lubrication nipple
B) Filling via filling socket:

remove lubrication nipple and
replace with filling socket for
grease
filling socket
for grease coupling box
C) Filling via filling press:
filling press
straight filling coupling
Filling the pump units (See Picture 4.) demands a high cleanliness level. Avoid any particles. Even the
slightest dirt can block the piston in the distributor blocks.
9. Service Kit for the Automatic Lubrication System

Item no. Description Quantity
11017148 PUMP ELEMENT PE120V W/CHECKVALVE 6MM 1
11017149 EXTENSION PIECE 21MM 1/8"-M10X1 316 6
11017189 WE 06 LLR 1/8" 316 6

11005436 WE 06 LLR 1/8" 10
11017150 WE 08 LLR 1/8" 3
10003538 GE 06 LLR 1/8" 10
10003539 GE 08 LLR 1/8" 3
11012505 G 06 LL STRAIGHT COUPLING 15
10003724 M 06 LL NUT 10
10003723 D 06 LL PROFILE RING 10
11005432 THREADED FERRULE 6MM 16

11005431 INSERT FOR FERRULE, STRAIGHT 6MM (for 8.3mm hose) 10
11005433 INSERT FOR FERRULE, 90° BEND 6MM 6
11017169 NON-RETURN VALVE MX-F M10X1 3
11017170 NON-RETURN VALVE MX-F 10
11017171 LOCK SCREW MX-F 5
11017173 PIPE BRIDGE 2
Annex C - Manual Lubrication
1. General
The automatic lubrication system (if applicable) delivers lubrication to nearly all critical rotation points.
Most of the manual lubrication points serve preservation purposes and not lubrication of a rotation bolt. Use
LSS-01. See Manual Lubrication Grease Nipples Chart in Vol. 2 of the user manual.
Intervals: Manual lubrication according to the Periodic Maintenance Program
2. Preservation Points
According to the Periodic Maintenance Program (“preservation points”) lubricate the following points:
Lubrication of the bondura bolts:

For preservation, add a small amount of grease on both sides of the
bolt after each re-torque.
Lubrication of the main jib cylinders and knuckle jib cylinders:

For preservation of the scraper ring.
Lubrication non rotation parts:

For preservation. Different constructions on the platform behind the
king.
6 Maintenance - Annex C
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS C1
3. Rotation Points
According to the Periodic Maintenance Program (“rotation points”) lubricate the following points:
Lubrication of pulse encoders

The crane has normally 7 encoders. The angle encoders on the
main winch (each side) and the encoders on the knuckle jib
(each side) needs to be manually lubricated.
Lubrication of the tugger winch (if applicable)

The main bolts on the tugger winch must be lubricated.
However, lubrication of these bolts can be integrated to the
automatic lubrication system. If not, the bolts need manual
lubrication.
Lubrication of hinges
Lubricate door hinges and other non critical lubrication points.
C2 MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Annex D - Lift Wires and Lifting Hooks
1. Lift Wires
1.1. General
MacGregor HM offshore cranes uses the following
wire rope type(s):
• Main winch: Fully galvanized, non-rotating

compacted type
• Whip winch (if applicable): Fully
galvanized, non-rotating compacted type
• Tugger winches (if applicable): Fully
Upon delivery, the wire ropes have received offshore

lubrication. This implies that all strands are heavy
lubricated, the core is heavy lubricated during core
closing and the rope is slightly lubricated during final
closing (to avoid water trapping between the outer
strands and the core). This provides the best premise
for a long service life; good protection, low internal
friction and low friction against the wire sheaves.
Compacted strands means high wear resistance, high

transversal stiffness and corrosion resistance.
1.2. Inspection
In order to keep wire ropes in a good working condition, routine inspections and periodic maintenance is
necessary. On wire ropes frequently used in AHC operations, particular attention must be paid at the areas
where they pass over a wire sheave as the wire rope strands have a tendency to open slightly and thus making it
possible for the inspector to get a better view of the wire rope core.
As a minimum, the wire ropes should be inspected monthly. However, lift wires in continuous service should
be observed during normal operation and visually inspected on a weekly basis.
The purpose of the inspection is to reveal dryness, abrasion, internal/external corrosion, core or strand
protrusion/distortion, wire breaks, wear, kinks etc. before the wire rope becomes unsafe to work with (see
illustrations on the following page of unwanted situations).
Note: Any deterioration leading to a suspected loss of original rope strength should be carefully examined and
the Discard criteria provided in ISO 4309 applied in determining whether to remove the rope from service.
6 Maintenance - Annex D
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS D1
Wire protrusion.
External corrosion.
Crown wire breaks. Strand protrusion.
Kinked wire.
Local increase in rope diameter due to core distortion.
Basket deformation (Birdcage).
D2 MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
1.3. Lubrication
Over time, the factory lubrication of the wire ropes will wear off due to the environment and usage. Periodic
maintenance is therefore a necessity.
Manual lubrication with the aid of brushes, rags, gloves, or by other means is costly, risky, and ineffective. The
lubricant forms a film on the surface which water vapour can penetrate, thus becoming trapped. Temperature
changes cause condensation and rust then begins to form from the inside. This will lead to severe corrosion
which promotes premature fatigue failures in the wires and strands.
A high pressure wire lubrication system (e.g. Masto lubrication system) will be able to maintain good
lubrication of the wire rope, penetrating through to its core which is absolutely necessary to keep friction low
and corrosion away.
How often the wire ropes need to be re-lubricated depends on the environment in which the wire ropes operate
along with the usage and the result of the routine inspections. Generally, if the wire rope show signs of dryness,
lubrication should be initiated, ideally before. As a minimum, check every 3 month if the wire rope show signs
of lubrication deterioration.
2. Lifting Hooks
2.1. Inspection
Every 4 years, the hook and hook nut are to be dismantled, inspected and retested (proof loaded). Particular
attention to be paid to the following:
• Wear in hook, centre pin, becket and threads in hook and nut.
• Play in sheave bushes or bearings.
• Spacer bolts, nuts and lynch pins.
• Check for cracks in welds.
• Condition of safety catch and grease nipples.
• Wear to holes in side plates and becket.
2.2. Lubrication
Lubrication of the hooks is normally to be done once a week (each week for frequently used hooks/blocks,
monthly for infrequently used equipment or each time it is used). Refer to the periodic maintenance table.
Please refer to User Manual volume 2 for lubrication charts.
2.2.1. Single Part

Single part hook arrangements have a grease nipple located in the lower part of
the hook weight (drawing at right). It provides a lubrication point for the hook
bearing which is located in the centre of the hook weight. The bearing chamber is
connected to the nipple and a secondary, plugged hole (higher up) by means of a
channel. When lubricating, any old or superfluous grease and air will be pressed
out of the upper hole when the plug is removed.
2.2.2. Double Part

Double part blocks have two or three lubrication points; one on the lower
bearing, one for the swivel (for the largest blocks) and one for the wire sheave.
As with single part hook arrangements, a plugged hole is fitted where any old
or superfluous grease and air will be pressed out.
3. Tools & Tool Safety

• Gloves and safety glasses
• Standard spanner
• Grease gun
4. Hazards
• Avoid skin contact with hydraulic oils by use of gloves.
• Be wary of any cuts that may be caused by running a hand carelessly across damaged wire. Use gloves.
• Ensure winch has been stopped before inspecting wire.
• When laying down the double part block on its side for lubrication, ensure the block is completely
secure as there can be a risk of it falling over.
Annex E - Hydraulic Hoses
1. General
Inspection and replacement intervals should be done according to chapter 6.2 Periodic Maintenance.
Hydraulic hose manufacturers estimate that 80% of hose failures are attributable to external physical damage
through pulling, kinking, crushing or abrasion of the hose.
Hydraulic hose can and will age whether it is in normal service conditions or unused in storage. Hose failure is
not an indication of poor product performance, but rather natural degradation. After a while a hydraulic hose
will show sign of wear that include cracking, blisters and bubbles.
The operating conditions that a correctly installed hydraulic hose is subjected to will ultimately determine its
service life. Extremes in temperature, e.g. high daytime operating temperatures and very cold conditions when
the machine is standing at night, accelerates aging of the hose's rubber tube and cover.
External factors are:
• Environmental conditions.
• Ultraviolet light.
• Salt water.
• Air pollutants.
• Extreme temperatures.
• Ozone.
• Chemicals.
• Electricity.
• Abrasion damage.
6 Maintenance - Annex E
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS E1
Typical examples of abrasion damage:
Abrasion caused by hoses rubbing against each other or surrounding surfaces is the most common type of
damage. Replace the hoses and avoid new abrasion and external damage, ensure all clamps are kept secure, pay
careful attention to routing whenever a replacement hose is installed and if necessary, apply inexpensive
polyethylene spiral wrap, zip tie, sleeves and guards to protect hydraulic hoses from abrasion (see photo below).
E2 MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Typical examples of ozone and bending damages:
Increased ozone, caused by

pollution, attacks bonds in
certain rubber compounds.
Tiny cracks occur primarily
where the hose is stressed; at
curves, bends and clamping
locations. These cracks allow
airborne contaminants to
invade and weaken the hose.
External heat damage can

result in hardened and
cracked hose covers. Replace
the hoses, check possible
external harmful heat sources.
2. Replacement
MacGregor recommend to replace hoses at the following intervals:
1. All externally fitted hydraulic hose should be replaced every 5 years.

2. All internally fitted hydraulic hose should be replaced every 10 years.
Replacement of denso tape on hose connections after reinstallation is recommended to avoid corrosion.
Installation of a replaced hose at less than the minimum recommended bend radius may significantly reduce the
lifetime of the hose (see illustrations below). Particular attention must be given to prevent sharp bends at the
hose connection to the fitting (photo above).
Proper physical installation of the hose assembly requires a correctly installed port connection ensuring that no
twist or torque is transferred to the hose when the fittings are being tightened.
Bending a hydraulic hose in more than one plane results in twisting of its wire reinforcement. A twist of five
degrees can reduce the service life of a high-pressure hydraulic hose by as much as 70% and a seven degree
twist can result in a 90% reduction in service life.
Ordering of hoses must be done according to the Hose List in chapter 7.

• Standard wrench or spanner of appropriate size
• Gloves
• Safety glasses
4. Hazards
• Ensure both the system and the specific damaged hose are devoid of pressure before attempting any
replacement. Removing hoses or tampering with damaged hoses while the system is under pressure can
result in a high pressure release of hydraulic oil.
• Clean the maintenance area before and after maintenance to avoid slippery surfaces and any
contamination.
• Remember to dispose of any damaged or unusable components in the correct manner, by taking them to
a recycling center that deals with the components in question.
Annex F - Replacement of Hydraulic Filters
1. General
1.1. Before Disassembly
Prior to replacement of the hydraulic filters (for action intervals,
see section 6.2 - "Periodic Maintenance Program"), it is important
to make sure that the oil level in the tank is below the return filters
mounted on the tank top. These filters have contamination
retainers which might contain some particles. Lower the level in
the tank by lifting the main jib and the knuckle jib. This action
must be taken to reduce the risk of mixing unfiltered “dirty” oil
with the clean oil in the tank.
Then, shut down the HPU for at least 15 minutes. This will release
the pressure and drain oil to the tank. When applicable, press the
emergency (local) stop button.
Make sure you have the correct filters and sealings. MacGregor Return filter with
recommends to replace the O-rings each time the filters are replaced. contamination retainer(circled)
Keep tools, working area and equipment clean.
Most of the filters are located on the HPU (inside the king). However, they can also be placed outside on the
king platform or mounted on the winches. Normally, all filters (apart from the air breathers and emergency
supply filter) have clogged filter indicators (lights) and an alarm indication in the crane control system.
1.2. After Disassembly

• When draining the filters, collect all fluid in a suitable container and dispose it in accordance with
environmental regulations.
• After disassembly, clean all parts, check for damage or wear and replace parts if necessary.
• When changing a filter element a high level of cleanliness must be maintained.
• The operational safety and life expectancy of the filter, and whether it is ready for use, depends to a
high degree on regular and careful maintenance.
• Normally there is no need for venting the filters after the replacement (except for the replenishment
filters).
6 Maintenance - Annex F
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS F1
Typical crane king modules with HPU and oil filters
F2 MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
2. Breather Filters
Breather filters prevent contamination from the surroundings from entering
the system in connection with fluctuations of the oil level in the tank (tank
breathing).
Some filters are delivered as one unit but most commend are filters with
separate elements.
Removing the element:
1. Remove nut and washer

2. Lift off cap
3. Remove element
Fitting the element:
1. Fit new element

2. Replace cap
3. Replace washer
4. Replace nut and tighten
2.1. Access Point

Access the breather filter via crane king door, for best access use the platform inside the crane king. See 1.2
Filter Locations.
2.2. Tools & Tool Safety

• Wrench or spanner of appropriate size.
• Safety glasses
2.3. Hazards
• Clean area before and after to avoid slippery surfaces or contamination.
• After maintenance, dispose of old filter by taking it to the appropriate recycling center.
3. Offline Filter
Offline oil filtration systems with integrated circulating pumps are
ideal for controlling oil contamination levels for particles, water
and degradation products (oxidation resin/sludge, varnish). The
filters are normally mounted at the bottom of the tank and
circulates the oil in the tank.
The lifetime of the filter element depends on the operating

conditions. It is advisable, though, to replace the element once a
year. When the pressure gauge (illustration beside) indicates a
pressure drop of 2 bar across this filter, an alarm is generated on
the operator terminal indicating that the filter element is due for
replacement.
The Offline filter is normally 3 micron nominal.
3.1. Offline Filter Replacement
Stop the CJC filter Close valve on the oil Close valve on the oil Automatic air vent: No Open oil drain valve.
pump inlet filter outlet action Drain according to
Air vent screw: Open environmental
screw precautions
When the filter housing Lift off the filter housing Unscrew the spring nut Remove the spring and Remove the used filter
is drained, unscrew the the spring guide inserts. Depose of
top nut according to regulations
Clean the filter bottom Put the new CJC filter Insert type B, BLA or Mount the spring guide Tighten the spring nut Replace both O-rings Replace O-ring for the Tighten the top nut with Automatic air vent: No Be aware that oil
inserts in place BLAT, use insert guide carefully - make sure by hand until contact top nut a torque of 90Nm action. spillage is a serious
between the filter there is no contact with spring guide. Then Air vent screw: Replace safety risk - keep clean!
elements between the O-ring and tighten the spring nut 4 usit ring for air vent
the thread turns per filter insert screw, and tighten with
torque of 10 Nm
Blank page.
4. Return Filters
These filters are normally low pressure filters.
The location are typically at the top of the
tank, but they can also be mounted as in-line
filters outside on the king platform or on the
winch itself.
Replacement of return filters as in-line filters:
1. Close inlet and outlet ball valves (if

present)
2. Open the air bleed plug on the top of
the filter to make it easier to drain he
oil.
3. Open the drain valves and drain the
filters completely.
1. Switch off the hydraulic system and release filter pressure.

2. Undo vent screw(s), remove the oil drain plug(s) and drain fluid into a container.
3. Unscrew the cover plate.
4. Remove the filter element(s) from the element spigot. Examine the element surface for dirt residues and
larger particles, these can indicate damage to the components.
5. Remove the contamination retainer by turning anti-clockwise (bayonet fitting) and clean (only type
1.0).
6. Replace or clean the filter element (only W/HC and V elements can be cleaned).
7. Clean the cover plate and housing; pay particular attention to the threads.
8. Examine the filter, especially sealing surfaces and thread for mechanical damage.
9. Check the O-rings and seals and replace if necessary.
1. Moisten the sealing surfaces and thread on the cover plate and housing, as well as the O-ring on the
cover plate and element, with clean operating fluid.
2. When fitting a new element, check that the designation corresponds to that of the old element.
3. Fit the contamination retainer onto the new or cleaned filter element by turning clockwise (only for type
1.0).
4. Place the filter element(s) carefully onto the element location spigot.
5. Screw on the cover plate fully. Then unscrew by one quarter-turn.
6. Screw in the oil drain screw(s); tighten the vent screw(s).
7. Switch on the hydraulic system and vent filter at an appropriate point in the system.
8. Check the filter for leakage.
Typical return filter

mounted separately from
the tank (in-line filter)
Inlet and outlet

ball valves
Drain valve
4.1. Access Point

Access the return filter through the crane king door, by standing on the platform inside the king. See 1.2
Filter Locations.

• Standard wrench or spanner of appropriate size.
• Gloves
• Safety glasses
4.3. Hazards
• Avoid skin exposure to hydraulic oil.
• Clean area before and after maintenance to
avoid slippery surfaces or contamination.
• Dispose of old filter appropriately by taking it to a recycling centre.
5. Pressure Filters
High-pressure filters are installed after the pumps and other prime movers to protect critical hydraulic
components such as cylinders, motors and valves.
1. Close the inlet and the outlet valve (if present). Ref. Hydraulic flow diagram.
2. Remove oil drain plug at the bottom of the bowl, collect oil in a container.
3. Unscrew bowl. (Collect fluid in a suitable container and dispose of it in accordance with environmental
regulations).
4. Remove filter element from element location spigot (examine surface of element for dirt residue and
larger particles; these can indicate damage to the components).
5. Clean bowl by using white sprite or similar.
6. Examine filter, especially sealing surfaces and threads, for mechanical damage.
7. Replace O–rings.
1. Moisten thread and sealing surfaces on the filter bowl and head, as well as the O–ring on the bowl and
element if necessary, with clean operating fluid.
3. Place filter element carefully onto the element location spigot.
4. Screw in filter bowl fully.
5. Screw in oil drain plug.
6. Unscrew filter bowl by one quarter–turn.
7. IMPORTANT: Open Inlet and outlet valve
8. Clean/dry the outside of the filter bowl. After start-up of the hydraulic system again, check for any
leaks.
5.1. Access Point

Access the pressure filters though the crane king door, by standing on the platform inside the king. See section
1.2 Filter Locations.

• Standard wrench
• Spill tray
5.3. Hazards
• Clean area before and after maintenance to avoid slippery surfaces or contamination.
• Ensure valves are closed and system depressurised before performing any maintenance. If valves are
opened while the system is pressurised, high pressure hydraulic oil will be released.

6. Drain Filters
The drain filters are normally located at the top of the tank, but can also be mounted outside on the platform or
on the winches. Three different drain filter types can occur:
Type 1 (In-line) Type 2 (Tank mounted) Type 3 (In-line)

For replacement procedure, see For replacement procedure, For replacement procedure,
section 5 - "Pressure Filters" see section 6 - "Drain see section 4 - "Return
Filters" (see below) Filters"
Typical drain filters
Removing the element: Fitting the element:
1. Loosen cover plate bolts, turn and 1. Moisten sealing surfaces and thread on
remove the cover plate. the cover plate and housing, as well as
2. Remove filter element carefully from the O-rings on the cover plate and
element spigot. Examine element element, with clean hydraulic fluid.
surface for dirt residue and larger 2. When fitting a new element, check that
particles; these can indicate damage to the designation corresponds to that of the
the system components. old element.
3. Remove contamination retainer (if 3. Fit the contamination retainer (if present)
present) by turning anti-clockwise onto the new filter element by turning it
(bayonet fitting). clockwise.
4. Clean cover plate, housing and 4. Place filter element(s) carefully onto the
contamination retainer; pay particular element location spigot.
attention to the threads. 5. Re-fit cover plate and tighten cover plate
5. Examine filter, especially sealing bolts.
surfaces and thread, for mechanical 6. Switch on hydraulic system and Check
damage. filter for leakage.
6. Replace O-rings.
6.1. Access Point


• Gloves
• Safety glasses
6.3. Hazards

7. Replenishment Filters (Semi-Active Cranes)
1. Verify that the HPU is not running. 1. Use clean hydraulic fluid to moisten
2. Close the inlet valves to the sealing surfaces and threads on the cover
replenishment pumps, normally located plate and housing, as well as the O-rings
on the tank wall. on the cover plate and element.
3. Close the outlet valve (if present). 2. When fitting a new element, check that
the designation corresponds to that of the
4. Open the air bleed plug on the top of the old element.
filter to make it easier to drain the oil.
3. Place filters element(s) carefully onto the
5. Drain the replenishment pump filters element location spigot.
with the valves at the bottom of the filter
houses. 4. Screw on cover plate fully and then
unscrew by one quarter-turn.
6. Unscrew top covers.
5. Close the drain valve and air bleed plug.
7. Remove filter element(s) from element
spigot. Examine element surface for dirt 6. IMPORTANT: Open the inlet and outlet
residue and larger particles; these can valves.
indicate damage to system components.
8. Clean cover plate and housing; pay Vent the filters:
particular attention to the threads.
1. Start the HPU and let the replenishment
9. Examine filter, especially sealing pump run for one minute.
surfaces and threads, for mechanical
2. Stop the HPU
damage.
3. Release carefully air bleed plug on top of
10. Replace O-rings and check seals.
the replenishment filter and bleed of all
air.
4. Close the air plug when the oil is floating
and no more air is bleeding.
5. Clean up, start HPU and check filters for
leakages
Replenishment filters
Blank page.

Annex G - Oil Analysis
1. General
According to section 6.2 - "Periodic
Maintenance", the health of the hydraulic oil
in the system needs to be tested at a regular
basis. This is to be done by taking an oil
sample from the reservoir.
For cranes with the reservoir inside the king,

the oil sample is normally taken at a drain
valve located under the reservoir in the crane
foundation (photo at right).
Note: It is important for the trending of the

fluid condition that the same sample location
is used each time.
Typical drain valve for oil sample
2. Bottle Cleanliness
Because of the extreme oil cleanliness levels, even the slightest dirt originating in a sample bottle can have an
adverse effect on the precision of the particle count. It is common to represent bottle contamination levels as the
number of particles greater than ten microns per millilitre (0.01 mm).
6 Maintenance - Annex G
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS G1
3. How to Sample
1. The system should have normal operating temperature and flow conditions when taking an oil sample.
MacGregor recommends to operate the system for at least 30 minutes with actuators cycling prior to
talking samples. (If not possible to sample when the equipment is operating, sample as soon as safely
possible after shutdown to prevent the settling of contaminants).
2. Open the sampling valve and let at least one litre pass the ball valve tube. Collect the flushed fluid in a
container.
3. Use a 100 % clean standard analysis bottle (typical 500 ml) provided by a bottle supplier. Open the
sample bottle cap, taking care not to contaminate. Hold the cap in hand or place on a clean surface, face
down.
4. Fill the sample bottle about halfway, cap and shake well to flush the internal surface. Discard the fluid.
5. Fill the sample bottle again until the fluid level is about 1 cm (½”) from the top.
6. Cap the bottle immediately and then close the sampling valve.
7. Label the sample bottle with sample details, fill out the sample form and enclose both in the supplied
plastic container for transport.
4. Visual Analysis
Looking and smelling at hydraulic fluid is the simplest way to determine the fluid's condition. Clean fluid is
amber in color. A milky, dark, or otherwise abnormal color may indicate the presence of one or more
contaminants. A milky appearance implies contamination by water. If the fluid looks milky, take immediate
action to avoid severe damage to your hydraulic system.
A marked change in the smell of the hydraulic fluid can indicate a chemical breakdown. If a distinct change in
the smell of hydraulic fluid is detected, have it chemically analyzed by a commercial lab.
5. Type of Analysis
A minimum recommendation from MacGregor is to perform a particle and water analysis every 6 months,
whether you are conducting onsite particle counting, or relying on a commercial lab. A full oil analysis are
recommending to be done once a year. The analysis may include particle counter, water content, viscosity,
oxidation, iron, silicon and copper content.
The data from the analysis must be logged.
G2 MACGREGOR NORWAY AS

• Gloves
• Safety glasses
7. Hazards
• Avoid skin exposure to hydraulic oil. If exposed wash area with water and soap.
• Clean area before and after sample to avoid slippery surfaces or contamination of sample.
• Ensure bottle top of sample is secure.
Blank Page.
Annex I - Accumulator Pre-Charge Pressures
1. General
Instructions for pre-charging of both bladder and piston accumulators via an accumulator test and filling kit is
provided in this section. When checking or re-charging accumulator pressure, the test and filling kit provided by
MacGregor Norway AS must be used.
Note: When the accumulator is installed in a system, reduce the system pressure to 0.
Pre-charge pressure table:
Acc. Pos. (qty) Dwg. ref Precharge pressure:
12T Winch
WH-11.1, 12.1, 13.1, 14.1, 11.2, 12.2, 13.2, SP2552-2-L-XA-005 50 bar
14.2
Slew System
SH11, 12, 13, 14 SP2552-2-L-XA-004 6 bar
6 Maintenance - Annex I
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS I1
2. Charging Procedures
2.1. Bladder Accumulator
• Attach the hexagonal connector (1) to the nitrogen bottle.
• Remove the gas valve protective caps from the accumulator. Secure the swivel connector (2) on the gas
valve and tighten sufficiently to prevent gas leakage. (Use adapter (5) on the accumulator for
installation of swivel connector on gas valve). Screw the bar handle (3) in a clockwise direction to open
the accumulator gas valve.
2 1
• Slowly open the nitrogen bottle valve until the expanding bladder closes the poppet valve. Check this
closure prior to charging to desired pressure.
• Close the nitrogen bottle valve. Wait for 5 minutes, before checking the pre-charge pressure. To lower
the pressure, open the air bleed valve (4).
• The Pre-charge pressure will drop slightly when the compressed gas cools off. Therefore, pre-charge to
20% above required pressure.
• Screw the bar handle (3) in a counter clockwise direction to close the gas valve. Use the air bleed valve
(4) to expel all gas from the pre-charging assembly. Remove the swivel connector (2) . (Remove the
adapter (5) if this has been used). Carefully test the gas connections for leakage by applying soapy
water or using leak detector in and around the gas valve area when the pre-charging is complete.
• Fit the gas valve protective caps.
• Remove the hexagonal connector (1) from the nitrogen bottle.
• Check the pre-charge after one, two and three weeks to ensure that no leakage has occurred. Further
pre-charge checks should be made every six months.
I2 MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
2.2. Piston Accumulator

• Attach the hexagon connector (1) to the nitrogen bottle.
• Remove the gas valve protective U-bolt and the protective cap from the accumulator. Secure the swivel
connector (2) on the gas valve and tighten sufficiently to prevent gas leakage. Screw the top hexagonal
nut on the accumulator gas valve in a counter clockwise direction until bottoming to open gas valve.
• Slowly open the nitrogen bottle valve to allow the piston to bottom the accumulator.
• Close the nitrogen bottle valve. Wait for five minutes, before checking the pre-charge pressure. To
lower the pressure, open the air bleed valve (4).
• The pre-charge pressure will drop slightly when the compressed gas cools off. Therefore, pre-charge to
20% above desired pressure.
• Screw the top hexagonal nut in a clockwise direction to close the gas valve. Use the air bleed valve (4)
to expel all gas from the pre-charging assembly. Remove the swivel connector (2) . Carefully test the
gas connections for leakage by applying soapy water or using leak detector in and around the gas valve
area when pre-charge is complete.
• Fit the gas valve protective cap and the protective U-bolt.
Note: Use nitrogen only! Compressed air and oxygen involve risk of explosion!

• Safety glasses
• Spanner or wrench of appropriate size
• Gloves
2.4. Hazards
• Filling accumulators involves dealing with pressurised nitrogen which if handled incorrectly can result
in explosion. Experience personnel recommended.
• Check for damaged hoses, as working with damaged hoses can lead to release of pressurised gas.
• Ensure hose connections are secure.
Annex K - Slew and Foundation Bolts
1. General
• Bolt inspection critical areas: Elongation, threads, cracks and tension.
• Inspect all slew ring bolts / nuts (bolts / nuts in place): 1 M / 500 H
• Perform “knock-test” of all slew ring bolts: 6 M / 500 H
• Initial re-tensioning of all bolts: 1 M after crane delivery
• Periodic re-tensioning of all bolts: 6 M / 500 H
• Removal and examination of individual bolts: 20 % of bolts annually*
* 20% of the bolts shall be removed and examined. The first 20% shall be taken in the most loaded sector of the
crane. If any significant defects are found during this examination another 20% are drawn. If any of this second
set is found to be defective then all bolts shall be drawn. If the first 20% are found to be acceptable the bolts can
be re-used and the next 20 % can be drawn the following year.
Manual torque wrench
When refitting, all bolts shall be tensioned according to: HM doc. No: T0001.
1.1. Knock-Test
It is recommended to use a ball peen hammer and do a “knock test” on each bolt. In the event that a nut should
have become loose, the lack of tension in the bolt will generate a different sound during the knock test as
compared to the fully tensioned bolts. Loose nuts indicate that bolt must be re-tensioned according to HM doc.
no: T0001.
Note: At the 6’th month interval, the knock-test and re-tensioning can be performed every other time.
T0001 – Tightening Torques & Bolt Tensioning Forces: See the following pages.
6 Maintenance - Annex K
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS K1

• Manual torque wrench
• Gloves, glasses and hard hat
• Ball peen hammer
3. Hazards
• A safety harness is recommended if a ladder or lift is being used for re-tensioning.
K2 MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
3 Included bolt selection 24.05.2011 SVB OHA

2 Corrected error in section 2 (“M33 or larger” was “M30…”) 02.02.2006 LHE
1 Added information regarding tensioning forces 01.02.2006 SVB LHE
0 Issued for production 22.12.2005 LHE
A Issued for IDC 21.12.2005 LHE MOS
Rev. Reason for issue Date Author Checked
Title:
BOLT SELECTION / TIGHTENING TORQUES / BOLT TENSIONING FORCES
HM doc. no.: No.of attachments: No. of pages:
T0001 - 5
T:\Technical Requirements\
Title: BOLT SELECTION / TIGHTENING TORQUES / BOLT TENSIONING FORCES
Doc. No.: T0001
1 Applicability
1.1 Use of bolt selection, tightening torque and hydraulic tensioning

This document applies when referenced by drawing, technical specification or other document
associated with a delivery.
The bolt selection in this document refers to how to select bolts and bolt quality in general
applications (e.g. winch assembly, gearbox assembly, etc.) and special applications (e.g. slew
ring bolts and nuts)
The tightening torques in this document applies to critical bolts specifically identified by the
drawing, technical specification/requirement or other document. See section 3.
The bolt tensioning forces (hydraulic tensioning) apply to all crane slewing ring bolts with
thread diameter M33 or larger. See section 4.
Other bolts may be tightened according to mechanic’s judgment.

Bolts tightened according to mechanic’s judgment shall be firm, but avoid overtightening. This implies that
tightening torque according to mechanic’s judgment will be much less than tightening torque by torque
wrench, in order to avoid the risk of overtightening.
1.2 Engineering notes (for MacGregor use)

Typical applications of this document are most MacGregor HM assemblies with bolts to be tightened with
a torque wrench / pneumatic wrench or with a hydraulic tensioning device.
The tightening torques (section 3) are valid for standard, full-section, uncoated carbon steel (not
stainless) fasteners lubricated with anti-seize compound, such as Loctite 8009. These tightening torques
are also generally used for hot dip zinc coated fasteners, although such fasteners would require a
somewhat higher torque to achieve maximum clamping force. Source: Tingstad table T-18, lower left-
hand section.
Bolt tensioning forces (section 4): Source: Rothe Erde.
2 Bolt/nut Selection
Selection of bolts/nuts for different assemblies and applications is normally done according to
material specification list on the relevant assembly drawing. Here the bolt size, type and quality
and number are specified. In addition to this, all bolts shall conform with and be tested in
accordance with a recognised standard e.g. pertinent part of ISO 898.
In general bolts are to be delivered according to DNV “Standard for certification of lifting
appliances Oct 2008, Ch. 2, Sec. 2, D400
Bolt connections are normally divided into three different groups; secondary, primary and
essential.
1. Secondary bolts are bolts in platforms, stairs, ladders, railings, installation of cabins and
cabinets etc. Bolts in this category are to be delivered with 2.2 works certificate and it is
T:\Technical Requirements\ Page 2 of 5
Doc. No.: T0001
no requirement to charpy tests. Bolts smaller than M12 to be stainless steel A4 quality.
Bolts from M12 and up to be hot dip galvanised 8.8 quality.
2. Primary bolts are transferring structural loads and are elements in the primary load
carrying structure. Bolts in this category are to be delivered with 2.2 works certificates
and there it is no requirements to charpy tests. Bolts smaller than M12 to be stainless
steel A4 quality. Bolts from M12 and up to be hot dip galvanised 8.8 quality. If the
structural calculations show that an increased strength is required, 10.9 qualities may be
used.
3. Essential bolts are part of a non-redundant load path and a breakage may result in a
collapse or a serious mal-function. Bolts used in slew bearings are also considered as
essential. Bolts in this category are to be delivered with 3.1 certificates. If installed in a
slew bearing for offshore cranes, 3.2 certificates is required. Normally 8.8 or 10.9
qualities are used in this category. No higher than 10.9 quality is allowed. The
requirements to charpy test are given in DNV “Standard for certification of lifting
appliances Oct 2008, Ch. 2, Sec. 2, Table D4. Bolts with diameter less than Ø25mm has
no charpy test requirements. The requirements for bolts from Ø25mm are 42J for
offshore applications and 25J for other applications Test temperature (Td) is normally -
20 degC for offshore cranes and -10 degC for other cranes.
3 Tightening torques
• Carbon steel (not stainless) threaded fasteners, full section.

• Lubricated with anti-seize compound (e.g., Loctite 8009).
Tightening torques in N·m. Torque tolerance: ±5%.

Strength grade
Thread
8.8 10.9 12.9
M12 65 95 110
M14 100 150 175
M16 155 225 265
M18 220 315 370
M20 310 440 510
M22 410 590 690
M24 530 760 890
M27 780 1 100 1 300
M30 1 050 1 500 1 750
M33* 1 400 2 050 2 350
M36* 1 850 2 600 3 050
M39* 2 350 3 350 3 950
M42* 2 950 4 200 4 900
M45* 3 650 5 150 6 000
M48* 4 400 6 300 7 400
M52* 5 700 8 000 9 400
M56* 7 000 10 000 11 700
*) Bolts for crane slewing rings that are M33 or larger shall be tightened using a hydraulic
tensioning device; see section 4 below.

Doc. No.: T0001
4 Bolt tensioning forces
Bolt tension forces including tolerances for "large-clearance metric thread" – DIN 2510 –
Sheet 2 – using hydraulic tension cylinders.
Strength class to DIN/ISO 898 8.8 10.9

Yield point Rp 0.2 N/mm² 660 940
Metric Pitch Stress Core Tension force Theoretical Tension force Theoretical
ISO-thread area cross at yield point use of at yield point use of
DIN 13 section tension force tension force
As A3 F0.2 FM=0.9·F0.2 F0.2 FM=0.9·F0.2
mm mm² mm² kN kN kN kN
M33 3.5 668 617 440 396 627 564
M36 4 786 723 518 466 738 664
M39 4 943 873 622 559 886 797
M42 4,5 1,083 999 714 642 1,018 916
M45 4.5 1,265 1,174 834 750 1,189 1,070
M48 5 1,426 1,320 941 846 1,340 1,206
M52 5 1,707 1,590 1,126 1,013 1,604 1,443
M56 5,5 1,971 1,833 1,300 1,170 1,852 1,666
M64 6 2.599 2,426 1,715 1,543 2,443 2,198
M72 6 3,372 3,174 2,225 2,002 3,169 2,852
M80 6 4,245 4,023 2,801 2,520 3,990 3,591
M90 6 5,479 5,226 3,616 3,254 5,150 4,635
M100 6 6,858 6,575 4,526 4,073 6,446 5,801
Preload the bolts with the advisable care crosswise to the specified values. It is possible to
calculate with a tightening factor of αA of 1.2 to 1.6, depending on the tightening method, and to
use the yield point of the bolt up to 90%.
The preload of the bolt tightened first is influenced by the tightening of the other bolts so that a
minimum of two passes is required.
This will at the same time compensate for the settling produced by the smoothing out of the
unloaded mating surface during preloading (thread and nut contact surface).
As the tension force applied in this method will not only cause elongation in the shaft but also in
the thread, it is important to choose the correct thread series or thread tolerances acc. to
DIN 2510. An inadequate thread clearance may cause jamming of the nut, when the bolt is
elongated. Taking into account the nut height, consultation with the bolts manufacturer is
absolutely necessary.

Doc. No.: T0001
The bolts should be long enough to leave at least 1 · d above the nuts free for positioning the
tension cylinder.

Annex L - Slew Bearing Wear Measurement
The slew bearing is always under the influence of tilting

moments. Over time this will cause uneven wear on the
raceway of the three-row roller bearing surfaces in the slew
bearing. In order to keep precise control over the wear on
the roller raceway, annual measurements are necessary.
This is done between four measuring plates, welded/bolted
onto the foundation and the lower part of the rotating part of
the slew bearing.
Note: If the measuring plates are not already fitted, it is

recommended that the crane owner take appropriate action
to fit these measuring plates to the foundation within the
first two months of crane operation. The measurements
taken and logged in the slew ring wear measurement table in
this Annex, may be carefully examined by

international societies at a later stage in conjunction
with crane re-certification.
Measuring should be done with the main jib in its

highest angle and the knuckle jib in its innermost
position (contact between jibs), ref. photo above and
illustration at left.
Measuring principle: Four measurement points are

equally spaced around the foundation (denoted 1 to 4).
Measurements are to be taken at slew positions 0o, 90 o,
180 o and 270 o and written down. Start with
measurements in slew position 0 o, then 90 o etc. The
mean value of these measurements will indicate level
of slew bearing wear.
Paint on the slew bearing is removed at the initial

measurement. Corrosion protection (Tectyl or similar)
is to be applied after the measurements are taken.
6 Maintenance - Annex L
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS L1
Two typical measuring point setups on the crane pedestal.
L2 MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Typical three –row roller bearing
In order to have comparable measurements it is important that the measurements are done in the exact same
slew positions each year and with the jibs in the same geometric position. The operator panel in the crane cabin
shows both jib and slew positions. These positions can be used for future reference.
The following table is to be used for recording measurements every 6 months following the initial
measurement. The accuracy of the measuring instrument is to be minimum ±0.01mm.
Depth micrometer
The photo below shows measurement at one of the four measurement points on the crane pedestal. The
maximum allowable deviation is:
Permitted increase in slack*

Axial reduction Tilt forward and
Crane measurement back
1077 2.00 2.60
1301 2.00 2.60
1400 2.00 2.60
1610 2.00 2.60
1800 2.60 3.20
1891 2.60 3.20
2201 2.60 3.20
2398 3.30 4.00
2806 3.30 4.00
3293 3.30 4.00
3568 1.20 2.00
3990 1.60 2.80
4240 1.60 2.80
4841 1.60 2.80
5150 2.00 4.20
6800 2.00 4.20
If the wear is found to have increased significantly, the time intervals between measurements should be
shortened. If the wear exceeds the given limit, consult MacGregor Marine Service.
*Deviations in flatness are measured in accordance with DIN EN ISO 1101 on the contact surfaces
**The value for increase in slack is a measurement of how much the hardened layers of the bearing are worn
Slew Bearing Measurement Table
Delivery date Date: Date: Date: Date: Date:

Running hours
Measuring Slew 1 Dev. 2 Dev. 3 Dev. 4 Dev. 5 Dev.
Basic
point position
1 0
2 0
3 0
4 0

Basic
point position
1 90
2 90
3 90
4 90

Basic
point position
1 180
2 180
3 180
4 180

Basic
point position
1 270
2 270
3 270
4 270
Slew Bearing Seal

The black rubber seal for the slew
bearing (photo at right) is a separate
component mounted to the slew bearing.
Every six months/200 hours the seal

must be visually inspected, both inside
and outside the crane, for damage (i.e.
cracks and leaks).
For correct operation, the seals must be

free from dirt. When cleaning the unit,
prevent the cleaner from contacting the
seals or from entering the raceways
system. If any of the seals are found to
be damaged, they must be replaced. Re-
lubricate the unit after this inspection.
Raceway Grease Samples

When annual wear measurements are taken, it is recommended
to take raceway grease samples for lab analysis as well. Thus
it is possible to determine the raceway wear rate and the actual
condition of the raceway system. Analysis and evaluation are
to be carried out by an authorized company. The original
sample results data are to be stored onboard the vessel.
Grease sampling:
Locate the two sampling ports (2 x180o) on the outside of the

slew bearing. Remove the blanking bolts and collect grease
samples while rotating the slew bearing. Use the table below
for recording the sample results. A grease sampling kit (photo
at right) specifically produced for the sampling action can be
provided by MacGregor Norway AS.
Slew raceway grease sample log
Sample No. 1 Sample No. 2 Sample No. 3 Sample No. 4 To be continued
Tester:
Signature:
Date:
Grease
sample
result

• Depth micrometer
• Glasses, gloves and hard hats
• Lift or ladder
2. Hazards
• In order to measure correctly paint may need to be removed.
• For any necessary paint removal for correct measurements, use a paint removal chemical or paint
removal sand paper.
• Ensure adequate protection is used for working with paint removal.
• Use Tectyl rust preventative after measuring to prevent rust.
Annex M - Wire Sheave Wear Measurement
Note: From early 2011, some cranes were equipped with tempered steel sheaves. For these cranes, the wire
sheave groove wear measurement is not applicable.
Obtaining good measurements of wire sheave groove wear will help the crane owner to apply appropriate
sheave maintenance actions in addition to providing relevant input to the crane maintenance schedule.
The wire sheave grooves include a two to three mm induction hardened layer beyond which the hardness
gradually decreases. The abrasion that the grooves are subject to can be monitored and understood by use of a
sliding gauge for measuring the depth of the groove. Measurements are taken to a tenth of a millimeter. Based
on the original inspection date, wear measurement trend analysis can be used to influence the measuring
schedule itself so that it continues to accurately indicate the health and future useful lifetime of the sheaves.
Requirements for the wear measurement:
• Vessel shore side.

• Follow normal crane maintenance safety instructions.
• Two personnel required: one certified crane operator and one maintenance worker.
• 2-way communications are established between crane operator and maintenance worker.
Groove Measuring
There are normally eight wire sheaves to be measured
(four for the main winch and four for the whip winch
wire). The measurement shall be taken at the same
reference position on the wire sheave every time. This is
to avoid "false" wear indications. The reference position
is normally marked on the wire sheave flange by means
of a sign plate (shown here by an arrow).
Each wire sheave is individually numbered according to

their position on the crane (ref. drawing for the main
winch wire sheaves later in this section).
Note: It is imperative that maintenance workers verify

that the crane control system key switch in the cabin is
in the OFF position prior to approaching the wire
sheaves.
Wire sheave marking sign

6 Maintenance - Annex M
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS M1
Wire measurement procedure.
Operate the crane (rotate wire sheaves) to make the measuring point indicators on the wire
1
sheaves clearly visible and accessible.
Locate the mark (photo at previous page) which exactly indicates where the measurement should
2
be taken.
Perform depth measurement by means of a steel rule and a sliding gauge (or equivalent) to
3
measure the distance from top of flange to bottom of groove (photo below).
Record the measurement/deviation in the "wire sheaves log", an example of which is provided on
4
next page.
5 Repeat procedure for all wire sheaves.
groove depth measurement
Scheduled Maintenance
Due to the characteristics of wire sheave groove wear, it is recommended that the measuring frequency is set to
once every six months initially for a period of one year. Thereafter it will be at the crane owner's discretion to
adjust the maintenance schedule based on the previous depth measurements and the crane owner's inherent
technical experience and expertise.
M2 MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Wire Sheaves Log
No. 5 sheave No. 6 sheave

No. 1 sheave No. 2 sheave No. 3 sheave No. 4 sheave
Measurement to be taken every 6 th (King) (Wire spooler)
month after first day of operation.
main whip main whip main whip main whip main whip main whip
winch winch winch winch winch winch winch winch winch winch winch winch
Initial measurement:
Date: Measurement:
Deviation:
Date: Measurement:
Deviation:
Date: Measurement:
Deviation:
Date: Measurement:
Deviation:
Date: Measurement:
Deviation:
Date: Measurement:
Deviation:
Date: Measurement:
Deviation:
*Note: The table provided in this page is standardized. The amount of sheaves may differ from crane to crane.
The initial measurement value in the table above is the value for the first measurement taken for each individual wire sheave. If, upon receipt of this procedure,
the values are not already stated measurements should be carried out and logged in conjunction with the cranes’ Harbor Acceptance Test or equivalent.
Blank Page.
Wire sheave numbering sequence for the main winch wire
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS

• Lift or ladder to achieve appropriate height.
• Gloves, glasses and hardhats
• Slide calliper
2. Hazards
• Ensure to clean the area before measuring to achieve accurate results.
• If a lift or ladder is used it is advised to use a safety harness.
Annex N - General Electrical System
1. Control Cabinets (CC) and Junction Boxes (JB)

The crane has numerous electrical cabinets installed in different locations in the system. In addition, several
junction boxes (JB) is located outside the king. These must be checked regularly for moisture and corrosion.
Check Cortec VCI due date and replace according to Periodic Maintenance Program 6.2.
The following must be done on all cabinets and JB:
• Open and check that the doors gaskets are in good condition (apply Vaseline, silicone, or similar if dry).
• Check regularly for water ingress, corrosion, damage, loose glands, and ambient conditions in excess of
the specifications.
Tighten all cable terminal Tighten all cabinet Check and clean the
connections and fuses bushings drain plug (if applicable)
VCI device
plate at JB
(see photo
Tighten all cable
below)
terminal connections
and fuses
Electrical cabinet. Junction box.
VCI device plate at JB
6 Maintenance - Annex N
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS N1

• None required.
3. Hazards
• Ensure power is turned off before accessing electrical cabinet or junction box. This is in order to avoid
electrocution. Working with live wires is extremely dangerous.
N2 MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Annex P - Pressure Transmitters
1. Inspection
1.1. General
The pressure transmitters have been calibrated to a certain pressure range, and sends a 4-20 mA signal,
corresponding to the calibrated range to an analogue input channel in the PLC system.
However, to secure correct pressure readings, an inspection of the most "essential" pressure transmitters must to
be done. MacGregor Norway recommend to do this at least every two years to verify accuracy and followed up
by a recalibration (often replacement) if needed.
The transmitters on active boost cranes which must be checked is listed in the table below, while those for semi-
active cranes are listed on the following page. In the tables, the name of the transmitter, its tag number and
maximum allowed deviation is provided.
Active Boost
For active boost cranes, the following pressure transmitters are evaluated to be "essential" and must be checked
frequently:
Pressure transmitter Tag no.: Max. allowed deviation

Main winch motor displacement pressure 1 -PT204A (or -PT204) 0.5 bar
Main winch motor displacement pressure 2 -PT204B (or -PT205) 0.5 bar
LS pressure A -PT219A (or -PT219) 2.0 bar
LS pressure B -PT219B (or -PT220) 2.0 bar
Main pump regulator pressure -PT203 2.0 bar
6 Maintenance - Annex P
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS P1
Semi-Active
For semi-active cranes, the following pressure transmitters are evaluated to be "essential" and must be checked
frequently:

Displacement:
Motor disp passive left 1 -PT240 0.5 bar
Motor disp passive right -PT242 0.5 bar
Motor disp act motor 1 -PT243 0.5 bar
* Whip winch displacement pressure (* if whip winch AHC) -PT260 0.5 bar
Other:
Replenishment pressure -PT203 2.0 bar
Servo pressure -PT202 2.0 bar
LS pressure A -PT216 2.0 bar
LS pressure B -PT217 2.0 bar
Main winch passive motor B pressure -PT208 2.0 bar
LP/HP accumulator high pressure A -PT211 2.0 bar
LP/HP accumulator high pressure B -PT212 2.0 bar
LP/HP accumulator low pressure A -PT213 2.0 bar
LP/HP accumulator low pressure B -PT214 2.0 bar
Main pump A/B pressure -PTxxx 2.0 bar
Recommended tools:
• Hand pump.
• T-joint (2x).
• Calibrated pressure transmitter (0-60 bar).
• Calibrated pressure transmitter (0-460 bar) for main pump transmitters.
• Portable data recorder / measurement device.
P2 MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
1.2. Inspection Process

MacGregor Norway recommend the following method for checking the pressure transmitters:
• Portable data recorder and a hand pump.
1.2.1. Portable Data Recorder & Hand Pump

When possible, the transmitter that is being tested should be removed from its location (see section 2 -
"Replacement" for removal description) and connected together with a calibrated transmitter. The two
transmitters are then connected to a measurement device and applied pressure upon by means of a hand pump
(see illustration below).
After the transmitter is unplugged from the crane, testing is done in the following order:
1. Connect the hand pump to a T-joint.

2. Connect the transmitter that is being tested on one side.
3. Connect a calibrated transmitter on the other side.
4. Connect the two transmitters to the applicable port on the measurement device via an additional T-joint.
5. Apply pressure and compare the two transmitters.
Note: The pressure should be applied step by step between 5-10 bar. If the deviation exceeds the maximum
allowed value, the transmitter must be changed. The consequence of having too high deviation will differ from
transmitter to transmitter. Please contact MacGregor Norway for advice!
Transmitter to be tested
Hand pump Calibrated transmitter

Measurement device
2. Replacement
Replacement of pressure transmitters is done in the following order:
• Stop the HPU.

• Verify that there is no pressure where the pressure transmitter is fitted. (There will be pressure in the
system, but it is important to bleed off the pressure
where the pressure transmitter is located).
• Remove the old pressure transmitter.
• Install the new pressure transmitter.
• Verify that it is properly fitted/tightened.
• Install the electric cable to the transmitter (use
Vaseline in the plug).
• Turn on the power to the crane.
Required tools:
• Wrench/spanner - 27 mm.

• Hand pump.
• T-joint (2x).
4. Hazards
• Ensure system is depressurised.
• Clean area after maintenance to avoid slippery surfaces.
• Use drip tray.
Annex Q - Encoders
1. General
All pulse encoders must be inspected and checked for proper
function, damage and corrosion every 3M/500H, whichever
occur first. They are located the following places:
• Main jib (2x).

• Knuckle jib (2x).
• Main winch.
• Whip winch.
• Slew pinion.
• Spooling device (if applicable).
Jib angle encoder
Slew rotation encoder Winch rotation encoder (main winch)
6 Maintenance - Annex Q
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS Q1
2. Inspection
Inspection of a pulse encoder is done in the following order:
• Unplug and remove the encoder.

• Disassemble it by unscrewing the two
crosshead screws.
• Verify that there is no moisture and/or corrosion
inside the encoder.
• Verify that the O-ring is not damaged and that it
is in its slot when re-assembling the encoder.
The O-ring must be lubricated with Vaseline.
• Before re-assembling the encoder, lubricate the
flange with a thin layer of Vaseline.
• Verify that the encoder shaft is in the centre of
the flexible coupling (bottom photo next page).
This prevents bias to the shaft.
The flexible coupling (if applicable) should be
retightened as these have a tendency to loosen.
• Re-plug the cables and verify that the connections are tight.
• Verify that the crane is in exactly the correct position (normally parked position) before resetting the
encoder.
• Reset the encoder via the Setup screen ("Encoder reset") on the operator terminal.
Required tools:
• Small screw driver.

• Spanner/wrench - 15 mm.
• Allen key - 4 mm.
Q2 MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
3. Replacement
If a pulse encoder is damaged, it must be replaced. Replacement is a simple procedure which may be undertaken
by an electrician.
• Unplug and remove the old encoder.

crosshead screws and check the address
dip switch combination (Profibus
address) for the old encoder (circled in
the photo at right).
• Disassemble the new encoder.
• Make sure that the address dip switch
combination in the new pulse encoder is
identical to the old one so the control
system identifies the encoder correctly.
• Verify that the O-ring is in its slot when
re-assembling the encoder. The O-ring
must be lubricated with Vaseline.
• Before reassembling the encoder,
lubricate the flange with a thin layer of
Vaseline.
• Verify that the encoder shaft is in the
centre of the flexible coupling (photo
below). This prevents bias to the shaft.
The flexible coupling (if applicable)
should be retightened as these have a
tendency to loosen.
• Re-plug the cables and verify that the
connections are tight.
encoder.
Required tools:

Encoder with flexible coupling attached

(the plastic type coupling used for slew
only)
Blank page.
Annex Z - Maintenance Log

Periodic Maintenance Program
Maintenance Log
Crane type: MacGregor Offshore Crane ID Number: SP
System Maintenance Date Comments Sign. Date Comments Sign. Date Comments Sign
Action
1
2
HYDRAULIC
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
6 Maintenance - Annex Z
MacGregor NORWAY AS Z1

Maintenance Log
Action
20
MECHANICAL
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38

Maintenance Log
Action
39
ELECTRICAL
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
Annex A -
Lubrication Standard Specifications (LSS)
Cargotec Norway standard lubrication specifications:

Please refer to the following Lubrication Standard Specifications where applicable.
 Lubrication Nipples in General LSS-01

 Wire and Sliding Surfaces LSS-02
 Slew Gearbox LSS-03-BRE
 Winch Gearbox LSS-04-BRE (Main Winch)
 Winch Gearbox LSS-04-BRE (Whip Winch)
 Winch Gearbox LSS-04 TNE 5600 (Tugger Winch)
 Hydraulic System Oil LSS-05
 Drive Pinions LSS-08
 HM Standard Grease LSS-11
 HM Winch with Cogwheel LSS-20 (Main Winch)
 HM Winch without Cogwheel LSS-21 (Whip Winch)
 HM Electric motors LSS-22
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS A1
Blank page.
A2 MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
products
LSS-01 nipples.doc 02 / 28.04.09 1 of 1
Specification no. :
LSS-01
GREASE NIPPLES IN GENERAL
Operate the equipment while applying grease. Use enough

grease so that excess grease can be seen on the bearings.
For location of grease nipples, refer lubrication chart for the
actual product.

DIN 51502 KP 2 K 30
ISO 6743-09 ISO-L-XCCEB 2

Hydro Texaco MULTIFAK EP2
Castrol SPHEEROL SX 2/ LMX grease
Comments / notes :
Blank page.
products
LSS-02 wire.doc 03 / 28.04.09 1 of 1
Specification no. :
LSS- 02
WIRE AND SLIDING SURFACES

Apply grease to wire and sliding surfaces according to the
maintenance program
DIN 51502
ISO 6743-09
Hydro Texaco FLOATCOAT/ TEXCLAD 2

Castrol SPHEEROL SX2
Comments / notes :
Blank page.
products
Specification no. :
LSS- 03 BRE
SLEW GEAR BOX (VERTICAL MOUNTING)

Specified in lubricating instruction next pages.

For location of lubricating points, refer lubrication chart for the
actual product.
DIN 51517 / 3 CLP

ISO VG 150

Castrol ALPHA 150
Comments / notes :
The lubricating specification above is valid for gear unit.

products
General
- All gears for vertical mounting: completely fill with oil.
Check the table next page for correct plug positions. For vertical mounting an
header oil tank can be supplied.
OIL CHANGES.
Oil intervals may be modified, depending on actual operating conditions. During
oil change, we recommend that the inside of the gear case is flushed out with
flushing fluid recommended by lubricant manufacturer. Oil should be changed
when hot to prevent build up of sludge deposit. It is advisable to check oil level at
least once per month. If more than 10 % of total oil capacity has to be added,
check for oil leaks. Do not mix oils of different types even of the same make.
Never mix mineral and synthetic oils. Pay attention to oil and gear temperature
during oil change, to avoid the risk of scalding. Be conscious of the pollution
hazard due to the oil.

For lubrication of the brake plates we recommend to use mineral oils, heat and
aging resistant, having viscosity ISO VG 32. See LSS-05. Hydraulic oil is normally
suitable. The hydraulic fluid in the motor and the brake release is normally
suitable.
The brake and gear units are separately lubricated, and it is essential that
both oil levels are checked independently.
FOR SLEW GEARBOXES “RPR”.
The main bearing (nearest to the output pinion) from the series
065/150/250/400 and 600 is grease lubricated. Take care to fill the bearing
compartment with grease before starting. This is done by pumping grease into the
grease-nipple until the grease comes out of the main bearing which is protected by a
so called “NILOS” ring. Grease should be completely exchanged every 1000
hours or six months, whatever occurs first.

products
Brake: Always unscrew the

oil level plug to ensure
escaping of air when filling.
Gear: The expansion tank

must be connected to a top
level plug outlet (ensures no
entrapped air), and the
minimum level mark must be
above top level in gear box.
When filling oil through
expansion tank – always
unscrew an oil level plug to
ensure the oil level and for
escaping of air. When gear
box is full, continue filling to
MIN level on expansion tank.
Normally there is a drain hose
connected, in which also can
be used for filling. The air will
escape trough bleeder plug
on expansion tank. For first
time filling and when change
of oil it can be effective to fill
through the drain plug by
overpressure filling method to ensure evacuation of all
air.
Blank page.
products
LSS-04 winch gear 02 / 29.04.09 1 of 3
BRE.doc
Specification no. :
LSS- 04 BRE
WINCH GEAR BOX (HORIZONTAL MOUNTING)

Specified in lubrication instruction next pages.

For location of lubrication points, refer lubrication chart for the
actual product.
DIN 51517 / 3 CLP

ISO VG 150

Castrol ALPHA 150
Comments / notes :
The lubricating specification is valid for gear unit.

products
LSS-04 winch gear 02 / 29.04.09 2 of 3
BRE.doc
General
Check the table next page for correct plug positions. Check oil filling carefully in all cases.
Extension pipes may be installed to facilitate checking of oil level.
OIL CHANGES.
Oil intervals may be modified, depending on actual operating conditions. During oil
change, we recommend that the inside of the gear case is flushed out with flushing fluid
recommended by lubricant manufacturer. Oil should be changed when hot to prevent
build up of sludge deposit. It is advisable to check oil level at least once per month. If
more than 10 % of total oil capacity has to be added, check for oil leaks. Do not mix oils
of different types even of the same make. Never mix mineral and synthetic oils. Pay
attention to oil and gear temperature during oil change, to avoid the risk of scalding. Be
conscious of the pollution hazard due to the oil.

resistant, having viscosity ISO VG 32. See LSS-05. Hydraulic oil is normally suitable. The
hydraulic fluid in the motor and the brake release is normally suitable.
FOR SLEW /WINCH-DRIVE GEARBOXES “RPR”.
The main bearing (nearest to the output pinion) from the series 065/150/250/400 and 600
is grease lubricated. Take care to fill the bearing compartment with grease before
starting. This is done by pumping grease into the grease-nipple until the grease comes
out of the main bearing which is protected by a so called “NILOS” ring. Grease should be
completely exchanged every 1000 hours or six months, whatever occurs first.

products
LSS-04 winch gear 02 / 29.04.09 3 of 3
BRE.doc
NOTE:
• The gearbox filling/breather port is fitted with a pressure relief breather valve. Inspect and
replace if necessary before refitting.
• The gear section lower plugs are equipped with magnetic tips. At oil change intervals check
for metal particles. Thoroughly clean plug before refitting.
• Each individual gear housing will be slightly rotated compared to each other due to the
eccentric mounting. Therefore indentify the plug nearest to the gear centreline when checking
oil levels in the chambers.
• After removing centreline plug for oil level checks and no oil is visible through port, make a
simple dipstick from a plastic strip or equal to verify oil level.
Blank page.
products.

LSS-04 winch TNE 0 / 05.02.10 1 of 3
5600.docx
Specification no. :
LSS- 04 TNE 5600

WINCH GEAR BOX

Check the oil level monthly or after 300 operating hours.

Change oil annually or after 2500 operating hours.
Se next pages for oil plug placing and further instructions.
General Lubrication Specification Gear oil: General Lubrication Specification Brake oil:
DIN 51517 / 3 CLP ISO VG 32

ISO VG 150
Gear Oil: Brake Oil:

Texaco MEROPA 150
Castrol ALPHA 150 Texaco HD 32
Comments / notes :
-
products.

LSS-04 winch TNE 0 / 05.02.10 2 of 3
5600.docx
General
Check the next pages for plug positions.
OIL CHANGES.
• Oil intervals may be modified, depending on actual operating conditions. During oil
change, we recommend that the inside of the gear case is flushed out with flushing
fluid recommended by lubricant manufacturer. Oil should be changed when hot to
prevent build up of sludge deposit. It is advisable to check oil level at least once per
month. If more than 10 % of total oil capacity has to be added, check for oil leaks. Do
not mix oils of different types even of the same make. Never mix mineral and synthetic
oils. Pay attention to oil and gear temperature during oil change, to avoid the risk of
scalding. Be conscious of the oil pollution hazard.
• The gear section oil plugs are equipped with magnetic tips. At oil change intervals
check for metal particles. Thoroughly clean plug before refitting.
Rotate winch (Oil level inspection):

• Working with warm oil, rotate winch until 2
off oil plugs are lined up horizontally (oil
plug visible in center of inner access hole).
• Remove the upper and the outer oil plug.
Add oil until excess oil exits the gearbox
through outer oil plug hole.
• Refit oil plugs.
Oil plug
access • Run winch and check for leaks.
holes.
Oil plugs (4), outer

plug in view.

resistant, having viscosity ISO VG 32. See LSS-05. Hydraulic oil is normally suitable.

products.

LSS-04 winch TNE 0 / 05.02.10 3 of 3
5600.docx
Gear box oil quantity (l) 2

Brake oil quantity (l) 0.6
Blank page.
products
LSS-05 Hydraulic 02 / 26.10.05 1 of 1
oil.doc
STANDARD LUBRICATION SPECIFICATION
Specification no. :
LSS- 05
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OIL

Oil levels and quantity specified in the maintenance procedure
in the User manual
DIN 51524 / 3 HVLP ISO VG 68 For temp >+35 °C

DIN 51524 / 3 HVLP ISO VG 46 For temp >+20 °C <+35 °C
DIN 51524 / 3 HVLP ISO VG 32 For temp >÷10 °C <+20 °C
DIN 51524 / 3 HVLP ISO VG 22 For temp <÷10 °C **)

Texaco RANDO OIL HDZ68 For temp >+35 °C
RANDO OIL HDZ46 For temp >+20 °C<+35 °C
RANDO OIL HDZ32 For temp >÷10 °C<+20 °C
RANDO OIL HDZ22 For temp <÷10 °C
Castrol HYSPIN AWH 68 For temp >+35 °C
HYSPIN AWH 46 For temp >+20 °C<+35 °C
HYSPIN AWH 32 For temp >÷10 °C<+20 °C
HYSPIN AWH 15 For temp <÷10 °C
Comments / notes :
**) For low temperature operation below ÷20 °C, special arctic oil is
recommended. Please contact relevant supplier for exact specification.
Ex.:
Statoil: HYDRAULIC OIL 131 For temp >÷40 °C < +65 °C
Blank page.
products
LSS-08 Drive 05 / 30.04.2009 1 of 1
pinion.doc
Specification no. :
LSS-08
DRIVE PINIONS / GEAR RIM
Use a brush to apply grease to all tooth flanks of pinions and gear ring.
Re-lubricate in accordance with the maintenance program.
For location of pinions, refer to the lubrication chart for the product in
question.
Klüber: Klüberplex AG 11-462

* Norsk Industriolje AS: Omega 73
* Hydro Texaco / YX Energy / Chevron: Texclad 2
DIN 51502: MF 2C-10/KF 2C-10

ISO 6743-09: ISO-L-X AAIB2
Typical properties:
Consistency: NLGI 2
Recommended temperatures: –30→110 °C (for Kluberplex AG 11-462)
Recommended temperatures: –3→150 °C (for Omega 73)
Recommended temperatures: –10→60 °C (for Texclad 2)
Solid lubricants: Solid lubricant content (min 20%)
Comments / notes:
* : Not to be used in automatic grease pump system
The colour of AG 11-462 is white. Omega73 and Texclad 2 is black
Blank page.
products
LSS-11 Heavy duty 01 / 29.04.2009 1 of 1
grease.doc
Specification no. :
LSS-11
Lubricating equipment:
HEAVY DUTY EQUIPMENT GREASE
If possible, operate the equipment while applying grease.
Initial assembly and manual relubrication: inject grease until excess

grease can be seen on the bearings.
Assembly of roller bearings: fill bearing completely with grease.

For location of grease nipples, refer to the lubrication chart for the
product in question.
Approved Suppliers’ Lubricating Specifications:
Hydro Texaco / Chevron: Novatex Heavy EP 2

Statoil: Statoil Chassis Grease
Greaseway CaH 92
ISO 6743-9: L-XBCIB2 / L-XCCHB2

DIN 51502: KP2K-20 / KP2K-30
Typical properties:
Method
Soap type: Calcium
Consistency: 2 NLGI
Oil type: Mineral
Recommended temperatures: –20→120 °C
Long polymer (“tacky”) additives: Yes
Extreme pressure (EP) additives: Yes
Solid lubricants: No
*) Base oil viscosity applies to the final mixed oil including long polymer additives.
Blank page.
products
rim.doc
Specification no. :
LSS-20
MacGREGOR WINCH WITH GEAR RIM
The winch has the following main components which need lubrication:
• A set of gearboxes
• Gear rim(s) and pinions
• Main bearings
• Wire rope

Note: if the pulse encoder is of a type without grease nipple, it does
not need to be lubricated.
The illustration overleaf shows the location of these components and

references to specific LSS procedures.

LSS-01, LSS-02, LSS-04, LSS-08, LSS-11
Comments / notes :
products
rim.doc

products
LSS-21 HM Winch 01 / 29.11.2006 1 of 2
Specification no. :
LSS-21
HYDRAMARINE WINCH WITHOUT COGWHEEL
The winch has the following main components which need

lubrication:
• One or two gearboxes
• Bearing
(winch with one gearbox only)
• Wire rope

Note: if the pulse encoder is of a type without grease nipple, it
does not need to be lubricated.
The illustration overleaf shows the location of these components

and references to specific LSS procedures.

LSS-01, LSS-02, LSS-04, LSS-11
Comments / notes :
products
LSS-21 HM Winch 01 / 29.11.2006 2 of 2

Maintenance system for HM products.

LSS-22 Electric 1 / 06.02.13 1 of 1
motors.docx
Specification no:
LSS- 22
ELECTRIC MOTORS
50 / 60 Hz
On Lønne motors the bearings should be relubricated every 3 years. This is due to ageing and
irrespective of operation hours. Motors operating under special conditions, such as frequent
operation at maximum speed (n max), heavy vibration, sudden load changes and frequent
reversing operation, the relubrication should be performed at a considerably shorter interval than
at the intervals stated below.
Supplie Manufactu Type Delivery Temp (0C) Mount. Interval Type / Amount Notes Notes
r rer with Ambient / Pos. (h) comp.
grease bearing for vert.
mount.
Lønne Marelli B5M355L Yes 20/50 Vertical 8000 ESSO UNIREX Temperature Information regarding
4 V36 30/60 (V3/V6) 4000 N3 increased by 15 bearing / greasing
45/80 First time greasing deg C, regreasing intervals are noted on a
2000
200 gr. interval halved plate on the motors
55/90 1000
Relubrication 50
gr.
80 V36 50 (V3/V6) 2000 N3 increased by 10K, bearing / greasing
regreasing interval intervals are noted on a
60 1000
Relubrication 20- halved plate on the motors with
30 gr. 40C and in standard
V36 50 (V3/V6) 1500 N3 increased by 10K, bearing / greasing
60 regreasing interval intervals are noted on a
750
Relubrication 30 - halved plate on the motors with
40C and in standard
40 gr.
ABB ABB M3BP355 Yes 25 Vertical 2000 ESSO UNIREX Temperature Information regarding
V36 40 (V3/V6) 1000 N3 increased by 15 bearing / greasing
Relubrication 70 deg C, regreasing intervals are noted on a
gr. interval halved plate on the motors
Lønne MEZ 7AA/BA Yes 40 Vertical 4000 ESSO UNIREX Temperature
160 V36 50 (V3/V6) 2000 N3 increased by 10K,
60 1000 Relubrication 20- regreasing interval
30 gr. halved
Tp HUALI Y3- Yes 40 Horizo 4000 ESSO UNIREX Temperature Information
nordic 280M2-4 ntal N3 increased by 10- reg.bearing/greasing
15 deg.c, interval are noted on a
Relubrication 30- regreasing interval plate on the motor with
40 gr. halved. 40c and in standard
horiz.mount.
Comments / notes :
 Only relubricate bearings when the motor has a speed of at least n >300 rpm.
 Lubrication intervals are compensated for vertical mounting.
 Smaller electrical motors normally have closed bearings. Relubrication may not
be required.
Annex B - Automatic Lubrication System
1. General
The crane is fitted with an automatic lubrication system .The purpose of lubrication is to promote longer service
life for the equipment. The advantage of a automatic lubrication system is that it releases “a little grease
frequently”, as opposed to “too much grease infrequently”, which is often the case with manual lubrication.
2. System Overview
The system will efficiently provide lubrication for all bearings on king/main jib and knuckle jib. Grease is
stored in two container/pump units, and pumped/distributed out via several distribution blocks to each
individual lubrication point on the jib assembly among others. See picture 2 for typical installation of
container/pump unit.
The system itself is fairly simple and comprises a pump with a lubricant reservoir. The pump has 1-3 outlets,
which lead to progressive distributors (”distribution blocks”). These have one inlet port and several outlet ports.
The grease is distributed from the progressive distributor to the various lubrication points or to a new
distribution block on the crane. These distribution blocks are mechanical blocks that have been designed
according to the desired dosage. See pump unit M55 and M56 in Drawing, Vol. 2: 2.10 Lubrication Charts.
Picture 1: Principle drawing
3. The Lubrication Pump

The pump has a sequence control and up to three adjustable pump-elements. From one element the lubricant is
fed to a two or three distributor system, as shown above in the “principle drawing”. These adjustable pump
elements can easily be adjusted using an Allen key and it is important to adjust these as instructed in the flow
diagram so that the equipment connected to this element receives the correct dose of lubricant. For example; if
the flow diagram says three clicks down, it means that you must screw the element to the fully open position
(default position) and then throttle with three clicks down (clockwise).
In order for the adjustable element to receive the correct dose of lubricant, it is also important to set the pump
sequence. The adjustment screws are located behind a red cap at the front of the pump where the one set screw
is for setting the number of pump revolutions and the other is for setting the frequency of pump actuation. If the
pump setting is 30 revolutions and 30 minutes it means that the pump shall run 30 revolutions every 30 minutes
the pump has current.
The crane automatic lubrication system will also provide lubrication for the main winch bearings and main
winch drive pinions/gear wheel.
Pump M55: Pump M56:

Jib and tugger winch Main winch
Safety valve.
(Do not cover)
Pump elements
Picture 2: Container/pump units mounted near crane cabin
4. Pump Element Adjustment From the Operator Terminal
Picture 3: Typical lubrication setup in the PLC
If the pump has no integrated timer / logics, it is controlled by the crane’s PLC.
Typical setup see picture 3. If the alarm is released frequently and no grease are released through the safety
valve, set Overload Time Before Alarm higher than 7 sec. The alarm can also be released when the Lubrication
monitor are mounted away from the pump unit.
5. The Progressive Distributor MX-F

The progressive piston distributors are devices with a hydraulic sequence control, where only one element port
at a time feeds lubricant to its lubrication point. If one piston - for some reason – is blocked, all distributor ports
are blocked and causing the safety valve to release. There are typically two distributor blocks for the M55 pump
located below the cabin platform and on top of the knuckle jib. For the M56 pump there is typically one
distributor block located on the top of the king near the main winch.
6. Blockage in the System

Some system have no electronic error indicators (delivered as option), but you will clearly see lubricant coming
out of a safety valve on the pump element itself (see picture 2), which indicates a blockage.
This is mainly caused by one of the following three possibilities:
• Blockage in the progressive distributor due to a jammed slide/piston in an element can occur because of
contamination in the lubricant or because the element has been under counter pressure and unused for a
long time.
Action: Disconnect the outlet connections, start the pump and observe if lubricant is released trough the
safety valve. If not: replace the progressive distributor. If lubricant is released: replace the connectors
and check the next distributor or the element.
• High counter pressure due to long tubes/hoses. Install a check valve on the pump element outlet.
• Breakage/damage of a tube/hose. Lubricant leaking on a damaged hose or a pipe can occur without
realising the alarm. In consequence one or more lubricant points are not receiving lubricant. Inspect the
hoses regularly (3M).
7. Lubricant
1. Pump unit 1 M55 (crane): LSS-11

2. Pump unit 2 M56 (gear rim - winch): LSS-08
It is important that the grease is pump-able in the system, even at low temperatures. The system has been
designed to use NLGI class 2 grease.
8. Filling the Pump

A) Standard filling via lubrication nipple with manual or pneumatic grease gun:
filling lubrication nipple
B) Filling via filling socket:

remove lubrication nipple and
replace with filling socket for
grease
filling socket
for grease coupling box
C) Filling via filling press:
filling press
straight filling coupling
Filling the pump units (See Picture 4.) demands a high cleanliness level. Avoid any particles. Even the
slightest dirt can block the piston in the distributor blocks.
9. Service Kit for the Automatic Lubrication System

Item no. Description Quantity
11017148 PUMP ELEMENT PE120V W/CHECKVALVE 6MM 1
11017149 EXTENSION PIECE 21MM 1/8"-M10X1 316 6
11017189 WE 06 LLR 1/8" 316 6

11005436 WE 06 LLR 1/8" 10
11017150 WE 08 LLR 1/8" 3
10003538 GE 06 LLR 1/8" 10
10003539 GE 08 LLR 1/8" 3
10003724 M 06 LL NUT 10
10003723 D 06 LL PROFILE RING 10

11005433 INSERT FOR FERRULE, 90° BEND 6MM 6
11017169 NON-RETURN VALVE MX-F M10X1 3
11017170 NON-RETURN VALVE MX-F 10
11017171 LOCK SCREW MX-F 5
11017173 PIPE BRIDGE 2
Annex C - Manual Lubrication
1. General
The automatic lubrication system (if applicable) delivers lubrication to nearly all critical rotation points.
Most of the manual lubrication points serve preservation purposes and not lubrication of a rotation bolt. Use
LSS-01. See Manual Lubrication Grease Nipples Chart in Vol. 2 of the user manual.
Intervals: Manual lubrication according to the Periodic Maintenance Program
2. Preservation Points
According to the Periodic Maintenance Program (“preservation points”) lubricate the following points:
Lubrication of the bondura bolts:

For preservation, add a small amount of grease on both sides of the
bolt after each re-torque.
Lubrication of the main jib cylinders and knuckle jib cylinders:

For preservation of the scraper ring.
Lubrication non rotation parts:

For preservation. Different constructions on the platform behind the
king.
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS C1
3. Rotation Points
According to the Periodic Maintenance Program (“rotation points”) lubricate the following points:
Lubrication of pulse encoders

The crane has normally 7 encoders. The angle encoders on the
main winch (each side) and the encoders on the knuckle jib
(each side) needs to be manually lubricated.
Lubrication of the tugger winch (if applicable)

The main bolts on the tugger winch must be lubricated.
However, lubrication of these bolts can be integrated to the
automatic lubrication system. If not, the bolts need manual
lubrication.
Lubrication of hinges
Lubricate door hinges and other non critical lubrication points.
C2 MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Annex D - Lift Wires and Lifting Hooks
1. Lift Wires
1.1. General
MacGregor HM offshore cranes uses the following
wire rope type(s):
• Main winch: Fully galvanized, non-rotating

compacted type
• Whip winch (if applicable): Fully
• Tugger winches (if applicable): Fully
Upon delivery, the wire ropes have received offshore

lubrication. This implies that all strands are heavy
lubricated, the core is heavy lubricated during core
closing and the rope is slightly lubricated during final
closing (to avoid water trapping between the outer
strands and the core). This provides the best premise
for a long service life; good protection, low internal
friction and low friction against the wire sheaves.
Compacted strands means high wear resistance, high

transversal stiffness and corrosion resistance.
1.2. Inspection
In order to keep wire ropes in a good working condition, routine inspections and periodic maintenance is
necessary. On wire ropes frequently used in AHC operations, particular attention must be paid at the areas
where they pass over a wire sheave as the wire rope strands have a tendency to open slightly and thus making it
possible for the inspector to get a better view of the wire rope core.
As a minimum, the wire ropes should be inspected monthly. However, lift wires in continuous service should
be observed during normal operation and visually inspected on a weekly basis.
The purpose of the inspection is to reveal dryness, abrasion, internal/external corrosion, core or strand
protrusion/distortion, wire breaks, wear, kinks etc. before the wire rope becomes unsafe to work with (see
illustrations on the following page of unwanted situations).
Note: Any deterioration leading to a suspected loss of original rope strength should be carefully examined and
the Discard criteria provided in ISO 4309 applied in determining whether to remove the rope from service.
Wire protrusion.
External corrosion.
Crown wire breaks. Strand protrusion.
Kinked wire.
Local increase in rope diameter due to core distortion.
Basket deformation (Birdcage).
1.3. Lubrication
Over time, the factory lubrication of the wire ropes will wear off due to the environment and usage. Periodic
maintenance is therefore a necessity.
Manual lubrication with the aid of brushes, rags, gloves, or by other means is costly, risky, and ineffective. The
lubricant forms a film on the surface which water vapour can penetrate, thus becoming trapped. Temperature
changes cause condensation and rust then begins to form from the inside. This will lead to severe corrosion
which promotes premature fatigue failures in the wires and strands.
A high pressure wire lubrication system (e.g. Masto lubrication system) will be able to maintain good
lubrication of the wire rope, penetrating through to its core which is absolutely necessary to keep friction low
and corrosion away.
How often the wire ropes need to be re-lubricated depends on the environment in which the wire ropes operate
along with the usage and the result of the routine inspections. Generally, if the wire rope show signs of dryness,
lubrication should be initiated, ideally before. As a minimum, check every 3 month if the wire rope show signs
of lubrication deterioration.
2. Lifting Hooks
2.1. Inspection
Every 4 years, the hook and hook nut are to be dismantled, inspected and retested (proof loaded). Particular
attention to be paid to the following:
• Wear in hook, centre pin, becket and threads in hook and nut.
• Play in sheave bushes or bearings.
• Spacer bolts, nuts and lynch pins.
• Check for cracks in welds.
• Condition of safety catch and grease nipples.
• Wear to holes in side plates and becket.
2.2. Lubrication
Lubrication of the hooks is normally to be done once a week (each week for frequently used hooks/blocks,
monthly for infrequently used equipment or each time it is used). Refer to the periodic maintenance table.
Please refer to User Manual volume 2 for lubrication charts.
2.2.1. Single Part

Single part hook arrangements have a grease nipple located in the lower part of
the hook weight (drawing at right). It provides a lubrication point for the hook
bearing which is located in the centre of the hook weight. The bearing chamber is
connected to the nipple and a secondary, plugged hole (higher up) by means of a
channel. When lubricating, any old or superfluous grease and air will be pressed
out of the upper hole when the plug is removed.
2.2.2. Double Part

Double part blocks have two or three lubrication points; one on the lower
bearing, one for the swivel (for the largest blocks) and one for the wire sheave.
As with single part hook arrangements, a plugged hole is fitted where any old
or superfluous grease and air will be pressed out.

• Gloves and safety glasses
• Standard spanner
• Grease gun
4. Hazards
• Avoid skin contact with hydraulic oils by use of gloves.
• Be wary of any cuts that may be caused by running a hand carelessly across damaged wire. Use gloves.
• Ensure winch has been stopped before inspecting wire.
• When laying down the double part block on its side for lubrication, ensure the block is completely
secure as there can be a risk of it falling over.
Annex E - Hydraulic Hoses
1. General
Inspection and replacement intervals should be done according to chapter 6.2 Periodic Maintenance.
Hydraulic hose manufacturers estimate that 80% of hose failures are attributable to external physical damage
through pulling, kinking, crushing or abrasion of the hose.
Hydraulic hose can and will age whether it is in normal service conditions or unused in storage. Hose failure is
not an indication of poor product performance, but rather natural degradation. After a while a hydraulic hose
will show sign of wear that include cracking, blisters and bubbles.
The operating conditions that a correctly installed hydraulic hose is subjected to will ultimately determine its
service life. Extremes in temperature, e.g. high daytime operating temperatures and very cold conditions when
the machine is standing at night, accelerates aging of the hose's rubber tube and cover.
External factors are:
• Environmental conditions.
• Ultraviolet light.
• Salt water.
• Air pollutants.
• Extreme temperatures.
• Ozone.
• Chemicals.
• Electricity.
• Abrasion damage.
Typical examples of abrasion damage:
Abrasion caused by hoses rubbing against each other or surrounding surfaces is the most common type of
damage. Replace the hoses and avoid new abrasion and external damage, ensure all clamps are kept secure, pay
careful attention to routing whenever a replacement hose is installed and if necessary, apply inexpensive
polyethylene spiral wrap, zip tie, sleeves and guards to protect hydraulic hoses from abrasion (see photo below).
Typical examples of ozone and bending damages:
Increased ozone, caused by

pollution, attacks bonds in
certain rubber compounds.
Tiny cracks occur primarily
where the hose is stressed; at
curves, bends and clamping
locations. These cracks allow
airborne contaminants to
invade and weaken the hose.
External heat damage can

result in hardened and
cracked hose covers. Replace
the hoses, check possible
external harmful heat sources.
2. Replacement
MacGregor recommend to replace hoses at the following intervals:
1. All externally fitted hydraulic hose should be replaced every 5 years.

2. All internally fitted hydraulic hose should be replaced every 10 years.
Replacement of denso tape on hose connections after reinstallation is recommended to avoid corrosion.
Installation of a replaced hose at less than the minimum recommended bend radius may significantly reduce the
lifetime of the hose (see illustrations below). Particular attention must be given to prevent sharp bends at the
hose connection to the fitting (photo above).
Proper physical installation of the hose assembly requires a correctly installed port connection ensuring that no
twist or torque is transferred to the hose when the fittings are being tightened.
Bending a hydraulic hose in more than one plane results in twisting of its wire reinforcement. A twist of five
degrees can reduce the service life of a high-pressure hydraulic hose by as much as 70% and a seven degree
twist can result in a 90% reduction in service life.
Ordering of hoses must be done according to the Hose List in chapter 7.

• Standard wrench or spanner of appropriate size
• Gloves
• Safety glasses
4. Hazards
• Ensure both the system and the specific damaged hose are devoid of pressure before attempting any
replacement. Removing hoses or tampering with damaged hoses while the system is under pressure can
result in a high pressure release of hydraulic oil.
• Clean the maintenance area before and after maintenance to avoid slippery surfaces and any
contamination.
• Remember to dispose of any damaged or unusable components in the correct manner, by taking them to
a recycling center that deals with the components in question.
Annex F - Replacement of Hydraulic Filters
1. General
1.1. Before Disassembly
Prior to replacement of the hydraulic filters (for action intervals,
see section 6.2 - "Periodic Maintenance Program"), it is important
to make sure that the oil level in the tank is below the return filters
mounted on the tank top. These filters have contamination
retainers which might contain some particles. Lower the level in
the tank by lifting the main jib and the knuckle jib. This action
must be taken to reduce the risk of mixing unfiltered “dirty” oil
with the clean oil in the tank.
Then, shut down the HPU for at least 15 minutes. This will release
the pressure and drain oil to the tank. When applicable, press the
emergency (local) stop button.
Make sure you have the correct filters and sealings. MacGregor Return filter with
recommends to replace the O-rings each time the filters are replaced. contamination retainer(circled)
Keep tools, working area and equipment clean.
Most of the filters are located on the HPU (inside the king). However, they can also be placed outside on the
king platform or mounted on the winches. Normally, all filters (apart from the air breathers and emergency
supply filter) have clogged filter indicators (lights) and an alarm indication in the crane control system.
1.2. After Disassembly

• When draining the filters, collect all fluid in a suitable container and dispose it in accordance with
environmental regulations.
• After disassembly, clean all parts, check for damage or wear and replace parts if necessary.
• When changing a filter element a high level of cleanliness must be maintained.
• The operational safety and life expectancy of the filter, and whether it is ready for use, depends to a
high degree on regular and careful maintenance.
• Normally there is no need for venting the filters after the replacement (except for the replenishment
filters).
Typical crane king modules with HPU and oil filters
2. Breather Filters
Breather filters prevent contamination from the surroundings from entering
the system in connection with fluctuations of the oil level in the tank (tank
breathing).
Some filters are delivered as one unit but most commend are filters with
separate elements.
1. Remove nut and washer

2. Lift off cap
3. Remove element
1. Fit new element

2. Replace cap
3. Replace washer
4. Replace nut and tighten
2.1. Access Point

Access the breather filter via crane king door, for best access use the platform inside the crane king. See 1.2
Filter Locations.

• Wrench or spanner of appropriate size.
• Safety glasses
2.3. Hazards
• Clean area before and after to avoid slippery surfaces or contamination.
• After maintenance, dispose of old filter by taking it to the appropriate recycling center.
3. Offline Filter
Offline oil filtration systems with integrated circulating pumps are
ideal for controlling oil contamination levels for particles, water
and degradation products (oxidation resin/sludge, varnish). The
filters are normally mounted at the bottom of the tank and
circulates the oil in the tank.
The lifetime of the filter element depends on the operating

conditions. It is advisable, though, to replace the element once a
year. When the pressure gauge (illustration beside) indicates a
pressure drop of 2 bar across this filter, an alarm is generated on
the operator terminal indicating that the filter element is due for
replacement.
The Offline filter is normally 3 micron nominal.
3.1. Offline Filter Replacement
Stop the CJC filter Close valve on the oil Close valve on the oil Automatic air vent: No Open oil drain valve.
pump inlet filter outlet action Drain according to
Air vent screw: Open environmental
screw precautions
When the filter housing Lift off the filter housing Unscrew the spring nut Remove the spring and Remove the used filter
is drained, unscrew the the spring guide inserts. Depose of
top nut according to regulations
Clean the filter bottom Put the new CJC filter Insert type B, BLA or Mount the spring guide Tighten the spring nut Replace both O-rings Replace O-ring for the Tighten the top nut with Automatic air vent: No Be aware that oil
inserts in place BLAT, use insert guide carefully - make sure by hand until contact top nut a torque of 90Nm action. spillage is a serious
between the filter there is no contact with spring guide. Then Air vent screw: Replace safety risk - keep clean!
elements between the O-ring and tighten the spring nut 4 usit ring for air vent
the thread turns per filter insert screw, and tighten with
torque of 10 Nm
Blank page.
4. Return Filters
These filters are normally low pressure filters.
The location are typically at the top of the
tank, but they can also be mounted as in-line
filters outside on the king platform or on the
winch itself.
Replacement of return filters as in-line filters:
1. Close inlet and outlet ball valves (if

present)
2. Open the air bleed plug on the top of
the filter to make it easier to drain he
oil.
3. Open the drain valves and drain the
filters completely.
1. Switch off the hydraulic system and release filter pressure.

2. Undo vent screw(s), remove the oil drain plug(s) and drain fluid into a container.
3. Unscrew the cover plate.
4. Remove the filter element(s) from the element spigot. Examine the element surface for dirt residues and
larger particles, these can indicate damage to the components.
5. Remove the contamination retainer by turning anti-clockwise (bayonet fitting) and clean (only type
1.0).
6. Replace or clean the filter element (only W/HC and V elements can be cleaned).
7. Clean the cover plate and housing; pay particular attention to the threads.
8. Examine the filter, especially sealing surfaces and thread for mechanical damage.
9. Check the O-rings and seals and replace if necessary.
1. Moisten the sealing surfaces and thread on the cover plate and housing, as well as the O-ring on the
cover plate and element, with clean operating fluid.
3. Fit the contamination retainer onto the new or cleaned filter element by turning clockwise (only for type
1.0).
4. Place the filter element(s) carefully onto the element location spigot.
5. Screw on the cover plate fully. Then unscrew by one quarter-turn.
6. Screw in the oil drain screw(s); tighten the vent screw(s).
7. Switch on the hydraulic system and vent filter at an appropriate point in the system.
8. Check the filter for leakage.
Typical return filter

mounted separately from
the tank (in-line filter)
Inlet and outlet

ball valves
Drain valve
4.1. Access Point

Access the return filter through the crane king door, by standing on the platform inside the king. See 1.2
Filter Locations.

• Gloves
• Safety glasses
4.3. Hazards
5. Pressure Filters
High-pressure filters are installed after the pumps and other prime movers to protect critical hydraulic
components such as cylinders, motors and valves.
1. Close the inlet and the outlet valve (if present). Ref. Hydraulic flow diagram.
2. Remove oil drain plug at the bottom of the bowl, collect oil in a container.
3. Unscrew bowl. (Collect fluid in a suitable container and dispose of it in accordance with environmental
regulations).
4. Remove filter element from element location spigot (examine surface of element for dirt residue and
larger particles; these can indicate damage to the components).
5. Clean bowl by using white sprite or similar.
6. Examine filter, especially sealing surfaces and threads, for mechanical damage.
7. Replace O–rings.
1. Moisten thread and sealing surfaces on the filter bowl and head, as well as the O–ring on the bowl and
element if necessary, with clean operating fluid.
3. Place filter element carefully onto the element location spigot.
4. Screw in filter bowl fully.
5. Screw in oil drain plug.
6. Unscrew filter bowl by one quarter–turn.
7. IMPORTANT: Open Inlet and outlet valve
8. Clean/dry the outside of the filter bowl. After start-up of the hydraulic system again, check for any
leaks.
5.1. Access Point


• Standard wrench
• Spill tray
5.3. Hazards
• Clean area before and after maintenance to avoid slippery surfaces or contamination.
• Ensure valves are closed and system depressurised before performing any maintenance. If valves are
opened while the system is pressurised, high pressure hydraulic oil will be released.

6. Drain Filters
The drain filters are normally located at the top of the tank, but can also be mounted outside on the platform or
on the winches. Three different drain filter types can occur:
Type 1 (In-line) Type 2 (Tank mounted) Type 3 (In-line)

For replacement procedure, see For replacement procedure, For replacement procedure,
section 5 - "Pressure Filters" see section 6 - "Drain see section 4 - "Return
Filters" (see below) Filters"
Typical drain filters
1. Loosen cover plate bolts, turn and 1. Moisten sealing surfaces and thread on
remove the cover plate. the cover plate and housing, as well as
2. Remove filter element carefully from the O-rings on the cover plate and
element spigot. Examine element element, with clean hydraulic fluid.
surface for dirt residue and larger 2. When fitting a new element, check that
particles; these can indicate damage to the designation corresponds to that of the
the system components. old element.
3. Remove contamination retainer (if 3. Fit the contamination retainer (if present)
present) by turning anti-clockwise onto the new filter element by turning it
(bayonet fitting). clockwise.
4. Clean cover plate, housing and 4. Place filter element(s) carefully onto the
contamination retainer; pay particular element location spigot.
attention to the threads. 5. Re-fit cover plate and tighten cover plate
5. Examine filter, especially sealing bolts.
surfaces and thread, for mechanical 6. Switch on hydraulic system and Check
damage. filter for leakage.
6. Replace O-rings.
6.1. Access Point


• Gloves
• Safety glasses
6.3. Hazards

7. Replenishment Filters (Semi-Active Cranes)
1. Verify that the HPU is not running. 1. Use clean hydraulic fluid to moisten
2. Close the inlet valves to the sealing surfaces and threads on the cover
replenishment pumps, normally located plate and housing, as well as the O-rings
on the tank wall. on the cover plate and element.
3. Close the outlet valve (if present). 2. When fitting a new element, check that
the designation corresponds to that of the
4. Open the air bleed plug on the top of the old element.
filter to make it easier to drain the oil.
3. Place filters element(s) carefully onto the
5. Drain the replenishment pump filters element location spigot.
with the valves at the bottom of the filter
houses. 4. Screw on cover plate fully and then
unscrew by one quarter-turn.
6. Unscrew top covers.
5. Close the drain valve and air bleed plug.
7. Remove filter element(s) from element
spigot. Examine element surface for dirt 6. IMPORTANT: Open the inlet and outlet
residue and larger particles; these can valves.
indicate damage to system components.
8. Clean cover plate and housing; pay Vent the filters:
particular attention to the threads.
1. Start the HPU and let the replenishment
9. Examine filter, especially sealing pump run for one minute.
surfaces and threads, for mechanical
2. Stop the HPU
damage.
3. Release carefully air bleed plug on top of
10. Replace O-rings and check seals.
the replenishment filter and bleed of all
air.
4. Close the air plug when the oil is floating
and no more air is bleeding.
5. Clean up, start HPU and check filters for
leakages
Replenishment filters
Blank page.

Annex G - Oil Analysis
1. General
According to section 6.2 - "Periodic
Maintenance", the health of the hydraulic oil
in the system needs to be tested at a regular
basis. This is to be done by taking an oil
sample from the reservoir.
For cranes with the reservoir inside the king,

the oil sample is normally taken at a drain
valve located under the reservoir in the crane
foundation (photo at right).
Note: It is important for the trending of the

fluid condition that the same sample location
is used each time.
Typical drain valve for oil sample
2. Bottle Cleanliness
Because of the extreme oil cleanliness levels, even the slightest dirt originating in a sample bottle can have an
adverse effect on the precision of the particle count. It is common to represent bottle contamination levels as the
number of particles greater than ten microns per millilitre (0.01 mm).
3. How to Sample
1. The system should have normal operating temperature and flow conditions when taking an oil sample.
MacGregor recommends to operate the system for at least 30 minutes with actuators cycling prior to
talking samples. (If not possible to sample when the equipment is operating, sample as soon as safely
possible after shutdown to prevent the settling of contaminants).
2. Open the sampling valve and let at least one litre pass the ball valve tube. Collect the flushed fluid in a
container.
3. Use a 100 % clean standard analysis bottle (typical 500 ml) provided by a bottle supplier. Open the
sample bottle cap, taking care not to contaminate. Hold the cap in hand or place on a clean surface, face
down.
4. Fill the sample bottle about halfway, cap and shake well to flush the internal surface. Discard the fluid.
5. Fill the sample bottle again until the fluid level is about 1 cm (½”) from the top.
6. Cap the bottle immediately and then close the sampling valve.
7. Label the sample bottle with sample details, fill out the sample form and enclose both in the supplied
plastic container for transport.
4. Visual Analysis
Looking and smelling at hydraulic fluid is the simplest way to determine the fluid's condition. Clean fluid is
amber in color. A milky, dark, or otherwise abnormal color may indicate the presence of one or more
contaminants. A milky appearance implies contamination by water. If the fluid looks milky, take immediate
action to avoid severe damage to your hydraulic system.
A marked change in the smell of the hydraulic fluid can indicate a chemical breakdown. If a distinct change in
the smell of hydraulic fluid is detected, have it chemically analyzed by a commercial lab.
5. Type of Analysis
A minimum recommendation from MacGregor is to perform a particle and water analysis every 6 months,
whether you are conducting onsite particle counting, or relying on a commercial lab. A full oil analysis are
recommending to be done once a year. The analysis may include particle counter, water content, viscosity,
oxidation, iron, silicon and copper content.
The data from the analysis must be logged.

• Gloves
• Safety glasses
7. Hazards
• Avoid skin exposure to hydraulic oil. If exposed wash area with water and soap.
• Clean area before and after sample to avoid slippery surfaces or contamination of sample.
• Ensure bottle top of sample is secure.
Blank Page.
Annex I - Accumulator Pre-Charge Pressures
1. General
Instructions for pre-charging of both bladder and piston accumulators via an accumulator test and filling kit is
provided in this section. When checking or re-charging accumulator pressure, the test and filling kit provided by
MacGregor Norway AS must be used.
Note: When the accumulator is installed in a system, reduce the system pressure to 0.
Pre-charge pressure table:
Acc. Pos. (qty) Dwg. ref Precharge pressure:
12T Winch
WH-11.1, 12.1, 13.1, 14.1, 11.2, 12.2, 13.2, SP2552-2-L-XA-005 50 bar
14.2
Slew System
SH11, 12, 13, 14 SP2552-2-L-XA-004 6 bar
2. Charging Procedures
2.1. Bladder Accumulator
• Attach the hexagonal connector (1) to the nitrogen bottle.
• Remove the gas valve protective caps from the accumulator. Secure the swivel connector (2) on the gas
valve and tighten sufficiently to prevent gas leakage. (Use adapter (5) on the accumulator for
installation of swivel connector on gas valve). Screw the bar handle (3) in a clockwise direction to open
the accumulator gas valve.
2 1
• Slowly open the nitrogen bottle valve until the expanding bladder closes the poppet valve. Check this
closure prior to charging to desired pressure.
• Close the nitrogen bottle valve. Wait for 5 minutes, before checking the pre-charge pressure. To lower
the pressure, open the air bleed valve (4).
• The Pre-charge pressure will drop slightly when the compressed gas cools off. Therefore, pre-charge to
20% above required pressure.
• Screw the bar handle (3) in a counter clockwise direction to close the gas valve. Use the air bleed valve
(4) to expel all gas from the pre-charging assembly. Remove the swivel connector (2) . (Remove the
adapter (5) if this has been used). Carefully test the gas connections for leakage by applying soapy
water or using leak detector in and around the gas valve area when the pre-charging is complete.
• Fit the gas valve protective caps.
• Check the pre-charge after one, two and three weeks to ensure that no leakage has occurred. Further
pre-charge checks should be made every six months.
2.2. Piston Accumulator

• Attach the hexagon connector (1) to the nitrogen bottle.
• Remove the gas valve protective U-bolt and the protective cap from the accumulator. Secure the swivel
connector (2) on the gas valve and tighten sufficiently to prevent gas leakage. Screw the top hexagonal
nut on the accumulator gas valve in a counter clockwise direction until bottoming to open gas valve.
• Slowly open the nitrogen bottle valve to allow the piston to bottom the accumulator.
• Close the nitrogen bottle valve. Wait for five minutes, before checking the pre-charge pressure. To
lower the pressure, open the air bleed valve (4).
• The pre-charge pressure will drop slightly when the compressed gas cools off. Therefore, pre-charge to
20% above desired pressure.
• Screw the top hexagonal nut in a clockwise direction to close the gas valve. Use the air bleed valve (4)
to expel all gas from the pre-charging assembly. Remove the swivel connector (2) . Carefully test the
gas connections for leakage by applying soapy water or using leak detector in and around the gas valve
area when pre-charge is complete.
• Fit the gas valve protective cap and the protective U-bolt.
Note: Use nitrogen only! Compressed air and oxygen involve risk of explosion!

• Safety glasses
• Spanner or wrench of appropriate size
• Gloves
2.4. Hazards
• Filling accumulators involves dealing with pressurised nitrogen which if handled incorrectly can result
in explosion. Experience personnel recommended.
• Check for damaged hoses, as working with damaged hoses can lead to release of pressurised gas.
• Ensure hose connections are secure.
Annex K - Slew and Foundation Bolts
1. General
• Bolt inspection critical areas: Elongation, threads, cracks and tension.
• Inspect all slew ring bolts / nuts (bolts / nuts in place): 1 M / 500 H
• Perform “knock-test” of all slew ring bolts: 6 M / 500 H
• Initial re-tensioning of all bolts: 1 M after crane delivery
• Periodic re-tensioning of all bolts: 6 M / 500 H
• Removal and examination of individual bolts: 20 % of bolts annually*
* 20% of the bolts shall be removed and examined. The first 20% shall be taken in the most loaded sector of the
crane. If any significant defects are found during this examination another 20% are drawn. If any of this second
set is found to be defective then all bolts shall be drawn. If the first 20% are found to be acceptable the bolts can
be re-used and the next 20 % can be drawn the following year.
Manual torque wrench
When refitting, all bolts shall be tensioned according to: HM doc. No: T0001.
1.1. Knock-Test
It is recommended to use a ball peen hammer and do a “knock test” on each bolt. In the event that a nut should
have become loose, the lack of tension in the bolt will generate a different sound during the knock test as
compared to the fully tensioned bolts. Loose nuts indicate that bolt must be re-tensioned according to HM doc.
no: T0001.
Note: At the 6’th month interval, the knock-test and re-tensioning can be performed every other time.
T0001 – Tightening Torques & Bolt Tensioning Forces: See the following pages.
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS K1

• Manual torque wrench
• Gloves, glasses and hard hat
• Ball peen hammer
3. Hazards
• A safety harness is recommended if a ladder or lift is being used for re-tensioning.
K2 MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
3 Included bolt selection 24.05.2011 SVB OHA

2 Corrected error in section 2 (“M33 or larger” was “M30…”) 02.02.2006 LHE
1 Added information regarding tensioning forces 01.02.2006 SVB LHE
0 Issued for production 22.12.2005 LHE
A Issued for IDC 21.12.2005 LHE MOS
Rev. Reason for issue Date Author Checked
Title:
BOLT SELECTION / TIGHTENING TORQUES / BOLT TENSIONING FORCES
HM doc. no.: No.of attachments: No. of pages:
T0001 - 5
T:\Technical Requirements\
Doc. No.: T0001
1 Applicability
1.1 Use of bolt selection, tightening torque and hydraulic tensioning

This document applies when referenced by drawing, technical specification or other document
associated with a delivery.
The bolt selection in this document refers to how to select bolts and bolt quality in general
applications (e.g. winch assembly, gearbox assembly, etc.) and special applications (e.g. slew
ring bolts and nuts)
The tightening torques in this document applies to critical bolts specifically identified by the
drawing, technical specification/requirement or other document. See section 3.
The bolt tensioning forces (hydraulic tensioning) apply to all crane slewing ring bolts with
thread diameter M33 or larger. See section 4.
Other bolts may be tightened according to mechanic’s judgment.

Bolts tightened according to mechanic’s judgment shall be firm, but avoid overtightening. This implies that
tightening torque according to mechanic’s judgment will be much less than tightening torque by torque
wrench, in order to avoid the risk of overtightening.
1.2 Engineering notes (for MacGregor use)

Typical applications of this document are most MacGregor HM assemblies with bolts to be tightened with
a torque wrench / pneumatic wrench or with a hydraulic tensioning device.
The tightening torques (section 3) are valid for standard, full-section, uncoated carbon steel (not
stainless) fasteners lubricated with anti-seize compound, such as Loctite 8009. These tightening torques
are also generally used for hot dip zinc coated fasteners, although such fasteners would require a
somewhat higher torque to achieve maximum clamping force. Source: Tingstad table T-18, lower left-
hand section.
Bolt tensioning forces (section 4): Source: Rothe Erde.
2 Bolt/nut Selection
Selection of bolts/nuts for different assemblies and applications is normally done according to
material specification list on the relevant assembly drawing. Here the bolt size, type and quality
and number are specified. In addition to this, all bolts shall conform with and be tested in
accordance with a recognised standard e.g. pertinent part of ISO 898.
In general bolts are to be delivered according to DNV “Standard for certification of lifting
appliances Oct 2008, Ch. 2, Sec. 2, D400
Bolt connections are normally divided into three different groups; secondary, primary and
essential.
1. Secondary bolts are bolts in platforms, stairs, ladders, railings, installation of cabins and
cabinets etc. Bolts in this category are to be delivered with 2.2 works certificate and it is
Doc. No.: T0001
no requirement to charpy tests. Bolts smaller than M12 to be stainless steel A4 quality.
Bolts from M12 and up to be hot dip galvanised 8.8 quality.
2. Primary bolts are transferring structural loads and are elements in the primary load
carrying structure. Bolts in this category are to be delivered with 2.2 works certificates
and there it is no requirements to charpy tests. Bolts smaller than M12 to be stainless
steel A4 quality. Bolts from M12 and up to be hot dip galvanised 8.8 quality. If the
structural calculations show that an increased strength is required, 10.9 qualities may be
used.
3. Essential bolts are part of a non-redundant load path and a breakage may result in a
collapse or a serious mal-function. Bolts used in slew bearings are also considered as
essential. Bolts in this category are to be delivered with 3.1 certificates. If installed in a
slew bearing for offshore cranes, 3.2 certificates is required. Normally 8.8 or 10.9
qualities are used in this category. No higher than 10.9 quality is allowed. The
requirements to charpy test are given in DNV “Standard for certification of lifting
appliances Oct 2008, Ch. 2, Sec. 2, Table D4. Bolts with diameter less than Ø25mm has
no charpy test requirements. The requirements for bolts from Ø25mm are 42J for
offshore applications and 25J for other applications Test temperature (Td) is normally -
20 degC for offshore cranes and -10 degC for other cranes.
3 Tightening torques
• Carbon steel (not stainless) threaded fasteners, full section.

• Lubricated with anti-seize compound (e.g., Loctite 8009).
Tightening torques in N·m. Torque tolerance: ±5%.

Strength grade
Thread
8.8 10.9 12.9
M12 65 95 110
M14 100 150 175
M16 155 225 265
M18 220 315 370
M20 310 440 510
M22 410 590 690
M24 530 760 890
M27 780 1 100 1 300
M30 1 050 1 500 1 750
M33* 1 400 2 050 2 350
M36* 1 850 2 600 3 050
M39* 2 350 3 350 3 950
M42* 2 950 4 200 4 900
M45* 3 650 5 150 6 000
M48* 4 400 6 300 7 400
M52* 5 700 8 000 9 400
M56* 7 000 10 000 11 700
*) Bolts for crane slewing rings that are M33 or larger shall be tightened using a hydraulic
tensioning device; see section 4 below.

Doc. No.: T0001
4 Bolt tensioning forces
Bolt tension forces including tolerances for "large-clearance metric thread" – DIN 2510 –
Sheet 2 – using hydraulic tension cylinders.
Strength class to DIN/ISO 898 8.8 10.9

Yield point Rp 0.2 N/mm² 660 940
Metric Pitch Stress Core Tension force Theoretical Tension force Theoretical
ISO-thread area cross at yield point use of at yield point use of
DIN 13 section tension force tension force
As A3 F0.2 FM=0.9·F0.2 F0.2 FM=0.9·F0.2
mm mm² mm² kN kN kN kN
M33 3.5 668 617 440 396 627 564
M36 4 786 723 518 466 738 664
M39 4 943 873 622 559 886 797
M42 4,5 1,083 999 714 642 1,018 916
M45 4.5 1,265 1,174 834 750 1,189 1,070
M48 5 1,426 1,320 941 846 1,340 1,206
M52 5 1,707 1,590 1,126 1,013 1,604 1,443
M56 5,5 1,971 1,833 1,300 1,170 1,852 1,666
M64 6 2.599 2,426 1,715 1,543 2,443 2,198
M72 6 3,372 3,174 2,225 2,002 3,169 2,852
M80 6 4,245 4,023 2,801 2,520 3,990 3,591
M90 6 5,479 5,226 3,616 3,254 5,150 4,635
M100 6 6,858 6,575 4,526 4,073 6,446 5,801
Preload the bolts with the advisable care crosswise to the specified values. It is possible to
calculate with a tightening factor of αA of 1.2 to 1.6, depending on the tightening method, and to
use the yield point of the bolt up to 90%.
The preload of the bolt tightened first is influenced by the tightening of the other bolts so that a
minimum of two passes is required.
This will at the same time compensate for the settling produced by the smoothing out of the
unloaded mating surface during preloading (thread and nut contact surface).
As the tension force applied in this method will not only cause elongation in the shaft but also in
the thread, it is important to choose the correct thread series or thread tolerances acc. to
DIN 2510. An inadequate thread clearance may cause jamming of the nut, when the bolt is
elongated. Taking into account the nut height, consultation with the bolts manufacturer is
absolutely necessary.

Doc. No.: T0001
The bolts should be long enough to leave at least 1 · d above the nuts free for positioning the
tension cylinder.

Annex L - Slew Bearing Wear Measurement
The slew bearing is always under the influence of tilting

moments. Over time this will cause uneven wear on the
raceway of the three-row roller bearing surfaces in the slew
bearing. In order to keep precise control over the wear on
the roller raceway, annual measurements are necessary.
This is done between four measuring plates, welded/bolted
onto the foundation and the lower part of the rotating part of
the slew bearing.
Note: If the measuring plates are not already fitted, it is

recommended that the crane owner take appropriate action
to fit these measuring plates to the foundation within the
first two months of crane operation. The measurements
taken and logged in the slew ring wear measurement table in
this Annex, may be carefully examined by

international societies at a later stage in conjunction
with crane re-certification.
Measuring should be done with the main jib in its

highest angle and the knuckle jib in its innermost
position (contact between jibs), ref. photo above and
illustration at left.
Measuring principle: Four measurement points are

equally spaced around the foundation (denoted 1 to 4).
Measurements are to be taken at slew positions 0o, 90 o,
180 o and 270 o and written down. Start with
measurements in slew position 0 o, then 90 o etc. The
mean value of these measurements will indicate level
of slew bearing wear.
Paint on the slew bearing is removed at the initial

measurement. Corrosion protection (Tectyl or similar)
is to be applied after the measurements are taken.
Two typical measuring point setups on the crane pedestal.
Typical three –row roller bearing
In order to have comparable measurements it is important that the measurements are done in the exact same
slew positions each year and with the jibs in the same geometric position. The operator panel in the crane cabin
shows both jib and slew positions. These positions can be used for future reference.
The following table is to be used for recording measurements every 6 months following the initial
measurement. The accuracy of the measuring instrument is to be minimum ±0.01mm.
Depth micrometer
The photo below shows measurement at one of the four measurement points on the crane pedestal. The
maximum allowable deviation is:
Permitted increase in slack*

Axial reduction Tilt forward and
Crane measurement back
1077 2.00 2.60
1301 2.00 2.60
1400 2.00 2.60
1610 2.00 2.60
1800 2.60 3.20
1891 2.60 3.20
2201 2.60 3.20
2398 3.30 4.00
2806 3.30 4.00
3293 3.30 4.00
3568 1.20 2.00
3990 1.60 2.80
4240 1.60 2.80
4841 1.60 2.80
5150 2.00 4.20
6800 2.00 4.20
If the wear is found to have increased significantly, the time intervals between measurements should be
shortened. If the wear exceeds the given limit, consult MacGregor Marine Service.
*Deviations in flatness are measured in accordance with DIN EN ISO 1101 on the contact surfaces
**The value for increase in slack is a measurement of how much the hardened layers of the bearing are worn
Slew Bearing Measurement Table
Delivery date Date: Date: Date: Date: Date:

Running hours
Basic
point position
1 0
2 0
3 0
4 0

Basic
point position
1 90
2 90
3 90
4 90

Basic
point position
1 180
2 180
3 180
4 180

Basic
point position
1 270
2 270
3 270
4 270
Slew Bearing Seal

The black rubber seal for the slew
bearing (photo at right) is a separate
component mounted to the slew bearing.
Every six months/200 hours the seal

must be visually inspected, both inside
and outside the crane, for damage (i.e.
cracks and leaks).
For correct operation, the seals must be

free from dirt. When cleaning the unit,
prevent the cleaner from contacting the
seals or from entering the raceways
system. If any of the seals are found to
be damaged, they must be replaced. Re-
lubricate the unit after this inspection.
Raceway Grease Samples

When annual wear measurements are taken, it is recommended
to take raceway grease samples for lab analysis as well. Thus
it is possible to determine the raceway wear rate and the actual
condition of the raceway system. Analysis and evaluation are
to be carried out by an authorized company. The original
sample results data are to be stored onboard the vessel.
Grease sampling:
Locate the two sampling ports (2 x180o) on the outside of the

slew bearing. Remove the blanking bolts and collect grease
samples while rotating the slew bearing. Use the table below
for recording the sample results. A grease sampling kit (photo
at right) specifically produced for the sampling action can be
provided by MacGregor Norway AS.
Slew raceway grease sample log
Sample No. 1 Sample No. 2 Sample No. 3 Sample No. 4 To be continued
Tester:
Signature:
Date:
Grease
sample
result

• Depth micrometer
• Glasses, gloves and hard hats
• Lift or ladder
2. Hazards
• In order to measure correctly paint may need to be removed.
• For any necessary paint removal for correct measurements, use a paint removal chemical or paint
removal sand paper.
• Ensure adequate protection is used for working with paint removal.
• Use Tectyl rust preventative after measuring to prevent rust.
Annex M - Wire Sheave Wear Measurement
Note: From early 2011, some cranes were equipped with tempered steel sheaves. For these cranes, the wire
sheave groove wear measurement is not applicable.
Obtaining good measurements of wire sheave groove wear will help the crane owner to apply appropriate
sheave maintenance actions in addition to providing relevant input to the crane maintenance schedule.
The wire sheave grooves include a two to three mm induction hardened layer beyond which the hardness
gradually decreases. The abrasion that the grooves are subject to can be monitored and understood by use of a
sliding gauge for measuring the depth of the groove. Measurements are taken to a tenth of a millimeter. Based
on the original inspection date, wear measurement trend analysis can be used to influence the measuring
schedule itself so that it continues to accurately indicate the health and future useful lifetime of the sheaves.
Requirements for the wear measurement:
• Vessel shore side.

• Follow normal crane maintenance safety instructions.
• Two personnel required: one certified crane operator and one maintenance worker.
• 2-way communications are established between crane operator and maintenance worker.
Groove Measuring
There are normally eight wire sheaves to be measured
(four for the main winch and four for the whip winch
wire). The measurement shall be taken at the same
reference position on the wire sheave every time. This is
to avoid "false" wear indications. The reference position
is normally marked on the wire sheave flange by means
of a sign plate (shown here by an arrow).
Each wire sheave is individually numbered according to

their position on the crane (ref. drawing for the main
winch wire sheaves later in this section).
Note: It is imperative that maintenance workers verify

that the crane control system key switch in the cabin is
in the OFF position prior to approaching the wire
sheaves.
Wire sheave marking sign

Wire measurement procedure.
Operate the crane (rotate wire sheaves) to make the measuring point indicators on the wire
1
sheaves clearly visible and accessible.
Locate the mark (photo at previous page) which exactly indicates where the measurement should
2
be taken.
Perform depth measurement by means of a steel rule and a sliding gauge (or equivalent) to
3
measure the distance from top of flange to bottom of groove (photo below).
Record the measurement/deviation in the "wire sheaves log", an example of which is provided on
4
next page.
5 Repeat procedure for all wire sheaves.
groove depth measurement
Scheduled Maintenance
Due to the characteristics of wire sheave groove wear, it is recommended that the measuring frequency is set to
once every six months initially for a period of one year. Thereafter it will be at the crane owner's discretion to
adjust the maintenance schedule based on the previous depth measurements and the crane owner's inherent
technical experience and expertise.
Wire Sheaves Log
No. 5 sheave No. 6 sheave

No. 1 sheave No. 2 sheave No. 3 sheave No. 4 sheave
Measurement to be taken every 6 th (King) (Wire spooler)
month after first day of operation.
main whip main whip main whip main whip main whip main whip
winch winch winch winch winch winch winch winch winch winch winch winch
Initial measurement:
Date: Measurement:
Deviation:
Date: Measurement:
Deviation:
Date: Measurement:
Deviation:
Date: Measurement:
Deviation:
Date: Measurement:
Deviation:
Date: Measurement:
Deviation:
Date: Measurement:
Deviation:
*Note: The table provided in this page is standardized. The amount of sheaves may differ from crane to crane.
The initial measurement value in the table above is the value for the first measurement taken for each individual wire sheave. If, upon receipt of this procedure,
the values are not already stated measurements should be carried out and logged in conjunction with the cranes’ Harbor Acceptance Test or equivalent.
Blank Page.
Wire sheave numbering sequence for the main winch wire
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS

• Lift or ladder to achieve appropriate height.
• Gloves, glasses and hardhats
• Slide calliper
2. Hazards
• Ensure to clean the area before measuring to achieve accurate results.
• If a lift or ladder is used it is advised to use a safety harness.
Annex N - General Electrical System
1. Control Cabinets (CC) and Junction Boxes (JB)

The crane has numerous electrical cabinets installed in different locations in the system. In addition, several
junction boxes (JB) is located outside the king. These must be checked regularly for moisture and corrosion.
Check Cortec VCI due date and replace according to Periodic Maintenance Program 6.2.
The following must be done on all cabinets and JB:
• Open and check that the doors gaskets are in good condition (apply Vaseline, silicone, or similar if dry).
• Check regularly for water ingress, corrosion, damage, loose glands, and ambient conditions in excess of
the specifications.
Tighten all cable terminal Tighten all cabinet Check and clean the
connections and fuses bushings drain plug (if applicable)
VCI device
plate at JB
(see photo
Tighten all cable
below)
terminal connections
and fuses
Electrical cabinet. Junction box.
VCI device plate at JB
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS N1

• None required.
3. Hazards
• Ensure power is turned off before accessing electrical cabinet or junction box. This is in order to avoid
electrocution. Working with live wires is extremely dangerous.
N2 MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Annex P - Pressure Transmitters
1. Inspection
1.1. General
The pressure transmitters have been calibrated to a certain pressure range, and sends a 4-20 mA signal,
corresponding to the calibrated range to an analogue input channel in the PLC system.
However, to secure correct pressure readings, an inspection of the most "essential" pressure transmitters must to
be done. MacGregor Norway recommend to do this at least every two years to verify accuracy and followed up
by a recalibration (often replacement) if needed.
The transmitters on active boost cranes which must be checked is listed in the table below, while those for semi-
active cranes are listed on the following page. In the tables, the name of the transmitter, its tag number and
maximum allowed deviation is provided.
Active Boost
For active boost cranes, the following pressure transmitters are evaluated to be "essential" and must be checked
frequently:

Main winch motor displacement pressure 1 -PT204A (or -PT204) 0.5 bar
Main winch motor displacement pressure 2 -PT204B (or -PT205) 0.5 bar
LS pressure A -PT219A (or -PT219) 2.0 bar
LS pressure B -PT219B (or -PT220) 2.0 bar
Main pump regulator pressure -PT203 2.0 bar
Semi-Active
For semi-active cranes, the following pressure transmitters are evaluated to be "essential" and must be checked
frequently:

Displacement:
Motor disp passive right -PT242 0.5 bar
* Whip winch displacement pressure (* if whip winch AHC) -PT260 0.5 bar
Other:
Replenishment pressure -PT203 2.0 bar
Servo pressure -PT202 2.0 bar
LS pressure A -PT216 2.0 bar
LS pressure B -PT217 2.0 bar
Main winch passive motor B pressure -PT208 2.0 bar
LP/HP accumulator high pressure A -PT211 2.0 bar
LP/HP accumulator high pressure B -PT212 2.0 bar
LP/HP accumulator low pressure A -PT213 2.0 bar
LP/HP accumulator low pressure B -PT214 2.0 bar
Main pump A/B pressure -PTxxx 2.0 bar
Recommended tools:
• Hand pump.
• T-joint (2x).
1.2. Inspection Process

MacGregor Norway recommend the following method for checking the pressure transmitters:
• Portable data recorder and a hand pump.
1.2.1. Portable Data Recorder & Hand Pump

When possible, the transmitter that is being tested should be removed from its location (see section 2 -
"Replacement" for removal description) and connected together with a calibrated transmitter. The two
transmitters are then connected to a measurement device and applied pressure upon by means of a hand pump
(see illustration below).
After the transmitter is unplugged from the crane, testing is done in the following order:
1. Connect the hand pump to a T-joint.

2. Connect the transmitter that is being tested on one side.
3. Connect a calibrated transmitter on the other side.
4. Connect the two transmitters to the applicable port on the measurement device via an additional T-joint.
5. Apply pressure and compare the two transmitters.
Note: The pressure should be applied step by step between 5-10 bar. If the deviation exceeds the maximum
allowed value, the transmitter must be changed. The consequence of having too high deviation will differ from
transmitter to transmitter. Please contact MacGregor Norway for advice!
Transmitter to be tested
Hand pump Calibrated transmitter

Measurement device
2. Replacement
Replacement of pressure transmitters is done in the following order:
• Stop the HPU.

• Verify that there is no pressure where the pressure transmitter is fitted. (There will be pressure in the
system, but it is important to bleed off the pressure
where the pressure transmitter is located).
• Remove the old pressure transmitter.
• Install the new pressure transmitter.
• Verify that it is properly fitted/tightened.
• Install the electric cable to the transmitter (use
Vaseline in the plug).
• Turn on the power to the crane.
Required tools:

• Hand pump.
• T-joint (2x).
4. Hazards
• Ensure system is depressurised.
• Clean area after maintenance to avoid slippery surfaces.
• Use drip tray.
Annex Q - Encoders
1. General
All pulse encoders must be inspected and checked for proper
function, damage and corrosion every 3M/500H, whichever
occur first. They are located the following places:
• Main jib (2x).

• Knuckle jib (2x).
• Main winch.
• Whip winch.
• Slew pinion.
• Spooling device (if applicable).
Jib angle encoder
Slew rotation encoder Winch rotation encoder (main winch)
2. Inspection
Inspection of a pulse encoder is done in the following order:
• Unplug and remove the encoder.

crosshead screws.
• Verify that there is no moisture and/or corrosion
inside the encoder.
• Verify that the O-ring is not damaged and that it
is in its slot when re-assembling the encoder.
The O-ring must be lubricated with Vaseline.
• Before re-assembling the encoder, lubricate the
flange with a thin layer of Vaseline.
• Verify that the encoder shaft is in the centre of
the flexible coupling (bottom photo next page).
This prevents bias to the shaft.
The flexible coupling (if applicable) should be
retightened as these have a tendency to loosen.
• Re-plug the cables and verify that the connections are tight.
encoder.
Required tools:

3. Replacement
If a pulse encoder is damaged, it must be replaced. Replacement is a simple procedure which may be undertaken
by an electrician.
• Unplug and remove the old encoder.

crosshead screws and check the address
dip switch combination (Profibus
address) for the old encoder (circled in
the photo at right).
• Disassemble the new encoder.
• Make sure that the address dip switch
combination in the new pulse encoder is
identical to the old one so the control
system identifies the encoder correctly.
• Verify that the O-ring is in its slot when
re-assembling the encoder. The O-ring
must be lubricated with Vaseline.
• Before reassembling the encoder,
lubricate the flange with a thin layer of
Vaseline.
• Verify that the encoder shaft is in the
centre of the flexible coupling (photo
below). This prevents bias to the shaft.
The flexible coupling (if applicable)
should be retightened as these have a
tendency to loosen.
• Re-plug the cables and verify that the
connections are tight.
encoder.
Required tools:

Encoder with flexible coupling attached

(the plastic type coupling used for slew
only)
Blank page.
Annex Z - Maintenance Log

Maintenance Log
Action
1
2
HYDRAULIC
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

Maintenance Log
Action
20
MECHANICAL
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38

Maintenance Log
Action
39
ELECTRICAL
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
7 Component Parts List

Table of Contents
1. Component Parts List.......................................................................................................................3
2. Hydraulic Hose List ..........................................................................................................................1
3. Component Parts List Electro...........................................................................................................3
4. Ordering Spare Parts .......................................................................................................................5

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Blank page.

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
1. Component Parts List

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Blank page.

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
MacGregor Norway AS Page 1
09/12/2014
Component Part list 2552-2-07ML SP2552-2 HMC 2201 LKO 120-18 CT 14:42:22
Item number Item name Item group Unit

2552-2-07ML SP2552-2 HMC 2201 LKO 120-18 CT SW ea
Item number Position NameAlias Oper. No. Quantity Item type Unit Weight Note
2552-2-07MEC-LL01 LONG LEAD ITEMS 1,00 BOM ea 0
2552-2-07MEC MECHANICAL COMPONENTS 1,00 BOM ea 0
21089085 CRANE MAIN ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 40.579
21089082 01 KING MAIN ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 40.579

21089094 01 KING STEEL ASSY 1,00 Item ea 6.264
20927987 02 CABIN LEFT PLATFORM LEFT MAIN ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 2.421
20212294 01 CABIN PLATFORM 1,00 Item ea 0
20212341 02 CABIN PLATFORM 1,00 BOM ea 0

20212324 01 CABIN LEFT PLATFORM 1,00 Item ea 0
20212337 02 GRATING 1,00 Item ea 0
10000316 03 WASHER H.D.G. 12,00 Service pcs 0
10000272 04 BOLT HEX HEAD H.D.G. 12,00 Service pcs 0

20212352 02 GRATING 1,00 Item ea 0
10000309 06 NUT H.D.G. 26,00 Service pcs 0
10000411 10 SHACKLE 12,00 Item pcs 0
11026235 11 4,0 mm LONG LINKED CHAIN 4,00 Item pcs 0
20573691 03 TANK COVER 1,00 Item ea 23
20582619 04 BRACKET 1,00 BOM ea 108

20221323 01 STD. DRIVER STEEL ASSEMBLY 1,00 Item ea 103
09/12/2014
10000310 04 NUT H.D.G 6,00 Service pcs 0
11026173 05 SLEW BEARING 1,00 Item pcs 0
31300012 05.C ABS PRODUCT CERTIFICATE 1,00 Service ea 0
10000253 06 WASHER A4 48,00 Service pcs 0
10000236 07 BOLT HEX HEAD A4-80 28,00 Service pcs 0
10000249 08 NUT A4-80 28,00 Service pcs 0
10000249 09 NUT A4-80 2,00 Service pcs 0
10005217 10 CIRCLIP 4,00 Item pcs 1
11009199 11 DISTANCE SPACER 4,00 Item ea 0
10002345 12 V-RING 4,00 Item pcs 0
21006973 13 OIL TANK FK120 ASSEMBLY 3,00 BOM ea 0

10002349 01 ACCUMULATOR CLAMP STAINLESS STEEL 1,00 Item pcs 1
10000248 03 NUT A4-80 2,00 Service pcs 0
20589809 14 KING RAILING 1,00 BOM ea 0

20589807 01 KING RAILING 1,00 Item ea 30
10001847 15 WASHER H.D.G. HARDENED 58,00 Service pcs 6
11016681 16 TENSION NUT M30 72,00 Item ea 27
11016175 17 BOLT SOCKET HEAD CAP BLACK STEEL 58,00 Item pcs 85
20673148 18 STUDBOLT 14,00 Item ea 14
11018356 19 LUBRICATION SYSTEM 1,00 BOM ea 0

11017141 01 LUBRICATION PUMP 1,00 Item pcs 11
11013065 02 LUBRICATION FLOW TRANSMITTER 2,00 Item ea 1
11009764 03 RADIAL CONNECTOR FOR PROX INCL 15m CABLE 2,00 Item ea 0
11011010 04 LUBRICATION FITTINGS 10,00 Item ea 0
11011067 05 LUBRICATION BLOCK SS 1,00 Item ea 1
11011022 06 LUBRICATION CHECK VALVE SS 14,00 Item pcs 0
09/12/2014
11017189 07 LUBRICATION FITTINGS 14,00 Item pcs 0
11011023 10 LUBRICATION FERRULE 2,00 Item pcs 0
11017185 13 LUBRICATION GUN 1,00 Item pcs 1
10003542 14 LUBRICATION HOSE 50,00 Item mtr 2
11000297 16 HYDRAULIC HOSE 5,00 Item mtr 2
11000451 17 DKO-L STRAIGHT COUPLING 4,00 Service pcs 0
10002973 18 Ø12 MM STAINLESS STEEL PIPE 18,00 Service mtr 0
11011026 19 LUBRICATION BLOCK SS 1,00 Item pcs 1
11024101 20 BOLT CAP 72,00 Item ea 0
20933740 21 KING PLATFORM LEFT ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 536

20927330 01 KING PLATFORM LEFT STEEL ASSY 1,00 Item ea 495
20934571 02 GRATING KING PLATFORM LEFT 1,00 Item ea 109
10002959 03 WASHER NORDLOCK ELZN 21,00 Service pcs 0
10000271 04 M16 HEX HEAD BOLT 21,00 Service pcs 2
20933742 22 KING PLATFORM LEFT ASSY 2 1,00 BOM ea 401

20927786 01 KING PLATFORM LEFT2 1,00 Item ea 325
20934515 02 GRATING KING PLATFORM LEFT 2 1,00 Item ea 66
11019447 05 SINGLE BAR GATE 1,00 Item pcs 0
20973607 23 MOTOT AND PUMP MAIN ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 1.419

11026038 01 BELLHOUSING 1,00 Item ea 18
11026020 02 ROTEX HUB 1,00 Item ea 15
11019444 03 ROTEX HUB 1,00 Item pcs 0
11026040 04 FLEXIBLE ELEMENT 1,00 Item ea 1
20933729 24 LADDER WINCH PLATFORM ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 123

20933731 01 LADDER STEEL ASSY 1,00 Item ea 122
09/12/2014
10000273 03 BOLT 6,00 Service pcs 0
20933853 25 KING TOP PLATFORM ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 146

20933850 01 KING TOP PLATFORM STEEL ASS 1,00 Item ea 130
20934027 02 ISO-FR GRATING DETAIL 1,00 Item ea 15
20910326 26 LADDER 1,00 BOM ea 0

20910328 01 LADDER 1,00 Item ea 81
20891101 27 PLATE 2,00 Item ea 4
11012930 29 BOLT HEX HEAD A4-80 15,00 Item ea 14.175
20936548 31 KING TOP ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 8

20936542 01 RAILING KING TOP STEEL ASSY 1,00 Item ea 8
20894718 32 PIPE 2,00 Item ea 0
10009403 33 M16x1000DIN97588HOTDIPGALVTHREADBAR 2,00 Service pcs 266
20820491 34 WIND SENSOR STAND 1,00 BOM ea 35

20817783 01 WIND SENSOR STAND STEEL 1,00 Item ea 17
20820384 02 CLAMP 4,00 Item ea 0
20820415 03 SUPPORT 4,00 Item ea 0
20820405 04 PIPE 2,00 Item ea 14
20820443 05 CLAMP 4,00 Item ea 0
09/12/2014
11003777 35 WASHER 63,00 Item ea 63
11003776 36 BOLT 63,00 Item ea 63
21073442 37 MANIFOLD 1,00 Item ea 38
10002393 38 CLAMP 2,00 Item pcs 2
10003375 39 WASHER NORDLOCK A4 8,00 Service pcs 0
20067828 40 ENCODER ASSY 2,00 BOM ea 12

20066893 01 BRACKET 1,00 Item ea 0
20073184 02 BRACKET 1,00 Item ea 6
11011591 04 FLEX COUPLING 1,00 Item pcs 0
11010184 05 BOLT 1,00 Item ea 0
10000204 08 BOLT HEX HEAD A4-80 4,00 Item pcs 0
10000246 09 NUT A4-80 4,00 Service pcs 0
21155108 41 HP BLOCK 1,00 Item ea 0
21089091 02 FOUNDATION MAIN ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 2.672

21089080 01 FOUNDATION STEEL ASSY 1,00 Item ea 2.585
20886137 02 BRACKET 1,00 Item ea 38
21089086 03 MAIN JIB MAIN ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 11.400

21089092 01 MAIN JIB STEEL ASSY 1,00 Item ea 7.946
11022012 02 SIGN SELFADHESIVE 2,00 Item pcs 0
20546016 03 WIRE SUPPORT 1,00 BOM ea 0

20195589 01 WIRE SUPPORT 1,00 Item ea 27
20546017 02 PLATE 1,00 Item ea 4
09/12/2014
20402022 04 PLATE 1,00 Item ea 0
20588746 08 MAIN JIB RAILING 1, MAIN ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 30

20588741 01 MAIN JIB RAILING 1, STEEL ASSY 1,00 Item ea 30


20137045 11 RAILING 4 MAIN ASSY. 1,00 BOM ea 0

20136036 01 RAILING 4 STEEL ASSY. 1,00 Item ea 11
20137048 12 STATION MAIN ASSY. 5,00 BOM ea 0

20130965 01 ANGLE BAR DETAIL 1,00 Item ea 6
11003123 13 WIRE CLAMP 30,00 Item ea 7
09/12/2014

10007447 15 SIGN SWL 4,00 Item pcs 0
20660577 16 BRACKET FOR HOSES MAIN ASSEMBLY 1,00 BOM ea 0

20660549 01 BRACKET FOR HOSES STEEL ASSEMBLY 1,00 Item ea 3
10000249 04 NUT A4-80 3,00 Service pcs 0

10000249 04 NUT A4-80 3,00 Service pcs 0
20174111 18 TRANSMITTER ASSLY 2,00 BOM ea 0

20173585 01 BRACKET STEEL ASSY 1,00 Item ea 3
20174107 04 BRACKET ASSLY STEEL ASSY. 1,00 Item ea 4
10000248 11 NUT A4-80 4,00 Service pcs 0
10007312 12 BUSH 2,00 Item pcs 0
10007311 13 CIRCLIP 1,00 Service pcs 0
20275916 19 THRUST RING 1,00 Item ea 0
11017983 22 GELENK BEARING 4,00 Item pcs 31
10002345 23 V-RING 8,00 Item pcs 0
09/12/2014
11009996 25 SHACKLE 12,00 Item ea 1
11009522 26 TURNBUCKLE 12,00 Item ea 2
11009518 27 THIMBLE 12,00 Item ea 0
10000247 30 NUT A4-80 3,00 Service pcs 0
11004996 33 BUSH 1,00 Item ea 1
10003161 34 BUSH 1,00 Item ea 1
11010223 35 WIRE Ø8mm 120,00 Item mtr 29
10005628 36 V-RING 2,00 Item pcs 0
20971325 37 WINCH PLATFORM MAIN JIB ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 163

20971336 01 WINCH PLATFORM MAIN JIB STEEL ASSY 1,00 Item ea 133
20971337 02 ISO-FR GRATING 1,00 Item ea 25
11009996 05 SHACKLE 3,00 Item ea 0
11009518 07 THIMBLE 3,00 Item ea 0

20936512 02 CUT SECTIONS 1,00 Item ea 38
11009996 05 SHACKLE 3,00 Item ea 0
11009518 07 THIMBLE 3,00 Item ea 0
20979259 08 WINCH PLATFORM SUPPORT DETAIL 2,00 Item ea 30
20998461 39 MAIN WINCH ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 2.476

20114655 01 FOUNDATION 1,00 Item ea 0
09/12/2014
20114646 02 DRUM 1,00 Item ea 0
11012328 05 SOCKET HEAD BOLT 30,00 Item ea 12
20114654 10 PLATE 1,00 Item ea 0
10000278 11 BOLT HEX HEAD H.D.G. 4,00 Item pcs 1

20251508 01 BRACKET 1,00 Item ea 5
20251484 02 ENCODER BRACKET 1,00 Item ea 1
11026062 03 BALL BEARING 2,00 Item pcs 0
20251479 04 SHAFT 1,00 Item ea 0
11005871 05 CHAIN TENSIONER 1,00 Item ea 0
11026125 06 COGWHEEL 1,00 Item pcs 0
11005872 07 CHAIN WHEEL 1,00 Item ea 0
11006930 09 CHAIN - SEAWATER PROOF 2,15 Item mtr 2
20251481 17 SPACER 1,00 Item ea 0
11017204 18 LOCKING WASHER 1,00 Item pcs 0
11017203 19 LOCK NUT 1,00 Item pcs 0
20251483 20 SHIM 5,00 Item ea 0
10000188 21 LUBRICATION NIPPLE 1,00 Service pcs 0
09/12/2014
11017074 16 BOLT BLACK STEEL 6,00 Item pcs 3
20124304 17 PLATE 2,00 Item ea 0
11013241 22 BOLT SOCKET HEAD CAP BLACK STEEL 4,00 Item ea 0
10001437 40 CONSOLE 2,00 Item pcs 3
10002393 41 CLAMP 4,00 Item pcs 4
10000249 46 NUT A4-80 8,00 Service pcs 0
10001438 47 DAMPER RING 2,00 Item pcs 1
20202336 48 CAMERA BRACKET ASSEMBLY 1,00 Item ea 2
21089090 04 KNUCKLE JIB MAIN ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 4.079

21089093 01 KNUCKLE JIB STEEL ASSY 1,00 Item ea 3.310
11010231 04 WIRESHEAVE 28MM 4,00 Item ea 488
20546857 05 WIRE GUIDE RIGHT 1,00 BOM ea 6

20542788 01 WIRE GUIDE RIGHT STEEL ASSY. 1,00 Item ea 6
20546915 06 WIRE GUIDE LEFT 1,00 BOM ea 6

20543379 01 WIRE GUIDE LEFT STEEL ASSY 1,00 Item ea 6
20547873 07 WIRE PROTECTION 1,00 BOM ea 5

20547294 01 WIRE PROTECTION STEEL ASSY. 1,00 Item ea 5
09/12/2014

20547100 09 BOLT 3,00 Item ea 90
20606558 12 HOIST END STOP SWITCH 1,00 BOM ea 0

20602390 01 COUNTERWEIGHT 1,00 Item ea 0
11023085 02 WIRE 2,00 Item ea 1
20602116 03 SWITCH BOX 2,00 BOM ea 0

20601989 01 STOP SWITCH STEEL ASSY 1,00 Item ea 1
20601986 02 END CUP 1,00 Item ea 0
20601993 03 INSIDE PIPE 1,00 Item ea 0
20601994 04 PISTON HEAD 1,00 Item ea 0
20601980 05 PISTON SHAFT 1,00 Item ea 0
20601981 06 END FITTINGS 1,00 Item ea 0
11024095 07 COMPRESSION SPRING 1,00 Item ea 0
20174019 04 WIRE STOP SW BKT STEEL ASSY. 2,00 Item ea 2
10003378 05 WASHER NORDLOCK A4 4,00 Item pcs 0
11024088 09 SHACKLE 4,00 Item ea 1
20452674 13 LOCK PLATE 1,00 Item ea 0
10000269 15 BOLT HEAD HEX BOLT H.D.G 2,00 Service pcs 0
10002345 16 V-RING 4,00 Item pcs 0

09/12/2014
10000248 11 NUT A4-80 4,00 Service pcs 0
10007312 12 BUSH 2,00 Item pcs 0
20178344 18 LAMP BRACKET 1,00 BOM ea 0

10006036 01 DAMPER CYLINDER 1,00 Item pcs 4
20177918 02 ANGLE BAR 1,00 Item ea 0
10007885 22 BUSH 1,00 Item pcs 0
11002397 23 BUSH 1,00 Item pcs 1
10000248 28 NUT A4-80 3,00 Service pcs 0
10001713 30 V-RING 2,00 Item pcs 0
20673148 05 STUDBOLT 72,00 Item ea 72
20891019 07 LADDER 1,00 Item ea 20
20588614 08 BOLT 8,00 Item ea 200
20583280 09 BOLT 1,00 Item ea 260
20583306 10 BOLT 1,00 Item ea 494
11006787 11 SWIVEL HOOK 1,00 Item ea 500
11024101 12 BOLT CAP 1,00 Item ea 0
20980358 13 WIRE 1,00 BOM ea 0

11009564 01 WIRE Ø28mm 150,00 Item mtr 576
09/12/2014
31300016 01-C ABS CERTIFICATION 1,00 Service ea 0
2552-2-07HYD HMC 2201 LKO 120-18 CT 1,00 BOM ea 0
SP25522LXA000 00 HYDRAULIC FLOW DIAGRAM 1,00 BOM ea 0

11108320 HYDRAULIC TAG SET 1,00 Item ea 0

11023435 MH01 BUTTERFLY VALVE 1,00 Item ea 4
10002488 MH03 BALL VALVE 2,00 Item pcs 2
11001709 MH08 COMPENSATOR 1,00 Item ea 2
10000414 MH09 OIL LEVEL GAUGE 2,00 Item pcs 1
10005789 MH10 THERMOMETER 1,00 Item pcs 0
11005260 MH16 BALL VALVE 1,00 Service ea 0
10006111 MH17 BREATHER FILTER 2,00 Item pcs 3
11015119 MH18 RETURN FILTER 1,00 Item ea 23
11015923 MH19 FILTER ELEMENT 1,00 Item ea 0
11001963 MH20 FILTER 1,00 Item ea 21
11003576 MH22 FILTER 2,00 Item ea 9
11005419 MH24 LEVEL SWITCH 2,00 Item ea 6
11105427 MH25 CJC FILTER 1,00 Item ea 0
10000721 MH26 QUICK DISCONNECT COUPLING MALE 2,00 Item pcs 0
10000722 MH27 QUICK DISCONNECT COUPLING FEMALE 2,00 Item pcs 1
11108215 MH28 SCREW PUMP 1,00 Item ea 0
11105807 MH29 OIL COOLER 1,00 Item ea 195
10006145 MH31 CHECK VALVE 1,00 Item pcs 0
10000498 MH33 CHECK VALVE HT 20 1,00 Item pcs 1
11106080 MH34 CHECK VALVE 1,00 Item ea 4
10001461 MH37 TEST COUPLING 3,00 Service pcs 0
10009881 MH38 FILTER ELEMENT 4,00 Item pcs 14

11020012 MH50 HYDRAULIC PUMP 1,00 Item ea 175
10005654 MH51 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE 1,00 Item pcs 2
09/12/2014
10006113 MH52 VALVE HOUSING 1,00 Item pcs 13
11003748 MH55 FILTER,HIGH PRESSURE 1,00 Item ea 30
10006115 MH58 SAE 6000 PSI MALE THREADED FLANGE COMPLETE 2,00 Service pcs 5
10000428 MH63 BALL VALVE 2,00 Service pcs 1
11107301 MH64 EMERGENCY PUMP 1,00 Item ea 21
10001472 MH68 PRESSURE GAUGE 1,00 Service pcs 0
11108246 MH72 PROPORTIONAL VALVE 1,00 Item ea 0
11015955 MH76 PUMP BLOCK 1,00 Item ea 7
11016783 MH78 CABINET 400x600x220(WHD) 1,00 Item ea 17
21073442 MH82 MANIFOLD Item ea 0
10000421 MH84 RESTRICTOR VALVE HS 06 1,00 Item pcs 0

11108100 JH01 HYDRAULIC CYLINDER 1,00 Item ea 0
31300012 JH01.C ABS PRODUCT CERTIFICATE 1,00 Service ea 0
10008976 JH05 RELIEF VALVE Item pcs 0
10001461 JH06 TEST COUPLING 6,00 Service pcs 0
10002639 JH08 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE 1,00 Item pcs 14
10000420 JH09 RESTRICTOR VALVE HS 04 4,00 Item pcs 1
11105120 JH10 BALANCE VALVE Item pcs 0
09/12/2014

11108044 SG01 SLEW GEAR 3,00 Item ea 840
10009709 SG04 OIL TANK 3,00 Item pcs 6
10007608 SH01 HYDRAULIC MOTOR 3,00 Item pcs 0
11107306 SH02 SLEW MOTOR VALVE BLOCK 2,00 Item ea 27
10000530 SH04 SHUTTLE VALVE 2,00 Item pcs 0
10000633 SH05 RESTRICTOR CHECK VALVE HST 06 2,00 Item pcs 1
11000741 SH10 VALVE BLOCK 1,00 Item ea 24
10002392 SH11 ACCUMULATOR 1,00 Item pcs 81
10002393 SH12 CLAMP 2,00 Item pcs 2
10001438 SH13 DAMPER RING 1,00 Item pcs 0
10007386 SH14 REDUCER 1,00 Item pcs 1
10000430 SH17 BALL VALVE 1,00 Item pcs 2
11105880 SH18 SOLENOID VALVE 1,00 Item ea 2
10003737 SH19 SUBPLATE 1,00 Item pcs 1

11005212 WG01 WINCH GEAR CW ROTATION 1,00 Item ea 380
11005972 WG02 WINCH GEAR CCW ROTATION 1,00 Item ea 380
11005265 WG03 ADAPTER SET 1,00 Item ea 7
11008360 WG04 BLIND COVER 1,00 Item ea 4
11009173 WH01 HYDRAULIC MOTOR 1,00 Item ea 33
11015861 WH02 VALVE BLOCK 1,00 Item ea 0
10002265 WH08 BALL VALVE 2,00 Item pcs 1
10000494 WH09 CHECK VALVE 1,00 Item pcs 0
10001435 WH11 BLADDER ACCUMULATOR 2,00 Item pcs 220
31300012 WH11.C ABS PRODUCT CERTIFICATE 2,00 Service ea 0
10001437 WH12 CONSOLE 2,00 Item pcs 3
10002393 WH13 CLAMP 4,00 Item pcs 4
10001438 WH14 DAMPER RING 2,00 Item pcs 1
10004011 WH22 DIRECTIONAL VALVE,EL 2,00 Item pcs 3
11009315 WH23 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE CPL 1,00 Item ea 2
10001594 WH24 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE 1,00 Item pcs 2
10002245 WH25 SEQUENCE VALVE 1,00 Item pcs 1
09/12/2014
10000530 WH29 SHUTTLE VALVE 1,00 Item pcs 0
11002436 WH30 RELIEF VALVE 1,00 Item ea 0
11002437 WH31 VALVE HOUSING INC CHECK VALVE 1,00 Item ea 1
11016784 WH35 CABINET 800x800x325(WHD) 1,00 Item ea 42
10007029 WH36 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE 1,00 Item pcs 0
10004716 WH37 VALVE HOUSING 1,00 Item pcs 1
2552-2-07E ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS 1,00 BOM ea 0
2552-2=KC1200E CRANE KING 1,00 BOM ea 0
2552-2-E-ES400 STARTER CABINET 1,00 BOM ea 0

11011695 -D01 RIO INTERFACE MODULE Item ea 0
11005740 -D01.1 BACKPLATE 480mm Item ea 0
11015926 -D01.2 COMPACT REPEATER PLUG Item ea 0
10005726 -D02 SM321 32DI/24VDC Item pcs 0
11002451 -D02.1 FRONT CONNECTOR 40-PIN Item ea 0
11002445 -D03 16 DIGITAL INPUT Item ea 0
11002446 -D04 16 DIGITAL OUTPUT Item ea 0
11013758 -E01 FAN AND FILTER UNIT Item ea 0
11013759 -E01.1 OUTLET FILTER RAL 7035 Item ea 0
11013760 -E01.2 FINE FILTER MAT Item ea 0
11013761 -E01.4 HOSE-PROOF HOOD STAINLESS STEEL Item ea 0
11013759 -E02 OUTLET FILTER RAL 7035 Item ea 0
11013665 -ES400 ENCLOSURE AISI316 Item ea 0
11012733 -F01 CIRCUIT BREAKER 50A 3POL Item ea 0
11002499 -F02 CIRCUIT BREAKER 40A 3pol C Item ea 0
11012042 -F03 CIRCUIT BREAKER 20A 2P C Item ea 0
09/12/2014
11013597 -G01 POWER SUPPLY 10A Item ea 0
11012044 -H05 PUSH BUTTON WITH LAMP Item ea 0
11012043 -H12 SWITCH 2POS W/LIGTH Item ea 0
11002517 -H12.1 ADAPTER Service ea 0
11003505 -H12.2 LED ELEMENT BLUE 12-30VAC/DC FRONT FIX Item ea 0
11002518 -H12.3 CONTACT ELEMENT 1NO Service ea 0
11001858 -H12.4 LABEL MOUNT 50mm Item ea 0
11007971 -HS117 COMPLETE_EM.STOP MOELLER Service ea 0
11008786 -K01 CONTACTOR 400A 3ph Item ea 0
11006311 -K01.1 AUX. CONTACTOR BLOCK 2NO+2NC Item ea 0
11012030 -K03 CONTACTOR 250A AC Item ea 0
09/12/2014
11008772 -K13 AUXILIARY CONTACT Item ea 0
11008769 -K13.1 CONTACTOR 230VAC 3PHASE 9A 1NO Item ea 0
11008769 -K15 CONTACTOR 230VAC 3PHASE 9A 1NO Item ea 0
11008772 -K15.1 AUXILIARY CONTACT Item ea 0
10009705 -K21 RELAY 24V DC Item pcs 0
11012033 -K21.1 CHANGEOVER RELAY SOCKET Item ea 0
11006373 -K34 TIME RELAY 3-60s Item ea 0
11052050 -K37 4 CHANGEOVER RELAY 24VDC COIL Item ea 0
11012052 -K37.1 4 CHANGEOVER RELAY, SOCKET Item ea 0
09/12/2014
11013892 -K40 RELAY Item ea 0
11006314 -P01 THERMISTOR OVERLOAD RELAY 230VAC Item ea 0
11011955 -P21 AMMETER Item ea 0
11013692 -P21.1 FRONT PROTECTION 48x48 Item ea 0
11007570 -P21.2 AMPMETER Item ea 0
11007570 -P23 AMPMETER Item ea 0
11002190 -P31 HOUR COUNTER 50/60Hz DIN MOUNTED Item ea 0
11012863 -Q01 CIRCUIT BREAKER 3P Item ea 0
11011648 -Q03 AUXILIARY CONTACT 1NO 1NC MOUNT RIGHT SIDE CIRC.BRItem ea 0
11007530 -Q03.1 MOTOR PROTECTIVE BREAKER 4,0-6,3A Item ea 0
11011647 -Q04.1 MOTOR PROTECTIVE CIRCUIT BREAKER Item ea 0
11003506 -Q06.1 MOTOR PROTECTIVE CIRCUIT BREAKER 1-1,6A Item ea 0
11012520 -Q13 MOTOR PROTECTIVE CIRCUIT BREAKER Item ea 0
11013762 -R10 ENCLOSURE HEATER 800W Item ea 0
11002517 -S1.1 ADAPTER Service ea 0
11002518 -S1.2 CONTACT ELEMENT 1NO Service ea 0
11002524 -S1.3 CONTACT ELEMENT 1NC Service ea 0
11002518 -S13 CONTACT ELEMENT 1NO Service ea 0
11008446 -S13.1 CHANGE OVER SWITCH 3pos Item ea 0
09/12/2014
11002535 -S20 CHANGE OVER SWITCH 2pos Item ea 0
11001858 -S20.4 LABEL MOUNT 50mm Item ea 0
11012620 -SB1 ENCLOSURE INTERNAL THERMOSTAT Item ea 0
11107397 -STARTER CABINET
STARTER CABINET 1,00 Item ea 0
11012046 -T01 EARTH FAULT TRANSFORMER/BRUK 11014414 Item ea 0
11012047 -T03 CURRENT TRANSFORMER Item ea 0
11011954 -T04 CURRENT TRANSFORMER 400-5A Item ea 0
11007574 -T06 CURRENT TRANSFORMER 50/5A Item ea 0
11008904 -U01 MONITORING RELAY Item ea 0
11012870 -U27 EARTH FAULT MONITORING Item ea 0
11108967 -UL01 UPS 3000VA 2x156-280VAC Item ea 0
11105958 -X1 TERMINAL BLOCK Item ea 0
11105973 -X10.1 TERMINAL BLOCK Item ea 0
11009080 -X34 PHOENIX CAT Item ea 0
11105958 -XA TERMINAL BLOCK Item ea 0
11105973 -XA.1 TERMINAL BLOCK Item ea 0
11105958 -XP20 TERMINAL BLOCK Item ea 0

11013699 -ES404 ENCLOSURE 400x600x220mm WxHxD Item ea 0
11008989 -F1 TERMINAL FUSE BLOCK Service ea 0
11007963 -F1.1 TERMINAL 2.5 mm² WITH JUMPER Item ea 0
09/12/2014
11007972 -HS116 COMPLETE_EM.STOP_WITHOUT_CAGE MOELLER Item ea 0
11002623 -HS116.1 PROTECTION CAGE FOR EM. STOP Service ea 0
11012452 -Q01 CIRCUIT BREAKER Item ea 0
11011648 -Q01.1 AUXILIARY CONTACT 1NO 1NC MOUNT RIGHT SIDE CIRC.BRItem ea 0
11007530 -Q02 MOTOR PROTECTIVE BREAKER 4,0-6,3A Item ea 0
11012044 -S01 PUSH BUTTON WITH LAMP Item ea 0
11007528 -T1 TRANSFORMER 660-690V/230V 180VA Item ea 0
2552-2-E-JB200 JUNCTION BOX 1,00 BOM ea 0

11014001 -JB200 JUNCTION BOX 1,00 Item ea 5
11007963 -X1.1 TERMINAL 2.5 mm² WITH JUMPER Item ea 0
2552-2-E-OP206 EMERGENCY PANEL 1,00 BOM ea 0

11107401 -EMERGENCY
EMERGENCY
PANEL PANEL 1,00 Item ea 0
10008134 -G03 POWER SUPPLY Item pcs 0
11011903 -H01 JOYSTICK Item ea 0
09/12/2014
10008122 -K3 RELAY 24VDC 2xNO FOR RAIL Item pcs 0
10008121 -K7 RELAY 24VDC 1xNO FOR RAIL 1,00 Item pcs 0
11012000 -OP206 PORTABLE CONTROL STATION Item ea 0
11007975 -S01 COMPLETE_STOP MOELLER Service ea 0
2552-2-E-ECCI JUNCTION BOX 1,00 BOM ea 0

11107399 -ECCI JUNCTION BOX 1,00 Item ea 0
11011828 -XP01 EMERGENCY CONNECTOR Item ea 0
11011830 -XP01.1 MILC5015_BAM3120AMPHENOLSEALINGGASKET20 Service ea 0
11011831 -XP01.2 MILC5015_DS2504320DAMPHENOLPROTECTIONCAP Service ea 0
11011829 -XP02 MILC5015_DS3106F2027SAMPHENOLKABELYLSD Service ea 0
11105549 -AT01 WIND SENSOR 1,00 Item ea 2
11105550 -AT01.1 CABLE INCL. CONNECTOR 15m 1,00 Item ea 4
11008467 -ES05 LIGHT FIXTURE W/BATTERY BACKUP 50-60Hz 1,00 Item ea 8
11108938 -M01 EL.MOTOR 440VAC/60Hz 1,00 Item ea 1.200
31300012 -M01.C ABS PRODUCT CERTIFICATE 1,00 Service ea 0
11007191 -M31 EL.MOTOR 1,00 Item ea 155
11001752 -ZT201 MULTITURN ENCODER 1,00 Item ea 1
2552-2=KC1201E CRANE CABIN 1,00 BOM ea 0
2552-2-E-CC100 CONTROL CABINET 1,00 BOM ea 0

09/12/2014
11013597 -A35.1 POWER SUPPLY 10A Item ea 0
11009669 -A35.2 UPS UNIT 24V/6A Item ea 0
11009675 -A35.3 UPS BATTERY MODULE 7Ah Item ea 0
10007473 -D01 BUS CONNECTOR Item pcs 0
11012118 -D01.1 CPU 319-3-PN/DP USE 11013465 Item ea 0
11108900 -D01.2 MEMORY CARD Item ea 0
11000573 -D04 8 CH AI SM331 Item ea 0
11002450 -D04.1 FRONT CONNECTOR 20PIN Item ea 0
11000573 -D05 8 CH AI SM331 Item ea 0
11005840 -D06 ANALOG OUTPUT 8ch Item ea 0
11012940 -D07 FM350-1 COUNTER MODULE Item ea 0
11002271 -D100 RS 485 REPEATER Item ea 0
10006834 -D100.1 PROFIBUS CONNECTOR 90DEG Item pcs 0
11107316 -D50 PC Item ea 0
11107126 -D50.1 SOFTWARE LISENS Item ea 0
11109037 -D50.2 WINDOWS 7 PROFESSIONAL 1,00 Item ea 0
11109043 -D50.3 MEMORY 1,00 Item ea 0
11109044 -D50.4 MINI PCIE HALF CARD 1,00 Item ea 0
11109045 -D50.5 HARD DISK 1,00 Item ea 0
11011838 -E21 UNI SWITCH Item ea 0
11007962 -F06 FUSE PLUG WITH LED Item ea 0
12000127 -G01 SITOP POWER SUPPLY 24VDC 20A Item ea 0
09/12/2014
11007477 -G02 FLEXI POWER SUPPLY 230V/3-50VDC 120W Item ea 0
11108990 -HB001 TOUCHMONITOR Item ea 0
11011943 -HB001.2 STEERING ARM Item ea 0
11108991 -HB001.3 CABLE Item ea 0
11011859 -HS101 SWITCH 20A 3POL Item ea 0
10008121 -K01-K10 RELAY 24VDC 1xNO FOR RAIL Item pcs 0
11011853 -K90 SAFETY RELAY Item ea 0
11006283 -RC105 LCD DISPLAY 7" INCL 10M CABLE Item ea 0
11052039 -S01 CIRCUIT BREAKER 32A 3P C Item ea 0
11014193 -U103 REMOTE ACCESS ROUTER Item ea 0
10005061 -U43 VALVE AMPLIFIER Item ea 0
10008130 -U43.1 SOCKET FOR VALVE CONTROLLER Item pcs 0
11001114 -U43.2 HOLDING SPRING FOR VALVE CONTROLLER Item ea 0
09/12/2014
10005060 -U50 VALVE CONTROLLER Item ea 0
11014174 -U61 ETHERNET SWITCH Item ea 0
11012665 -U66 EXTENDER XGA 1:3 Item ea 0
11007963 -X121 TERMINAL 2.5 mm² WITH JUMPER Item ea 0
11105958 -XB TERMINAL BLOCK Item ea 0
11007963 -XP20 TERMINAL 2.5 mm² WITH JUMPER Item ea 0
11008782 -XS01 SOCKET OUTLET DIN-MOUNTED Service ea 0
2552-2-E-OP103 CHAIR LEFT CONTROL PANEL 1,00 BOM ea 0

11052158 -HCV101 JOYSTICK PROFIBUS 4 BUTTONS Item ea 0
10007473 -HCV101.2 BUS CONNECTOR Item pcs 0
11052160 -HCV101.3 15 PINS D-SUB WITH SCREW CONNECTION Item ea 0
11012422 -HS104 COMPLETE MOPS PUSHBUTTON INCL COVER 1,00 Item ea 0
2552-2-E-OP104 CHAIR RIGHT CONTROL PANEL 1,00 BOM ea 0

09/12/2014
11002535 -HS103 CHANGE OVER SWITCH 2pos Item ea 0
11002517 -HS103.1 ADAPTER Service ea 0
11002518 -HS103.2 CONTACT ELEMENT 1NO Service ea 0
11002524 -HS103.3 CONTACT ELEMENT 1NC Service ea 0
11001858 -HS103.4 LABEL MOUNT 50mm Item ea 0
11012821 -HS110 PUSH BUTTON BLUE Item ea 0
2552-2-E-OP105 UHF/VHF/FM/CD COMPLETE 1,00 BOM ea 0

11107189 -C01 REGULATOR Item ea 0
11012677 -F02 CIRCUIT BREAKER Item ea 0
09/12/2014
11006178 -HS104 MUSHROOM STAY-PUT BUTTON YELLOW Item ea 0
09/12/2014
11012178 -JU101 KOMPLETT VHF/UHF/FM/CD Item ea 0
11013821 -K02 CONTACTOR Item ea 0
11002521 -PB2 PUSH BUTTON BLACK Item ea 0
11002517 -PB2.1 ADAPTER Service ea 0
11001858 -PB2.2 LABEL MOUNT 50mm Item ea 0
11002518 -PB2.3 CONTACT ELEMENT 1NO Service ea 0
11107194 -T1 ROOM CONTROLLER Item ea 0
11002529 -UA102 BUZZER 18-30V AC/DC Item ea 0
09/12/2014
11108935 -CABIN CABIN COMPLETE 1,00 Item ea 1.600
11107402 -CONTROL CABIN
CONTROL SYSTEM CABIN 1,00 Item ea 0
11108930 -HC200 GAS DETECTOR Item ea 0
11108939 -JU104 TELEPHONE 1,00 Item ea 0
11108931 -JU105A LOUDSPEAKER 1,00 Item ea 0
11108931 -JU105B LOUDSPEAKER 1,00 Item ea 0
11107195 -ME1 FAN Item ea 0
11107196 -R1 AIR DUCT HEATER Item ea 0
11026089 -RESCUE SAFETY & RESCUE EQUIPMENT 1,00 Item pcs 4
2552-2=KC1300E CRANE FOUNDATION/PEDESTAL 1,00 BOM ea 0

11105764 -CC300 ENCLOSURE HxWxD 500x400x210 Item ea 0
11107398 -INSTRUMENT
CONTROL
CABINETCABINET 1,00 Item ea 0
11013551 -U65 ETHERNET SWITCH 4PORT+2FIBER MULTI MODE Item ea 0
2552-2-E-RRC97 RADIO REMOTE CABINET 1,00 BOM ea 0

11014341 -RRC97 REMOTE CONTROL INCL PROFIBUS 1,00 Item ea 0
10006834 -RRC97.1 PROFIBUS CONNECTOR 90DEG 1,00 Item pcs 0
11109057 -ET440 TRANSFORMER 1,00 Item ea 0
11013568 -JB450 2x650A SLIP RING - SEP.PLATES MAIN SUPPLIES 1,00 Item ea 440
2552-2=KC1400E MAIN JIB 1,00 BOM ea 0

09/12/2014

11014904 -ES02 MULTI PURPOSE FIXTURE IP68 RED 1,00 Item ea 1
11001748 -ES03 FLOODLIGHT 500W 230VAC IP67 1,00 Item ea 5
11001753 -ZT202 SINGLE TURN ENCODER 1,00 Item ea 1
2552-2=KC1500E KNUCKLE JIB 1,00 BOM ea 0

11019661 -JB204 JUNCTION BOX JB204 AB 1,00 Item ea 3
11108993 -WT201 LOADCELL 1,00 Item ea 0
11005254 -ZS241 PROXIMITY SWITCH 1,00 Item ea 0
2552-2=KC1600E MAIN WINCH 1,00 BOM ea 0


11012091 -ES08 FLOODLIGHT 1,00 Item ea 8
11008341 -PT205 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER 1,00 Item ea 0
09/12/2014
11011792 -RC101 CAMERA COLOUR CCC102 1,00 Item ea 0
11006285 -RC101.1 FEMALE CONNECTOR 1,00 Item ea 0
11006284 -RC101.2 MALE CONNECTOR 1,00 Item ea 0
2552-2=KC5000E HPU 1,00 BOM ea 0

11013580 -PT201 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER LEVEL MEASUREMENT 1,00 Item ea 0
11008341 -PT219A PRESSURE TRANSMITTER 1,00 Item ea 0
11008341 -PT219B PRESSURE TRANSMITTER 1,00 Item ea 0
11013798 -TT201 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER 1,00 Item ea 0
2552-2-E-CABLE CABLE 1,00 BOM ea 0

11007984 -1 MULTI CABLE 1xCOAX + 5WIRES 15,00 Item ea 105
11009732 -2 Cat_5_ToughCat_S_FTP_4x2x022DRAKAOILRESISTANCE
25,00 Item ea 2
11012025 -48 CABLE 3x6/6mm² 6,00 Item mtr 3
11013639 -49 4G10mm² 16,00 Item mtr 0
11006294 -50 CABLE 3x16/16mm 12,00 Item mtr 13
11009162 -60 12G0.75mm² 60,00 Item ea 19
11009163 -61 18G0.75mm² CABLE 35,00 Item ea 14
11012514 -62 18G1,5mm² 10,00 Item mtr 7
11009164 -63 25G0.75mm² 30,00 Item ea 18
11011260 -64 3G0,75mm² CABLE 75,00 Item ea 10
11007466 -65 3G1.5mm² HELUKABEL 125,00 Item ea 23
11007467 -66 3G2.5mm² HELUKABEL 15,00 Item mtr 4
11011782 -68 CABLE 4G1.5mm² 20,00 Item mtr 4
11052046 -69 5G15mm² 6,00 Item mtr 1
11007993 -71 7G1.5mm² 10,00 Item mtr 3
11009698 -72 4G2.5+2x(2x1) 15,00 Item mtr 5
11011347 -73 PROFIBUS CABLE 100,00 Item ea 8
11016934 -83 POWER CABLE 30,00 Item ea 36
11016932 -84 POWER CABLE 50,00 Item mtr 37
2552-2-E-SIGN SIGNS 1,00 BOM ea 0

11109054 -TAG SIGNS 1,00 Item ea 0
2. Hydraulic Hose List

Blank page.
09/12/2014
Item number Item name Item group Unit

2552-2-07ML SP2552-2 HMC 2201 LKO 120-18 CT SW ea
2552-2-07MEC-LL01 LONG LEAD ITEMS 1,00 BOM ea 0
2552-2-07MEC MECHANICAL COMPONENTS 1,00 BOM ea 0
21089085 CRANE MAIN ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 40.579
21089082 01 KING MAIN ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 40.579

21089094 01 KING STEEL ASSY 1,00 Item ea 6.264
20927987 02 CABIN LEFT PLATFORM LEFT MAIN ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 2.421
20212294 01 CABIN PLATFORM 1,00 Item ea 0

20212337 02 GRATING 1,00 Item ea 0

20212352 02 GRATING 1,00 Item ea 0
10000411 10 SHACKLE 12,00 Item pcs 0
11026235 11 4,0 mm LONG LINKED CHAIN 4,00 Item pcs 0
20573691 03 TANK COVER 1,00 Item ea 23
20582619 04 BRACKET 1,00 BOM ea 108

20221323 01 STD. DRIVER STEEL ASSEMBLY 1,00 Item ea 103
09/12/2014
11026173 05 SLEW BEARING 1,00 Item pcs 0
10000249 08 NUT A4-80 28,00 Service pcs 0
10000249 09 NUT A4-80 2,00 Service pcs 0
10002345 12 V-RING 4,00 Item pcs 0
21006973 13 OIL TANK FK120 ASSEMBLY 3,00 BOM ea 0

10002349 01 ACCUMULATOR CLAMP STAINLESS STEEL 1,00 Item pcs 1
10000248 03 NUT A4-80 2,00 Service pcs 0
20589809 14 KING RAILING 1,00 BOM ea 0

20589807 01 KING RAILING 1,00 Item ea 30
11016175 17 BOLT SOCKET HEAD CAP BLACK STEEL 58,00 Item pcs 85
20673148 18 STUDBOLT 14,00 Item ea 14
11018356 19 LUBRICATION SYSTEM 1,00 BOM ea 0

11017141 01 LUBRICATION PUMP 1,00 Item pcs 11
11013065 02 LUBRICATION FLOW TRANSMITTER 2,00 Item ea 1
11009764 03 RADIAL CONNECTOR FOR PROX INCL 15m CABLE 2,00 Item ea 0
11011067 05 LUBRICATION BLOCK SS 1,00 Item ea 1
11011022 06 LUBRICATION CHECK VALVE SS 14,00 Item pcs 0
09/12/2014
11017185 13 LUBRICATION GUN 1,00 Item pcs 1
11000297 16 HYDRAULIC HOSE 5,00 Item mtr 2
11000451 17 DKO-L STRAIGHT COUPLING 4,00 Service pcs 0
10002973 18 Ø12 MM STAINLESS STEEL PIPE 18,00 Service mtr 0
11011026 19 LUBRICATION BLOCK SS 1,00 Item pcs 1
11024101 20 BOLT CAP 72,00 Item ea 0
20933740 21 KING PLATFORM LEFT ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 536

20927330 01 KING PLATFORM LEFT STEEL ASSY 1,00 Item ea 495
20934571 02 GRATING KING PLATFORM LEFT 1,00 Item ea 109
20933742 22 KING PLATFORM LEFT ASSY 2 1,00 BOM ea 401

20927786 01 KING PLATFORM LEFT2 1,00 Item ea 325
20934515 02 GRATING KING PLATFORM LEFT 2 1,00 Item ea 66
11019447 05 SINGLE BAR GATE 1,00 Item pcs 0
20973607 23 MOTOT AND PUMP MAIN ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 1.419

11026038 01 BELLHOUSING 1,00 Item ea 18
11026020 02 ROTEX HUB 1,00 Item ea 15
11019444 03 ROTEX HUB 1,00 Item pcs 0
11026040 04 FLEXIBLE ELEMENT 1,00 Item ea 1
20933729 24 LADDER WINCH PLATFORM ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 123

20933731 01 LADDER STEEL ASSY 1,00 Item ea 122
09/12/2014
20933853 25 KING TOP PLATFORM ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 146

20933850 01 KING TOP PLATFORM STEEL ASS 1,00 Item ea 130
20934027 02 ISO-FR GRATING DETAIL 1,00 Item ea 15
20910326 26 LADDER 1,00 BOM ea 0

20910328 01 LADDER 1,00 Item ea 81
20891101 27 PLATE 2,00 Item ea 4
11012930 29 BOLT HEX HEAD A4-80 15,00 Item ea 14.175
20936548 31 KING TOP ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 8

20936542 01 RAILING KING TOP STEEL ASSY 1,00 Item ea 8
20894718 32 PIPE 2,00 Item ea 0
10009403 33 M16x1000DIN97588HOTDIPGALVTHREADBAR 2,00 Service pcs 266
20820491 34 WIND SENSOR STAND 1,00 BOM ea 35

20817783 01 WIND SENSOR STAND STEEL 1,00 Item ea 17
20820384 02 CLAMP 4,00 Item ea 0
20820415 03 SUPPORT 4,00 Item ea 0
20820405 04 PIPE 2,00 Item ea 14
20820443 05 CLAMP 4,00 Item ea 0
09/12/2014
11003777 35 WASHER 63,00 Item ea 63
11003776 36 BOLT 63,00 Item ea 63
21073442 37 MANIFOLD 1,00 Item ea 38
10002393 38 CLAMP 2,00 Item pcs 2
10003375 39 WASHER NORDLOCK A4 8,00 Service pcs 0

20066893 01 BRACKET 1,00 Item ea 0
20073184 02 BRACKET 1,00 Item ea 6
11010184 05 BOLT 1,00 Item ea 0
10000246 09 NUT A4-80 4,00 Service pcs 0
21155108 41 HP BLOCK 1,00 Item ea 0
21089091 02 FOUNDATION MAIN ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 2.672

21089080 01 FOUNDATION STEEL ASSY 1,00 Item ea 2.585
20886137 02 BRACKET 1,00 Item ea 38
21089086 03 MAIN JIB MAIN ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 11.400

21089092 01 MAIN JIB STEEL ASSY 1,00 Item ea 7.946
11022012 02 SIGN SELFADHESIVE 2,00 Item pcs 0
20546016 03 WIRE SUPPORT 1,00 BOM ea 0

20195589 01 WIRE SUPPORT 1,00 Item ea 27
20546017 02 PLATE 1,00 Item ea 4
09/12/2014
20402022 04 PLATE 1,00 Item ea 0



20137045 11 RAILING 4 MAIN ASSY. 1,00 BOM ea 0

20136036 01 RAILING 4 STEEL ASSY. 1,00 Item ea 11

09/12/2014

10007447 15 SIGN SWL 4,00 Item pcs 0

10000249 04 NUT A4-80 3,00 Service pcs 0

10000249 04 NUT A4-80 3,00 Service pcs 0

10000248 11 NUT A4-80 4,00 Service pcs 0
10007312 12 BUSH 2,00 Item pcs 0
10002345 23 V-RING 8,00 Item pcs 0
09/12/2014
11009996 25 SHACKLE 12,00 Item ea 1
11009518 27 THIMBLE 12,00 Item ea 0
10000247 30 NUT A4-80 3,00 Service pcs 0
11004996 33 BUSH 1,00 Item ea 1
10003161 34 BUSH 1,00 Item ea 1
11010223 35 WIRE Ø8mm 120,00 Item mtr 29
10005628 36 V-RING 2,00 Item pcs 0

20971337 02 ISO-FR GRATING 1,00 Item ea 25
11009996 05 SHACKLE 3,00 Item ea 0
11009518 07 THIMBLE 3,00 Item ea 0

20936512 02 CUT SECTIONS 1,00 Item ea 38
11009996 05 SHACKLE 3,00 Item ea 0
11009518 07 THIMBLE 3,00 Item ea 0
20979259 08 WINCH PLATFORM SUPPORT DETAIL 2,00 Item ea 30
20998461 39 MAIN WINCH ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 2.476

09/12/2014
20114646 02 DRUM 1,00 Item ea 0
20114654 10 PLATE 1,00 Item ea 0
10000278 11 BOLT HEX HEAD H.D.G. 4,00 Item pcs 1

20251508 01 BRACKET 1,00 Item ea 5
20251484 02 ENCODER BRACKET 1,00 Item ea 1
11026062 03 BALL BEARING 2,00 Item pcs 0
20251479 04 SHAFT 1,00 Item ea 0
11005871 05 CHAIN TENSIONER 1,00 Item ea 0
11005872 07 CHAIN WHEEL 1,00 Item ea 0
11006930 09 CHAIN - SEAWATER PROOF 2,15 Item mtr 2
20251481 17 SPACER 1,00 Item ea 0
11017204 18 LOCKING WASHER 1,00 Item pcs 0
11017203 19 LOCK NUT 1,00 Item pcs 0
20251483 20 SHIM 5,00 Item ea 0
09/12/2014
11017074 16 BOLT BLACK STEEL 6,00 Item pcs 3
20124304 17 PLATE 2,00 Item ea 0
11013241 22 BOLT SOCKET HEAD CAP BLACK STEEL 4,00 Item ea 0
10001437 40 CONSOLE 2,00 Item pcs 3
10002393 41 CLAMP 4,00 Item pcs 4
10000249 46 NUT A4-80 8,00 Service pcs 0
10001438 47 DAMPER RING 2,00 Item pcs 1
20202336 48 CAMERA BRACKET ASSEMBLY 1,00 Item ea 2
21089090 04 KNUCKLE JIB MAIN ASSY 1,00 BOM ea 4.079

21089093 01 KNUCKLE JIB STEEL ASSY 1,00 Item ea 3.310
11010231 04 WIRESHEAVE 28MM 4,00 Item ea 488
20546857 05 WIRE GUIDE RIGHT 1,00 BOM ea 6

20542788 01 WIRE GUIDE RIGHT STEEL ASSY. 1,00 Item ea 6
20546915 06 WIRE GUIDE LEFT 1,00 BOM ea 6

20543379 01 WIRE GUIDE LEFT STEEL ASSY 1,00 Item ea 6

09/12/2014

20547100 09 BOLT 3,00 Item ea 90
20606558 12 HOIST END STOP SWITCH 1,00 BOM ea 0

20602390 01 COUNTERWEIGHT 1,00 Item ea 0
11023085 02 WIRE 2,00 Item ea 1
20602116 03 SWITCH BOX 2,00 BOM ea 0

20601989 01 STOP SWITCH STEEL ASSY 1,00 Item ea 1
20601986 02 END CUP 1,00 Item ea 0
20601993 03 INSIDE PIPE 1,00 Item ea 0
20601994 04 PISTON HEAD 1,00 Item ea 0
20601980 05 PISTON SHAFT 1,00 Item ea 0
20601981 06 END FITTINGS 1,00 Item ea 0
11024095 07 COMPRESSION SPRING 1,00 Item ea 0
20174019 04 WIRE STOP SW BKT STEEL ASSY. 2,00 Item ea 2
10003378 05 WASHER NORDLOCK A4 4,00 Item pcs 0
11024088 09 SHACKLE 4,00 Item ea 1
20452674 13 LOCK PLATE 1,00 Item ea 0
10000269 15 BOLT HEAD HEX BOLT H.D.G 2,00 Service pcs 0
10002345 16 V-RING 4,00 Item pcs 0

09/12/2014
10000248 11 NUT A4-80 4,00 Service pcs 0
10007312 12 BUSH 2,00 Item pcs 0
20178344 18 LAMP BRACKET 1,00 BOM ea 0

10006036 01 DAMPER CYLINDER 1,00 Item pcs 4
20177918 02 ANGLE BAR 1,00 Item ea 0
10007885 22 BUSH 1,00 Item pcs 0
11002397 23 BUSH 1,00 Item pcs 1
10000248 28 NUT A4-80 3,00 Service pcs 0
10001713 30 V-RING 2,00 Item pcs 0
20673148 05 STUDBOLT 72,00 Item ea 72
20891019 07 LADDER 1,00 Item ea 20
20588614 08 BOLT 8,00 Item ea 200
20583280 09 BOLT 1,00 Item ea 260
20583306 10 BOLT 1,00 Item ea 494
11006787 11 SWIVEL HOOK 1,00 Item ea 500
11024101 12 BOLT CAP 1,00 Item ea 0
20980358 13 WIRE 1,00 BOM ea 0

11009564 01 WIRE Ø28mm 150,00 Item mtr 576
09/12/2014
31300016 01-C ABS CERTIFICATION 1,00 Service ea 0
2552-2-07HYD HMC 2201 LKO 120-18 CT 1,00 BOM ea 0

11108320 HYDRAULIC TAG SET 1,00 Item ea 0

11023435 MH01 BUTTERFLY VALVE 1,00 Item ea 4
11001709 MH08 COMPENSATOR 1,00 Item ea 2
10000414 MH09 OIL LEVEL GAUGE 2,00 Item pcs 1
10005789 MH10 THERMOMETER 1,00 Item pcs 0
10006111 MH17 BREATHER FILTER 2,00 Item pcs 3
11015119 MH18 RETURN FILTER 1,00 Item ea 23
11001963 MH20 FILTER 1,00 Item ea 21
11003576 MH22 FILTER 2,00 Item ea 9
11005419 MH24 LEVEL SWITCH 2,00 Item ea 6
11105427 MH25 CJC FILTER 1,00 Item ea 0
10000721 MH26 QUICK DISCONNECT COUPLING MALE 2,00 Item pcs 0
10000722 MH27 QUICK DISCONNECT COUPLING FEMALE 2,00 Item pcs 1
11108215 MH28 SCREW PUMP 1,00 Item ea 0
11105807 MH29 OIL COOLER 1,00 Item ea 195
10000498 MH33 CHECK VALVE HT 20 1,00 Item pcs 1

11020012 MH50 HYDRAULIC PUMP 1,00 Item ea 175
09/12/2014
10006113 MH52 VALVE HOUSING 1,00 Item pcs 13
11003748 MH55 FILTER,HIGH PRESSURE 1,00 Item ea 30
10006115 MH58 SAE 6000 PSI MALE THREADED FLANGE COMPLETE 2,00 Service pcs 5
11107301 MH64 EMERGENCY PUMP 1,00 Item ea 21
10001472 MH68 PRESSURE GAUGE 1,00 Service pcs 0
11108246 MH72 PROPORTIONAL VALVE 1,00 Item ea 0
11015955 MH76 PUMP BLOCK 1,00 Item ea 7
11016783 MH78 CABINET 400x600x220(WHD) 1,00 Item ea 17
21073442 MH82 MANIFOLD Item ea 0
10000421 MH84 RESTRICTOR VALVE HS 06 1,00 Item pcs 0

10008976 JH05 RELIEF VALVE Item pcs 0
10001461 JH06 TEST COUPLING 6,00 Service pcs 0
10002639 JH08 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE 1,00 Item pcs 14
10000420 JH09 RESTRICTOR VALVE HS 04 4,00 Item pcs 1
09/12/2014

11108044 SG01 SLEW GEAR 3,00 Item ea 840
10009709 SG04 OIL TANK 3,00 Item pcs 6
10007608 SH01 HYDRAULIC MOTOR 3,00 Item pcs 0
10000530 SH04 SHUTTLE VALVE 2,00 Item pcs 0
10000633 SH05 RESTRICTOR CHECK VALVE HST 06 2,00 Item pcs 1
11000741 SH10 VALVE BLOCK 1,00 Item ea 24
10002392 SH11 ACCUMULATOR 1,00 Item pcs 81
10002393 SH12 CLAMP 2,00 Item pcs 2
10001438 SH13 DAMPER RING 1,00 Item pcs 0
10007386 SH14 REDUCER 1,00 Item pcs 1
10000430 SH17 BALL VALVE 1,00 Item pcs 2
11105880 SH18 SOLENOID VALVE 1,00 Item ea 2
10003737 SH19 SUBPLATE 1,00 Item pcs 1

11005212 WG01 WINCH GEAR CW ROTATION 1,00 Item ea 380
11005972 WG02 WINCH GEAR CCW ROTATION 1,00 Item ea 380
11005265 WG03 ADAPTER SET 1,00 Item ea 7
11008360 WG04 BLIND COVER 1,00 Item ea 4
11009173 WH01 HYDRAULIC MOTOR 1,00 Item ea 33
10000494 WH09 CHECK VALVE 1,00 Item pcs 0
10001435 WH11 BLADDER ACCUMULATOR 2,00 Item pcs 220
31300012 WH11.C ABS PRODUCT CERTIFICATE 2,00 Service ea 0
10001437 WH12 CONSOLE 2,00 Item pcs 3
10002393 WH13 CLAMP 4,00 Item pcs 4
10001438 WH14 DAMPER RING 2,00 Item pcs 1
10004011 WH22 DIRECTIONAL VALVE,EL 2,00 Item pcs 3
11009315 WH23 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE CPL 1,00 Item ea 2
10001594 WH24 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE 1,00 Item pcs 2
10002245 WH25 SEQUENCE VALVE 1,00 Item pcs 1
09/12/2014
10000530 WH29 SHUTTLE VALVE 1,00 Item pcs 0
11002436 WH30 RELIEF VALVE 1,00 Item ea 0
11002437 WH31 VALVE HOUSING INC CHECK VALVE 1,00 Item ea 1
11016784 WH35 CABINET 800x800x325(WHD) 1,00 Item ea 42
10007029 WH36 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE 1,00 Item pcs 0
10004716 WH37 VALVE HOUSING 1,00 Item pcs 1
2552-2-07E ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS 1,00 BOM ea 0
2552-2=KC1200E CRANE KING 1,00 BOM ea 0

11011695 -D01 RIO INTERFACE MODULE Item ea 0
11005740 -D01.1 BACKPLATE 480mm Item ea 0
11015926 -D01.2 COMPACT REPEATER PLUG Item ea 0
11002445 -D03 16 DIGITAL INPUT Item ea 0
11013758 -E01 FAN AND FILTER UNIT Item ea 0
11013759 -E01.1 OUTLET FILTER RAL 7035 Item ea 0
11013759 -E02 OUTLET FILTER RAL 7035 Item ea 0
11013665 -ES400 ENCLOSURE AISI316 Item ea 0
11012733 -F01 CIRCUIT BREAKER 50A 3POL Item ea 0
09/12/2014
11012030 -K03 CONTACTOR 250A AC Item ea 0
09/12/2014
11008772 -K15.1 AUXILIARY CONTACT Item ea 0
11006373 -K34 TIME RELAY 3-60s Item ea 0
09/12/2014
11011955 -P21 AMMETER Item ea 0
11007570 -P21.2 AMPMETER Item ea 0
11007570 -P23 AMPMETER Item ea 0
11002190 -P31 HOUR COUNTER 50/60Hz DIN MOUNTED Item ea 0
11012863 -Q01 CIRCUIT BREAKER 3P Item ea 0
11007530 -Q03.1 MOTOR PROTECTIVE BREAKER 4,0-6,3A Item ea 0
11011647 -Q04.1 MOTOR PROTECTIVE CIRCUIT BREAKER Item ea 0
11003506 -Q06.1 MOTOR PROTECTIVE CIRCUIT BREAKER 1-1,6A Item ea 0
11013762 -R10 ENCLOSURE HEATER 800W Item ea 0
09/12/2014
11012047 -T03 CURRENT TRANSFORMER Item ea 0
11011954 -T04 CURRENT TRANSFORMER 400-5A Item ea 0
11007574 -T06 CURRENT TRANSFORMER 50/5A Item ea 0
11008904 -U01 MONITORING RELAY Item ea 0
11012870 -U27 EARTH FAULT MONITORING Item ea 0
11108967 -UL01 UPS 3000VA 2x156-280VAC Item ea 0

11013699 -ES404 ENCLOSURE 400x600x220mm WxHxD Item ea 0
09/12/2014
11007972 -HS116 COMPLETE_EM.STOP_WITHOUT_CAGE MOELLER Item ea 0
11012452 -Q01 CIRCUIT BREAKER Item ea 0
11011648 -Q01.1 AUXILIARY CONTACT 1NO 1NC MOUNT RIGHT SIDE CIRC.BRItem ea 0
11007530 -Q02 MOTOR PROTECTIVE BREAKER 4,0-6,3A Item ea 0
11012044 -S01 PUSH BUTTON WITH LAMP Item ea 0
11007528 -T1 TRANSFORMER 660-690V/230V 180VA Item ea 0

2552-2-E-OP206 EMERGENCY PANEL 1,00 BOM ea 0

11107401 -EMERGENCY
EMERGENCY
PANEL PANEL 1,00 Item ea 0
10008134 -G03 POWER SUPPLY Item pcs 0
11011903 -H01 JOYSTICK Item ea 0
09/12/2014
11012000 -OP206 PORTABLE CONTROL STATION Item ea 0
11007975 -S01 COMPLETE_STOP MOELLER Service ea 0
2552-2-E-ECCI JUNCTION BOX 1,00 BOM ea 0

11107399 -ECCI JUNCTION BOX 1,00 Item ea 0
11011828 -XP01 EMERGENCY CONNECTOR Item ea 0
11011830 -XP01.1 MILC5015_BAM3120AMPHENOLSEALINGGASKET20 Service ea 0
11011829 -XP02 MILC5015_DS3106F2027SAMPHENOLKABELYLSD Service ea 0
11105549 -AT01 WIND SENSOR 1,00 Item ea 2
11105550 -AT01.1 CABLE INCL. CONNECTOR 15m 1,00 Item ea 4
11108938 -M01 EL.MOTOR 440VAC/60Hz 1,00 Item ea 1.200
31300012 -M01.C ABS PRODUCT CERTIFICATE 1,00 Service ea 0
11007191 -M31 EL.MOTOR 1,00 Item ea 155
2552-2=KC1201E CRANE CABIN 1,00 BOM ea 0

09/12/2014
11013597 -A35.1 POWER SUPPLY 10A Item ea 0
11009669 -A35.2 UPS UNIT 24V/6A Item ea 0
11009675 -A35.3 UPS BATTERY MODULE 7Ah Item ea 0
10007473 -D01 BUS CONNECTOR Item pcs 0
11012118 -D01.1 CPU 319-3-PN/DP USE 11013465 Item ea 0
11108900 -D01.2 MEMORY CARD Item ea 0
11000573 -D04 8 CH AI SM331 Item ea 0
11000573 -D05 8 CH AI SM331 Item ea 0
11005840 -D06 ANALOG OUTPUT 8ch Item ea 0
11012940 -D07 FM350-1 COUNTER MODULE Item ea 0
11107316 -D50 PC Item ea 0
11107126 -D50.1 SOFTWARE LISENS Item ea 0
11109037 -D50.2 WINDOWS 7 PROFESSIONAL 1,00 Item ea 0
11109043 -D50.3 MEMORY 1,00 Item ea 0
11109044 -D50.4 MINI PCIE HALF CARD 1,00 Item ea 0
11109045 -D50.5 HARD DISK 1,00 Item ea 0
11011838 -E21 UNI SWITCH Item ea 0
11007962 -F06 FUSE PLUG WITH LED Item ea 0
09/12/2014
11108990 -HB001 TOUCHMONITOR Item ea 0
11011943 -HB001.2 STEERING ARM Item ea 0
11108991 -HB001.3 CABLE Item ea 0
11011859 -HS101 SWITCH 20A 3POL Item ea 0
11011853 -K90 SAFETY RELAY Item ea 0
11006283 -RC105 LCD DISPLAY 7" INCL 10M CABLE Item ea 0
11052039 -S01 CIRCUIT BREAKER 32A 3P C Item ea 0
11014193 -U103 REMOTE ACCESS ROUTER Item ea 0
09/12/2014
10005060 -U50 VALVE CONTROLLER Item ea 0
11014174 -U61 ETHERNET SWITCH Item ea 0
11012665 -U66 EXTENDER XGA 1:3 Item ea 0
11105958 -XB TERMINAL BLOCK Item ea 0
11008782 -XS01 SOCKET OUTLET DIN-MOUNTED Service ea 0
2552-2-E-OP103 CHAIR LEFT CONTROL PANEL 1,00 BOM ea 0

11012422 -HS104 COMPLETE MOPS PUSHBUTTON INCL COVER 1,00 Item ea 0
2552-2-E-OP104 CHAIR RIGHT CONTROL PANEL 1,00 BOM ea 0

09/12/2014
11012821 -HS110 PUSH BUTTON BLUE Item ea 0
2552-2-E-OP105 UHF/VHF/FM/CD COMPLETE 1,00 BOM ea 0

11012677 -F02 CIRCUIT BREAKER Item ea 0
09/12/2014
11006178 -HS104 MUSHROOM STAY-PUT BUTTON YELLOW Item ea 0
09/12/2014
11012178 -JU101 KOMPLETT VHF/UHF/FM/CD Item ea 0
11013821 -K02 CONTACTOR Item ea 0
11107194 -T1 ROOM CONTROLLER Item ea 0
11002529 -UA102 BUZZER 18-30V AC/DC Item ea 0
09/12/2014
11108935 -CABIN CABIN COMPLETE 1,00 Item ea 1.600
11107402 -CONTROL CABIN
CONTROL SYSTEM CABIN 1,00 Item ea 0
11108930 -HC200 GAS DETECTOR Item ea 0
11108939 -JU104 TELEPHONE 1,00 Item ea 0
11108931 -JU105A LOUDSPEAKER 1,00 Item ea 0
11108931 -JU105B LOUDSPEAKER 1,00 Item ea 0
11107195 -ME1 FAN Item ea 0
11026089 -RESCUE SAFETY & RESCUE EQUIPMENT 1,00 Item pcs 4
2552-2=KC1300E CRANE FOUNDATION/PEDESTAL 1,00 BOM ea 0

11105764 -CC300 ENCLOSURE HxWxD 500x400x210 Item ea 0
11107398 -INSTRUMENT
CONTROL
CABINETCABINET 1,00 Item ea 0
11013551 -U65 ETHERNET SWITCH 4PORT+2FIBER MULTI MODE Item ea 0
2552-2-E-RRC97 RADIO REMOTE CABINET 1,00 BOM ea 0

11014341 -RRC97 REMOTE CONTROL INCL PROFIBUS 1,00 Item ea 0
10006834 -RRC97.1 PROFIBUS CONNECTOR 90DEG 1,00 Item pcs 0
11109057 -ET440 TRANSFORMER 1,00 Item ea 0
11013568 -JB450 2x650A SLIP RING - SEP.PLATES MAIN SUPPLIES 1,00 Item ea 440
2552-2=KC1400E MAIN JIB 1,00 BOM ea 0

09/12/2014

2552-2=KC1500E KNUCKLE JIB 1,00 BOM ea 0

11019661 -JB204 JUNCTION BOX JB204 AB 1,00 Item ea 3
11108993 -WT201 LOADCELL 1,00 Item ea 0
2552-2=KC1600E MAIN WINCH 1,00 BOM ea 0


11012091 -ES08 FLOODLIGHT 1,00 Item ea 8
09/12/2014
11011792 -RC101 CAMERA COLOUR CCC102 1,00 Item ea 0
11006285 -RC101.1 FEMALE CONNECTOR 1,00 Item ea 0
11006284 -RC101.2 MALE CONNECTOR 1,00 Item ea 0
2552-2=KC5000E HPU 1,00 BOM ea 0

11013580 -PT201 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER LEVEL MEASUREMENT 1,00 Item ea 0
11008341 -PT219A PRESSURE TRANSMITTER 1,00 Item ea 0
11008341 -PT219B PRESSURE TRANSMITTER 1,00 Item ea 0
11013798 -TT201 TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER 1,00 Item ea 0
2552-2-E-CABLE CABLE 1,00 BOM ea 0

11007984 -1 MULTI CABLE 1xCOAX + 5WIRES 15,00 Item ea 105
11009732 -2 Cat_5_ToughCat_S_FTP_4x2x022DRAKAOILRESISTANCE
25,00 Item ea 2
11012025 -48 CABLE 3x6/6mm² 6,00 Item mtr 3
11013639 -49 4G10mm² 16,00 Item mtr 0
11006294 -50 CABLE 3x16/16mm 12,00 Item mtr 13
11009162 -60 12G0.75mm² 60,00 Item ea 19
11009163 -61 18G0.75mm² CABLE 35,00 Item ea 14
11012514 -62 18G1,5mm² 10,00 Item mtr 7
11009164 -63 25G0.75mm² 30,00 Item ea 18
11011260 -64 3G0,75mm² CABLE 75,00 Item ea 10
11007466 -65 3G1.5mm² HELUKABEL 125,00 Item ea 23
11007467 -66 3G2.5mm² HELUKABEL 15,00 Item mtr 4
11011782 -68 CABLE 4G1.5mm² 20,00 Item mtr 4
11052046 -69 5G15mm² 6,00 Item mtr 1
11007993 -71 7G1.5mm² 10,00 Item mtr 3
11009698 -72 4G2.5+2x(2x1) 15,00 Item mtr 5
11011347 -73 PROFIBUS CABLE 100,00 Item ea 8
11016934 -83 POWER CABLE 30,00 Item ea 36
11016932 -84 POWER CABLE 50,00 Item mtr 37
2552-2-E-SIGN SIGNS 1,00 BOM ea 0

11109054 -TAG SIGNS 1,00 Item ea 0
3. Component Parts List Electro

Blank page.
4. Ordering Spare Parts

Direct all enquiries regarding service and spare parts to:
MacGregor Norway AS
Andøyfaret 15
NO-4623 Kristiansand
NORWAY
Phone: +47 91 68 60 00
Fax: +47 38 01 87 01
krs.spareparts@macgregor.com
krs.service@cargotec.com
Or look up your nearest MacGregor Marine Service station:
www.MacGregor.com
Remember to refer to the actual equipment machine number for exact definition of components and service
advice.
Important Notice:
During the warranty period, all necessary spare parts must be supplied by MacGregor. The use of spare parts
supplied by other suppliers violates and forfeits the warranty.

8 Drawings & Data Sheets

Table of Contents
1. User Manual Drawings List ..............................................................................................................3
2. Drawings ..........................................................................................................................................5
2.1. Hydraulic - Crane.......................................................................................................................5
2.2. Hydraulic - Main Winch ..............................................................................................................7
2.3. General Arrangement ................................................................................................................9
2.4. Mechanical Assembly Crane ...................................................................................................11
2.5. Mechanical Assembly Main Winch ..........................................................................................13
2.6. Lubrication Charts ...................................................................................................................15
2.7. Electrical Drawings ..................................................................................................................17
3. Data Sheets ...................................................................................................................................19

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Blank page.

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
1. User Manual Drawings List

Hydraulic - Crane
• SP2552-2-L-XA-001 - Tank system

• SP2552-2-L-XA-002 - Pump system
• SP2552-2-L-XA-003 - Jib system
• SP2552-2-L-XA-004 - Slew system
Hydraulic - Main winch
• SP2552-2-L-XA-005 – 12T Winch
General Crane
• SP2552-2 R-XD-01 - General Arrangement

• SP2552-2 R-XD-02 - Working Area
• SP2552-2 R-XD-03 - Crane Geometry
Mechanical Assembly Crane
• 20926930- Main Assembly

• 20926935 - King Assembly
• 20926945 - Main Jib
• 20926947 - Knuckle Jib
• 20926936 – Crane with Foundation
Mechanical Assembly Main Winch
• 20965847 - Mechanical Assembly
Lubrication
• C.2201.0000.LU01
Electrical Drawings:
• Main Block Diagram

• Sub Block Diagrams
• External Wiring Diagrams
• Loop Diagrams

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Blank Page.

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
2. Drawings
2.1. Hydraulic - Crane

Blank page.

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
2.2. Hydraulic - Main Winch

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Blank page.

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
2.3. General Arrangement

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Blank page.

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Name: SP2552-2-R-XD-001.dwg, Number: 20926234, Version: 10.4, State: RELEASED, Modifier: brekksj
Name: SP2552-2-R-XD-002.dwg, Number: 20926235, Version: 2.4, State: RELEASED, Modifier: brekksj
Name: SP2552-2-R-XD-003.dwg, Number: 21294989, Version: 0.1, State: RELEASED, Modifier: normaka
2.4. Mechanical Assembly Crane

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Blank page.

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Name: SP2552-2-R-XX-01 CRANE MAIN ASSEMBLY, Number: 20926930, Version: 3.3, State: RELEASED, Modifier: jantzsh
This document and all data disclosed herein or herewith are the
MACGREGOR
confidential and proprietary property of NORWAY AS
and are not to be used, reproduced or disclosed in whole or in
part by or to anyone without the written permission of
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Tolerances to comply with: Welds to comply with:
ISO 13920-AE for welded structures EN 287-1/2
ISO 2768-mk-E for other parts EN ISO 15614, AWS 01.1
UNO in drawing UNO in drawing
Rev Description Drawn Appr. Date
0 ISSUED FOR PRODUCTION SHJ SVB 12/07/2013
1 UPDATED VIEWS AND POSITION OF CRANE SHJ SVB 14/10/2013
2 ADDED INFO ITEMS 1-4 SHJ SVB 17/01/2014
3 ADDED ITEM 14 SHJ SVB 02/05/2014
Total Weight [kg] 40597

3 1 14 LUBRICATION SYSTEM 2806 CRANE - SS 316 60 11026026
11026026
1 13 WIRE Ø28 150M MBL782KN 570 20980358
20980358
72 12 PROTECTIVE CAP Ø53x49 FOR SUPERBOLT 0 11024101
11024101
1 11 SWIVEL HOOK 500 11006787
11006787
1 10 MECH.BOLT 494 20583306
20583306
1 9 MECH. BOLT 260 20583280
20583280
8 8 MECH.BOLT 25 20588614
20588614
1 7 LADDER TO FOUNDATION 20 20891019
20891019
72 6 SUPERBOLT CY-M30x3.5/W 0 11016681
11016681
72 5 STUDBOLT M30x220 10.9 W/ 3.2 CERT 1 20673148
20673148
1 4 KNUCKLE JIB 4079 20926947
20926947
INFORMATION ITEMS ONLY! 1 3 MAIN JIB MAIN JIB 11372 20926945
20926945
1 i-4 JIB CYLINDER RH Ø180/Ø140 x 2625 1143 1 2 FOUNDATION 2672 20926936
20926936
1 i-3 JIB CYLINDER LH Ø180/Ø140 x 2625 1143 1 1 KING 15037 20926935
20926935
1 i-2 JIB CYLINDER LH Ø200/Ø180 x 3800 1466 Qty. Item Description Specification Weight Ref. No.
1 i-1 JIB CYLINDER RH Ø200/Ø180 x 3800 1466 Sheet: 1 of 4 Scale/Format:
Qty. Item Description Specification Weight Ref. No. HMC2201 1:50/A3

CRANE
Projection: State:Released Rev.:
MAIN ASSEMBLY
SP2552-2-R-XX-01 20926930 3
THIS IS A COMPUTER AIDED DRAWING AND MUST NOT BE ALTERED MANUALLY.
MACGREGOR
WIND SENSOR REMOVED FOR CLARITY part by or to anyone without the written permission of
REMOVED PLATE TO SHOW ITEM 14 MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
10 UNO in drawing UNO in drawing
3 SEE SHEET 1
3 14
8 4
7 2 6
12
5
11
A(1:10)
13 i-2
i-4

1 14 LUBRICATION SYSTEM 2806 CRANE - SS 316 60 11026026
11026026
1 13 WIRE Ø28 150M MBL782KN 570 20980358
20980358
11024101
1 11 SWIVEL HOOK 500 11006787
11006787
1 10 MECH.BOLT 494 20583306
20583306
1 9 MECH. BOLT 260 20583280
20583280
8 8 MECH.BOLT 25 20588614
20588614
20891019
72 6 SUPERBOLT CY-M30x3.5/W 0 11016681
11016681
20673148
1 4 KNUCKLE JIB 4079 20926947
20926947
i-1 i-3 1 3 MAIN JIB MAIN JIB 11372 20926945
20926945
1 2 FOUNDATION 2672 20926936
20926936
1 1 KING 15037 20926935
20926935
Qty. Item Description Specification Weight Ref. No.
INFORMATION ITEMS ONLY!

Sheet: 2 of 4 Scale/Format:
1 i-4 JIB CYLINDER RH Ø180/Ø140 x 2625 1143

HMC2201 1:60/A3
CRANE
1 i-3 JIB CYLINDER LH Ø180/Ø140 x 2625 1143
i-2 JIB CYLINDER LH Ø200/Ø180 x 3800 1466
1
MAIN ASSEMBLY
1 i-1 JIB CYLINDER RH Ø200/Ø180 x 3800 1466 SP2552-2-R-XX-01 20926930 3
Qty. Item Description Specification Weight Ref. No. THIS IS A COMPUTER AIDED DRAWING AND MUST NOT BE ALTERED MANUALLY.
MACGREGOR
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
WIND SENSOR REMOVED FOR Tolerances to comply with: Welds to comply with:
CLARITY ISO 13920-AE for welded structures

ISO 2768-mk-E for other parts
EN 287-1/2
EN ISO 15614, AWS 01.1
SEE SHEET 1
INFORMATION ITEMS ONLY!


9 1 14 LUBRICATION SYSTEM 2806 CRANE - SS 316 60 11026026
11026026
10
1 13 WIRE Ø28 150M MBL782KN 570 20980358
REF
20980358
REF 72 12 PROTECTIVE CAP Ø53x49 FOR SUPERBOLT 0 11024101
11024101
1 11 SWIVEL HOOK 500 11006787
11006787
1 10 MECH.BOLT 494 20583306
20583306
1 9 MECH. BOLT 260 20583280
20583280
8 8 MECH.BOLT 25 20588614
20588614
20891019
72 6 SUPERBOLT CY-M30x3.5/W 0 11016681
11016681
20673148
1 4 KNUCKLE JIB 4079 20926947
20926947
1 3 MAIN JIB MAIN JIB 11372 20926945
20926945
1 2 FOUNDATION 2672 20926936
20926936
1 1 KING 15037 20926935
20926935
SECTION D-D Qty. Item Description Specification Weight Ref. No.
SECTION C-C MAIN JIB - KNUCKLE JIB Sheet: 3 of 4 Scale/Format:
SECTION A-A CYLINDER CONNECTION KNUCKLE JIB SCALE 1:20 HMC2201

KING - MAIN JIB SECTION B-B SCALE 1:10
1:60/A3
CRANE
SCALE 1:20 CYLINDER CONNECTION KING Projection: State:Released Rev.:
SCALE 1:10
MAIN ASSEMBLY
SP2552-2-R-XX-01 20926930 3
WIND SENSOR REMOVED FOR MACGREGOR
CLARITY part by or to anyone without the written permission of
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
3766 (COG) ISO 2768-mk-E for other parts EN ISO 15614, AWS 01.1
SEE SHEET 1
4150 (COG)
123 (COG)
HMC2201 1:60/A3
CRANE
MAIN ASSEMBLY
SP2552-2-R-XX-01 20926930 3
Name: SP2552-2-R-XX-02 KING MAIN ASSEMBLY, Number: 20926935, Version: 3.2, State: RELEASED, Modifier: jantzsh
confidential and proprietary property of MACGREGOR NORWAY AS.
34 part by or to anyone without the written permission of
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS.
NOTE: ISO 2768-mk-E for other parts EN ISO 15614, AWS 01.1
WIND SENSOR HEIGHT TO BE ADJUSTED TO
BE BELOW THE HELI LIGHTS 0 ISSUED FOR PRODUCTION SHJ SVB 23/07/2013
ADDED INFO ITEMS 9-19, REPLACED ITEM 13
1 SHJ SVB 06/11/2013
ADDED 35-40
REPLACED ITEM 37, REMOVED ITEM 19, ADDED
2 SHJ SVB 02/05/2014
ITEM 41, INFO ITEMS ADDED/REMOVED
3 REPLACED ITEM 11 SHJ SVB 28/11/2014
31 24
14
25
33
17
32 15
i-7
1
i-2
20
i-7 16
41
27
28 DETAIL A
23 SCALE 1:10
30 29
i-3
13
i-12 DETAIL D Total Weight [kg] 15221

SCALE 1:10 1 41 MOTOR / PUMP ASSEMBLY 184 21226114
i-17 2 40 Encoder Assembly 16 20067828

21 8 39 WASHER 0 10003375
2 38 ACCUMULATOR CLAMP FK 220-2-316 1 10002393
1 37 HP BLOCK 11/2"SAE 32 21155108
i-20 63 36 BOLT M14X170 UNI5931-67-8G FOR GEAR 0 11003776
63 35 WASHER 15x24x2.5 R80 FOR GEAR BOLT 0 11003777
1 34 WIND SENSOR STAND 35 20820491
i-19 2 33 STUD BOLT M16X130,8.8 HOT DIP GALV 0 10009403
2 32 PIPE 0 20894718
1 31 RAILING 8 20936548
19 30 HEX NUT M16 DIN934-8.8 H.D.G HEX NUT 0 10000309
15 29 BOLT HEX HEAD M16x50 DIN933 A4-80 0 11012930
34 28 WASHER M16 ELZN NORD-LOCK WASHER 0 10002959
2 27 PLATE 2 20891101
i-16
SEE DETAIL D 1 26 LADDER 82 20910326
1 25 146
i-13 KING TOP PLATFORM 20933853
1 24 LADDER 123 20933729
35 1 23 MOTOR AND PUMP 1419 20973607
1 22 KING PLATFORM LEFT 401 20933742
36 1 21 KING PLATFORM LEFT 634 20933740

2 22 i-1 37 i-10
26
58 17 BOLT SOCKET HEAD M30x220 DIN912 10.9 2 11016175
INFORMATION ITEMS ONLY! 72 16 SUPERBOLT CY-M30x3.5/W 0 11016681
1 i-21 TRANSFORMER 16 kVA 118 11109057 58 15 WASHER M30 DIN6916 HARDENED H.D.G. 0 10001847
1 i-20 JUNCTION BOX ELECTRICAL 10 11107399 1 14 KING RAILING 2 31 20589809
1 i-19 JUNCTION BOX ELECTRICAL 10 11029062 3 13 OIL TANK FK120 ASSEMBLY 2 21006973
2 i-18 VALVE BLOCK 14 11107306 4 12 V-RING V-199 A 0 10002345
1 i-17 VALVE BLOCK 14 11107305 3 4 11 DISTANCE SPACER 1 20579863
3 i-16 HYDRAULIC MOTOR 15 10007608 4 10 CIRCLIP I 180, INTERNAL CIRCLIP 0 10005217
1 i-15 ACCUMULATOR EHV 32-330 BLADDER ACCUM. 80 10002392 2 9 BEARING GE 120 TXA-2LS 8 11017983
1 i-14 FILTER NF BNHC 1310 DP 10D 1.1 17 11015119 28 8 HEX NUT M10 DIN934 A4-80 0 10000249
3 i-13 SLEW GEAR 290 11108044 28 7 BOLT HEX HEAD M10x30 DIN933 A4-80 0 10000236
2 i-12 OIL LEVEL INDICATOR 254 MM OIL LEVEL INDICATOR 2 10000414 48 6 WASHER M10 DIN125A A4 0 10000253
2 i-11 BREATHING FILTER 4 10006111 1 5 SLEW BEARING 1007 11026173
2 i-10 LEVEL SWITCH MOBREY MINI LEVEL SWITCH SMA1 2 11005419 1 4 SLIPRING BRACKET 108 20582619
1 i-9 FILTER RF BNHC660 65 11001963 1 3 TANK COVER 26 20573691
2 i-8 FILTER RF BNHC 330 DG 10D1.X 35 11003576 1 2 PLATFORM LEFT 2421 20927987
2 i-7 LIGHT 8 11008467 1 1 KING 6264 20926932
Description Specification Weight Ref. No.

1 i-6 EL CABINET 400x600x220mm 16 11013699
SEE DETAIL A Qty. Item
1 i-5 CIRCULATION PUMP PGA00738 95
SCALE 1:75
11105315
1 i-4 CJC FILTER HDU 27/81 56 11003578

HMC 2201 1:40/A3
KING
1 i-3 EL CABINET 1580x1345x600mm IP66 100 11013665
1 i-2 OIL COOLER OK-P12LL 205 11022045
1 i-1 SLIP RING 435 11013568 5 40 4 SP2552-2-R-XX-02 20926935 3

WIND SENSOR REMOVE FOR CLARITY Tolerances to comply with: Welds to comply with:
SEE SHEET 1

1 41 MOTOR / PUMP ASSEMBLY 184 21226114
21226114
2 40 Encoder Assembly 16 20067828
20067828
8 39 WASHER 0 10003375
10003375
10002393
1 37 HP BLOCK 11/2"SAE 32 21155108
21155108
63 36 BOLT M14X170 UNI5931-67-8G FOR GEAR 0 11003776
11003776
11003777
20820491
2 33 STUD BOLT M16X130,8.8 HOT DIP GALV 0 10009403
10009403
2 32 PIPE 0 20894718
20894718
i-15 39 38 1 31 RAILING 8 20936548
20936548
10000309
11012930
10002959
2 27 PLATE 2 20891101
20891101
1 26 LADDER 82 20910326
20910326
SEE DETAIL B 1 25 KING TOP PLATFORM 146 20933853
20933853
1 24 LADDER 123 20933729
20933729
1 23 MOTOR AND PUMP 1419 20973607
20973607
20933742
3 1 21 KING PLATFORM LEFT 634 20933740
SEE DETAIL C
20933740
11024101
7 14 18 STUDBOLT M30x220 10.9 W/ 3.2 CERT 1 20673148
20673148
11016175
8 72 16 SUPERBOLT CY-M30x3.5/W 0 11016681
11016681
58 15 WASHER M30 DIN6916 HARDENED H.D.G. 0 10001847
10001847
6 1 14 KING RAILING 2 31 20589809
20589809
3 13 OIL TANK FK120 ASSEMBLY 2 21006973
21006973
4 12 V-RING V-199 A 0 10002345
10002345
4 11 DISTANCE SPACER 1 20579863
20579863
12 i-11
4 10 CIRCLIP I 180, INTERNAL CIRCLIP 0 10005217
10005217
i-14 2 9 BEARING GE 120 TXA-2LS 8 11017983
11017983
11 28 8 HEX NUT M10 DIN934 A4-80 0 10000249
10000249
10000236
10 48 6 WASHER M10 DIN125A A4 0 10000253
10000253
1 5 SLEW BEARING 1007 11026173
11026173
9 i-9 1 4 SLIPRING BRACKET 108 20582619
20582619
1 3 TANK COVER 26 20573691
20573691
18 1 2 PLATFORM LEFT 2421 20927987
20927987
1 1 KING 6264 20926932
20926932
REMOVED FRONT AND SIDE PLATE DETAIL B i-8 Qty. Item Description Specification Weight Ref. No.
FOR BETTER CLARITY SCALE 1:20 Sheet: 2 of 4 Scale/Format:
HMC 2201 1:40/A3

KING
DETAIL C
SCALE 1:10 SP2552-2-R-XX-02 20926935 3
SEE SHEET 1

1 41 MOTOR / PUMP ASSEMBLY 184 21226114
21226114
2 40 Encoder Assembly 16 20067828
20067828
8 39 WASHER 0 10003375
10003375
10002393
1 37 HP BLOCK 11/2"SAE 32 21155108
21155108
63 36 BOLT M14X170 UNI5931-67-8G FOR GEAR 0 11003776
11003776
11003777
20820491
2 33 STUD BOLT M16X130,8.8 HOT DIP GALV 0 10009403
10009403
2 32 PIPE 0 20894718
20894718
i-5 1 31 RAILING 8 20936548
20936548
10000309
11012930
10002959
2 27 PLATE 2 20891101
20891101
1 26 LADDER 82 20910326
i-4
20910326
1 25 KING TOP PLATFORM 146 20933853
20933853
1 24 LADDER 123 20933729
20933729
1 23 MOTOR AND PUMP 1419 20973607
20973607
20933742
20933740
11024101
20673148
11016175
72 16 SUPERBOLT CY-M30x3.5/W 0 11016681
11016681
10001847
1 14 KING RAILING 2 31 20589809
20589809
3 13 OIL TANK FK120 ASSEMBLY 2 21006973
21006973
4 12 V-RING V-199 A 0 10002345
10002345
20579863
i-6 4 10 CIRCLIP I 180, INTERNAL CIRCLIP 0 10005217
10005217
2 9 BEARING GE 120 TXA-2LS 8 11017983
11017983
i-21
28 8 HEX NUT M10 DIN934 A4-80 0 10000249
i-16
10000249
i-18 28 7 BOLT HEX HEAD M10x30 DIN933 A4-80 0 10000236
10000236
48 6 WASHER M10 DIN125A A4 0 10000253
10000253
1 5 SLEW BEARING 1007 11026173
11026173
1 4 SLIPRING BRACKET 108 20582619
20582619
1 3 TANK COVER 26 20573691
20573691
1 2 PLATFORM LEFT 2421 20927987
20927987
1 1 KING 6264 20926932
20926932
HMC 2201 1:40/A3

KING
SP2552-2-R-XX-02 20926935 3
SEE SHEET 1
6484
1085
COG
6882
COG
248
HMC 2201 1:60/A3

KING
156
COG
6577 SP2552-2-R-XX-02 20926935 3
Name: SP2552-2-R-XX-04 MAIN JIB MAIN ASSEMBLY Number: 20926945 Version: 1.2 State: RELEASED Modifier: jantzsh
CARGOTEC
CARGOTEC NORWAY AS
1 ADDED ITEM 48 SHJ GHG 14/10/2013
35
SEE DETAIL B
19
20
36
34 33
SECTION B-B
24
31
32
23
40 47 SECTION A-A 22
41 45 46 21
SEE DETAIL A
43 42 Total Weight [kg] 11372

44 39 i-2 1 1 48 CAMERA BRACKET STEEL ASSEMBLY 4 20202336
15
2 2 47 DAMPER RING DAMPER RING 3 10001438
8 46 HEX NUT M10 DIN934 A4-80 0 10000249
38 8 44 HEX NUT M16 DIN934-8.8 H.D.G HEX NUT 0 10000309
8 43 BOLT HEX HEAD M16x45 DIN933 8.8 H.D.G. 0 10000272
16 42 WASHER M16 DIN125A H.D.G. 0 10000316
i-3 4 41 CLAMP ACCUMULATOR CLAMP 1 10002393
2 40 CONSOLE 3 10001437
1 39 MAIN WINCH 2465 20965847
1 38 WINCH PLATFORM MAIN JIB 246 20936475
1 37 WINCH PLATFORM MAIN JIB 163 20971325
2 36 V-RING V 325 A, V-RING 2 10005628
120 35 WIRE 8mm 7x19 STAINLESS STEEL 30 11010223
1 34 BUSHING Ø250/Ø255x100 2 10003161
1 33 BUSHING Ø240/Ø245x100 1 11004996
8 32 BOLT HEX HEAD M10x20 DIN933 A4 0 10000234
24 31 WASHER M10 DIN125A A4 0 10000253
3 30 HEX NUT M6 DIN934 A4-80 0 10000247
6 28 WASHER M6 DIN125A A4 0 10000251
12 27 WIRE ROPE THIMBLE 8 mm STAINLESS STEEL 0 11009518
12 26 TURNBUCKLER 0 11009522
8 i-4 12 25 SHACKLE 0,6T 0 11009996
37 1 48 8 24 CIRCLIP I 180, INTERNAL CIRCLIP 0 10005217
8 23 V-RING V-199 A 0 10002345

1
12 4 22 BEARING GE 120 TXA-2LS 8 11017983
1 20 THRUST RING 0 20275917
1 19 THRUST RING 0 20275916
2 18 TRANSMITTER TRANSMITTER ASSLY 12 20174111
1 17 BRACKET FOR HOSES 0 20660895
1 16 BRACKET FOR HOSES 0 20660577
4 15 1400 x 225 mm 1
18 SWL T/M SIGN 10007447
i-1 5 14 MAIN JIB STATION 6 20137049

3 30 13 CROSBY_CLIPS 0 11003123
9 5 12 MAIN JIB STATION 6 20137048
5 28 27 1 11 MAIN JIB RAILING 4 11 20137045
17 1 10 MAIN JIB RAILING 2 35 20661685
1 9 MAIN JIB RAILING 3 16 20588728

30 14 SEE DETAIL C
7 26 1 8 MAIN JIB RAILING 1 30 20588746
13 2 7 NUT M12 DIN934-8 H.D.G. 0 10000308
29 11
6 4 5 WASHER M12 DIN125A H.D.G. 0 10000315

25 1 4 PLATE PROTECTION 2 20402022
1 3 WIRE SUPPORT 31 20546016
DETAIL A DETAIL B 2 2 SIGN MacGREGOR 0 11022012
SCALE 1:10 SCALE 1:10 DETAIL C 1 1 MAIN JIB STEEL ASSEMBLY 7886 20926940
SCALE 1:10 4 Qty. Item Description Specification Weight Ref. No.
INFORMATION ITEMS ONLY! Sheet: 1 of 2 Scale/Format:
1 i-4 JUNCTION BOX JB 400x200x150 6 11014001

HMC 2201 1:50/A3
MAIN JIB
1 i-3 JUNCTION BOX 570x380x150 10
SCALE 1:100
11105525
2 i-2 ACCUMULATOR EHV 50-330 BLADDER 123 10001435
16
1 i-1 OBSTRUCTION LIGHT DHR115-01 NORSELIGHT 230V 1 11007543 10 SP2552-2-R-XX-04 20926945 1
Name: SP2552-2-R-XX-04 MAIN JIB MAIN ASSEMBLY Number: 20926945 Version: 1.2 State: RELEASED Modifier: jantzsh
CARGOTEC
CARGOTEC NORWAY AS
SEE SHEET 1
15262
6018 (COG)
4356
-21 (COG)
64 (COG)
1810
HMC 2201 1:50/A3

MAIN JIB
SP2552-2-R-XX-04 20926945 1
Name: SP2552-2-R-XX-06 KNUCKLE JIB MAIN ASSEMBLY, Number: 20926947, Version: 3.2, State: RELEASED, Modifier: jantzsh
9 part by or to anyone without the written permission of
10 15 Tolerances to comply with: Welds to comply with:
25 Rev Description Drawn Appr. Date
13 1 ITEM 21 CHANGED SHJ SVB 10/09/2013
2 ITEM 13 REPLACED, SECTION VIEW C ADDED SHJ GHG 16/10/2013
3 REPLACED ITEM 14 SHJ SVB 28/11/2014
11
10 155
195
20
130
18
12
8
20
SECTION C-C
SCALE 13:200
19
4
16
24 21
14 SECTION B-B
5
7 SCALE 1:10

17 2 30 V - RING VA 250 1 10001713
3 28 NUT M8 DIN934 A4-80 0 10000248
6 26 WASHER M8 DIN125A A4 0 10000252
6 25 LUBRICATION NIPPLE M8x1,0 A4 0 10000188
1 4 24 CIRCLIP I 180, INTERNAL CIRCLIP 0 10005217
1 23 BUSHING Ø185/Ø180x100 1 11002397
1 22 BUSHING Ø195/Ø190x100 1 10007885
2 21 BEARING GE 120 TXA-2LS 8 11017983
8 20 BOLT HEX HEAD M10x20 DIN933 A4 0 10000234
12 19 WASHER M10 DIN125A A4 0 10000253
1 18 PIVOT LAMP BRACK 4 20178344
4 16 V-RING V-199 A 0 10002345
2 15 BOLT HEX HEAD M16x30 DIN933 8.8 HDG 0 10000269
3 4 14 DISTANCE SPACER 1 20579863
1 13 LOCK PL Ø100-Ø160 1 20452674
1 12 HOIST END STOP WIRE Ø16 TO Ø32 53 20606558
i-1 28 26 27 29 18 11 10 WASHER M16 DIN125A H.D.G. 0 10000316
3 9 MECHANICAL BOLT Ø130 MAIN ASSEMBLY 30 20547100
1 8 WIRE PROTECTION MAIN ASSEMBLY 6 20547918
SEE DETAIL A 1 7 WIRE PROTECTION MAIN ASSEMBLY 5 20547873
1 6 WIRE GUIDE LEFT MAIN ASSEMBLY 6 20546915
1 5 WIRE GUIDE RIGHT MAIN ASSEMBLY 6 20546857
4 4 WIRE SHEAVE TYPE A, SEE DRAWING: 20191949 117 11010231
1 3 THRUST RING 10.5 x Ø240/Ø186, POM-C 0 20275938
1 1 KNUCKLE JIB STEEL ASSEMBLY 3310 20926931
30 2 22 23 3 Qty. Item Description Specification Weight Ref. No.

SECTION A-A Project Ref.: Scale/Format:
SCALE 1:20 HMC 2201 1:40/A3

DETAIL A KNUCKLE JIB
Projection: Sheet: 1 of 2 Rev.:
INFORMATION ITEMS ONLY! SCALE 1:20

MAIN ASSEMBLY
1 i-1 FLOODLIGHT 500 W 500W/230VAC/IP67 5 11014973 12 SP2552-2-R-XX-06 20926947 3
Name: SP2552-2-R-XX-06 KNUCKLE JIB MAIN ASSEMBLY, Number: 20926947, Version: 3.2, State: RELEASED, Modifier: jantzsh
SEE SHEET 1
2242 COG-X COORDINATE
Hmax=3279
1273 COG-X COORDINATE

2 30 V - RING VA 250 1 10001713
2 COG-Z COORDINATE
3 28 NUT M8 DIN934 A4-80 0 10000248
Lmax=8415 3 27 BOLT HEX HEAD M8x30 DIN933 A4-80 0 10000223
6 26 WASHER M8 DIN125A A4 0 10000252
6 25 LUBRICATION NIPPLE M8x1,0 A4 0 10000188
4 24 CIRCLIP I 180, INTERNAL CIRCLIP 0 10005217
1 23 BUSHING Ø185/Ø180x100 1 11002397
1 22 BUSHING Ø195/Ø190x100 1 10007885
2 21 BEARING GE 120 TXA-2LS 8 11017983
8 20 BOLT HEX HEAD M10x20 DIN933 A4 0

Wmax=1548
10000234
12 19 WASHER M10 DIN125A A4 0 10000253
1 18 PIVOT LAMP BRACK 4 20178344
4 16 V-RING V-199 A 0 10002345
2 15 BOLT HEX HEAD M16x30 DIN933 8.8 HDG 0 10000269
1 13 LOCK PL Ø100-Ø160 1 20452674
1 12 HOIST END STOP WIRE Ø16 TO Ø32 53 20606558
11 10 WASHER M16 DIN125A H.D.G. 0 10000316
3 9 MECHANICAL BOLT Ø130

MAIN ASSEMBLY 30 20547100
1 6 WIRE GUIDE LEFT MAIN ASSEMBLY 6 20546915
1 5 WIRE GUIDE RIGHT MAIN ASSEMBLY 6 20546857
4 4 WIRE SHEAVE TYPE A, SEE DRAWING: 20191949 117 11010231
1 1 KNUCKLE JIB STEEL ASSEMBLY 3310 20926931

Project Ref.: Scale/Format:
HMC 2201 1:40/A3

KNUCKLE JIB
Projection: Sheet: 2 of 2 Rev.:
MAIN ASSEMBLY
SP2552-2-R-XX-06 20926947 3
Name: SP2552-2-R-XX-08_FOUNDATION_MAIN_ASM, Number: 20926936, Version: 1.3, State: RELEASED, Modifier: jantzsh
MACGREGOR
MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
1 UPDATED ITEM 1, ADDED NOTES SHJ SVB 09/05/2014
(COG)
1121
(2520)
(20 CUT OFF AFTER TEST)
1 HOLE FOR FILLING
1 HOLE FOR DRAINING
( n2032x15)
1
2
3
4
1
(COG) 5
75
(COG)

8 5 NUT M12 DIN934-8 H.D.G. 0 10000308
10000308
10000258
10003373
1 2 BRACKET FOR SLIPRING 38 20886137
20886137
1 1 1 FOUNDATION 2586 20926939
20926939
HMC 2201 1:20/A3

FOUNDATION
Projection: State: Released Rev.:
MAIN ASSEMBLY
SP2552-2-R-XX-08 20926936 1
2.5. Mechanical Assembly Main Winch

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Blank page.

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Name: SP2552-2-R-XX-11 WINCH ASSEMBLY Number: 20965847.DRW Version: 0.4 State: RELEASED Modifier: solbama
CARGOTEC
CARGOTEC NORWAY AS
10 2 4 5 ISO 13920-AE for welded structures EN 287-1/2
11 Rev Description Drawn Appr. Date
0 ISSUED FOR PRODUCTION MAS SVB 12/10/2013
8 4
(
91
9)
12 6
21 22 i-6 i-7
751
651
(1028)
PCD LAYER 1
PCD LAYER 3
(446)
i-2 i-1
16
4
(684) i-3 i-5
3 9 8 7 1 13 14 15 8 20
(1779)
SPECIFICATION
PRODUCT:
SWL: 15 T (ABS)
DAF: 1.4
DUTY: 1.0
WIRE ROPE: 28, MBL > 779kN
LAYERS: 3
HOISTING CAPACITY: 150 m MAX
WIRE ROPE LENGTH ON FIRST 3 TURNS

+ CLAMPING: 7 m
LENGTH TO FIRST FIXED WIRE SHEAVE: 9.9 m MIN
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:
ENCODER COGWHEEL RATIO: 1:5
ESTIMATED WIRE WEIGHT: 570kg
(707)
i-4 BOLTING OF WINCH TO SUBSTRUCTURE

(PARTS NOT INCLUDED IN THIS ASSEMBLY)
0 WASHER M24 DIN 125A H.D.G. 1xxxxxxx
0 HEX NUT M24 DIN934 8 H.D.G. 1xxxxxxx

(718)
0 BOLT HEX HEAD M24 DIN 933 8.8 H.D.G. (DEPENDS ON LENGTH)
Qty Description Specification Part no.

(2171)

4 22 BOLT SOCKET HEAD M16x50 DIN912 10.9 BLACK STEEL 0 11013241
11013241
10000354
4 20 BOLT HEX HEAD M16x35 DIN 933 8.8 H.D.G. 0 10000270
(1248)
10000270
6 19 BOLT HEX HEAD A4 M10x16 DIN933 A4-80 H.D.G. 0 10000233
10000233
(30)
(100) (30) 6 18 WASHER M10 DIN125A A4 0 10000253
10000253
2 17 PLATE 2 20124304
20124304
11017074
3 15 BOLT HEX HEAD M12x25 DIN933 8.8 H D G 0 10000255
10000255
3 14 WASHER M12 DIN125A H.D.G. 0 10000315
WIRE DIRECTION
10000315
17 1 13 ENCODER ASSY 14 20114828
20114828
10000309
18
10000278
19 1 10 PLATE 28 20114654
20114654
10000279
(1220)
(1280)
18 8 WASHER M16 DIN125A H.D.G. 0 10000316
10000316
3 7 WIRE CLAMP 22-28 mm DIAMETER 1 20016080
20016080
44 6 BOLT SOCKET HEAD M24x70 DIN912 10.9 BLACK STEEL 0 11012327
11012327
FOOTPRINT REQUIREMENT 0.8 30 5 BOLT SOCKET HEAD M24x80 DIN912 10.9 0 11012328
11012328
10000782
1 3 FOUNDATION FOR PULSE ENCODER 152 20114669
20114669
INFORMATION ITEMS ONLY! 1 2 DRUM 742 20114646
20114646
)
1 1 FOUNDATION 152
8x 26
20114655
1 i- 7 VB-425700E VB-425700E 0
20114655
(60)

(
1 i- 6 HYDRAULIC MOTOR 107ccm 35

1 i- 5 EMERG. PAY-OUT. 610157 PARKER LOKOMEC 110
2 i- 4 SHACKLE KG 1130 SWL 6.5T 2

HMW 150-024 1:20/A3
(160) MAIN WINCH
1 i- 3 ENCODER MULTITURN 1
1 i- 2 WINCH GEAR CW ROTATION 380
(1308)
1 i- 1 WINCH GEAR CCW ROTATION 380 SP2552-2-R-XX-11 20965847 0
2.6. Lubrication Charts

Blank page.
2.7. Electrical Drawings

Blank Page.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
This document and all data disclosed herein and herewith are the confidential and
proprietary property of Cargotec and are not to be used, reproduced or disclosed Cable Supplier
in whole or in part by or to anyone without written permission of Cargotec. CRANE SYSTEM Customer Gas Detector (outside crane cabin) Cables supplied by Customer
Customer Gas Detector (customer supply) (3pc) Cables supplied by MACGREGOR
3 pc Utility Consumers
Customer Public Address Loudspeaker (inside crane cabin)
Customer Public Address (4 pc) Cabin Type
A 4 pc - Air condition unit A
Customer Telephone (inside crane cabin) Cabin 2500 LEFT mounted
- Cabin heater
Customer Telephone (4 pc) 4 pc - Flood lights
Colour RAL 9010 White
Customer Com. - Auxiliary devices Main Motors
Customer Com. Signals (spare)
6 pc - VHF / UHF /FM / CD
- Winch camera MW Main motors with SPM connection
- AOPS/MOPS
- CT Activate
CRANE PEDESTAL Ethernet, CAT5E

B B
PE
Ethernet CAT5E (4 pc) Control
Ethernet
5 pc
Remote Diagnostics Control
Crane Control System

Power +CC100
2 pc
Customer Supply
+CC300
UPS, AVI-Lights
UPS, AVI-Lights CRANE CABIN
2 pc
2x230V/60Hz - 0,2kW LOCATED OUTSIDE CRANE PEDESTAL
Radio Remote Consol

AVI-lights
C -RRC97 C
Floodlights TRANSMITTING UNIT

OPER. AND IND.:
UPS,
- Start / Stop HPU
CRANE PEDESTAL Control System
1 - Main Jib Up / Down
Crane Utility
- Knuckle Jib Out / In
Supply TRANSFORMER Utility Supply
440VAC / 230VAC 2 - Slew Right / Left
3x440VAC 60Hz / 60Hz - Winch Lower / Hoist
+PE / 60Hz 16-18kVA - Emergency stop
3
20kW - Warning Horn
- MOPS
- CT Activate
D -M10 D
Heat Circulation Pump Motor
PE M 3x440VAC / 60Hz
Therm
+ET440
DOL
3 ~ 4.3kW (S1-100%)
-M11
CJC Filter
DOL M 3x440VAC / 60Hz
3 ~ 0.5kW (S1-100%)
L1 -M01
Heat Main Pump Motor I
Crane Main Supply (-M01) Therm M 3x440VAC/60Hz
3x440VAC + PE / 60 Hz L2 S/D 3 ~ 215kW (S6-40%)
215 kW In = 340A
S/D
E L3 -M20 E
Heat Oil Cooler Motor 1
PE M 3x440VAC / 60Hz
Therm
PE DOL
3 ~ 3.5kW (S1-100%)
+JB450
Starter Cabinet
+ES400
-M31
Emergency Supply Emergency Motor
DOL M 3x440VAC/60Hz
3x440VAC + PE / 60 Hz
22 kW Emergency Connection Cabinet +ES404
Heat 3 ~ 20kW (S1-100%) Emergency
+ECC1 /251.D8 Drive Panel
+OP206
F F
Cur.Rev Reissued according to change report #4 2014-01-22 ENA MSP Drawn by ENA Dwg. No.
2 Reissued according to change report #2 2013-12-04 ENA MSP Mawei Shipbuilding (MW610-2) Date 2013-10-15 Main Block Diagram SP2552-2 XI 101
0 Issued for production 2013-10-15 ENA MSP SP2552-2 HLA: Sheet rev. Next sheet
Project rev. 4 Electrical Customer Interface 4
Rev. Description Date Modified by Approved HMC 2201 LKO 120-18 CT Loc: 102
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
proprietary property of Cargotec and are not to be used, reproduced or disclosed
in whole or in part by or to anyone without written permission of Cargotec. -MW 12T
Cap.: 150m
CT
AOPS
A MOPS A
Option Text: Incl.: Ref:

number:
1 Automatic Lubrication
2 MW AHC
B 3 Extra profibus B
4 Slave Monitor
5 MRU
6 Extra Coaxial signal

7 Remote Diagnostics +AB-XP 201, 301, 402, 410
8 Extra Telephone +AB-XP 201, 301, 401, 413
9 Extra Public Address +AB-XP 201, 301, 401, 413
C 10 Extra Gas Detector +AB-XP 201, 301, 401, 413 C

11 Personnel Lift
12 MW motor displacement
D D
E E
F F
Cur.Rev Issued for production 2013-10-15 ENA MSP Drawn by ENA Dwg. No.
Mawei Shipbuilding (MW610-2) Date 2013-10-15 Main Block Diagram SP2552-2 XI 102
SP2552-2 HLA: Sheet rev. Next sheet
Project rev. 4 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
in whole or in part by or to anyone without written permission of Cargotec. Crane Pedestal Crane Cabin Outside Crane Cabin
-W301 USB LCD Touch screen

A -HB001 17 inches A
-W351 HDMI-DVI-CABLE_10m
-W302 3G1.5mm² /410.C8
-W216 18G1.5mm² -W331 4G1.5mm² Bullshorn

Customer Com. Signals (6pcs.) -UA101 Outside cabin /406.D4
Option 2
2x2x0.75mm² /413.B2
-W1236 -JU104 Desk Phone Option 8
-W1237 1x2x0.75mm² -JU105A /413.B3
PA Loudspeaker A
-W1238 1x2x0.75mm² -JU105B PA Loudspeaker B

/413.B4 Option 9
B B
/301.D8
4G0.75mm² Gas Detector (supplied and installed by customer) /413.B7
-W1239 -HC200 Option 10
7G0.75mm² MOPS /406.F2

-W307 -HS104
Main Winch
-W313 3G0.75mm²
-HS110 CT ACTIVATE /415.A6
-W533 Profibus
3G1.5mm² Slew Left/Right

-W325 -HCV101 Main Jib Up/Down /429.C4
3G1.5mm²
C C
Profibus
+OP103 Chair left side
-W203
-W532
Knuckle Jib In/Out /429.C7
-HCV102 Winch Up/Down
Option 4 -W310 7G0.75mm²

-HS102 Em.Stop /405.A2
-W312 3G0.75mm² ControlEnable

11105764 -HS103 /415.A5
ON/OFF
+OP104 Chair right side
D Ethernet Cat 5E, 2 pairs -CC300 Ethernet 2x2x0.34mm²

D
500x400x210mm -W702
Remote Diagnostics Ethernet 2x2x0.34mm²
-W701 3G1.5mm²
-U65 -W1220 -P1 M
WASHER PUMP 1
-W308 7G0.75mm²
-UA102 /421.C3
-W1221 3G1.5mm² -P2 M
WASHER PUMP 2
Option 7 3G1.5mm² UHF/VHF/FM/CD Complete

-W309 -JU101 CD/FM 5G1.5mm² LEFT WIPER
/409.C3 -W1222 -MD1
/408.F1
-W1223 5G1.5mm² -MD2 FRONT WIPER

/408.F4
E E
-W1224 5G1.5mm² -MD3 RIGHT WIPER

/408.F5
Option 5 -W1225 4G1.5mm² -MD4 ROOF WIPER

/408.F7
Slipring Control Cabinet
+CC300 +JB450 +CC100 3+PE MAP LIGHT
-W1228 -HB101
Ref. /251C2 Ref. /251A3 Ref. /202A1 UHF / VHF / Radio console /407.E2
+OP105
F F
3 Reissued according to change report #3 2013-12-13 ENA MSP Mawei Shipbuilding (MW610-2) Date 2013-12-13 Sub Block Diagram SP2552-2 +AB-XI11 201
Project rev. 5 Control System 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
in whole or in part by or to anyone without written permission of Cargotec. Crane Cabin Outside Crane King Main Winch skid Main Jib Aft Main Jib Fwd Knuckle Jib
/430.E4
Slew position -ZT208 /430.E7 /431.E7
encoder 2 -W513 Profibus
A -ZT204 Main Winch position -ZT207 Knuckle Jib position A
encoder encoder 2
Ref. /201F4 /430.E2
3G0.75mm²
3G0.75mm²
Slew position -ZT201
Profibus
encoder 1 Note: 3
Profibus
Profibus
Proximity switch 2
-ZS242
MW Upper hook stop
/431.E6 /418.A2
Main Jib position
-W522
-W207
-ZT203 Note: 3
-W521
-W520
-W238
M20 Profibus encoder 2 Proximity switch 1
-W523 11105525 -ZS241
M20 3G0.75mm² MW Upper hook stop
-W206 /431.E3 /418.A2
-JB201 Main Jib position
570x380x150mm
-ZT202
encoder 1
3G0.75mm²
3G0.75mm²
Fixed cable 3×0.34mm²
Fixed cable 3×0.34mm²

Profibus
Profibus
M20 /431.E5
-W504 Profibus
B M20 M20 M20 -ZT206 Knuckle Jib position B
11105525
3G0.75mm²
M20 3G0.75mm² encoder 1
-W205 M20 M20
-W208
-W512
-W503
-W209
3G0.75mm²
-JB202
570x380x150mm
Junction Box
+JB201 M20
-W211
M20
Ref. /205A4
-ZS241.W1
-ZS242.W1
M20
-W212
M20 M20
M20 -W212 3G0.75mm²

M20 -W511 Profibus M20
Profibus
11014001 11105527
M20 -W502 M20
M25 -W217 12G0.75mm² M25 -JB203 -JB204
C -ES400 400x200x150mm 200x200x150mm C
1580x1345x600mm M20
7G1.5mm² M25 -W213 18G0.75mm² M25 M25 -W214 12G0.75mm² M20
-W201 M20 M20
-W506 Profibus
-W204 12G0.75mm² STAINLESS STEEL Junction Box

IP56 +JB204
Ref. /252B8
11029062
-JB200
18G0.75mm²
400x200x150mm
D Starter Cabinet D
Option 1
-W215
RIO M14 4x0.75mm²+scr Dual Loadcell

-WT201.W1 -WT201
+ES400 Main Winch
Junction Box
Ref. /204A4 +JB200
Ref. /203A3
-ES404
400x600x220mm
Em. HPU
Starter Panel
+ES404
Ref. /251D6
E -W202 18G0.75mm² M25 E
Junction Box
Main Winch +JB203 Note:
-W601.RC101 Coax+2x1.5mm² -RC101 Fixed cable 5x0.5mm² -RC101 Camera Junction Box
+JB202 Ref. /252B6 Nr: Description: Axapta nr:
/411.E2
1 Fixed plug/cable Transmitters/Valves On/Off 11011236
Ref. /252B5
2 Fixed plug/cable Transmitters/Prop. valves 11011235
3 Fixed plug/cable Sensors (M12) 11009764
Camera Monitor 4 Fixed plug/cable for dual prop. valves (AMP) 11006179
-RC105
-W604.RC105.1,-W604.RC105.2 7x0.5mm²+scr,Coax+2x1.5mm² 5 Fixed plug/cable for filters 11011656
Control Cabinet /411.D4
+CC100 /411.D6 6 Fixed plug/cable for XYV209/212A/212B 11009764
7 7 pins plug 10004047
Ref. /203A1
8
F F
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
proprietary property of Cargotec and are not to be used, reproduced or disclosed +CRANE KING Note:
Crane Cabin Outside Crane King Nr: Description: Axapta nr:
HPU Tank System
in whole or in part by or to anyone without written permission of Cargotec.
Ref. /202F1 Ref. /202D3 1 Fixed plug/cable Transmitters/Valves On/Off 11011236
3 Fixed plug/cable Sensors (M12) 11009764
A Note: 3 /309.A7 A
-W401.PT201 4x0.34mm² Oil Level HPU Tank 4 Fixed plug/cable for dual prop. valves (AMP) 11006179
-PT201 /424.A3
0-0.5bar
3G0.75mm² Note: 3 Oil Temp HPU Tank
5 Fixed plug/cable for filters 11011656
-W402.TT201 -TT201 /424.A4 6 Fixed plug/cable for XYV209/212A/212B 11009764
3G1mm² Note: 5 MH18 Return Filter 1
/309.B7
7 7 pins plug 10004047
-W404.PS216 -PS216 /417.A3
3G1mm² Note: 5 MH22.1 Winch Motor Drain Filter

/309.C8 8
-W406.PS211 -PS211 /417.A4
3G1mm² Note: 5 MH20 Main Pump Drain Filter

/309.C7
-W407.PS212 -PS212 /417.A5
3G1mm² Note: 5 MH22.2 Slew Drain Filter

/309.C8
-W408.PS210 -PS210 /417.A5
3G1mm² Note: 5 MH25 CJC Filter

/309.C7
-W409.PS218 -PS218 /417.A6
3G0.75mm² Note: 3 MH24.1 Oil Level

B -W417.LS202 -LS202 /417.A1 B
HPU Tank L
3G0.75mm² Note: 3 MH24.2 Oil Level
-W418.LS203 -LS203 =HYD /417.A2
Hpu Tank LL
=HYD
Pump System
3G1mm² Note: 5 MH55.1 High Pressure Filter 1

/309.D8
25G0.75mm² -W411.PS202 -PS202 /417.A7
-W468
25G0.75mm² /424.A6
Option 2
-W469 4x0.34mm² Note: 3 Main Line Pressure
-W416.PT202 -PT202
0-400bar /424.A5
4x0.34mm² Note: 3 MH76 Main Pump Regulator Pressure
-W419.PT203 -PT203
0-400bar
4x0.34mm² Note: 3 LS Pressure A
-W472.PT219A -PT219A /424.A1
C 0-400bar C
4x0.34mm²
Note: 3 LS Pressure B
-W473.PT219B -PT219B /424.A2
0-400bar
2x0.75mm² Note: 2 MH76 LS Pump Pressure /426.F8
-W457.XYV240 -XYV240
D
Option 1 D
-W420.XYVH202 2x0.75mm² -XYVH202 /426.F2

Main Winch Up
2x0.75mm²
Note: 4 MH72
-W421.XYVL202 -XYVL202 /426.F2
Main Winch Down
-W422.XYVH204 2x0.75mm² -XYVH204 /426.F3

E Main Jib Up E
2x0.75mm² Note: 4 MH72
/426.F4
-W423.XYVL204 -XYVL204 Main Jib Down
-W424.XYVH206 2x0.75mm² -XYVH206 /426.F4

Knuckle Jib Out
2x0.75mm²
Note: 4 MH72
-W425.XYVL206 -XYVL206 /426.F5
Knuckle Jib In
-W426.XYVH201 2x0.75mm² -XYVH201 /426.F5

Slew CW
2x0.75mm²
Note: 4 MH72
-W427.XYVL201 -XYVL201 /426.F6
Slew CCW
Control Cabinet Control Cabinet
+CC100 +JB200
F Ref. /204A1 F
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
in whole or in part by or to anyone without written permission of Cargotec. Crane Cabin Outside Crane King
Ref. /203F1 Ref. /202D2
A A
Emergency connection cabinet Emergency operator panel
400x400x220mm
-XP1
-W470 12G0.75mm² -W440 12G0.75mm² -W441 12G0.75mm² STOP /428.B2
-S01
MainWinch&KnJib
-S03 / MainJib&Slew
B Select B
/428.A7
-H1 Joystick Outside Cabinet
Starter Cabinet Emergency panel
+ES400 +ECC1 +OP206
Ref. /251A6 Ref. /251E6
C C
D D
E E
Control Cabinet
+CC100
Ref. /205A1
F F
0 Issued for production 2013-10-15 ENA MSP Mawei Shipbuilding (MW610-2) Date 2013-10-15 Sub Block Diagram SP2552-2 +AB-XI11 204
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
This document and all data disclosed herein and herewith are the confidential and Note:
in whole or in part by or to anyone without written permission of Cargotec. Crane Cabin Outside Crane King Main Winch skid Nr: Description: Axapta nr:
1 Fixed plug/cable Transmitters/Valves On/Off 11011236
Ref. /204F1
Junction Box 3 Fixed plug/cable Sensors (M12) 11009764

A A
4 Fixed plug/cable for dual prop. valves (AMP) 11006179
5 Fixed plug/cable for filters 11011656
Ref. /202B4 6 Fixed plug/cable for XYV209/212A/212B 11009764
7 7 pins plug 10004047
8
Note: 1
3x1.0mm² CT
-W452.XY226 -XY226 ON/OFF /406.E7
Note: 2
-W428.XYV213 4x0.75mm² CT Main Winch /426.F7
-XYV213
Adjustment valve
Note: 3
4x0.34mm² MW Brake pressure 1 /423.A1
-W443.PT208 -PT208 0-400bar
B B
Option 12
Note: 3 /423.A5
4x0.34mm² MW Accumulator pressure
-W445.PT206 -PT206 0-400bar
25G0.75mm² Note: 1
-W465 3x1.0mm² Slew Motor Bypass On/Off
-W448.XY219 -XY219 /420.F7
Note: 1
3x1.0mm² WH04 MW MOPS
-W446.XY221 -XY221 ON/OFF /406.E5
Option 2
-W471 25G0.75mm²
C C
Option 11
Option 2
D D
Note: 3
4x0.34mm² /423.A2
MW MOPS Pilot pressure
-W447.PT205 -PT205 0-400bar
Option 11
Note: 1
3x1.0mm² WH22.2 MW MOPS
-W474.XY209 -XY209 ADJUST SELECT /406.E6
8x0.75mm² Fixed cable Wind Sensor

-W455.AT01 -AT01 /423.A7
E E
Control Cabinet Junction Box

+CC100 +JB201 Option 2
Ref. /252A1
F F
0 Issued for production 2013-10-15 ENA MSP Mawei Shipbuilding (MW610-2) Date Sub Block Diagram SP2552-2 +AB-XI11 205
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Ref. /204B4
proprietary property of Cargotec and are not to be used, reproduced or disclosed Ref. /201F3
in whole or in part by or to anyone without written permission of Cargotec. Crane Pedestal Outside Crane King
-W001.PE 1x70mm² PE
3x1x70mm² u-v-w2
-W001.U2,-W001.V2,-W001.W2 -M01
1x120mm² 3x1x70mm² u-v-w1 M Main Pump Motor I
A -PE.1 -W001.U1,-W001.V1,-W001.W1
3~ A
PE 3G1.5mm² Heater 3x440VAC/60Hz
-W012 215kW (S6-40%)
-W013 3G0.75mm² Therm
In = 340A
3x
3x
-W001.P1,-W001.P2,-W001.P3 1x120mm²
-M01
Crane Main Supply 1
225kW / 3x440VAC / 60Hz
(S6-40%)
-W026 3G1.5mm²
Avi. Light Supply
0.2kW / 2x230VAC / 60Hz
B B
M -M10
-W010 4G2.5+2x(2x1.0)mm² 3 ~ Circulation Pump Motor
3x440VAC / 60Hz
4.3kW (S1-100%)
/512.F2 -M11
Option 5 4G1.5mm² M
CJC Filter
3x440VAC / 60Hz
-W011 3 ~ 0.5kW (S1-100%)
-W035 3x16/16mm² -W027 3x16/16mm²

Crane Utility Supply
M -M20
C 20kW / 3x440VAC + PE / 60Hz 4G2.5+2x(2x1.0)mm² C
TRAFO 440/230 16kVA
+ET440
-W020 3 ~ Oil Cooler Motor 1
3x440VAC / 60Hz
-W025 3G1.5mm² 3.5kW (S1-100%)
-W034 3G1.5mm²
Ref. /201F1
Starter Cabinet
RIO
5G1.5mm²
+ES400
Slipring Ref. /252B2
+CC300 +JB450
Ref. /202E2
-W123
D D
3G2.5mm²
/101.F6
3x6/6mm² u-v-w -M31
-W031 M
-W122
Emergency Motor
Starter panel 3G1.5mm² Heater 3~
-W032 3x440VAC/60Hz
Em.motor Therm 20kW (S1-100%)
4G10mm²
+ES404
Ref. /204B5
-W030
E E
Emergency Supply -X60
22kW / 3x440VAC / 60Hz /508.F2 +ECC1

Ref. /302B5
F F
2 Reissued according to change report #2 2013-12-04 ENA MSP Mawei Shipbuilding (MW610-2) Date 2013-10-15 Sub Block Diagram SP2552-2 +AP-XI11 251
1 Reissued according to change report #1 2013-11-19 ENA MSP SP2552-2 HLA: Sheet rev. Next sheet
0 Issued for production 2013-10-15 ENA MSP Project rev. 5 Power System 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
in whole or in part by or to anyone without written permission of Cargotec. Crane Cabin Outside Crane King Main Winch Skid Main Jib Aft Main Jib Fwd Knuckle Jib
Ref. /205F1
/504.F3
-ES03 Floodlight
A /506.E7 /506.E8 500W A
-ES01 AVI-Light -ES02 AVI-Light
230VAC 230VAC /504.F4
2x18W -ES04 Floodlight
Battery Backup 1.5h -ES05 500W
/504.E6
3G1.5mm²
3G1.5mm²
Ref. /251D6 Ref. /202E5 Ref. /202E7 Ref. /202C8
-W119
-W120
-W110 3G1.5mm²
B B
-W112 3G1.5mm²
-W113 3G1.5mm² M20 M20 -W116 3G1.5mm² M20
-W101 4G10mm²
-W114 3G1.5mm² M20 M20 -W117 3G1.5mm² M20 M20 -W118 3G1.5mm² M20 M20
-W102 3G2.5mm²
/504.D4
-W121 3G1.5mm² -ES08 Light Main Winch
230VAC UPS Junction Box Junction Box Junction Box

+JB202 +JB203 +JB204
C -W706 Ethernet 2x2x0.34mm² C
-UL01
/506.B2
NRT-U3000
Inside Crane King /504.E5 Crane Pedestal

Starter cabinet -W115 4G1.5mm² 2x18W
-ES06
RIO Battery Backup 1.5h
+ES400 4G1.5mm² 2x18W
-W111 -ES07 Battery Backup 1.5h
/504.E5
-ME1
D 4G1.5mm² M Cabin Defrosting Fan D
-W1210 1 ~ 272W
-R1 Cabin Heater Left

-W1211 3G1.5mm²
2000W
-R2 Cabin Heater Right

-W1212 3G1.5mm²
2000W
-XS01
-E05 Air Cond.Unit

-W1200 4G10mm² -XS02 2300W
-W1214 3G2.5mm²
/502.E5
SOCKET OUTLET
SINGLE
/502.D5
E E
-XS03
-W1215 3G2.5mm²
SOCKET OUTLET
SINGLE
/502.E6
/502.E6
-W1216 3G1.5mm² 2x18W
-ES10
incl. in cabin
3G1.5mm² Black
Control Cabinet -W1217 -PB0
+CC100 Misc console
+OP105
F F
Mawei Shipbuilding (MW610-2) Date Sub Block Diagram SP2552-2 +AP-XI11 252
Project rev. 5 Power System 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
proprietary property of Cargotec and are not to be used, reproduced or disclosed PE RE PE
in whole or in part by or to anyone without written permission of Cargotec. Ref. /351D3 PE
YEGN
1
6
A 2 A
7
8
3 Option 5 -D01
4 A2
9
5 B2
10 PE RE PE
6 YEGN IE
11 -XB PE
7 1 1/BK
12 1 +ES400
8 2 1/BU
13 2 2x2x0.75mm²
9 3 2/BK -W1236 Ref./305A4
14 3
10 4 2/BU
15 4
11 5 BK
16 5 1x2x0.75mm²
12 6 BU -W1237
17 18G1.5mm² 6 -JU104
13 -W216 7 BK 1/BK
B 18 7 1x2x0.75mm² W1 B
Option 5 PE 19
14 8
8
BU
YEGN
-W1238 1/BU
W
15 9 1 2/BK
Option 7 20
16 10
9
2 4G0.75mm² 2/BU
TCP/La
21 10 -W1239 TCP/Lb
17 11 3
22 11 Telephone
12
12
13
Ref. /351E3 14
13 Option 8
14
15
Ref. /351E3 15
16
16
17
17 -JU105A
BK
25 WH
26 GN
C 27
BU
RD C
28 PA Loudspeaker A
29 Option 3
30 -X30
WH/OR
31 1 -JU105B
-W702 Ethernet 2x2x0.34 OR BK
32 2 WH
WH/GN
33 3 GN
GN BU
34 6 RD
35 RJ-45 Option 7 PA Loudspeaker B
36
-U65
WH/OR WH/OR
37
WH/OR
Option 9
P1.1 38
OR OR OR
D P1.2 Ethernet 2x2x0.34mm² 39 D
WH/GN -W701 WH/GN WH/GN
P1.3
GN GN
40
GN
Option 10 /201.B7
P1.4 41 Note 1 -HC200
1
P1 42 -24VDC
2
RJ45 RJ45 43 +24VDC
44 Note 2 CAL
45 -24VDC
46 Option 4 +24VDC
47 +4-20mA
3
48 -4-20mA
49 RS-485
50 RS-485
51 Option 6 Relay
E 52 Fault E
53 Low
54 High
55 Gas Detector
56
57
58 Note 1: Gas detector is customer supply,
PE Option 5 and will be installed by customer
PE PE RE PE
RE PE
+CC300 +JB450 +CC100 Note 2: Cable will be installed from CC100
Ref. /351A3 Ref. /302A1
to mounting bracket for detector outside crane cabin
F F
Mawei Shipbuilding (MW610-2) Date 2013-10-15 External Wiring Diagram SP2552-2 +AB-XT 301
Project rev. 5 0
PE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
in whole or in part by or to anyone without written permission of Cargotec. Ref. /301F5
RE PE
PE RE RE PE
A -X1 A
Ref. /305D4
-X1 YEGN
1
1 YEGN
2
2 1
29
3
3 2
30
4
4 7G1.5mm² 3
31
5 -W201
5 4
32
6
6 5
33
6
34
Ref. /303A1
B -S1 B
4
3
Ref. /251F6
YEGN YEGN
-X12 -X12 PE
1 1 PE
1 1 -X12
2 1 1 24VDC 1/15 1/15
2 2 1 YEGN
3 2 2 2 Slew Release 2/15 2/15 -X12
3 3 2 1
4 3 3 3 MW UP/DN 3/15 3/15 1
4 4 3 2
5 4 4 4 MAIN JIB UP/DN 4/15 4/15 2
5 5 4 3
6 12G0.75mm² 5 5 5 KN.JIB IN/OUT 5/15 5/15 3
6 -W470 6 12G0.75mm² 5 4
7 6 6 -W440 6 SLEW CW/CCW 6/15 6/15 4
7 7 6 5
8 7 7 7 Slew By-pass 7/15 7/15 12G0.75mm² 5
C 8 8 7 -W441 6 C
9 8 8 8 Spare 8/15 8/15 6
9 9 8 7
10 9 9 9 Spare 9/15 9/15 7
10 10 9 8
11 10 10 24VDC 10/15 10/15 8
11 11 10 9
11 11 0 11/15 11/15 9
12 11 10
12/15 12/15 10
12 11
13/15 13/15 11
-XP20
10 14/15 14/15
7
8 PE
YEGN
9 Emergency panel
+ECC1 PE +OP206
Ref./355B1
D -XP25 D
11
0V 5
-X33 -X34
WH/OR WH/OR
1 1
OR OR
2 Ethernet 2x2x0.34mm² 2
WH/GN -W706 WH/GN
3 3
GN GN
6 6
RJ-45 RJ-45
E E
RE PE
PE RE RE PE
+CC100 +ES400
Ref./303A1 Ref.
F F
2 Reissued according to change report #2 2013-12-04 ENA MSP Mawei Shipbuilding (MW610-2) Date 2013-10-15 External Wiring Diagram SP2552-2 +AB-XT 302
Project rev. 5 4
PE
PE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
RE PE PE PE PE PE
A A
-X1
Ref. /302B1
YEGN YEGN YEGN YEGN

1 -X1 -X1
8 1 1 1 1
2 1 1
9 2 2 2 2
3 2 2
10 3 3 3 3
4 3 3
11 4 4 4 4
5 4 4
12 5 5 5 5
6 5 5
13 6 6 6 6 12G0.75mm²
7 6 6 -W214 /304B1
B 14 7 7 7 7 B
8 7 7
15 8 8 8 8
9 8 8
16 9 9 9 9
10 9 9
17 10 10 10 10
11 10 10
18 11 11 11 11 /424.A7
12 11 11
19 12 12 12 GN -WT201
13 18G0.75mm² 12 18G0.75mm² 12 GN
20 -W202 13 13 -W213 13 GY (GN)
14 13 13 4x0.75mm²+scr GY
21 14 14 14 WH -WT201.W1 (GY)
15 14 14 WH
22 15 15 15 RD (WH)
16 15 15 RD
23 16 16 16 (RD)
17 16 16 Dual loadcell Main Winch
24 17 17 17
17 17
18 18
C 19 C
Ref. /305C2
D D
E E
RE PE PE PE PE PE
+CC100
+JB202 +JB203
Ref./305A2
Ref. /307C4 Ref. /356B7
F F
Project rev. 5 0
PE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-ZS241
BN
A PE 1/BN A
YEGN PE Fixed cable 3×0.34mm² BK
-X1 -ZS241.W1 4/BK
1 BN BU
1 3/BU
2 BK MW Upper Hook Stop1
2
3 BU
3 -ZS242
4 BN BN
4 1/BN
5
5
BK
-ZS242.W1 Fixed cable 3×0.34mm² BK
4/BK
-W214 12G0.75mm² 6
6
BU BU
3/BU
/303B8
7 MW Upper Hook Stop2
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
B 11
11 B
12
PE
PE
C C
+JB204
Ref. /356C5
D D
E E
F F
Project rev. 5 0
PE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
proprietary property of Cargotec and are not to be used, reproduced or disclosed Ref. /301B8
Ref. /303F1
RE PE PE RE RE PE PE
A A
YEGN YEGN
-X1 -X1
1 1
1 1
2 2
2 2
3 3
3 3
4 4
B 4 4 B
5 5
5 5
6 6
6 6
7 7
7 7
8 8
8 8
9
9
-W215 18G0.75mm² 9
9
10 10
10 10
11 11
11 11
12 12
12 12
13 13
13 13
-X1 14 14
14 14
15 15
Ref. /303C1 15 15
16 16
16 16
C YEGN YEGN
17
17 17
17 C
1 1
25 18 18
2 2
26 19
3 3
27 20
4 4
28 21
5 5
29 22
30
6
-W204 12G0.75mm² 6
23
7 7 PE
31 24
8 8
32 25
9 9
33 26
10 10
34 27
11 11
35 28
D +ES404 D
Ref. /309B1 Ref. /302A4 Ref./355C4
E RE PE PE RE RE PE E
+CC100 +ES400
Ref./306A2 Ref. /306E6
F F
Project rev. 5 0
RE
PE
RE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Ref. /305F2
A A
PE RE RE PE
YEGN
-X2
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
B 9 B
10
10
11
11
YEGN -ZT201
1 1
12 3G0.75mm² L+
2 -W206 2
M
13
Profibus
GN
A1
T
YEGN -W523 RD
B1
1 Slew position encoder 1
14 3G0.75mm²
2 -W205 /307A1 To +JB201
Note 15
SCREEN TERMINATED
IN REPEATER-PLUG IN YEGN
+CC100. 1
16
2 -ZT208
C 17 C
1
3G0.75mm² L+
-D100 -W238 2
M
A2´ GN
Profibus A1
B2´ -W520 RD
B1
GN
-D200 A2
GN RD
A1 B2
RD
B1
GN
A1´ Profibus Slew position encoder 2
RD -W521 /307A1 To +JB201
B1´
A2
B2
A2´ 12G0.75mm²
D B2´
-W217 /307C1 D
SCREEN TERMINATED -W502 Profibus /307D1 To +JB202

IN REPEATER-PLUG IN
+CC100 & +CC200
-W511 Profibus /307D1
-D201
GN
A1
RD
B1
GN
A1´
RD
B1´
Ref. /305F4
A2
B2 -D01
E A2´
GN GN
A1
E
-W506 Profibus
RD RD
B2´ B1
SCREEN TERMINATED
IN REPEATER-PLUG IN
+ES400
+ES400
PE RE RE PE
Ref./315A4
+CC100
Ref. /308A2
F F
Project rev. 5 0
RE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
proprietary property of Cargotec and are not to be used, reproduced or disclosed PE PE
YEGN YEGN
-X2 -ZT204
1 1 1
A 3G0.75mm² 1 3G0.75mm² L+ A
/306C6 -W205 2 2 -W207 2
2 M
T
GN GN GN
Profibus 3 Profibus A1
/306D6 -W521 RD RD -W522 RD
4 B1
5
/205.B7
-XY226
BN Main Winch Encoder
3x1.0mm² A1
/311C4 -W452.XY226 BU
A2
CT on/off
B B
-ZT202
-XY219 1
BN 3G0.75mm² 10-30V
3x1.0mm² A1 -W209 2
/311E5 -W448.XY219 BU 0V
A2
Slew Motor Bypass on/off GN
Profibus A-IN
-W503 RD
B-IN
GN
A-OUT
RD
B-OUT
Ref. /303F3
Main Jib Encoder1
PE PE
PE PE
+JB201
C YEGN -X2 YEGN Profibus C
Ref. /311A3 1 1 -W504
1
2 2
2 YEGN -ZT206
3 1 1
3 3G0.75mm² 10-30V
4 2 -W211 2
12G0.75mm² 4 YEGN 0V
/306D6 -W217 5 1
5
6
6
2
YEGN
T GN
/306D6 7 1 A-IN
7 RD
8 2 B-IN
/306D6 8
9
9
10
10
11 Knuckle Jib Encoder1
11
D D
-X3
GN GN
Profibus 1
-W502 RD RD -ZT207
2 1
3G0.75mm² 10-30V
3 -W212 2
0V
T GN
A-IN
RD
B-IN
GN GN
Knuckle Jib Encoder2
Profibus 4
-W511 RD RD
E 5 E
6 -W513 Profibus
-ZT203
1
3G0.75mm² 10-30V
-W208 2
0V
GN
PE PE Profibus A-IN
-W512 RD
B-IN
+JB202 GN
A-OUT
RD
Ref. /356B5 B-OUT
Main Jib Encoder2
F F
Project rev. 5 3
PE
PE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Ref. /306F2
A A
RE PE
-RC101
-E21 Coax
BK 1
C1_4
RD Coax+2x1.5mm² 2
C1_3 -W601.RC101 RD
3
C1_2 BK
Coax 4
C1_1 Camera Main Winch
-E21
C2_4
C2_3
B C2_2 B
C2_1
-E21
C3_1
C3_2
C3_3
C3_4
-E21 -RC105
Coax Coax
MON_1 CORE
MON_2 Coax+2x1.5mm² SHIELD
RD -W604.RC105.2 RD
MON_3 +_RD
BK BK
C MON_4 -_BK C
-X3 -RC105
WH WH
1 WH
RD RD
2 RD
3
BU
-W604.RC105.1 7x0.5mm²+scr BU
BU
BN BN
4 BN
WH/YE WH/YE
5 WH/YE
GY GY
6 GY
YE YE
7 YE
D 8 D
9
Camera - Monitor
+CC100
Ref. /314D1
E E
RE PE
+CC100
Ref./309A1
F F
Project rev. 5 0
PE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
/203.A7
Ref. /308F2 Ref.
-PT201
BN
4x0.34mm² 1/+
A -W401.PT201 BU A
2/-
RE PE Oil Level HPU Tank
PE RE RE PE
-TT201
1
3G0.75mm² 1/+
YEGN -W402.TT201 2
-X1 2/-
1 BN Temp HPU Tank
1
2 BU
-X1 2 YEGN -LS202
3 1 1
3 3G0.75mm²
Ref. /305D2 4 2 -W417.LS202 2
4 YEGN
5 1 Level Switch HPU Tank
YEGN 5
6 2
1 6 YEGN -LS203
36 1 1
B 2 7 3G0.75mm² B
37 7 2 -W418.LS203 2
3 8 YEGN
38 1
4 9 /203.A7 Level Switch HPU Tank
39 8 2
5 10 YEGN -PS216
40 1 1
6 11 3G1mm² 1
41 9 2 -W404.PS216 2
7 12 2
42
8 Return Filter 1 /203.A7
43 1
9 13 -PS211
44 10 2 1
10 14 3G1mm² 1
45 1 -W406.PS211 2
11 15 2
46 11 2
12 16 Winch Motor Drain Filter
47 25G0.75mm² /203.B7
13 -W468 -PS212
48 1 1
14 17 3G1mm² 1
C 49 12 2 -W407.PS212 2 C
15 18 2
50 Main Pump Drain Filter
16 /203.B7
51 1
17 19 -PS210
52 13 2 1
18 20 3G1mm² 1
53 -W408.PS210 2
19 2
54
20 21 Slew/Tugger Drain Filter
55 14 /203.B7
21 22 -PS218
56 1
22 3G1mm² 1
57 15 BN -W409.PS218 2
23 23 2
58 16 BU
24 24 CJC Filter
59 17 BN /203.B7
25 -PS202
18 BU 1
26 3G1mm² 1
19 -W411.PS202 2
D 27 2 D
Ref. /310B1 20 High Pressure Filter1A
28
+OUTSIDE CRANE KING
21
29
22
30
23
31
24
32 Option 2 -PT202
/203.C6
BN
4x0.34mm² 1/+
-W416.PT202 BU
2/-
Ref. /310B3 Main Line Pressure
/203.C6
-PT203
BN
4x0.34mm² 1/+
-W419.PT203 BU
E 2/- E
Main Pump Regulator Pressure
RE PE
PE RE RE PE
+CC100 +JB200
Ref./310A1 Ref. /310A3
F F
Mawei Shipbuilding (MW610-2) Date External Wiring Diagram SP2552-2 +AB-XT 309
Project rev. 5 0
PE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Ref. /309F1 Ref. /309F2
A A
RE PE PE RE RE PE
-XYV240
1
2x0.75mm² A1
-W457.XYV240 2
LS Pump Pressure A2
-X1
Ref. /309E3
-X1 /203.C6
Ref. /309D1 1 1
33 -PT219A
2 2 BN
34 4x0.34mm² 1/+
3 -W472.PT219A BU
B 1 35 LS Pressure A 2/- B
60 4
2 36
61 5
3 37
62 6 BN /203.C6
4 38
63 7 BU
5 39 -PT219B
64 8 BN BN
6 40 4x0.34mm² 1/+
65 9 BU -W473.PT219B BU
7 41 LS Pressure B 2/- /203.E6
66
8 -XYVH202
67 10 1
9 42 2x0.75mm² +
68 11 2 -W420.XYVH202 2
10 43 -
69 12
11 44 -XYVL202
70 2 1
12 25G0.75mm² 45 2x0.75mm² +
71 -W469 -W421.XYVL202 2
13 Main Winch UP/DOWN -
C 72 13 C
14 46
73 14 2 /203.E6
15 47 -XYVH204
74 15 1
16 48 2x0.75mm² +
75 2 -W422.XYVH204 2
17 49 -
76
18 -XYVL204
77 1
19 16 2x0.75mm² +
78 50 -W423.XYVL204 2
20 17 2 Main Jib Up/Down -
79 51
21 18
80 52
22 2 /203.E6
81 53 -XYVH206
23 1
82 2x0.75mm² +
24 19 -W424.XYVH206 2
83 54 -
20 2
55 -XYVL206
D 21
56
1
+ D
-W425.XYVL206 2x0.75mm²
2 2
Ref. /311A1 57 YEGN Knuckle Jib In/Out -
22
58
23 BU -XYVH201 /203.F6
59 1
24 2x0.75mm² +
60 -W426.XYVH201 2
-
-XYVL201
1
2x0.75mm² +
Ref. /315A4 -W427.XYVL201 2
Slew CC/CCW -
/205.B7
YEGN -XYV213
BN
E 4x0.75mm² A1 E
-W428.XYV213 BU
A2
RE PE PE RE RE PE CT Main Winch Adjust.Valve
+CC100 +JB200
Ref./311A1
F F
0 Issued for production 2013-10-15 ENA MSP Mawei Shipbuilding (MW610-2) Date 2013-10-15 External Wiring Diagram SP2552-2 +AB-XT 310
Project rev. 5 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
proprietary property of Cargotec and are not to be used, reproduced or disclosed Ref. /310F1 Ref. /307C2 -PT208
/205.B7
-X1 BN
4x0.34mm² 1/+
RE PE PE RE RE PE -W443.PT208 BU
Ref. /310D1 2/-
/205.D7
-PT205 MW Brake pressure 1
YEGN YEGN BN
A -X1 4x0.34mm² 1/+ A
1 -W447.PT205 BU
84 1 BN 2/-
1
2
85
3
2
2
BU MW MOPS Pilot pressure Option 12
86 3 BN
3
4 4 BU
87 4
5 /205.B7
88 5 -PT206
5 BN
6 6 1/+
89 -W465 25G0.75mm² 6 4x0.34mm²
7 -W445.PT206 BU
90 7 BN 2/-
7
8 8 BU /205.E7
91 8 MW Accumulator pressure YEGN
9 YEGN -XY209
92 9 BN BN
9 A1
10 10 BU -W474.XY209 3x1.0mm²
93 10 BU
11
YEGN A2
94 11 BN
11
B 95
12 12 BU MW MOPS adjust select B
12 /205.C7
13 13 YEGN -XY221
96 13
14 14 BN
97 14 3x1.0mm² A1
15 -W446.XY221 BU
98 15 A2
15
16 16
99 16 MW MOPS
17 17
100 17
18 18
101 18
19 19
102 19
20
103
21
20
20 Option 2
104 21
21
22
105
23
22
22
BN
Option 2
106 23 BU /307B3
23
24 24
C 107 24 C
Ref. /314B1
YEGN
Ref. /314C1 1
25
YEGN 2
26
1 3
121 27
2 4
122 28
3 5
123 29
4 6
30
124
5 31
Option 11
125
6
D 126 D
7 7
127 25G0.75mm² 32
8 -W471 8
128 33
129
9 9
34 Option 2
10 10
130 35
11 11
131 36
12 12
132 37
13 13
133 38
14 14
134 39
15 15 BN
135 40 3x1.0mm²
16 16 BU -W448.XY219 /307B3
136 41
17 17 PK
137 42
18 18 YE
138 43
E 139
19 19
44
RD E
20 20 GY
140 45 -AT01
21 21 GN PK
141 46 1/PK
22 22 BU YE
142 47 2/YE
23 23 WH RD
143 48 3/RD
24 24 BN GY
144 49 4/GY
GN
Option 11 BU
5/GN
PE PE PE
6/BU
RE RE RE WH
Ref. /313C2 8x0.75mm² 7WH
+JB201 -W455.AT01 BN
8/BN
+CC100
Ref. Wind Sensor
F Ref./313A1 F
Project rev. 5 3
RE
PE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
RE PE
-X1
A 1 A
2
3
4
5
6
7 PE -HB101
1 1
8 3+PE L
2 -W1228 2
9 Map Light 2
-P1
1 1
10 3G1.5mm² 39
B 2 -W1220 2 B
11 Washer Pump 1 M5
YEGN -P2
1 1
12 3G1.5mm² 40
2 -W1221 2
13 Washer Pump 2 M5
-MD1
1 1
14
2 2
15
16
3
-W1222 5G1.5mm² 3
14
4 4
17 P3
YEGN YEGN
18 Left Wiper
-MD2
1 1
C 19 C
2 2
20
21
3
-W1223 5G1.5mm² 3
19
4 4
22 P3
YEGN YEGN
23 Front Wiper
-MD3
1 1
24
2 2
25
26
3
-W1224 5G1.5mm² 3
24
4 4
27 P3
YEGN YEGN
28 Right Wiper
-MD4
1 1
29
D 30
2 2
31 D
-W1225 4G1.5mm²
3 3
31 P3
YEGN YEGN
32
Roof Wiper
Ref. /314B6
E RE PE E
Control Panel
+OP105
Ref. /314B5
F F
Project rev. 5 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
RE PE PE
A A
YEGN -HS102
YEGN 1
-X13 1
1 2
1 2
2 3
2 7G0.75mm² 3
3 -W310 4
3 4
4 5
4 11
5 6
5 12
6
6
B 7 B
8
9
10
-X1
Ref. /311E1
YEGN
YEGN
1 -X14
145 1
2 3G0.75mm² 145
146 -W312 2
146
C PE PE C
YEGN
-X1 -X1
1 1 1 1
148 3G1.5mm² 1 3G1.5mm² 1
2 -W325 2 2 -W203 2
149 2 2
3 3
4 4
-D100 -HCV101.2
D A1
GN GN
A1 D
-W533 Profibus
RD RD
B1 B1 -HCV102.2
GN GN
A2 A1
B2
RD -W532 Profibus
RD
B1
T
A2
B2
YEGN YEGN
-X1 -X14
1 1
147 3G0.75mm² 147
2 -W313 2
151 148
E E
RE PE PE
PE PE
Chair left side

+OP103 Chair right side
+CC100 +OP104
Ref. /314A5
Ref./314A1
F F
Project rev. 5 5
PE
PE
RE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Ref. /313F1
RE PE
Ref. /313F4
A YEGN A
-X14
1
1
2 YEGN
2 -X14
3 1
3 1
4 2
4 2
5
5
7G0.75mm²
3
3 MOPS
6 -W307 4
6 4 MW -HS104
5
-X1 5
Chair left side 6
Ref. /311C1 6
+OP103
B 108 Ref. /312F2 B

109
110 -X1
PE PE
Ref. /312D2
YEGN Option 2 YEGN

1 1
111 7G0.75mm² 33
2 -W308 2
112 34
3 3
113 35
4 4
114 36
5 5
115 37
6 6
116 38
YEGN YEGN
C -UA101 C
1 1
117 1
118
2
-W331 4G1.5mm² 2
2
3 3
119 3
120
Bullshorn - Outside Cabin
-X2
Ref. /311D1
1
2
3
4
-X3 5
D Ref. /308D2 6 D
7
8
1 1
10 3G1.5mm² 9
2 -W309 2
11 10
PE
PE
Misc. consolle
+OP105
E E
RE PE
+CC100
Ref./354A1
F F
Project rev. 5 5
PE
RE
PE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
RE PE PE RE RE PE
-X1
A A
Ref. /310D3
61
62
63
64
B B
C C
D D
Option 1
E E
RE PE PE RE RE PE
+ES400 +JB200
Ref. /351A7
F F
Project rev. 5 Lubrication System 3
PE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Ref. /301F3 Ref. /315F4
A A
PE PE PE RE
-JB450 -PE1
1 1
PE
-Q01
L1
1
-W001.P1 1x120mm² 1
2
L2
1
-W001.P2 1x120mm² 1
4
L3
1
-W001.P3 1x120mm² 1
6
B B
C PE PE C
Crane Utility Supply YEGN YEGN -ET440
YEGN YEGN YEGN
3x440VAC+PE -JB450 -XA
BN BN BN BN
60Hz - 20kW 1 1U 2U 1
2
BK
-W035 3x16/16mm² BK
1V 2V
BK
-W027 3x16/16mm² BK
2
GY GY GY GY
3 1W 2W 3
440VAC 230VAC
60Hz 60Hz
PE PE
PE PE +ET440
YEGN YEGN YEGN YEGN

-XA -JB450
D 1
1 1
4
1 1
4 D
-W034 3G1.5mm² -W025 3G1.5mm²
2 2 2 2
2 5 5
PE PE Ref. /301A3
+CC300
Ref. /301B3
YEGN YEGN
1 1
23 3G1.5mm² 6
2 -W026 2
24 7
E E
Ref. /301C3 Ref. /355D1
PE PE PE RE
+JB450 +ES400
Ref. /352A1
F F
Mawei Shipbuilding (MW610-2) Date 2013-10-15 External Wiring Diagram SP2552-2 +AP-XT 351
Project rev. 5 0
RE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
proprietary property of Cargotec and are not to be used, reproduced or disclosed Ref. /351F7
RE PE MAIN PUMP MOTOR 1
-K01 -M01
A 1 1x70mm² 1 A
2 -W001.W1 U1
4
1
-W001.U1 1x70mm² 1
V1
6
1
-W001.V1 1x70mm² 1
W1
-K02
2
1
-W001.U2 1x70mm² 1
V2
4
1
-W001.V2 1x70mm² 1
U2
6
1
-W001.W2 1x70mm² 1
W2
-PE1 -M01
1 1
B PE B
-X6 YEGN -M01

1 1
1 3G1.5mm² R1
2 -W012 2
2 R2
1
3 3G0.75mm² T1
-W013 2
4 T2
Ref. /353C1
C -X16 YEGN
C
1
1
2
2
3
4
Ref. /353D1
D D
E E
RE PE
+ES400
Ref./353A1
F F
Project rev. 5 0
PE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Ref. /352F1
YEGN -M10
RE PE 1
U1
YEGN 2
-X44 V1
1 3
1 W1
A 2 4G2.5+2x(2x1.0)mm² 5 A
2 -W010 R1
3 6
3 R2
7
T1
8
YEGN T2
Circulation Pump Motor YEGN -M11
3 3
4 U1
5
2
-W011 4G1.5mm² 2
V1
1 1
6 W1
-M20 CJC Filter
1
U1
YEGN 2
V1
1 3
B 7 W1 B
8
2
-W020 4G2.5+2x(2x1.0)mm² 5
R1
3 6
9 R2
7
T1
8
T2
YEGN
PE
-X6 Oil Cooler Motor I
Ref. /352C1
5
5
6
6
5
7
C 8
6 C
-X16
Ref. /352C1
7
5
8
6
7
7
8
8
D D
E E
+ES400 RE PE
F Ref./355C1 F
0 Issued for production 2013-10-15 ENA MSP Mawei Shipbuilding (MW610-2) Date 2013-10-15 External Wiring Diagram SP2552-2 +AP-XT 353
Project rev. 5 5
PE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Ref. /314F1
RE PE -ME1
PE RE RE PE 1
-X10 1
2
Ref. /356A1 4G1.5mm² 3
-W1210 3
2
YEGN
YEGN YEGN -X10 PE
BK BK
4 1
5
WH
-W1200 4G10mm² WH
2
RD RD Cabin Defrosting Fan
6 3
-R1
1
B 1 B
2
Ref. /356D1 3G1.5mm²
-W1211 L1
2
L2
YEGN YEGN
1 PE
4
2
5 Cabin Heater Left
3 -R2
6 1
1
YEGN
1 2
7 3G1.5mm²
2 -W1212 L1
8 2
L2
YEGN YEGN
1 PE
9
2
C 10 Cabin Heater Right C
11
YEGN YEGN -XS02 -E05

1 1
12 3G2.5mm² L L
2 -W1214 2
13 N N
Socket Single Air Condition
YEGN YEGN -XS03 -XS03
1 1
14 3G2.5mm² L L
2 -W1215 2
D 15 N N D
Socket Double
YEGN YEGN -ES10
1 1
16 3G1.5mm² L
2 -W1216 2
17 N
Cabin Light
YEGN YEGN -PB0
1 1
18 3G1.5mm² 4
2 -W1217 2
19 3
Cabin Light Switch
E E
RE PE PE RE RE PE
Control Panel
+CC100 +OP105
Ref. /356A1
F F
Project rev. 5 Power System 0
PE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Ref. /302D5
PE
-X61
1
1
2
2
B 3 B
YEGN
YEGN
Ref. /305D7
PE
PE
-K01 -M31
GY GY
2 U1
BK 3x6/6mm² BK
SCR-YEGN
PE 4 -W031 V1
3G2.5mm²
+ECC1 BN BN
6 SCR-YEGN W1
C C
-Q01
2
-W122
Ref. /353F1 -W030 4G10

4
6
PE YEGN
-XA
YEGN YEGN
Ref. /351E8 -X6 -M31
1 1
1 3G1.5mm² R1
YEGN 2 -W032 2
2 R2
1
8 Emergency HPU Motor
2
9
D D
-X10
Ref. /356D3
YEGN YEGN
-X10
1 1
19 5G1.5mm² 1
2 -W123 2
20 2
3 3
21 3
4 4
22 4
PE
PE PE
+ES400 +ES404
E E
Ref./356A2
F F
4 Reissued according to change report #4 2014-01-22 ENA MSP Mawei Shipbuilding (MW610-2) Date 2013-10-15 External Wiring Diagram SP2552-2 +AP-XT 355
1 Reissued according to change report #1 2013-11-19 ENA MSP Project rev. 5 5
PE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
in whole or in part by or to anyone without written permission of Cargotec. Ref. /354F1 Ref. /355E1
-ES01
PE 1
PE RE PE L -ES02
2 1
A N L A
-X10 YEGN YEGN -X10 YEGN 2
WH WH PE N
1 4G10mm² 1 YEGN
BK -W101 BK Aircraft Warning Light PE
2 2
RD RD Winch Skid Aircraft Warning Light
3 3
Main Jib
1
4 3G1.5mm² Ref. /307F4
Ref. /354B1 2 -W112
5
PE PE Ref. /303F5
YEGN -X10 YEGN
1 1, 1
6 3G1.5mm² 1 3G1.5mm² PE PE
2 -W113 2, 2 -W116
7 YEGN YEGN 2 YEGN YEGN YEGN
1 1, 1 1, 1
B 8 3G1.5mm² 3 3G1.5mm² 1 B
2 -W114 2, 2 -W117 2 2
9 4 2
PE PE
+JB202
PE PE
+JB203
YEGN
1
10 3G1.5mm²
2 4G1.5mm² -W118
11 -W115
3
12
Ref. /304C2
-ES03
1
PE PE L
2
YEGN YEGN N
1 YEGN -X10 YEGN
C 13 3G1.5mm² 1, 1 PE C
2 -W110 1 3G1.5mm²
14 2, 2 -W119 Floodlight
2
on Kn.Jib
1
3 3G1.5mm²
PE 2 -W120
Ref. /354B1 4
PE
+JB204 -ES04
1
L
7 2
YEGN YEGN N
8 YEGN
1 1 PE
9 3G2.5mm² 15
2 -W102 2 Floodlight
10 16 YEGN
1 on Kn.Jib
17 3G1.5mm²
2 -W121
18
D YEGN
D
1 -ES06 -ES07
11 1 1 1
2 L1 L1
12 Ref. /355D1 3 3 3
PE RE PE
L4 4G1.5mm² L4
2 2 -W111 2
N N
+ES400 YEGN YEGN YEGN
PE PE
PE Light Fixture, Crane King Light Fixture, Crane Pedestal
-ES05
-HB001 1
1 L1
3G1.5mm² 230VAC
-W302 2 L4
230VAC 2
E N E
YEGN
PE
Touch Screen Light Fixture, Outside Crane King
+CC100
-ES08
1
L
2
N
YEGN
PE
Light Fixture, Winch

F F
Project rev. 5 0
PE
PE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
B
A
D
C
0
3
Rev.
Description
+CC100
1
1
Control
Cabinet
Issued for production

13 6 -W216 1 -JU104:W1
Relay unit.1017
/413E2
-XB 1
6
14 7 -W216 2 -JU104:W
Relay unit.1018
/413E2
2
7
15 8 -W216 3 -JU104:TCP/La
Exchange.1019
Option 8
Reissued according to change report #3

Cur.Rev Reissued according to change report #4
/413E2
3
8
16 9 -W216 4 -JU104:TCP/Lb
Exchange.1020
/413E2
4
Date
17 10 -W216 5 -JU105A:WH L.1023
2
/413E3
5
2
10
2013-10-15 ENA
2013-12-13 ENA
2014-01-22 ENA
18 11 -W216 6 -JU105A:RD L.1024
/413E3
6
11
Modified by
19 12 -W216 7 -JU105B:WH L.1025
/413E3
7
12
MSP
MSP
MSP
Option 9
20 13 -W216 8 -JU105B:RD L.1026

/413E4
8
Approved
13
Slipring 13-29
Customer com.signal
10A/230VAC
21 14 -W216 9 -HC200:-24VDC 0V.1024
/413E6
9
14
22 15 -W216 10 -HC200:+24VDC24VDC.1025
/413E6
10
15
3
3
23 16 -W216 11 -HC200:-4-20mA Signal.1026

/413E6
11
16
Option 10
24 17 -W216 12 -X1:150
/420E8
12
17 Common Alarm.1027
SP2552-2
25 18 -W216 13 -K18:11
/420E8
13
18 0V.1032
26 19 -W216 14
14
19
HMC 2201 LKO 120-18 CT

20
Mawei Shipbuilding (MW610-2)

27 -W216 15
15
20
21 -W216 16
4
4
28
16
21
29 22 -W216 17
17
22
Date
Drawn by
5 Project rev.
ENA
39 32
32
2013-10-15
Slipring 39-41 33
40
Spare Profibus DP
Option 3
33
1x2x0.64+scr
34
5
5
41
34
35
6
6
42
35
43 36
36
44 37
37
Slipring 42-44
Loop diagram
Profibus DP
1x2x0.64+scr
Slipring distribution - signal
Option 5
7
7
Loc:
HLA:
Dwg. No.
SP2552-2
+JB450
+AB-XU
8
8
4
Sheet rev.
402
401
Next sheet
F
E
B
A
D
C
F
E
B
A
D
C
Rev.
Slipring 45-49
Description
Ethernet
1
1
CAT5
-X30
Control
Cabinet
+CC100
2x2x26AWG 45 38 -W702 WH/OR
Cur.Rev Issued for production

38
Option 7
46 39 -W702 OR
2
39
47 40 -W702 WH/GN
/410D6
3
ethernet.918+CC300-U65:P1 40
48 41 -W702 GN
4
41
/410C6
49 42 -U103:WAN4ethernet.736
RJ-45
42
Date
6
2
2
2013-10-15 ENA
Connected to
8
Modified by
crane pedestal
switch in CC300
MSP
Approved
50 43
43
51 44
44
Option 4
52 45
3
3
45
53 46
46
54 47
47
Slipring 50-58 55 48
SP2552-2
Ethernet 48
CAT5 56 49
8x1xAWG16 49
57 50
HMC 2201 LKO 120-18 CT

50

58 51
51
4
4
Date
Drawn by
59 52
Project rev.
Slipring 59-60 52
Coxial cable 53
5
60
ENA
RG59+scr
53
Option 6
2013-10-15
5
5
54
54 55
Option 5
55 56
56 57
Slipring 61-64
Ethernet 57 58
CAT5
2x2x26AWG 58
6
6
Loop diagram
Slipring distribution - signal
7
7
Loc:
HLA:
Dwg. No.
SP2552-2
+JB450
+AB-XU
8
8
0
Sheet rev.
403
402
Next sheet
F
E
B
A
D
C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-F04
24VDC
-F05
-G01
20A
L 230VAC/24VDC + -XP20:1 24VDC.543
A 20A /405A5 A
3 1
1
N +
4 2
2
-
10A
-XP25 1
-
PE 0V.279 -K09:A2 2 -K90:A2 0V.484
/422C1 /405F1 -XP22:1 24VDC.563
/405A7
0V.901 -X2:2 3 -X1:106 0V.933
/430C1 /406C7
-G02 0V.898 -K13:A2, -K13:24 4 -K01:A2 0V.245
L 230VAC / 3-50VDC + /412E1 /420C1
N 120W +
- 0V /421D1
0V.256 -K08:A2 5 -X301:1 0V.780
/420D1
/405E8
- 6 -X1:114 0V.897
B /421E2 B
PE 1
-F07 0V.18 -D01.1:M 7 -K93:A2 0V.931
10A /414A2 /447E4
-XP23:2 24VDC.944
2
12V /414C2
0V.608 -D02:20 8 -X3:1 0V.359
/411A6
-X121 1
0V.24 -D05:20 9 -U46:4 0V.283
/414F1 /426C5
2 -U103:+12V 12VDC.889
/410A1 0V.794 -U61:2 10 -U43:4 0V.494
/410A1 /426C1
3 X
0V.525 -D06:20 11 -X1:10 0V.500
PC /414F3 /418D1
-X1 1 -X1 2 3 4 5 6 -X1 29 30
-D50 0V.890 -U103:0V 12 -X2:17 0V.1028
-D50:230VAC
230VAC.L1.UPS.1027 /410A1 /430D1 A1
/410B1
-F03
C -D50:230VAC
230VAC.L2.UPS.1026 3 C
/410B1 0V.937 -X301:7 13 -D06:29 0V.731 -K44
/406C6 /425B1
-X10 11 -HB001:230VAC
230VAC.L1.UPS.586 A2
-W302 1 4
/410A1 0V.926 -X1:139 14 -X1:117 0V.779
3 1
4 2
/403.C6
12 -W302 2 -HB001:230VAC
230VAC.L2.UPS.583 /423E6 /406E3
/410A1
10A
0V.927 -D04:13 15 -X1:149 0V.889

TOUCH SCREEN /423E6 /429A1
-HB001
0V.916 -D100:M 16 -X1:143 0V.929
/429A1 /423D8
MOPS -F06 0V.917 -X1:132 17 -X1:101 0V.918
-F02
-W201 2
-W201 4
-W201 6
-W204 6
-W201 1
-W201 3
-W201 5
-W204 5
10A /420E1 /420E4
-A35.1 -A35.2 0V.790 -X1:103 18 -X1:122 0V.789
L 230VAC/24VDC + X1:1 X1:5 -X14:1
24VDC MOPS.222 /425C2 /425C3
2
L+ L+
10A /406A1
3 1
N + X1:2 X1:3
4 2
D M L+ -RRC97:1
UPS 24VDC.959 D
/447E1 0V.919 -X1:95 19 -X301:5 0V.920
- X1:6
10A
M -K51:A2 0V.223 /406C5 /406C5

/406E1
- X1:7 +Bat M X1:4 -RRC97:2 0V.930
/447E1 20
-X10 9 10 PE X1:8 -Bat
Input Output
/416.D3
/416.D2
-A35.3
24VDC.773 -X1:31
24VDC.915 -X1:29
24VDC.604 -X1:30
-X1:32
24VDC.595 -X1:22
-X1:23
/416.D3 0V.414 -D200:M 21 -X2:13 0V.888
+
-W102 2
-W102 1
/430A1 /430D1
-
0V.541
0V.561
0V.899 -X2:15 22 -X2:6 0V.903
/430D1 /430B1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 -X1 33 34
Battery module 0V.1030 -X2:8 23 -X2:4 0V.902
+ES400-X10:15
+ES400-X10:16
/430C1 /430C1
/427A5
/427A5
/427A6
/427A6
/446D4
/446D4
+2V
+1V
+0.5V
+1V
+1V
+0.5V
+0.2V
+0.2V
+0.1V
+0.35V
+320S
+160S
+80S
+40S
+20S
+10S
ON/OFF
UNTERBR
230VAC.L2.UPS.531
230VAC.L1.UPS.527
0V.935 -X1:93 24 -K52:14(5) 0V.1031

I
E DIP SW - ACTIVE BOOST /406C5 /426D6 E
25
+ES400
26
/506E3
/506E3
UPS SUPPLY
230VAC/60Hz/3,5KW
F F
3 Reissued according to change report #3 2013-12-13 ENA MSP Mawei Shipbuilding (MW610-2) Date 2013-10-15 Loop diagram SP2552-2 +AB-XU 403
0 Issued for production 2013-10-15 ENA MSP Project rev. 5 Power Distribution UPS 4
Rev. Description Date Modified by Approved HMC 2201 LKO 120-18 CT Loc: +CC100 404
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
230 VAC
L2.893 -F05:4
B /502B8 B
L3.892 -F05:2
/502B8
-G01 24 VDC
L 230VAC/24VDC + -F11:1 24VDC.904
1
20A /407A1
N +
-F09
20A
-
- -X1:4 0V.909
/407A1
PE
0 VDC
C C
-G02 12 VDC
L 230VAC / 3-50VDC + -X2:1 12VDC.894
1
120W /409A1
N +
-F10
10A
D - D
- -X2:5 0V.895
/409A1
PE
0 VDC
E E
F F
Mawei Shipbuilding (MW610-2) Date 2013-10-15 Loop diagram SP2552-2 +AB-XU 404
Project rev. 5 Cabin DC Power Supply 0
Rev. Description Date Modified by Approved HMC 2201 LKO 120-18 CT Loc: +OP105 405
1 2 3 32 A 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
24VDC.775 -XP22:2
-X13 1 -X13 5
24VDC.602 -XP22:1 Analog Inputs/PLC Card 24VDC
/405A8 /405A8
-W310 1
-W310 5
A A
24VDC.543 -F05:2 -XP20 1 -D05:1 24VDC.524 24VDC.563 -X1:3 -XP22 1 -K90:14 24VDC.602
-K12 bypasses em. stop in Radio /403A8 /414F1 /403A8 /405A4
-HS102 1 11 24VDC.529 -D01.1:L+ 2 -D03:1 24VDC.617 2 -HS101:L1 24VDC.775
Remote Unit when Local Mode is
12
/414A2 /414C5 /405A1
4
Em.Stop
activated. 24VDC.520 -D06:1 3 -X1:148 24VDC.891 3
/405.A2 2 12 /414F2 /429A1
1
11
3
/405.A2
24VDC.895 -X1:145 4 -X1:109 24VDC.222 4
/405.A2
/405.A3
/419.B2
Chair right side -K93 activates em. stop button on /415C5 /415C2
+OP104 24VDC.236 -X13:3 5 -X1:112 24VDC.420 5
Remote Unit -A97 when Radio /419C1 /415C3
Remote Unit is powered and Radio
-W310 2
-W310 6
24VDC.640 -X3:2 6 -X2:1624VDC.1029
/411A6 /430D1
-HS101 L1 mode is activated. 24VDC.247 -K51:31(11) 7 -X1:40 24VDC.365 POWER WHEN EM.STOP
/419C3 /417D1
Control System ON/OFF -X13 2 -X13 6 IS ACTIVATED AND EM.SUPPLY
24VDC.368 -X1:8 8 -D100:L+ 24VDC.907
B T1 /418D1 /429B1 IN +ES400 IS ACTIVATED B
/405.B1
24VDC.958 -X1:144 9 -K08:11 24VDC.600

/423D8 /406B3
24VDC.946 -X2:3 10-HS101:L2 24VDC.641
-HS101 /430C1 /415C4
L1 T1 24VDC.942 -U61:1 11
-A35.2:X2:5 24VDC.774
/405.B1 /410A1 /416C2
L2 T2 21(10) 21(10) 31(11) 11(9)
/415.D4 24VDC.948 -X2:7 12 -X2:1 24VDC.947
L3 T3 /430C1 /430D1
-K93 -K12 -K93 -K12
14 24VDC.889 -X2:12 13 -D200:L+ 24VDC.413
22(2) 24(6) 22(2) 24(6) 32(3) 34(7) 12(1) 14(5) /430D1 /430A1
/447.E5
/422.C4
/447.E5
/422.C4
Local mode Radio remote Local mode Radio remote 24VDC.890 -X2:14 14 -X2:5 24VDC.949
/430D1 /430C1
-K90 13 15 -RRC97:2 24VDC.960
/405.E3
/447E4
16
C 17 C
11(9)
-X1 25 -X1 27
-K91
-W204 1
-W204 3
12(1) 14(5)
/405.E5
Em.stop
-X1:18
EM.STOP.243
+ES400 and /446D4
11(9)
-X1:19
EM.STOP.544
+ES404 in /446D4 -K92
Crane King 12(1) 14(5)
/405.E5
-X1:20
EM.STOP.543 POWER WHEN EM.STOP
/446D4
-X1:21
EM.STOP.546 IS ACTIVATED
/446D4
D +ES400 D
-W204 2
-W204 4
-X1 26 -X1 28
-X13 7 EM.STOP.891 NOTE:

OPTIONAL 8 EM.STOP.892
REMOVE JUMPERS 24VDC.248 -K01:11 -XP23 1 -U43:3 24VDC.945
EM.STOP /420C1 /426C1
IF EM.STOP IN
IN PEDESTAL -X13 9 EM.STOP.893 24VDC.943 -K04:11 2 -X1:29 24VDC.944
10 EM.STOP.894
PEDESTAL /420C4 /403B8
24VDC.361 -U46:8 3 -X1:102 24VDC.282
/426B5 /425B1
E 24VDC.1030-K52:24(6) 4 -U43:8 24VDC.488 E
-K91 -K92 /426D6 /426B1
/405.F4 /405.F5
14(5) 11(9) 14(5) 11(9) 5
A1 S11 S12 S21 S22 S33 S34 /405.C8 /405.D8
12(1) 12(1)
/405.C4 24(6) 21(10) 24(6) 21(10)
+
A1 A1 22(2) 22(2) POWER ALSO WHEN

-K90 34(7) 31(11) 34(7) 31(11) EM.SUPPLY IN +CC200
-
-K91 -K92
A2 32(3) 32(3) IS ACTIVATED, BUT
A2 A2 44(8) 41(12) 44(8) 41(12) NO POWER WHEN
/405.E5
/405.E6
0V.484 -XP25:2 42(4) 42(4) EM.STOP IS ACTIVATED

/403A6
0V
F F
Project rev. 5 24VDC/Em.stop configuration 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-RRC97:11
24VDC MOPS.963
A A
24VDC MOPS.222
-A35.2:X1:5
/403D4
/447E7
11
-X14 1 -K11
/405B6
24VDC.600 -XP20:9 TO/FROM CONSTANT TENSION
12 14
RELAY ON RADIO UNIT -A97
-W307 1
/422.C3
B B
/447E7
-X14 1
-RRC97:8
-RRC97:12 24VDC.962
11(9) 21(10) 41(12)
24VDC MOPS.961
11 -K51 -K51 -K51
-HS104 13 23 1
-K08 PLC 12(1) 14(5) 22(2) 24(6) 42(4) 44(8)
MOPS
Main Winch WarningHorn
12 14 Dig.output
14 24 2
/421.D2
/406.F2
/447E6
/406.F2
5 7
/403B6
C -X301 -X301 C
/403D5
/403E5
5 7 TO/FROM MOPS RELAY
ON RADIO UNIT -A97
-XP25:13
-XP25:19
3 4 5
0V.937
-X14 2 6
0V.920
Chair Left Side
0V.933
/447E6
+OP103
0V.919
0V.935
/403C5
/403D6
-X1 118 119
-XP25:3
-W307 4
-W307 6
-W307 3
-W307 5
-W307 2
-X1 -X1
-XP25:19
-XP25:24
94 92
-RRC97:9 #22724.932
-W331 2
-W331 3
-X1
105
-X1 95 94 -X1 93 92 106 107
-X14 2 3 4 5 6
-K52
-W465 23
-W465 24
-W465 10
-UA101
-W465 11
105
-W465 12
-W465 9
/406.E2 2 3
14(5) 11(9) Bullshorn
D /426.D7 Outside cabin D
12(1)
24(6) 21(10) 11 /201.A8
/426.D7
22(2) -K10 1
-X1 12 -X1 11 -X1 10 -X1 9 -X1 22 23 24
34(7) 31(11)
12 14 +JB201 +JB201
32(3)
/422.C2
44(8) 41(12)
-W331 1
42(4)
-W446.XY221 BU
-W446.XY221 BN
-W474.XY209 BU
-W474.XY209 BN
-W452.XY226 BN
-W452.XY226 BU
A1 A1
-X1 117
-K51 -K52
A1 A1 A1
E A2 A2 MW MOPS
E
-XY221 MW MOPS CT
/406.D1
ON/OFF -XY209 -XY226

0V.223 -A35.2:X1:6 0V.779 -XP25:14 /205.C8 ADJUST SELECT ON/OFF
/205.E8 /205.B8
/403D4 /403C6 /205.C7 A2
/205.E7 A2 /205.B7 A2
+OP103
-HS104
13 14
/406.C2
23 24
/406.C2
F F
Project rev. 5 MOPS and CT Configuration 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
24VDC.904 -F09:1 -F14:1 24VDC.921

/404C8 /408A1
A A
0V.909 -G01:- -X1:18 0V.923
/404C8 /408A1
-X1 4 -X1 5 -X1 6 -X1 7
1 1 1
-F11 -F12 -F13
4A 4A 10A
2 /502.B2 /502.B3 /502.B4 2 2
Fan Regulator Heat Regulator Heat Regulator

-ES189 -ES189 -ES189
-C01 -C02 -C03

B B
10V(5)
Sig(6)
0V(7)
10V(5)
Sig(6)
0V(7)
10V(5)
Sig(6)
0V(7)
-HS100 3
Heater 4
-HS101 3 13 OFF ON
11(9)
C C
-PB3 3 -PB4 3
-K03
4 14 A1
Defrosting Fan 12(1) 14(5)
OFF ON -K02 4 4
A2
-K02
1 2
D /502.B2 D
3 4
5 6
13 14
-X1 8 9 -X3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 -X1 10 11 -X1 12 13
+OP105
-W1228 2
-W1220 2
-W1221 2
-W1228 1
-W1220 1
-W1221 1
COM
COM
E E
Go
A1
A2
Y1
Y2
Z1
B1
B2
G
L
-HB101 2
-T1
MAP LIGHT 1 Heater Thermostat
N 39 M5 40 M5
-P1 -P2
WASHER PUMP 1 WASHER PUMP 2
1A 3A 3A
25 W 72 W 72 W
F F
0 Issued for production 2013-10-15 ENA MSP Mawei Shipbuilding (MW610-2) Date 2013-10-15 Loop diagram SP2552-2 +AB-XU 407
Project rev. 5 Cabin Utilities 24VDC 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
24VDC.921 -F13:1
/407A8
0V.923 -X1:7
/407A8
1 1 1 1
-F14 -F15 -F16 -F17
6A 10A 6A 4A
2 -HS111 2 -HS112 2 -HS113 2
/408.C1 /408.C4 /408.C5 -HS114
B /408.C1 /408.C4 /408.C5 3 4 B
/408.C1 /408.C7
/408.C4 /408.C5 13 14
/408.C1 /408.C7
/408.C4 /408.C5
-HS112
LOW
OFF
LOW
LOW
OFF
OFF
-HS111
HI
3 13 11 21 11(9) -HS113 -HS114
HI
HI
3 13 11 21 3 13 11 21 3 13
-K04
4 14 12 22 12(1) 14(5)
4 14 12 22 4 14 12 22 4 14
/408.B2
/408.B2
/408.B2
/408.B2
/408.B4
/408.B4
/408.B4
/408.B4
/408.B5
/408.B5
/408.B6
/408.B6
/408.B7
C C
21(10)
31(11)
-K04
-K04
22(2) 24(6)
32(3) 34(7)
D D
-X1 14 15 16 17 18 -X1 19 20 21 22 23 -X1 24 25 26 27 28 -X1 29 30 31 32

+OP105
-W1222 YEGN
-W1223 YEGN
-W1224 YEGN
-W1225 YEGN
-W1222 2
-W1222 4
-W1222 1
-W1222 3
-W1223 2
-W1223 4
-W1224 2
-W1224 4
-W1225 2
-W1223 1
-W1224 1
-W1225 1
-W1223 3
-W1224 3
-W1225 3
E 14 P3 19 P3 24 P3 31 P3 E
14 19 24 31
M M M M
P3 P3 P3 P3
-MD1 -MD2 -MD3
LEFT WIPER -MD4
FRONT WIPER RIGHT WIPER ROOF WIPER
/201.E8 /201.E8 /201.E8 /201.E8

0.8 A 1.2 A 0.8 A 1.2 A 0.8 A 1.2 A 0.8 A
19 W 29 W 19 W 29 W 19 W 29 W 19 W
F F
Project rev. 5 Window Wipers 24VDC 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-W309 1 -X3 10
12VDC.894 -F10:1 -W309 2 -X3 11 11
/404D8
A -K09 PTT-UHF/VHF A
0V.895 -G02:- 12 14
/404D8
/422.C2
-X2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 =CRANE CABIN
Push To Talk
+CC100
/201.E6
/201.E6
COM COM
SELECTOR SWITCH
UHF VHF 1 2 3 4
-JU101
B /201.E6 B
-JU101
-JU101
MICROPHONE
C C
+12V GND MIC PTT COM +12V GND MIC PTT COM +12 0V FL+ FL- FR+ FR- F+ F- F+ F- UHF/VHF/FM/CD Complete
/201.E7 /201.E6 CD/FM /201.E6 CD/FM
-JU101 ANT -JU101 ANT -JU101 -JU101 Ant -JU101 -JU101 /201.E6
/201.E6
UHF VHF SPEAKER OUTPUTS LEFT SPEAKER RIGHT SPEAKER
CD/FM
D D
-JU101 FM Antenna
/201.E6
Coax
-JU101 VHF Antenna
/201.E6
Coax
E E
-JU101 UHF Antenna
/201.E6
Coax
F F
Project rev. 5 UHF/VHF/Radio Console 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
proprietary property of Cargotec and are not to be used, reproduced or disclosed POWER
230VAC.L2.UPS.583
-X10:12 -W302 2
/403C4
230VAC.L1.UPS.586
-X10:11 -W302 1
/403C4
0V.794 -XP25:10 -D01.1
A /403C5 A
230VAC
230VAC
24VDC.942 -XP20:11
/405B5
/414.C1
0V.890 -XP25:12
/403C5
12VDC.889 -X121:2
RJ45
/403C3 -HB001
230VAC.L2.UPS.1026
-F03:3
/403C4
230VAC.L1.UPS.1027
-F03:1 -W351 HDMI/DVI
/403C4
-W301 USB
-X33:RJ-45ethernet.919
/506E2
B B
CONSOLE
230VAC
230VAC
12VDC
HDMI1
WAN4
USB1
DVI-D
USB2
ETH1
LAN1
LAN0
LAN2
LAN3
+12V
USB
GND
0V
1 2
RJ-45_1
RJ-45_2
RJ-45_3
RJ-45_4
RJ-45_5
RJ-45_6
RJ-45_7
RJ-45_8
+ -
-D50 /410.C4 -U103 -U61 -HB001
POWER
BOXDC3217IYE INTEL PC i3-3217U /410.C5 Switch /201.A7 LCD Touch screen /201.A6
17 inches
C ETHERNET NETWORK IN +CC100 C
ethernet.736-X30:RJ-45
Option 4
/402E1
/402A2
ethernet.918
+CC450
SLIPRING
D D
24VDC.742 +CC300-XP20:1 ethernet.909 CONNECTED TO ROUTER ON BOARD SHIP
/432C7
0V.736 +CC300-XP25:1
/432D6
GND
P1
P2
P4
P5
L+
M
/201.D2
+CC300
Option 7
IN CRANE PEDESTAL -U65
E E
Option 4
F F
Project rev. 5 PC / NETWORK Configuration 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
B
A
D
C
0
Rev.
Description
1
1

+CC100
-W601.RC101 RD
12VDC

3
-W601.RC101 BK C1_3
0V
4
-W601.RC101 Coax C1_4
/202.E5
CORE
Camera
CCTV
-RC101
-E21
C1_1
Main Winch
SHIELD
UNI-SWITCH
Date
C1_2
Main Winch
2
2
2013-10-15 ENA
2013-12-04 ENA
Modified by
MSP
MSP
12VDC
C2_3
Approved
0V
C2_4
CORE
-E21
C2_1
SHIELD
C2_2
3
3
12VDC
C3_3
0V
SP2552-2
C3_4
CORE
-E21
C3_1
SHIELD
C3_2
HMC 2201 LKO 120-18 CT

4
4
Date
Drawn by
-W604.RC105.2 RD
Project rev.
12VDC
+_RD -W604.RC105.2 BK MON_3
0V
-_BK MON_4
5
-W604.RC105.2 Coax
/411.D6
-E21
CORE
ENA
-RC105
CORE MON_1
SHIELD
Camera Monitor
SHIELD MON_2
2013-10-15
5
5
/405B5
/403B6
0V.359
6
6
/411.D5
/202.F3
24VDC.640 -XP20:6
-XP25:8
-W604.RC105.1 WH
-
-X3 1
WH
-W604.RC105.1 RD
+
2
RD
-W604.RC105.1 BU
Standby
3
BU
Loop diagram
-W604.RC105.1 BN
Camera 2
4
BN
Camera Distribution
-RC105
Camera Monitor
-W604.RC105.1 WH/YE
Camera 3
5
WH/YE
-W604.RC105.1 GY
Next camera
7
7
GY
-W604.RC105.1 YE
Loc:
HLA:
NC
7
YE
Dwg. No.
SP2552-2
+CC100
+AB-XU
8
8
2
Sheet rev.
412
411
Next sheet
F
E
B
A
D
C
F
E
B
A
D
C
0
2
4
Rev.
Description
+ES400
1
1
/403B5

0V.898
-XP25:4

-W470 1
/428F2
-X12 1
-X12:1 24VDC.442
Date
2
2
14
2013-12-04 ENA
2014-01-22 ENA
2014-01-27 ENA
2013-10-15 ENA
11
-W470 3
/426B3 /428F7
-X12 3
MW UP.450 -U43:5 -X12:4

MW UP/DN.430
-K13
A2
A1
Modified by
12
MW DN.446-D06:6
/426B3
MSP
MSP
MSP
MSP
-K13 22
-K13
Approved
21
24
MW UP.447 -D06:3
/426B3
/426B3
MW DN.451-U43:6
3
3
SP2552-2
-W470 2
/428F5
-X12 2
-X12:3
Slew Release.432
HMC 2201 LKO 120-18 CT

4
4
-K17:21
Slew Release.985
Date
/420B6
Drawn by
5Project rev.
14
11
ENA
-W470 4
/426B4 /428F7
-X12 4
MAIN JIB UP.463

-U44:5 MAIN
-X12:5
JIB UP/DN.434
-K14
A2
A1
12
2013-10-15
-K14
MAIN JIB DN.467

-D06:10
/426B4
22
-K14
5
5
21
24
MAIN JIB UP.465

-D06:7
/426B4
/426B4
MAIN JIB DN.461
-U44:6
14
11
-W470 5
-K15
A2
A1
/426B5 /428F7
-X12 5
KN.JIB OUT.471
-U45:5 KN.JIB
-X12:6 IN/OUT.436
6
6
12
-K15
KN.JIB IN.475-D06:14
/426B5
22
-K15
21
24
KN.JIB OUT.473
-D06:11
/426B5
Loop diagram
/426B5
KN.JIB IN.469-U45:6
RELAYS FOR OPERATION FROM EMERGENCY CONTROL SYSTEM +OP206
Emergency Control System

7
7
Loc:
HLA:
14
Dwg. No.
11
-W470 6
/426B6 /428F8
-X12 6
SLEW CW.479
-U46:5 SLEW
-X12:7
CW/CCW.438
SP2552-2
12
+CC100
-K16
A2
A1
-K16
SLEW CCW.483
-D06:18
/426B6
22
-K16
21
24
+AB-XU
SLEW CW.481
-D06:15
/426B6
8
8
5
Sheet rev.
/426B6
SLEW CCW.477
-U46:6
/420.B6
/420.B7
22
24
12
14
-K17
A2
A1
/412.E8
/412.D8
-K17
11
21
413
412
Next sheet
F
E
B
A
D
C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Option 8 Option 9 Option 10

A A
INSIDE CRANE CABIN OUTSIDE CRANE CABIN
Connected to 100V system Standard wiring current sourcing - Non isolating
Desk Phone PA Loudspeaker A PA Loudspeaker B Gas Detector (supplied and installed by customer)
-JU105A -JU105B
-HC200
B -JU104 /201.B7 /201.B7 B
/201.B7 /201.B7
WH GN RD WH GN RD
Note 1
W1 W TCP/La TCP/Lb WH GN RD WH GN RD
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
W1
TCP/La
TCP/Lb
W
Tapping: 0,5W Tapping: 0,5W
+4-20mA
-4-20mA
+24VDC
+24VDC
-24VDC
-24VDC
RS-485
RS-485
C: 0,5 C: 0,5
Relay
Fault
High
CAL
Low
Note 1: Gas detector is customer supply,
and will be installed by customer
C C
-W1236 2/BU
-W1236 1/BU
-W1236 2/BK
-W1236 1/BK
-W1237 BU
-W1238 BU
-W1237 BK
-W1238 BK
-W1239 2
-W1239 1
-W1239 3
D D
CRANE CABIN
Note 2 Note 2: Cable will be installed from CC100

to mounting bracket for detector outside crane cabin
E E
Signal.1026 -XB:11
24VDC.1025-XB:10
-XB:1
-XB:2
-XB:3
-XB:4
-XB:5
-XB:6
-XB:7
-XB:8
-XB:9
Relay unit.1017
Relay unit.1018
Exchange.1019
Exchange.1020
0V.1024
L.1023
L.1024
L.1025
L.1026
/401A1
/401A1
/401A1
/401A2
/401A2
/401A2
/401A2
/401A2
/401A3
/401A3
/401A3
Control Cabinet
+CC100
F F
Project rev. 5 Customer Signals 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
proprietary property of Cargotec and are not to be used, reproduced or disclosed -XP20:2 24VDC.529
/405A5
-XP25:7 0V.18
/403B5
A L+ M A
Pin Addr Ref PLC Comment 1 Comment 2 Pin Addr Ref PLC Comment 1 Comment 2 Pin Addr Ref PLC Comment 1 Comment 2 Pin Addr Ref PLC Comment 1 Comment 2
2 I010.0 /415.F1 Reserved -HS109 22 I012.0 /417.F5 Slew Drain Filter -PS210 2 Q010.0 /420.A2 Reserved 2 PIW100 /423.F1 MW Brake Press1 -PT208
-D01.1 3 I010.1 /415.F2 Reserved -HS110 23 I012.1 /417.F6 CJC Filter -PS218 3 Q010.1 /420.A2 Reserved -XY205 3
4 I010.2 /415.F4 Ctrl.Syst.ON/OFF -HS101 24 I012.2 /417.F7 High Pressure Filter1 -PS202 4 Q010.2 /420.A3 Reserved -XY203 4 PIW102 /423.F2 MW MOPS Pilot pressure -PT205
5 I010.3 /415.F3 Reserved -HS106 25 I012.3 /417.F8 Reserved -PS203 5 Q010.3 /420.A4 Reserved -XY204 5
6 I010.4 /415.F5 Control Enable -HS103 26 I012.4 /418.E2 MW Hook Stop1 -ZS241 6 Q010.4 /420.A5 Reserved -XY213 6 PIW104 /423.F4 MW MotorDisplPress1 -PT204
7 I010.5 /415.F6 CT Enable On/Off -HS110 27 I012.5 /418.E2 MW Hook Stop2 -ZS242 7 Q010.5 /420.A6 Reserved -XY282 7
8 I010.6 /415.F7 SPARE 28 I012.6 /418.E5 SPARE 8 Q010.6 /420.A6 Slew Motor Bypass On/Off -XY219 8 PIW106 /423.F5 MW Acc Pressure -PT206
9 I010.7 /415.F8 SPARE 29 I012.7 /418.E7 SPARE 9 Q010.7 /420.A7 Common Alarm 9
S7-300
12 I011.0 /416.E2 UPS MOPS Alarm -A35.2 32 I013.0 /419.F2 Em.Stop Feedback -HS102 12 Q011.0 /421.A2 Bullhorn -UA101 12 PIW108 /423.F6 Wind Speed -AT01
13 I011.1 /416.E3 UPS MOPS 85% Charged -A35.2 33 I013.1 /419.F2 Em.Stop Feedback -RRC97 13 Q011.1 /421.A2 Buzzer -UA102 13
B 14 I011.2 /416.E4 UPS MOPS 24VDC -A35.2 34 I013.2 /419.F3 MW MOPS Feedback -HS104 14 Q011.2 /422.A2 PushToTalk UHF/VHF 14 PIW110 /423.F7 Wind Direction -AT01 B
15 I011.3 /416.E4 Reserved -LS201 35 I013.3 /419.F4 Oil Level L -LS202 15 Q011.3 /422.A2 MOPS MW disable 15
16 I011.4 /416.E5 SPARE 36 I013.4 /419.F5 Oil Level LL -LS203 16 Q011.4 /422.A3 Constant Tension -RRC97 16 PIW112 /425.B4 Reserved -XYV210
17 I011.5 /417.F3 Return Filter 1 -PS216 37 I013.5 /419.F6 SPARE 17 Q011.5 /422.A4 LOCAL/RADIO ON/OFF -RRC97 17
DP-address: 18
18 I011.6 /417.F4 Winch Motor Drain Filter -PS211 38 I013.6 /419.F7 SPARE 18 Q011.6 /421.A4 Front Washer -K03 PIW114 /425.B5 Reserved
19 I011.7 /417.F5 Main Pump Drain Filter -PS212 39 I013.7 /419.F7 SPARE 19 Q011.7 /421.A5 Front Wiper -K04 19
CPU 319 S7-300 SM321 32DIx24VDC S7-300 SM322 DO16x24VDC/0.5A L+

M M -D02 1L+ 2L+ 1M 2M -D03 1L+ M Mana Mana -D04
1 11 10 20 1 20 10 11
20 40
-XP25:8
24VDC.617 -XP20:2
C C
0V.608
/403B5
/405A6
Pin Addr Ref PLC Comment 1 Comment 2 Pin Addr Ref PLC Comment 1 Comment 2 Pin Addr Ref PLC Comment 1 Comment 2
2 2 22
PIW116 /424.F1 LS Pressure A -PT219A 3 23
3 6
4 4 PQW110 /426.A2 Main Winch Up/Down -XYV202H/L 24 PQW118 /426.A8 LS Pump Pressure -XYV240
7
I000.0 /425.A7
PIW118 /424.F2 LS Pressure B -PT219B 5 25 I000.1
D 5 8 I000.2 /425.A8 Hall Sensor Signal B/B* Reserved D
6 6 26 9
PIW120 /424.F3 Oil Level HPU -PT201 I000.3
7 7 27 10 I000.4
8 PIW122 /424.F4 Oil Temp HPU -TT201 8 PQW112 /426.A3 Main Jib Up/Down -XYV204H/L 28 PQW120 /425.A2 Reserved -XYV212 11 I000.5
9 9 29
10 30 S7-300
11 31 FM 350-1 12
12 PIW124 /424.F5 MainPumpRegulatorPressure -PT203 12 PQW114 /426.A4 Knuckle Jib In/Out 32 PQW122 /425.A2 Reserved 13
13 -XYV206H/L -XYV210 I000.6
13 33 14 I000.7
14 PIW126 /424.F6 Main Line Pressure -PT202 14 34 -D07 15
15 I001.0
15 35 16
16 PIW128 /424.F7 MW Loadcell -WT201A 17
17 16 36 I001.1
17 37 18 I001.2
18 PIW130 /424.F7 MW Loadcell -WT201B
19 18 PQW116 /426.A6 Slew CW/CCW -XYV201H/L 38 PQW124 /426.A7 CT MW adjust. valve -XYV213
19 39
E S7-300 SM332 8AI S7-300 SM332 AO8x12 bits E

1L+ M Mana Mana -D05 L+ M -D06 1L+ 1M 1M 5.2VDC 24VDC 2L+ 2M
1 20 10 11 1 20 21 40 1 2 3 4 5 19 20
-XP25:11
24VDC.524 -XP20:1
-XP25:9
24VDC.520 -XP20:3
0V.525
0V.24
-X1:127 24VDC.909
/425B6
/405A6
/403B5
/405A5
/403C5
-X1:128 0V.907
/425C6
F F
0 Issued for production 2013-10-15 ENA MSP Project rev. 5 PLC Configuration 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-HS110
-HS103 23 24
/415.B6
A 3 4 3 4 A
/415.B5
13 14
-HS103 3 -HS110 3
ControlEnable
CT
ON/OFF ACTIVATE
4 4
/415.A5
/415.A6
-X1 34 33
-X14 145 -X14 146 -X14 147 -X14 148
B +OP105 +OP104 +OP103 B
-W308 2
-W312 2
-W313 2
-W308 1
-W312 1
-W313 1
Option 2
-X1 109 110 -X1 112 111 -X1 145 -X1 146 -X1 147 -X1 151
24VDC.222 -XP20:4 24VDC.420 -XP20:5 24VDC.895 -XP20:4

/405B6 /405B6 /405B5
C C
24VDC.641 -XP20:10
/405B6
L2
-HS101 Control System ON/OFF
T2
/405.B1
D -X1 108 D
E E
2 3 5 4 6 7 8 9
I010.0 I010.1 I010.3 I010.2 I010.4 I010.5 I010.6 I010.7

Reserved Reserved Reserved Ctrl.Syst.ON/OFF Control Enable CT Enable On/Off SPARE SPARE
-HS109 -HS110 -HS106 -HS101 -HS103 -HS110
-D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02

/414.A2 /414.A2 /414.A2 /414.A2 /414.B2 /414.B2 /414.B2 /414.B2
F F
Project rev. 5 -D02 Dig. Input signals 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
24VDC.774 -XP20:11
/405B6
C C
X2:2
X2:5 X2:7
-A35.2 Mains or battery operation
-A35.2 Alarm -A35.2 Battery charged 85%
/403.D3 X2:1 X2:3
/403.D3 X2:4 X2:6 X2:8
/403.E3
D D
12 13 14 15 16
E E
I011.0 I011.1 I011.2 I011.3 I011.4
UPS MOPS Alarm UPS MOPS 85% Charged UPS MOPS 24VDC Reserved SPARE
-A35.2 -A35.2 -A35.2 -LS201
-D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02

/414.B2 /414.B2 /414.B2 /414.B2 /414.B2
F F
Project rev. 5 -D02 Dig. Input signal 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
/203.B7 /203.B7 /203.A7 /203.B7 /203.B7 /203.B7 /203.B7 /203.C7

HPU Tank L Hpu Tank LL
A Oil Level Oil Level Return Filter 1 Winch Motor Drain Filter Main Pump Drain Filter Slew Drain Filter CJC Filter High Pressure Filter 1 A
-LS202 =HYD -LS203 =HYD -PS216 -PS211 -PS212 -PS210 -PS218 -PS202
+HYD +HYD +HYD +HYD +HYD
+ S - + S - 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
-W417.LS202 2
-W418.LS203 2
-W404.PS216 2
-W406.PS211 2
-W407.PS212 2
-W408.PS210 2
-W409.PS218 2
-W411.PS202 2
-W417.LS202 1
-W418.LS203 1
-W404.PS216 1
-W406.PS211 1
-W407.PS212 1
-W408.PS210 1
-W409.PS218 1
-W411.PS202 1
B B
-X1 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
+JB200
-W468 12
-W468 13
-W468 10
-W468 14
-W468 11
-W468 6
-W468 5
-W468 7
-W468 8
-W468 9
C C
-X1 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
24VDC.365 -XP20:7
/405B6
#39170.905 -D02:35
24VDC.908 -D02:36
D D
/419D4
/419D5
E E
17 18 19 22 23 24 25
I011.5 I011.6 I011.7 I012.0 I012.1 I012.2 I012.3

Return Filter 1 Winch Motor Drain Filter Main Pump Drain Filter Slew Drain Filter CJC Filter High Pressure Filter1 Reserved
-PS216 -PS211 -PS212 -PS210 -PS218 -PS202 -PS203
-D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02

/414.B2 /414.B2 /414.B2 /414.A4 /414.A4 /414.A4 /414.A4
F F
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
proprietary property of Cargotec and are not to be used, reproduced or disclosed /202.B8 /202.A8
Proximity switch 1 Proximity switch 2
MW Upper hook stop MW Upper hook stop
I -ZS241
I -ZS242
A A
1/BN 4/BK 3/BU 1/BN 4/BK 3/BU
-ZS241.W1 BN
-ZS241.W1 BU
-ZS242.W1 BN
-ZS242.W1 BU
-ZS241.W1 BK
-ZS242.W1 BK
-X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
B B
+JB204
-W214 10
-W214 11
-W214 2
-W214 4
-W214 6
-W214 1
-W214 3
-W214 5
-W214 7
-W214 8
-W214 9
-X1 35 36 37
-X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
+JB203 +JB200
-W213 10
-W213 11
-W213 2
-W213 4
-W213 6
-W213 1
-W213 3
-W213 5
-W213 7
-W213 8
-W213 9
C C
-W469 4
-W469 3
-W469 5
-X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
+JB202
-W202 10
-W202 11
-W202 2
-W202 4
-W202 6
-W202 1
-W202 3
-W202 5
-W202 7
-W202 8
-W202 9
-X1 11
8 -X1 62 63 64
D 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 D
8
24VDC.368 -XP20:8
/405B5
0V.500 -XP25:11
/403C6
-X1 7
26 27 28 29
E I012.4 I012.5 I012.6 I012.7 E
MW Hook Stop1 MW Hook Stop2 SPARE SPARE
-ZS241 -ZS242
-D02 -D02 -D02 -D02

/414.B4 /414.B4 /414.B4 /414.B4
+CC100
F F
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
11(9)
3
-HS102 Em.Stop
-K93 Local mode
12(1) 14(5)
4
/447.E5
/405.A2
B B
Chair right side
+OP104
-W310 4
-W310 3
-X13 3 -X13 4
24VDC.236 -XP20:5 24VDC.247 -XP20:7

/405B5 /405B5
C C
31(11)
-K51
/417D1
/417D2
32(3) 34(7)
D D
-X1:41 #39170.905
-X1:42 24VDC.908
E E
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
I013.0 I013.1 I013.2 I013.3 I013.4 I013.5 I013.6 I013.7

Em.Stop Feedback Em.Stop Feedback MW MOPS Feedback Oil Level L Oil Level LL SPARE SPARE SPARE
-HS102 -RRC97 -HS104 -LS202 -LS203
-D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02

/414.B4 /414.B4 /414.B4 /414.B4 /414.B4 /414.B4 /414.B4 /414.B4
F F
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
/414.A6 /414.A6 /414.A6 /414.A6 /414.B6 /414.B6 /414.B6 /414.B6

-D03 -D03 -D03 -D03 -D03 -D03 -D03 -D03
A A
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Slew Motor Bypass On/Off Common Alarm
-XY205 -XY203 -XY204 -XY213 -XY282 -XY219
Q010.0 Q010.1 Q010.2 Q010.3 Q010.4 Q010.5 Q010.6 Q010.7
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Slew Release.985
-X12:2
/412B4
21 11
-K17
22 24 12 14
/412.E8
B B
/412.E8
A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
-K01 -K02 -K03 -K04 -K05 -K06 -K07 -K18

A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2
/420.C2
/420.C2
/420.C3
/420.C4
/420.C5
/420.C6
/420.C6
/420.C7
0V.245 -XP25:4
/403B6
-K01 -K02 -K03 -K04 -K05 -K06 -K07 -K18
/420.C2 /420.C3 /420.C3 /420.C4 /420.C5 /420.C6 /420.C7 /420.C7
14 11 14 11 14 11 14 11 14 11 14 11 14 11 14 11
/420.D2 /420.D3 /420.D4 /420.D4 /420.D6 /420.D7 /420.D8
C 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 C
24VDC.248 -XP23:1 24VDC.943 -XP23:2

/405E7 /405E7
11 11
11 11 11 11 11
-K07 -K18
-K01 -K02 -K03 -K04 -K06
12 14 12 14
12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14
/420.C6
/420.C7
/420.C1
/420.C2
/420.C3
/420.C4
/420.C6
D D
-X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 -X1
131 96 98 100 133 135 150
1 2 3 4 6 8
-X301 -X301 -X301 -X301 -X301 -X301
131 1 96 2 98 3 100 4 133 6 135 8 150
0V.780 -XP25:5
/403B6
0V.917 -XP25:17 0V.918 -XP25:17
/403D5 /403D6
-X1 132 -X1 97 -X1 99 -X1 101 -X1 134 -X1 136
-W471 12
-W465 14
-W465 13
-W465 16
-W465 15
-W465 18
-W465 17
-W471 14
-W471 13
-W471 16
-W471 15
-W471 11
E E
-X1 37 -X1 36 -X1 14 -X1 13 -X1 16 -X1 15 -X1 18 -X1 17 -X1 39 -X1 38 -X1 41 -X1 40
Common Alarm.1027
+JB201
-XB:12
-XB:13
-W448.XY219 BU
-W448.XY219 BN
0V.1032
/401A3
/401A4
A1
Slew Motor Bypass On/Off
-XY219
/205.B8
/205.B7 A2
F JH18 F
2 Reissued according to change report #2 2013-12-04 ENA MSP Project rev. 5 -D03 Dig. Output signals 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
/414.B6 /414.B6 /414.B6 /414.B6

-D03 -D03 -D03 -D03
A A
Bullhorn Buzzer Front Washer Front Wiper
-UA101 -UA102 -K03 -K04
Q011.0 Q011.1 Q011.6 Q011.7
12 13 18 19
-X1 113 -X1 115 -X1 116
B B
-W308 3
-W308 6
-W308 5
-X1 35 -X1 37 -X1 38
A1 A1
-UA102 1 -K03 -K04

A2 A2
3
/201.D7
C C
A1
-K08
A2
/421.D2
0V.256 -XP25:5 -X1 36 -X1 41

/403B5
Misc. console
+OP105
-K08
/421.C2
14 11
/406.C4
D 12 D
-W308 4
114
0V.897 -XP25:6
/403B6
E E
F F
Project rev. 5 -D03 Dig. Output signals 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
/414.B6 /414.B6 /414.B6 /414.B6

-D03 -D03 -D03 -D03
PushToTalk MOPS MW disable Constant Tension LOCAL/RADIO ON/OFF

UHF/VHF -RRC97 -RRC97
Q011.2 Q011.3 Q011.4 Q011.5
14 15 16 17
B B
A1 A1 A1 A1
-K09 PTT-UHF/VHF -K10 -K11 -K12 Radio remote
A2 A2 A2 A2
/422.C2
/422.C2
/422.C3
/422.C4
0V.279 -XP25:2
/403A5
-K09 -K10 -K12
/422.B2 /422.B3 -K11 /422.B4
14 11 14 11 /422.B3 14(5) 11(9)
/409.A8 /406.D2 14 11 /405.C3
12 12 /406.B7 12(1)
12
C 24(6) 21(10) C
/405.C2
22(2)
34(7) 31(11)
32(3)
44(8) 41(12)
42(4)
D D
E E
F F
Project rev. 5 -D03 Dig. Output signals 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Option 12
/205.B8 /205.D8 /205.B8

Wind Sensor
0-400bar 0-400bar 0-400bar -AT01
MW Brake pressure 1 MW MOPS Pilot pressure MW Accumulator pressure
A A
-PT208 -PT205 -PT206 /205.E8
4-20mA 4-20mA 4-20mA
1/+ 2/- 1/+ 2/- 1/+ 2/-
5/GN
6/BU
7WH
8/BN
2/YE
3/RD
4/GY
1/PK
-W455.AT01 WH
-W455.AT01 GN
-W455.AT01 RD
-W455.AT01 GY
-W443.PT208 BN
-W443.PT208 BU
-W447.PT205 BN
-W447.PT205 BU
-W445.PT206 BN
-W445.PT206 BU
-W455.AT01 BU
-W455.AT01 BN
-W455.AT01 YE
-W455.AT01 PK
B B
-X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 -X1 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
+JB201
-W471 21
-W471 20
-W471 22
-W471 23
-W471 24
-W471 17
-W471 18
-W471 19
-W465 2
-W465 4
-W465 6
-W465 1
-W465 3
-W465 5
-W465 7
-W465 8
C C
144
-X1 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 -X1 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144
D -XP20:9 24VDC.958 D
/405B5
-XP25:16 0V.929
/403D6
0V.926 -XP25:14
/403C5
0V.927 -XP25:15
/403C5
E E
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12 13 14 15
PIW100 PIW102 PIW104 PIW106 PIW108 PIW110

D
MW Brake Press1 D MW MOPS Pilot pressure MW MotorDisplPress1 D MW Acc Pressure Wind Speed Wind Direction
-PT208 -PT205 -PT204 -PT206 -AT01 C A -AT01
C A C A
B
B B
-D04 -D04 -D04 -D04 -D04 -D04

/414.A7 PIW100 & PIW102 /414.A7 /414.B7 PIW104 & PIW106 /414.B7 /414.B7 PIW108 & PIW110 /414.B7
Measure range Setting: D Measure range Setting: D Measure range Setting: C
F F
Project rev. 5 -D04 Analog Input signals 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
proprietary property of Cargotec and are not to be used, reproduced or disclosed /303.B8
in whole or in part by or to anyone without written permission of Cargotec. Main Winch
Dual Loadcell
-WT201
A /203.A7 /203.A7 /203.C7 /203.C7 A B A

/203.C7 /203.C7
0-0.5bar 0-400bar 0-400bar 4-20mA 4-20mA
0-400bar 0-400bar Oil Level HPU Tank Oil Temp HPU Tank Main Pump Regulator Pressure Main Line Pressure
LS Pressure A LS Pressure B (GN) (GY) (WH) (RD)
-PT201 -TT201 -PT203 -PT202
-PT219A -PT219B
4-20mA 4-20mA 4-20mA 4-20mA
4-20mA 4-20mA
1/+ 2/- 1/+ 2/- 1/+ 2/- 1/+ 2/-
1/+ 2/- 1/+ 2/-
-W472.PT219A BN
-W472.PT219A BU
-W401.PT201 BU
-WT201.W1 WH
-W401.PT201 BN
-WT201.W1 GN
-WT201.W1 RD
-WT201.W1 GY
-W473.PT219B BN
-W473.PT219B BU
-W419.PT203 BN
-W419.PT203 BU
-W416.PT202 BN
-W416.PT202 BU
-W402.TT201 2
-W402.TT201 1
B B
-X1 12 13 14 15
+JB203
C C
-W213 14
-W213 15
-W213 12
-W213 13
-X1 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
-X1 38 -X1 39 -X1 40 -X1 41 -X1 1 2 3 4 -X1 23 -X1 24 -X1 12 13 14 15 16 17
+JB200 +JB202
D D
-W468 21
-W468 20
-W468 22
-W468 23
-W468 24
-W468 17
-W468 18
-W468 19
-W468 15
-W468 16
-W469 6
-W469 7
-W202 12
-W202 13
-W202 14
-W202 15
-W202 16
-W202 17
-W468 2
-W468 4
-W468 1
-W469 8
-W469 9
-W468 3
-X1 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
-X1 65 66 -X1 50 -X1 51
67 68 -X1 36 37 38 39
-X1 19 20 21 22 23 24
D
D D D
C A
E C A C A C A E
B
B B B
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
PIW116 PIW118 PIW120 PIW122 PIW124 PIW126 PIW128 PIW130

LS Pressure A LS Pressure B Oil Level HPU Oil Temp HPU MainPumpRegulatorPressure Main Line Pressure MW Loadcell MW Loadcell
-PT219A -PT219B -PT201 -TT201 -PT203 -PT202 -WT201A -WT201B
-D05 -D05 -D05 -D05 -D05 -D05 -D05 -D05

/414.D1 PIW148 & PIW150 /414.D1 /414.D1 PIW152 & PIW154 /414.D1 /414.D1 PIW156 & PIW158 /414.E1 /414.E1 PIW160 & PIW162 /414.E1
Measure range Setting: D Measure range Setting: D Measure range Setting: D Measure range Setting: D
F F
Project rev. 5 -D05 Analog Input signals 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
/414.D5 /414.D5 /414.D7 /414.D7

-D06 -D06 -D07 -D07
A A
Reserved Reserved Reserved
-XYV212 -XYV210 Hall Sensor Signal B/B*
PQW120 PQW122 I000.0 I000.2
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 6 8
-X1 126 -X1 123
16 17 18 19
PIW112 PIW114
Reserved Reserved
D
-XYV210
0V.731 -XP25:13 C A
/403C6 B
B B
-D04 -D04
/414.B7 /414.B7
PIW112 & PIW114
Measure range Setting: B
24VDC.282 -XP23:3 /414F7

/405E8 24VDC.909 -D07:5
/403D5
/403D6
/414F7
0V.907 -D07:3
-XP25:18
-XP25:18
102 121 127

0V.790
0V.789
-X1 104 102 103 124 125 121 122 -X1 128 129 130 127
C C
-W465 20
-W465 19
-W471 10
-W471 4
-W471 2
-W471 6
-W471 1
-W471 5
-W471 3
-W471 8
-W471 9
-W471 7
-X1 21 19 20 -X1 28 29 25 26 27 30 -X1 33 34 35 32
+JB201
D D
E E
Option 11 Option 2
Option 2
F F
Project rev. 5 -D04/D06 Analog In/Output signals 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
/414.D3 /414.D3 /414.D3 /414.E3 /414.E5 /414.D5

-D06 -D06 -D06 -D06 -D06 -D06
A A
Main Winch Up/Down Main Jib Up/Down Knuckle Jib In/Out Slew CW/CCW CT MW adjust. valve LS Pump Pressure
-XYV202H/L -XYV204H/L -XYV206H/L -XYV201H/L -XYV213 -XYV240
PQW110 PQW112 PQW114 PQW116 PQW124 PQW118
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 35 36 37 38 23 24 25 26
-K13:22 MW DN.446 -K14:22

MAIN JIB DN.467 -K15:22
KN.JIB IN.475 -K16:22
SLEW CCW.483
/412D2 /412D5 /412D6 /412D8
-K13:12 MW UP.447 -K14:12
MAIN JIB UP.465 -K15:12
KN.JIB OUT.473 -K16:12
SLEW CW.481
/412D3 /412D5 /412D7 /412D8
B -K14:21
MAIN JIB DN.461 -K15:21
KN.JIB IN.469 -K16:21
SLEW CCW.477 B
/412D3 /412D5 /412D7 /412D8
-K13:21MW DN.451
-K14:11
MAIN JIB UP.463 -K15:11
KN.JIB OUT.471 -K16:11
SLEW CW.479
/412D2 /412D5 /412D6 /412D7
-K13:11MW UP.450
24VDC.488 -XP23:4 24VDC.361 -XP23:3

/405E8 /405E7
24VDC.945 -XP23:1
/405E8
0V.494 -XP25:10 0V.283 -XP25:9
/403C6 /403B6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
enable
gnd
Input+
+24VDC
enable
gnd
Input+
+24VDC
enable
gnd
Input+
+24VDC
enable
gnd
Input+
+24VDC
enable
gnd
Input+
+24VDC
enable
gnd
Input+
+24VDC
aux +10V
aux -10V
Input-
I max
aux +10V
aux -10V
Input-
I max
aux +10V
aux -10V
Input-
I max
aux +10V
aux -10V
Input-
I max
aux +10V
aux -10V
Input-
I max
aux +10V
aux -10V
Input-
I max
C C
common
common
common
common
common
common
Avalve+
Avalve+
Avalve+
Avalve+
Avalve+
Avalve+
Bvalve+
Bvalve+
Bvalve+
Bvalve+
-U43 2224_2B -U44 2224_2B -U45 2224_2B -U46 2224_2B -U49 2224_2A -U50 2224_2A
9 10 11 9 10 11 9 10 11 9 10 11 9 10 9 10
JP1=2-3 ON 24VDC.1030-XP23:4
JP1=2-3 ON JP1=2-3 ON JP1=2-3 ON DP1 OFF /405E7
DP1 OFF DP1 OFF DP1 OFF
/406.D1
/406.D1
0V.1031 -XP25:24
/403E6
-X1 -X1 -X1 -X1 14(5) 12(1) 24(6) 22(2)
69 71 72 74 75 77 78 80
-X1
70 73 76 79 -K52 -K52 60 61
D 11(9) 21(10) D
69 71 72 74 75 77 78 80
-X1 82 83
81 60
-W469 21
-W469 20
-W469 23
-W469 24
-W469 10
-W469 12
-W469 13
-W469 14
-W469 15
-W469 16
-W469 17
-W469 18
-W469 19
-W469 11
-W469 2
-W469 1
81
-W469 22
-X1 42 43 44 45 -X1 46 47 48 49 -X1 50 51 52 53 -X1 54 55 56 57 -X1 58 59 60 -X1 33 34
+JB200
-W428.XYV213 BN
-W428.XYV213 BU
E E
-W420.XYVH202 2
-W421.XYVL202 2
-W422.XYVH204 2
-W423.XYVL204 2
-W424.XYVH206 2
-W425.XYVL206 2
-W426.XYVH201 2
-W427.XYVL201 2
-W457.XYV240 2
-W420.XYVH202 1
-W421.XYVL202 1
-W422.XYVH204 1
-W423.XYVL204 1
-W424.XYVH206 1
-W425.XYVL206 1
-W426.XYVH201 1
-W427.XYVL201 1
-W457.XYV240 1
+ + + + + + + + A1 A1
-XYVH202 -XYVL202 -XYVH204 -XYVL204 -XYVH206 -XYVL206 -XYVH201 -XYVL201 -XYV213 CT Main Winch -XYV240
Adjustment valve
/203.E7
/203.E7
/203.E7
/203.E7
/203.E7
/203.E7
/203.F7
/203.F7
/205.B8
/203.C7
- - - - - - - - A2 A2
Main Winch Up Main Winch Down Main Jib Up Main Jib Down Knuckle Jib Out Knuckle Jib In Slew CW Slew CCW LS Pump Pressure
F F
Project rev. 5 -D06 Analog Output signals 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
/403E7
/403E7
/403E7
/403E8
0V.541
A A
+CC100-X1:1 24VDC.915
+CC100-X1:2 24VDC.604
+CC100-X1:3 24VDC.773
+CC100-X1:4
-XP20:1 24VDC.950
/438C7
-W201 2
-W201 4
-W201 1
-W201 3
B B
-F15
440V
-T08 230V
-F16
-G01
10A
415V
-W122 1 -XA 8 400V L 230VAC/24VDC +
/508E1 10A
3 1
1
N +
4 2
2
440VAC.924-X61:1 -W122 2 -XA 9 0V 0V
/508E1
-
10A
440VAC.926-X61:2 440-415-400/230V
250VA -
PE
-X1 29 -X1 30 31 32
C C
+ECC1
1 3
A1
-K40 -K40
/427.C5 2 4
A2 -K40
/427.D4
/427.E4
-XP25:1 0V.921
/438E7
D D
-K40
2 1
/427.C5
43 44
3 4
/427.C5
31 32
E E
F F
0 Issued for production 2013-10-15 ENA MSP Project rev. 5 Power Distribution 24VDC 51
Rev. Description Date Modified by Approved HMC 2201 LKO 120-18 CT Loc: +ES400 428
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
proprietary property of Cargotec and are not to be used, reproduced or disclosed Joystick Y-direction Joystick Y-direction /204.B8
in whole or in part by or to anyone without written permission of Cargotec. Joystick X-direction Joystick X-direction -H1 Joystick Outside Cabinet
-H1 -H1
A A
VL/RD
OG/RD
YE/GN
RD/BN
GN/RD
OG
RD
GN
YE
BN
WH
OG/BK
RD/BK
PK/BK
BK
GY
-XH01 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 -XH01 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
+24VDC -G03 +10VDC

+24VDC
-S01 1 11 -S03 0V
3
STOP
0V
B MainWinch&KnJib B
2 12 / MainJib&Slew 0V
4Select
/204.B8
0V -10VDC
21
-K06
11 11
22 24
-K05 -K06
/428.D4
12 14 12 14
11
/428.C3
/428.C4
-K07
12 14
11(2) 11 21
/428.D3
A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
-K01 -K03 -K03
-K01 -K03 -K07 -K05 -K06
C 12(3) 14(1) 12 14 22 24 C
A2 A2 A2 A2 A2
/428.C2
/428.C3
/428.D3
/428.C2
/428.C3
/428.D3
/428.C3
/428.C4
-X12 10 -X12 11 -X12 1 -K01 -K03 -K05 -K06 -X12 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
/428.C2 /428.C3 /428.C3 /428.C4
14(1) 11(2) 14 11 14 11 14 11
-W441 2
-W441 4
-W441 3
/428.C2 /428.C7 /428.C7 /428.C8
-W441 10
-W441 11
6/15 -W441 6
-W441 1
5/15 -W441 5
7/15 -W441 7
8/15 -W441 8
9/15 -W441 9
12(3) 12 12 12
24 21 24 21
/428.C8 /428.B5
22 22
12/15
13/15
14/15
2/15
4/15
3/15
10/15
11/15
1/15
-K07
/428.C3
14 11
/428.C5
12
D D
2/15
3/15
4/15
5/15
6/15
7/15
8/15
9/15
12/15
13/15
14/15
10/15
1/15
11/15
-XP1
-XP1 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+ECC1 +ECC1
-W440 2
-W440 4
-W440 6
-W440 3
-W440 5
-W440 7
-W440 8
-W440 9
-W440 1
-X12 2
-X12 3 4 5 -X12 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
24VDC.781 -XP20:2
-XP25:2
-S1 4
EMERGENCY MODE
0V.443
E E
-W470 10
-W470 11
SELECTOR ON / OFF
-W470 2
-W470 4
-W470 6
-W470 3
-W470 5
-W470 7
-W470 8
-W470 9
3
-X12 1
+ES400
/438D7
/438E8
-W470 1
SLEW CW/CCW.438
MAIN JIB UP/DN.434
24VDC.442 -X12:1
-X12:2
-X12:3
-X12:4
-X12:5
-X12:6
KN.JIB IN/OUT.436
Slew Release.432
MW UP/DN.430
7 8 9 10 11
/412A2
/412A4
/412A2
/412A5
/412A6
/412A7
+CC100
F F
0 Issued for production 2013-10-15 ENA MSP Project rev. 5 Emergency Panel 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
24VDC.891 -XP20:3 -X1 148 -W325 1
/405A6
0V.889 -XP25:15 -X1 149 -W325 2

/403C6
A A
0V.916 -XP25:16
/403D5
24VDC.907 -XP20:8
/405B6
L+ M -W203 2
RS 485 Repeater Profibus DP -W203 1
B PE B
A B -X1 1 2
/414.C1 -X1 1 2 3 4
-D100
-D01.1 A2 B2 A2´B2´ IE A1 B1 A1´B1´

RD/TD+_3
RD/TD-_8
GND_2
GND_5
+5V_6
NC_4
NC_7
NC_9
PE_1
-RRC97:B1 B.910
/447E2
-RRC97:A1 A.910
/447E2
-D01.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
11
11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
DP-address: 2 Main Jib Up/Down -HCV101.3 Winch Up/Down -HCV102.3
A1 B1 A2 B2 Slew Left/Right Knuckle Jib In/Out
10
12
13
14
15
10
12
13
14
15
C C
11
11
2
6
3
7
8
9
7
8
9
1
1
/201.C7 /201.C7
-HCV101 -HCV102
6(VP+5V)
6(VP+5V)
1(+V)
2(GND)
3(Ma)
4(Mb)
5(Md)
6(Mc)
7(NC)
8(NC)
9(NC)
10(NC)
12(NC)
13(NC)
14(NC)
15(NC)
1(+V)
2(GND)
3(Ma)
4(Mb)
5(Md)
6(Mc)
7(NC)
8(NC)
9(NC)
10(NC)
12(NC)
13(NC)
14(NC)
15(NC)
11(NC)
11(NC)
5(DGND)
5(DGND)
3(PB-B)
8(PB-A)
3(PB-B)
8(PB-A)
2(NC)
4(NC)
2(NC)
4(NC)
7(NC)
9(NC)
7(NC)
9(NC)
1(NC)
1(NC)
-HCV101.2 -HCV102.2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
/201.C6 /201.C6
DP-address: 18 DP-address: 19
A1 B1 A2 B2 A1 B1 A2 B2
D D
-W533 RD -W532 RD
-W533 GN -W532 GN
Left joystick Right joystick

+OP103 +OP104
E E
-D200:A2 A.181
/430B1
-D200:B2 B.177
/430B1
F F
0 Issued for production 2013-10-15 ENA MSP Project rev. 5 Profibus Joystick 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
/438.B2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
This document and all data disclosed herein and herewith are the confidential and -D01
proprietary property of Cargotec and are not to be used, reproduced or disclosed 0V.414 +CC100-XP25:21
RD/TD+_3
/403E5
RD/TD-_8
24VDC.413 +CC100-XP20:13
GND_2
GND_5
/405C6
+5V_6
NC_4
NC_7
NC_9
PE_1
L+ M L+ M
A RS 485 Repeater Profibus DP RS 485 Repeater Profibus DP A

PE PE
-D01
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A B A B
-D200 -D201
A2 B2 A2´B2´ IE A1 B1 A1´B1´ A2 B2 A2´B2´ IE A1 B1 A1´B1´ DP-address:
A1 B1 A2 B2
-W506 GN
-W506 RD
A.181 -D100:A2´
/429E4 +ES400
B.177 -D100:B2´
/429F4
-W511 GN -X3:4 A.909
/431B1
B -W511 RD -X3:5 B.908 B
/431B1
-W502 GN -X3:1 A.738

/431C1
-W502 RD -X3:2 B.889
/431C1
0V.903 -XP25:22 -X2 6 -W217 6 -X2:6 0V.764
/403E6 /431B1 KN. JIB
24VDC.949 -XP20:14 -W217 5 -X2:5 24VDC.770
ENCODER2
5
/405C6 /431B1
0V.1030 -XP25:23 8 -W217 8 -X2:8 0V.766

/403E5 /431B1 MAIN JIB
24VDC.948 -XP20:12 -W217 7 -X2:7 24VDC.767
ENCODER2
7
/405B5 /431B1
C 0V.902 -XP25:23 4 -W217 4 -X2:4 0V.776 C

/403E6 /431B1 KN.JIB
24VDC.946 -XP20:10 -W217 3 -X2:3 24VDC.772
ENCODER1
3
/405B5 /431B1
0V.901 -XP25:3 2 -W217 2 -X2:2 0V.755

/403B5 /431C1 MAIN JIB
24VDC.947 -XP20:12 -W217 1 -X2:1 24VDC.753
ENCODER1
1
/405B6 /431C1
0V.899 -XP25:22 15 -W205 2

/403E5
14
14
24VDC.890 -XP20:14 -W205 1
/405C5
-X2
0V.1028 -XP25:12 Junction Box
D /403C6 D
-W521 RD +JB202
24VDC.1029-XP20:6
/405B6
-W521 GN
0V.888 -XP25:21
/403E6
24VDC.889 -XP20:13
/405C5
-X2 -X2
12 16
13 17 -X2 3 4 -X2 1 2
+CC100 12 16 +JB201
-W523 GN
-W520 GN
-W521 GN
-W522 GN
-W523 RD
-W520 RD
-W521 RD
-W522 RD
-W206 2
-W238 2
-W207 2
-W206 1
-W238 1
-W207 1
E E
/202.A2 A1 B1 L+ M A2 B2 L+ M /202.A2 A1 B1 L+ M A2 B2 L+ M /202.A5 A1 B1 L+ M A2 B2 L+ M
-ZT201 -ZT208 -ZT204
Address: 10 Address: Address: 11

Slew position Slew position Main Winch position
encoder 1 encoder 2 encoder
F
SLEW SLEW WINCH F
Project rev. 5 Profibus 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
0V.764 -X2:6 -W217 6 -X2 6 -W212 2

/430B8
24VDC.770 -X2:5 -W217 5 -X2 5 -W212 1
/430C8
0V.766 -X2:8 -W217 8 -X2 8 -W208 2
/430C8
24VDC.767 -X2:7 -W217 7 -X2 7 -W208 1
/430C8
B B
A.909 -D201:A1´ -W511 GN -X3 4 -W512 GN
/430B8
B.908 -D201:B1´ -W511 RD -X3 5 -W512 RD
/430B8
0V.776 -X2:4 -W217 4 -X2 4 -W211 2

/430C8
24VDC.772 -X2:3 -W217 3 -X2 3 -W211 1
/430C8
0V.755 -X2:2 -W217 2 -X2 2 -W209 2
/430C8
24VDC.753 -X2:1 -W217 1 -X2 1 -W209 1
/430D8
A.738 -D200:A1´ -W502 GN -X3 1 -W503 GN -W504 GN -W513 GN

/430B8
C B.889 -D200:B1´ -W502 RD -X3 2 -W503 RD -W504 RD -W513 RD C
/430B8
Control Cabinet Junction Box

+CC100 +JB202
D D
/202.B6 A-IN B-IN 10-30V 0V A-OUT B-OUT VCC1 GND1 /202.B7 A-IN B-IN 10-30V 0V A-OUT B-OUT VCC1 GND1 /202.A6 A-IN B-IN 10-30V 0V A-OUT B-OUT VCC1 GND1 /202.A7 A-IN B-IN 10-30V 0V A-OUT B-OUT VCC1 GND1
-ZT202 -ZT206 -ZT203 -ZT207
Address: 13 Address: 16 Address: 14 Address: 17

Main Jib position Knuckle Jib position Main Jib position Knuckle Jib position
encoder 1 encoder 1 encoder 2 encoder 2
E
MAIN JIB ENCODER1 KN.JIB ENCODER1 MAIN JIB ENCODER2 KN.JIB ENCODER2
E
F F
Project rev. 5 Profibus 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Option 5
A Option 7 A
B B
-F01
-F02
-G01
230VAC.L1.1254
+JB450-JB450:4 -W034 1 -XA 1 L 230VAC/24VDC + -XP20 1 -U65:L+ 24VDC.742
/501E5 10A /410D1
3 1
3 1
N +
4 2
4 2
230VAC.L2.1255
+JB450-JB450:5 -W034 2 2
/501E5
-
6A
10A
24VDC.902 2 24VDC.5
-
PE 24VDC.743 3 24VDC.1
C C
4 24VDC.3
D D
-XP25 1 -U65:M 0V.736

/410D1
0V.910 2 0V.565
0V.798 3 0V.3
0V.2 4 0V.1
5
E E
F F
Project rev. 5 Power Distribution 24VDC 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Option 5
A A
B B
C C
SPARE DRAWING
D D
E E
F F
Project rev. 5 Remote IO Configuration 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Option 5
A A
B B
C C
SPARE DRAWING
D D
E E
F F
Project rev. 5 Analog Input signals 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
C C
SPARE DRAWING
D D
E E
F F
Project rev. 5 Analog Input signals 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Option 5
A A
B B
C C
SPARE DRAWING
D D
E E
F F
Project rev. 5 RIO Dig. Output signals 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Option 5
A A
B B
C C
SPARE DRAWING
D D
E E
F F
Project rev. 5 RIO Dig. Input signals 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
proprietary property of Cargotec and are not to be used, reproduced or disclosed 24VDC.897
-XP20:5
/438D7
0V.549 -XP25:4
/438F8
M L1+ M PE Pin Addr Ref PLC Comment 1 Comment 2 Pin Addr Ref PLC Comment 1 Comment 2 Pin Addr Ref PLC Comment 1 Comment 2 Pin Addr Ref PLC Comment 1 Comment 2
A A
2 I020.0 /439.E1 Motor Trip -M01 22 I022.0 /441.E1 Motor trip -M10 2 I024.0 /443.E1 Reserved -M21 2 Q020.0 /444.A1 Autostart -M01
3 I020.1 /439.E2 Power present -M01 23 I022.1 /441.E2 Motor running -M10 3 I024.1 /443.E2 Reserved -M21 3 Q020.1 /444.A2 Reserved -M02
4 I020.2 /439.E3 Motor Running -M01 24 I022.2 /441.E3 Remote -M10 4 I024.2 /443.E3 Reserved -M21 4 Q020.2 /444.A3 Reserved
5 I020.3 /439.E4 Remote -M01 25 I022.3 /441.E4 Motor trip -M11 5 I024.3 /443.E4 SPARE 5 Q020.3 /444.A4 Reserved
6 I020.4 /439.E5 Reserved -M02 26 I022.4 /441.E5 Motor running -M11 6 I024.4 /443.E5 SPARE 6 Q020.4 /444.A5 Autostart -M10
7 I020.5 /439.E6 Reserved -M02 27 I022.5 /441.E6 Remote -M11 7 I024.5 /443.E6 SPARE 7 Q020.5 /444.A6 Autostart -M11
8 I020.6 /439.E7 Reserved -M02 28 I022.6 /441.E7 Motor trip -M20 8 I024.6 /443.E7 SPARE 8 Q020.6 /444.A7 Autostart -M20
9 I020.7 /439.E8 Reserved -M02 29 I022.7 /441.E8 Motor running -M20 9 I024.7 /443.E8 SPARE 9 Q020.7 /444.A8 Reserved -R31
/430.
12 I021.0 /440.E1 Earth Fault Monitor CH1 32 I023.0 /442.E1 Remote -M20 12 I025.0 12 Q021.0 /445.A1 Reserved -R32
13 I021.1 /440.E2 Reserved CH2 33 I023.1 /442.E2 Remote -M31 13 I025.1 13 Q021.1 /445.A2 Autostart -M21
14 I021.2 /440.E3 Earth Fault Monitor CH3 34 I023.2 /442.E3 Motor Running -M31 14 I025.2 14 Q021.2 /445.A3 Reserved -M55
15 I021.3 /440.E4 Earth Fault Monitor CH4 35 I023.3 /442.E4 Motor Tripped -M31 15 I025.3 15 Q021.3 /445.A4 Reserved -M56
16 I021.4 /440.E5 SPARE 36 I023.4 /442.E5 Reserved -M55 16 I025.4 16 Q021.4 /445.A5 Floodlight Winch
B -D01 17 I021.5 /440.E6 Em.stop -HS117 +ES400 37 I023.5 /442.E6 Reserved -M56 17 I025.5 17 Q021.5 /445.A6 Floodlight Kn.Jib B
18 I021.6 /440.E7 Em.stop -HS116 +ES404 38 I023.6 /442.E7 Reserved -M55 18 I025.6 18 Q021.6 /445.A7 Helilight
19 I021.7 /440.E8 Reserved -R31-R32 39 I023.7 /442.E8 Reserved -M55 19 I025.7 19 Q021.7 /445.A8 Motor Autostart -M31
Address: S7-300 SM321 32DIx24VDC S7-300 SM321 DI16x24VDC S7-300 SM322 DO16x24VDC/0.5A
M M -D02 M -D03 1L+ 2L+ 1M 2M -D04
A1 B1 IE A2 B2 20 40 20 1 11 10 20
24VDC.954 -XP20:6
/438D8
0V.906 -XP25:1
/438E8
0V.905
-XP25:4
C C
/438F7
24VDC.950 -X1:31 -XP20 1 -P01:22 24VDC.578

/427A7 /510C3
24VDC.781 +ECC1-X12:102 -S01:23 24VDC.571
/428E1 /510C4
24VDC.544 -HS117:4 3 -X1:1 24VDC.28
/446E4 /442A4
24VDC.572 -X1:11 4 -U27:14 24VDC.955
/446F4 /503B4
D D
24VDC.897 -D01:L1+ 5 24VDC.916
/438A1
6 -D04:1 24VDC.954
/438C6
7
E 0V.921 -X1:32 -XP25 1 -D04:10 0V.906 E

/427D7 /438C6
0V.212 -X1:2 2 +ECC1-X12:11 0V.443
/445E8 /428E1
0V.497 -K27:A2 3 -K37:A2 0V.499
/444E6 /445E5
0V.905 -D02:20 4 -D01:M 0V.549
/438C2 /438A1
5
F F
0 Issued for production 2013-10-15 ENA MSP Project rev. 5 Remote IO Configuration 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
/510A3
/510A4
/510A4
/510A5
DI.591
DI.588
DI.735
DI.590
-P01:21
-XX2:1
-XX2:2
-S01:24
B B
C C
D D
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
E E
I020.0 I020.1 I020.2 I020.3 I020.4 I020.5 I020.6 I020.7
Motor Trip Power present Motor Running Remote Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
-M01 -M01 -M01 -M01 -M02 -M02 -M02 -M02
-D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02

/438.A2 /438.A2 /438.A2 /438.A2 /438.A2 /438.A2 /438.A2 /438.B2
F F
Project rev. 5 -D02 RIO Dig. Input signals 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
/503D5
/503D5
/503D5
/503D5
/446E4
/446F4
DI.541
DI.921
DI.922
DI.3
DI.539
DI.592
-U27:9
-U27:7
-U27:15
-U27:13
-HS117:3
-X1:12
B B
C C
D D
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
E E
I021.0 I021.1 I021.2 I021.3 I021.4 I021.5 I021.6 I021.7
Earth Fault Monitor Reserved Earth Fault Monitor Earth Fault Monitor SPARE Em.stop -HS117 Em.stop -HS116 Reserved
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 +ES400 +ES404 -R31-R32
-D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02

/438.B2 /438.B2 /438.B2 /438.B2 /438.B2 /438.B2 /438.B2 /438.B2
F F
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
/512A4
/511A3
/511A4
/511A5
/512A3
/512A5
/513A3
/513A4
DI.560
DI.561
DI.564
DI.563
DI.562
DI.559
DI.558
DI.557
-K14:53
-P03:21
-Q06:21
-P04:21
-K13:53
-S13:24
-S16:24
-K15:53
B B
C C
D D
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
E E
I022.0 I022.1 I022.2 I022.3 I022.4 I022.5 I022.6 I022.7
Motor trip Motor running Remote Motor trip Motor running Remote Motor trip Motor running
-M10 -M10 -M10 -M11 -M11 -M11 -M20 -M20
-D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02

/438.A4 /438.A4 /438.A4 /438.A4 /438.A4 /438.A4 /438.A4 /438.B4
F F
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
/438D8
Option 1
24VDC.28 -XP20:3
A A
/513A5 -X1 1
DI.4
-W215 1
-S19:24
24VDC.899
B B
-X1:1
/508A3
/508A4
/508A4
/508A3
-X1:5
-X1:4
-X1:3
DI.26
DI.36
DI.8
C C
-W215 4
-W215 5
-W215 3
+ES404
-X1 5 -X1 4 -X1 3
D D
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
E E
I023.0 I023.1 I023.2 I023.3 I023.4 I023.5 I023.6 I023.7
Remote Remote Motor Running Motor Tripped Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
-M20 -M31 -M31 -M31 -M55 -M56 -M55 -M55
-D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02 -D02

/438.B4 /438.B4 /438.B4 /438.B4 /438.B4 /438.B4 /438.B4 /438.B4
F F
0 Issued for production 2013-10-15 ENA MSP Project rev. 5 -D02 RIO Dig. Input signals 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
C C
D D
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
E E
I024.0 I024.1 I024.2 I024.3 I024.4 I024.5 I024.6 I024.7
Reserved Reserved Reserved SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE
-M21 -M21 -M21
-D03 -D03 -D03 -D03 -D03 -D03 -D03 -D03

/438.A6 /438.A6 /438.A6 /438.A6 /438.A6 /438.A6 /438.A6 /438.B6
F F
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A /438.A7 /438.A7 /438.A7 /438.A7 /438.A7 /438.A7 /438.A7 /438.B7 A

-D04 -D04 -D04 -D04 -D04 -D04 -D04 -D04
Autostart Reserved Reserved Reserved Autostart Autostart Autostart Reserved

-M01 -M02 -M10 -M11 -M20 -R31
Q020.0 Q020.1 Q020.2 Q020.3 Q020.4 Q020.5 Q020.6 Q020.7
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
B B
C C
D D
A1 A1
A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
Autostart Autostart -K23 -K24 Autostart Autostart Autostart
-K21 -K22 -K25 -K26 -K27 -K28
A2 A2
A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2
/444.E3
/444.E4
/444.E1
/444.E2
/444.E5
/444.E6
/444.E7
/444.E8
0V.542
/445E1
0V.497 -XP25:3
E /438E7 E
-K21 -K22 -K23 -K24 -K25 -K26 -K27 -K28

/444.E1 /444.E2 /444.E3 /444.E4 /444.E5 /444.E6 /444.E7 /444.E8
14(1) 11(2) 14(1) 11(2) 14(1) 11(2) 14(1) 11(2) 14(1) 11(2) 14(1) 11(2) 14(1) 11(2) 14(1) 11(2)
/510.B8 /511.B8 /512.B8 /513.B8
12(3) 12(3) 12(3) 12(3) 12(3) 12(3) 12(3) 12(3)
F F
Project rev. 5 -D04 RIO Dig. Output signals 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A /438.B7 /438.B7 /438.B7 /438.B7 /438.B7 /438.B7 /438.B7 /438.B7 A

-D04 -D04 -D04 -D04 -D04 -D04 -D04 -D04
Reserved Autostart Reserved Reserved Floodlight Floodlight Helilight Motor Autostart

-R32 -M21 -M55 -M56 Winch Kn.Jib -M31
Q021.0 Q021.1 Q021.2 Q021.3 Q021.4 Q021.5 Q021.6 Q021.7
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
B B
-X1 6
+ES404
C C
-W215 6
DI.24
/508A5
-X1:6
/508A6
-X1:2
D D
0V.213
-W215 2
A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
-K29 -K30 -K31 -K32 -K37 -K38 -K39

A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 -X1 2
/445.E1
/445.E2
/445.E3
/445.E4
/445.E5
/445.E6
/445.E7
0V.542 0V.499 -XP25:3
/444E8 /438E8
E 0V.212 -XP25:2 E
/438E7
-K37 -K38 -K39

-K29 -K30 -K31 -K32 /445.E5 /445.E6 /445.E7
/445.E1 /445.E2 /445.E3 /445.E4 14(5) 11(9) 14(5) 11(9) 14(5) 11(9)
14(1) 11(2) 14(1) 11(2) 14(1) 11(2) 14(1) 11(2) /504.C4 /504.C3 /506.B7
/446.A3 12(1) 12(1) 12(1)
12(3) 12(3) 12(3) 12(3)
24(6) 21(10) 24(6) 21(10) 24(6) 21(10)
/504.C5 /504.C4 /506.B7
22(2) 22(2) 22(2)
34(7) 31(11) 34(7) 31(11) 34(7) 31(11)
/506.B8
32(3) 32(3) 32(3)
44(8) 41(12) 44(8) 41(12) 44(8) 41(12)
/506.B8
42(4) 42(4) 42(4)
F F
Project rev. 5 -D04 RIO Dig. Output signals 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
proprietary property of Cargotec and are not to be used, reproduced or disclosed 230VAC.L2.68
-Q06:14
/512B6
11(2) 24VDC / SIGNAL TO +ES404
-K91 -K92
/509D5
/509D5
/509D5
/509D8
/509D8
/509D8
/509E5
/509E5
/509E5
/509E5
/509E5
-K32
/446.C7 /446.C8
A 12(3) 14(1) 14(5) 11(9) 12 8 A
/510.A6 /511.A6
/445.E4
12(1) 4
24(6) 21(10) 9 5
EM.STOP.488
EM.STOP.532
EM.STOP.530
EM.STOP.249
+ES404-X1:11 24VDC.535
DI.537
+ES404-X1:13 24VDC.603
0V.633
/513.A6
22(2) 1
34(7) 31(11) 34(7) 31(11)
/512.A6
+ES404-X1:7
+ES404-X1:8
+ES404-X1:9
+ES404-X1:10
+ES404-X1:12
+ES404-X1:14
+ES404-X1:15
+ES404-X1:16
+ES404-X1:17
32(3) 32(3)
12 8 11 7
4 3
-W215 10
-W215 12
-W215 13
-W215 14
-W215 15
-W215 16
-W215 17
-W215 11
-W215 7
-W215 8
-W215 9
A1
-K56 9A
B 24VDC B
A2 -X1 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
230VAC.L1.732
-S02:X2 -H05:X2
230VAC.L1.568 -HS117 1 11 3
/510D8 /511D7
2 12 4 A1 A1
-K91 Em.stop -K92 Em.stop
A2 A2
/446.A7
/446.A8
0V
C C
EM.STOP.243
-X1:25 -W204 1 -X1 18
/405D3
SIGNAL TO /405D3 EM.STOP.544
-X1:26 -W204 2 19
+CC100 EM.STOP.543
-X1:27 20
-W204 3
/405D3
D EM.STOP.546
-X1:28 -W204 4 21 D
/405D3
24VDC FROM 24VDC.595 -X1:29 22

-W204 5
+CC100 /403E8
0V.561 -X1:30 -W204 6 23
/403E8
+CC100
E E
24VDC.544 -XP20:3
/438D7
DI.539 -D02:17
/440A6
24VDC.572 -XP20:4
/438D7
DI.592 -D02:18
/440A7
Option 1
F F
0 Issued for production 2013-10-15 ENA MSP Project rev. 5 Em.loop & Auxilliary 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-RRC97
A A
POWER MODULE MC-RX-RLS MODULE
-A4 -K1 -K2
CONST.
MOPS TENSION
RELAY RELAY
SAFETY MONIT.
RELAY RELAY L1 L2 L3 L4
IN PUT OUT PUT D-SUB CONN. RS485
24 7,2 -A2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 PE 1A 1B 2A 2B PE 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
B B
C C
COMMON
COMMON
COMMON
COMMON
24VDC
0VDC
NO
NO
NO
NO
NC
NC
NC
NC
PE
-?
-?
DP-address:
-X1 1 2 3 A1 B1 A2 B2 -X2 -X2 -X2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
D D
A1
-K93 Local mode

UPS 24VDC.959
-A35.2:X1:3 A.910 -D100:A1´ 24VDC.960 -XP20:15 24VDC MOPS.961
-K51:41(12)
/403D4 /429C3 /405C6 A2 /406C6
/447.E5
0V.930 -A35.2:X1:4 B.910 -D100:B1´ 0V.931 -XP25:7 #22724.932 -K52:A1
/403D4 /429C3 /403B6 /406D6
-K93 /406A8
24VDC MOPS.963
-K11:11
E /447.E5 E
14(5) 11(9) 24VDC.962 -K11:14
/419.B3 /406B8
12(1)
24(6) 21(10)
/405.C2
22(2)
34(7) 31(11)
/405.C3
32(3)
44(8) 41(12)
42(4)
F F
Project rev. 5 Radio Remote Control -RRC97 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
B
A
D
C
Rev.
Description
+ES400
1
1
Starter Cabinet
Cur.Rev Issued for production

1 PE PE.412
Starter Cabinet
/510E1
Slipring PE PE
2 L1 -W001.P1 1 -Q01:2
440VAC.L1.411
/510E1
L1
Slipring 2-4 3 L2 -W001.P2 1 -Q01:4

440VAC.L2.410
/510E1
Crane Main Supply I L2
CRANE PEDESTAL
4 L3 -W001.P3 1 -Q01:6
440VAC.L3.413
Date
/510E1
L3
2
2
2013-10-15 ENA
5 L4
L4
Modified by
Slipring 5-7 6 L5
Crane Main Supply II L5
MSP
7 L6
L6
Approved
3
3
SP2552-2
HMC 2201 LKO 120-18 CT
4
4
8 1 -W035 BN =CRANE KING+ET440-ET440:1U 440VAC.L1.1251

/514C2
1
Slipring 8-10 2 =CRANE KING+ET440-ET440:1V 440VAC.L2.1252
9 -W035 BK
Crane Utility Supply /514C2
2
Date
3x440VAC+PE / 60Hz - 20kW =CRANE KING+ET440-ET440:1W
10 3 -W035 GY 440VAC.L3.1241
Drawn by
/514C2
Project rev.
3
5
ENA
4
2013-10-15
11 -W025 1
+CC300
/506E4
-W034 1 4 -XA:4
230VAC.L1.416
/432C1
230VAC.L1.1254
-XA:1 12 5 -W025 2
/506E4
5 -XA:5
230VAC.L2.417
5
5
-W034 2
/432C1
230VAC.L2.1255
-XA:2
Slipring 11-12
230VAC TO CC300
6
6
Loop diagram
30 23 -W026 1 -XA:6
230VAC.L1.409
Slipring distribution - power
/506E6
Slipring 30-31 23
24 -XA:7
230VAC.L2.408
7
7
AVI-light Supply 31 -W026 2

/506E6
24
Loc:
HLA:
32 25
Dwg. No.
25
33 26
SP2552-2
+JB450
26
34 27
27
Slipring 32-38 28
35
Spare 28
+AP-XU
36 29
29
37 30
8
8
30
Sheet rev.
38 31
31
502
501
Next sheet
F
E
B
A
D
C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
proprietary property of Cargotec and are not to be used, reproduced or disclosed 230 VAC
A A
1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 1 3 1 3
-F01 32A -F02 20A -F03 16A -F04 16A -F05 10A
2 4 6 2 4 6 2 4 2 4 2 4
1 3 5
-K02 -G01:N L2.893
/404B1
-G01:L L3.892
/407.D5 2 4 6 /404B1
1 3 A1 -PB2 3
B B
Black
-K05
/502.B6
N(4)
N(4)
N(4)
L(1)
L(1)
L(1)
-K05 2 4 A2 4
-C01 -C02 -C03
/502.B6
/502.B6
/407.B3 /407.B3 /407.B4
Pulse relay
-ES189 -ES189 -ES189
U1(2)
Nreg(3)
U1(2)
Nreg(3)
U1(2)
Nreg(3)
Fan Regulator Heat Regulator Heat Regulator
-X10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
+OP105
C C
-W1200 WH
-W1200 RD
-W1200 BK
-W1210 2
-W1211 2
-W1212 2
-W1214 2
-W1215 2
-W1216 2
-W1217 2
-W1210 1
-W1211 1
-W1212 1
-W1214 1
-W1215 1
-W1216 1
-W1217 1
-W1210 3
-X10 4 5 6
-X10 7 8
-PB0 3
Black
1 3 5
2 4 SINGLE
-S01 32A 4
SOCKET OUTLET
-F01 10A
D 2 4 6 D
1 3 -R1 -R2 -XS02 L N
1 1
L /252.E3
Light switch
-X10 1 2 3 -XS01 2 2
on cabin wall
/252.E1
PE N
+CC100 L1 L1
-R1 -R2
-W101 WH
-W101 RD
Supply&Service
-W101 BK
Socket
L N N incl. in cabin
2
3
1
2x18W
-X10:1
-X10:2
-X10:3
:PE
L2 L2 Air Cond.Unit
230VAC.L1.367
230VAC.L2.893
230VAC.L3.894
L N /252.E3
E 2300W E
M
-ES10
PE.1236
Aircon
L N L
Unit
-ME1 -E05 -XS03
Cabin Defrosting Fan Cabin Heater Left Cabin Heater Right
/504E2
/504E2
/504E2
/504E2
SINGLE
272W
SOCKET OUTLET
1.31A 8.7 A 8.7 A 10 A 16 A 2 x 0.08 A
272W 2000W 2000W
=CRANE KING POWER SUPPLY
Starter Cabinet
+ES400 3x230VAC/60Hz
F F
0 Issued for production 2013-10-15 ENA MSP Mawei Shipbuilding (MW610-2) Date 2013-10-15 Loop diagram SP2552-2 +AP-XU 502
SP2552-2 HLA: =CRANE CABIN Sheet rev. Next sheet
Project rev. 5 Power System Crane Cabin 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
230VAC.L1.UPS.585
-F12:2
/506E5
230VAC.L2.UPS.582
-F12:4
/506E5
24VDC.955 -XP20:4
/438D8
B B
-XX1 9
s2 s2 1S1
-T01 -T02 -T03

/510.C1 /504.B1
s1 s1 1S2
C 10 -XX1 8 C
11
2 6 5 4 3 14 8
A1 A2
1 2 3 4 -U27
A1
-U27 13 15 7 9
9 7 15 13
-U27
-D02:15
-D02:14
-D02:13
-D02:12
D D
DI.921
DI.541
DI.922
DI.3
/440A1
/440A4
/440A3
/440A2
E E
F F
Project rev. 5 Earth Fault Monitoring 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
1 3 5 1 3 1 3 1 3
-T03 1 3 1 3 5 1 3
-F02 40A -F03 20A -F04 10A -F05 10A
-F06 6A -F07 6A -F08 16A
/503.C4 2 4 6 2 4 2 4 2 4
2 4 2 4 6 2 4
1 3 5
-F01 50A
B B
2 4 6
11(9) 21(10) 11(9) 21(10)

-S23 3
-K38 -K37 -K37
12(1) 14(5)
22(2) 24(6) 12(1) 14(5)
22(2) 24(6)
/445.E6
/445.E5
/445.E5
4
-X10 8 9 -X10 17 18 -X10 10 12 11

-XA 1 2 3 -X10 1 2 3 -X10 13 14
C C
-W114 2
-W121 2
-W115 2
-W110 2
-W114 1
-W121 1
-W115 1
-W110 1
-W115 3
-X10 3
4
+JB202
-W101 WH
-W101 RD
-W027 GY
-W027 BN
-W027 BK
-W101 BK
-W117 2
-W117 1
D D
L
-ES08
230VAC.L3.1235 =CRANE KING+ET440-ET440:2W
230VAC.L1.1249 =CRANE KING+ET440-ET440:2U
230VAC.L2.1234 =CRANE KING+ET440-ET440:2V
-X10 1 /252.C5
2
Light Main Winch
+JB203 N
PE PE
-W118 2
-W118 1
+CC100-X10:1
+CC100-X10:2
+CC100-X10:3
-UL01:N1
-UL01:L1
230VAC.181-H12:23
230VAC.535-X10:19
230VAC.537-X10:20
230VAC.180-H12:3
230VAC.L1.1253
230VAC.L2.1253
:PE
230VAC.L1.367
230VAC.L2.893
230VAC.L3.894
PE.1241 :PE
-R10:N2
-SB2:5
-SB1:5
PE.1236
-X10 1 2 3 4
E E
+JB204 L1 L4 L1 L4 L1 L4
-ES06 -ES07 -ES05
/502E1
/502E1
/502E1
/506A1
/506A1
/502E2
/507A2
/507A2
/507A3
/507A4
/507A4
/507A7
/507A7
PE PE PE
/514C8
/514C8
/514C8
/514C8
-W119 2
-W120 2
-W119 1
-W120 1
/252.C5 /252.D7 /252.A3

N N Battery Backup
N 1.5h
2x18W 2x18W 2x18W
Main supply 230VAC/60Hz 3x230VAC/60Hz 2x230VAC/60Hz L PE L PE Battery Backup 1.5h Battery Backup 1.5h CABINET FAN
-ES03 -ES04 MOTOR EMERGENCY PUMP
TO +CC100 TO UPS AND HEATER HEATING HEATING
Inside Crane King Crane Pedestal Outside Crane King +ES404
/252.A8 /252.A8
FloodlightN FloodlightN
500W 500W
Knuckle Jib
F F
1 Reissued according to change report #1 2013-11-19 ENA MSP Mawei Shipbuilding (MW610-2) Date 2013-10-15 Loop diagram SP2552-2 +AP-XU 504
Project rev. 5 Power Distribution 230VAC 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
C MAIN PUMP 1 MAIN PUMP 2 C

-M01 -M02
SPARE DRAWING
D D
E E
F F
Mawei Shipbuilding (MW610-2) Date 2013-10-15 Loop diagram SP2552-2 +AP-XU 505
Project rev. 5 Power Distribution 230VAC 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
in whole or in part by or to anyone without written permission of Cargotec. 230VAC 230VAC UPS 230VAC UPS
60Hz 50Hz AVI-LIGHTS
-UL01 16A
A 230VAC.L1.1253
-F03:2 L1 L2 A
2 4
1 3
Input Output
/504E3
230VAC.L2.1253
-F03:4 N1 N2
/504E3
-F09
/252.C2
NRT-U3000
11(9) 21(10) 31(11) 41(12)

NRT-U3000 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
B 10A 10A 10A 6A 10A -K39 B
-UL01 -F10 -F11 -F12 -F13 -F14
12(1) 14(5) 22(2) 24(6) 32(3) 34(7) 42(4) 44(8)
2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4
Input
/445.E7
/445.F7
/445.F7
/252.C2
SPARE
-X10 15 16 -XA 4 5 -XA 6 7 -X10 4 5 -X10 6 7
RJ-45
-X34
C C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-W706 WH/GN
-W706 WH/OR
-W706 GN
-W706 OR
-W102 2
-W025 2
-W026 2
-W112 2
-W113 2
-W102 1
-W025 1
-W026 1
-W112 1
-W113 1
-X10 1 2
D D
+JB202
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-X33 RJ-45
PE
PE PE
-W116 1
-W116 2
ethernet.919-U61:RJ-45_4
-JB450:23
-JB450:24
-JB450:4
-JB450:5
230VAC.L2.UPS.531
230VAC.L1.UPS.527
230VAC.L1.UPS.585
230VAC.L2.UPS.582
-U27:11
-U27:10
-X10:10
-X10:9
E E
230VAC.L1.416
230VAC.L2.417
230VAC.L1.409
230VAC.L2.408
L L
-ES01 -ES02
/252.A5 /252.A7
AVI-Light AVI-Light
/403E1
/403E1
230VAC N 230VAC N
/410B7
/501B5
/501B5
/503B2
/503B2
/501B7
/501B7
+JB450
+CC100 +CC100 +JB450 Winch Skid Main Jib Fwd
SUPPLY AVI-LIGHT
UPS SUPPLY UPS SUPPLY EARTH FAULT
FROM SLIPRING
TO +CC100 TO +CC300 MONITORING
+JB450
THROUGH SLIPRING
F F
Project rev. 5 Power Distribution 230VAC UPS 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
/504E7
/504E7
/504E7
/504E8
/504E8
/504E8
/504E8
A A
-F08:4230VAC.181
-F08:2230VAC.180
-F08:2230VAC.535
-F08:4230VAC.537
-F07:2
-F07:4
-F07:6
-X10 19 20 21 22
Start
Start
Start
-S03 -S18 -S21
0
3 23 3 23 3 23
B B
HEATER HEATER HEATER
4 24 4 24 4 24
-XX1 4
61 61
21
-W123 2
-W123 4
-W123 1
-W123 3
-K13 -K15
C 400A C
-K01 62 62
/511.F7
/513.E7
22
/510.E6
-XX1 5
x1 x1 x1
-H12 -H16 -H18
6 5 6 5
D -SB2 -SB1 D
°C °C x2 x2 x2
4 3 4 3
230VAC.70 +ES404-X10:1
230VAC.69 +ES404-X10:2
230VAC.922+ES404-X10:3
230VAC.921+ES404-X10:4
230VAC.9 -X6:1
230VAC.10 -X6:2
230VAC.21 -X6:5
230VAC.22 -X6:6
230VAC.31 -X6:7
230VAC.32 -X6:8
/509A1
/510D3
/510D4
/511D3
/511D4
/513D3
/513D4
/509A2
/509A3
/509A3
E E
-R10 L N1 N2 N -E01.1
L1 N
-M01 -M10 -M20 EMERGENCY PUMP CABINET HEATING
MAIN PUMP 1 CIRCULATION PUMP OIL COOLER 1 HEATING +ES404
400W 400W Fan HEATING HEATING HEATING +ES404
Cabinet Heater Ventilation Fan
F F
Project rev. 5 Aux. Switchboard equipment 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
This document and all data disclosed herein and herewith are the confidential and MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR
proprietary property of Cargotec and are not to be used, reproduced or disclosed +ES400
TRIP RUNNING REMOTE AUTO START
/442C4
/442C3
/442C2
/445C8
/445D8
/442B4
A A
-X1:1 24VDC.899
DI.8
DI.36
DI.26
DI.24
0V.213
-X1:3
-X1:4
-X1:5
-X1:6
-X1:2
230VAC
-W215 4
-W215 6
-W215 2
-W215 1
-W215 3
-W215 5
/509.B7
12(3) 1
Auto
Auto
Man
Man
4 14
0
-X1 6 2 -K91 Em.stop
-S02 Man -S02 Auto
-X1 1 3 4 5
2
3 13
B B
44 23 A1 -S01 2
21
61 -S02 Remote -K02 Autostart
-Q01 Stop
-K01 43 24 A2 1
22
62
/508.E7
/508.C5
/508.E8
-HS116:4 24VDC.637 13 54
1 3 5
/509C6
-Q01
-Q01 -S01 4 1
13 14 -Q01 14 53
Start
-K02 Autostart
I> I> I> 21 22
50A 3 3 2
2 4 6 -K02
/508.C5
/508.E8
/508.B5
2 1
C /508.C8 C
3
13
/509D1
/509D2
-K01 14
/508.E7
1 3 5
-H02:4 230VAC.71
-H02:14 230VAC.72
-K01 50A
-Q02
/508.E7 2 4 6 11
A1 -S01
-K01 50A
XXA
/508.E8
D A2 Start D
12
/508.E7
-W030 WH
I>
-W030 RD
-W030 BK
2
-W031 GY
-W031 BN
-W031 BK
I>
3
4
-T1
690/230VAC
I>
5
6
-X6 1 2
PE MAIN MOTOR
CONTACTOR RUN
-K01
/508.D7 -S01
1 2 3 4
/508.C8
/427B1 3 4 1 2
+ES400-XA:8440VAC.924 /508.D2 /508.B8
W1
PE
V1
U1
/427B1 5 6 11 12
+ES400-XA:9440VAC.926 R1 -W032 1 /508.D8
14 13
E R2 -W032 2 /508.D7 E
M 43 44
PE
3 ~ T1 /508.B4
21 22
-X61 T2 /509.B1
1 2 3 31 32
-M31
Emergency Motor
3x440VAC/60Hz
1 2 3 PE 20kW (S1-100%)
+ECC1 -X60
2
4
3
1
/251.F6 /101.F6
EMERGENCY SUPPLY
440VAC/60Hz
F F
1 Reissued according to change report #1 2013-11-19 ENA MSP Project rev. 5 -M31 Emergency pump 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
/507E7
/507E7
/507E8
/507E8
+ES400-X10:22230VAC.921
A A
+ES400-X10:19 230VAC.70
+ES400-X10:20 230VAC.69
+ES400-X10:21230VAC.922
-W123 2
-W123 4
-W123 1
-W123 3
B -X10 1 2 3 4 B
21
-K91
-K01 /509.C8
22 1 2
/508.B6
/508.E7
-F1 -F2 12(3)

1 1
2A 2A 24VDC
1 1
-HS116 1 11 3
Start
-H02 -HS116 -HS116

0
3 13 A1
HEATING -K91 Em.stop

C -SB1 1 2 12 4 C
4 14 °C A2
/509.B7
2 3 24VDC.637 -S02:24
/508C5
-X1 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
-W215 10
-W215 12
-W215 13
-W215 14
-W215 15
-W215 16
-W215 17
-W215 11
x1
-W215 7
-W215 8
-W215 9
-H02
x2
#21125.534 +ES400-X1:15
#21126.536 +ES400-X1:16
#21127.538 +ES400-X1:17
D D
+ES400-X1:7 EM.STOP.488
/446A6
+ES400-X1:8 EM.STOP.532
230VAC.71 -X6:1
230VAC.72 -X6:2
EM.STOP LOOP /446A6

+ES400-X1:9 EM.STOP.530
TIL +ES400 /446A6
/446A7
/446A7
/446A7
+ES400-X1:10 EM.STOP.249
/446A6
/508D3
/508D4
L 24VDC.535 +ES400-X1:11
-R1 /446A6
CABINET HEATER DI.537 +ES400-X1:12
150W /446A6
E 24VDC.603 +ES400-X1:13 E
/446A7
EMERGENCY PUMP 0V.633 +ES400-X1:14
N
HEATING /446A7
+ES404
F F
Project rev. 5 -M31 Emergency pump Aux. 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
This document and all data disclosed herein and herewith are the confidential and MOTOR POWER MOTOR MOTOR 230VAC
TRIP PRESENT RUNNING REMOTE
/513D2
/513D3
Auto
Man
/439B1
/439B2
/439B3
/439B4
14
Auto
Man
0
-Q14:1
440VAC.L1.892 4
0
/511A1 -S01 Auto
A -Q14:3440VAC.L2.4 11(9) -S01 Man A
/511A1 13
-Q14:5
440VAC.L3.893 3 -S01
-K91
-Q15:6230VAC.L1.1
-Q15:2230VAC.L2.2
/511A1 Em.stop
DI.591
DI.588
DI.735
DI.590
24 23
1 3 5 12(1) 14(5) /510.B5
/446.A7
/510.B6 -Q13 -S02 2
-D02:2
-D02:3
-D02:4
-D02:5
/510.B4
-U01 Stop
I> I> I> -XX1 7 1
XXA
/510.E8
2 4 6
-XX2 1 -XX2 2
L1
N
L2
L3
15
11(2)
-U01 Power -S02 4
21 13 24 Start -K21 Autostart
25 -S01 16 18
B 400A 12(3) 14(1) B
/510.A2
-P01 Therm. 3
-U01
/444.E1
Power
/510.E8
1 2 3 4 5 6 22 -K01 14 23
OFF 26 28
/510.C5
/510.E6
/510.A8
-XX1 3
/510.A2
ON
-XX1 6
S1 -XX1 10
1 -XX2 3
-T04 -P21 A
S2 -XX1 11 -P03:22 24VDC.741 13 43 -XX1 2
24VDC.578 -XP20:1
2 /511C3 Therm. 400A
24VDC.918 -S13:23
400/5A 24VDC.571 -XP20:2
-P01 14 -K01 44
-X2 /438D8
/510.C5
/510.E6
C -T01 C
A1 17
/438C8
/511C4
/503.C3 /510.C6 -K34
-X2 -P01
18 28
/510.E7
A2 T1 T2
/507E4
/507E4
31 21
-K13:A2
230VAC.L1.733
/511D7 -K02 400A -K03 250A
1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5
32 22
-XX1:5, -H12:x1 230VAC.9

-H12:24 230VAC.10
-Q01 -K01 -K02 -K03
/510.E7
/510.E6
400A 400A 250A
A1 A1 A1 A1 2(L) X1
/510.E6 2 4 6 /510.E7 2 4 6 /510.E6 2 4 6 400A 250A 400A -P31
I> I> I> -K01 -K03 -K02 -K34
h -H01 /510.E8
400A 2 4 6 A2 A2 A2 A2
D D
/510.E7
/510.E6
/510.E6
/510.E7
3(N) X2
-X6 1 2 -X16 1 2
-XX1 1
-W001.P1 1
-W001.P2 1
-W001.P3 1
230VAC.L1.732
PE /446B1
MAIN Y D Y/D HOUR MOTOR
CONTACTOR CONTACTOR CONTACTOR CONTROL COUNTER RUN
-W001.W1 1
-W001.U1 1
-W001.V1 1
-W001.U2 1
-W001.V2 1
-W001.W2 1
-K01 -K03 -K02 -K34

+JB450-JB450:PE
PE
+JB450-JB450:L1
+JB450-JB450:L2
+JB450-JB450:L3
/510.D6 /510.D6 /510.D7 /510.D7 -S02

1 2 1 2 1 2 28 17 3 4
/510.C7 /510.B7
3 4 3 4 3 4 18 1 2
W2
PE
V2
U2
/510.D2 /510.D3 /510.D2 /510.B7

440VAC.L1.411
440VAC.L2.410
440VAC.L3.413
E R1 -W012 1 5 6 5 6 5 6 X1 X2 E
/510.D8
W1 R2 -W012 2 13 14 13 14 13 14
PE.412
M /510.B4
V1 3 ~ T1 -W013 1
/507.C4
21 22
/510.D7
21 22 21 22
U1 T2 -W013 2 31 32 31 32 31 32
/510.D6
-M01 43 44 43 44 43 44
/501B1
/501B1
/501B2
/501B2
/510.C6
Main Pump Motor I
3x440VAC/60Hz
215kW (S6-40%)
In = 340A
/251.A8
F F
0 Issued for production 2013-10-15 ENA MSP Project rev. 5 -M01 HPU Main Pump 1 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
This document and all data disclosed herein and herewith are the confidential and MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR 230VAC
TRIP RUNNING REMOTE
/513D2
/513D3
/441B1
/441B2
/441B3
Auto
Auto
Man
Man
11 8 4 14
440VAC.L1.892
-Q13:1 -Q06:1440VAC.L1.1
0
/510A3 /512A1
A 440VAC.L2.4-Q13:3 -Q06:3
440VAC.L2.892 -K92 Em.stop -S13 Man -S13 Auto A
/510A3 /512A1
440VAC.L3.893
-Q13:5 -Q06:5
440VAC.L3.892 12 4 14 12 3 13
/510A3 /512A1
/446.A8
DI.564
DI.563
DI.562
230VAC.L1.584
230VAC.L2.558
24 23
/511.B5
2
-D02:22
-D02:23
-D02:24
-Q15:6
-Q15:2
1 3 5 1 3 5 -S14
-Q03 Stop
-Q14 -Q03 13 14 1
/511.E7
21 22 13
I> I> I> I> I> I>

XXA 2 4 6 6.3A 2 4 6 14 4 11(2)
-Q03
21 21 53 24 Start
-S14 -K25 Autostart
B -S13 B
-P03 Therm. -Q03 3 12(3) 14(1)
/444.E5
/511.E7
22 22 -K13 54 23 13
/511.C5
/511.E7
/511.A8
Therm.
-Q06:22 24VDC.581
/512C3 14
-P03
/511.C5
24VDC.579 -S16:23
24VDC.918 -S01:23 14
/510C5
24VDC.741 -XX2:3
9A
-K13 13
/511.E7
-P04:A1
230VAC.L2.559
/513C5
/512C4
C C
/510C4
A1
1 3 5
-K13 /511.B6
9A -P03 X1
/507E5
/507E6
-H05
/511.E7 2 4 6 A2 T1 T2
/511.E7
-P04:A2
230VAC.L1.557
/513D5 X2
-H16:x1, -K13:62 230VAC.21

-H16:24 230VAC.22
S1
1
-T06 -P23 A
230VAC.L1.568
-K56:A2 -H06:X2
230VAC.L1.567
S2 /446B4 /512D7
2
A1
D -K13 9A D
-X16 5 6 A2
-X6 5 6
/511.E7
-X44 1 2 3
PE 230VAC.L1.733
-P01:A2 -K14:A2
230VAC.L1.564
/510D6 /512D6
-W010 2
-W010 1
-W010 3
MAIN MOTOR
CONTACTOR RUN
W1
-K13
PE
V1
U1
R1 -W010 5 /511.D7 -H05

E R2 -W010 6 1 2 3 4 E
M /511.B7
3 ~ T1 -W010 7
/511.C2
3 4
/511.B7
1 2
T2 -W010 8 5 6 X1 X2
/511.C7
-M10 13 14
/511.C7
Circulation Pump Motor 53 54
3x440VAC / 60Hz /511.B4
83 84
4.3kW (S1-100%)
61 62
/507.C5
71 72
/101.D6
F F
Project rev. 5 -M10 Circulation Pump 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
This document and all data disclosed herein and herewith are the confidential and MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR
TRIP RUNNING REMOTE
/441B4
/441B5
/441B6
Auto
Auto
Man
Man
31(11) 4 14
440VAC.L1.1-Q03:1 -Q04:1
440VAC.L1.731
0
/511A3 /513A1
A 440VAC.L2.892
-Q03:3 -Q04:3
440VAC.L2.733 -K92 Em.stop -S16 Man -S16 Auto A
/511A3 /513A1
440VAC.L3.892
-Q03:5 -Q04:5
440VAC.L3.735 32(3) 34(7) 3 13
/511A3 /513A1
DI.561
/446.A8
DI.559
DI.560
24 23
/512.B5
2
-D02:25
-D02:26
-D02:27
13
-S17
Stop
1
/512.E7
-Q06 14
14 11(2)
21 53 24 Start
-S17 -K26 Autostart
B -S16 230VAC.L2.68 B
-P04:14
-Q06 /446A1 13 12(3) 14(1)
230VAC.L2.910
/444.E6
/512.E7
22 -K14 54 23
/512.E7
/512.A8
-P04:22 24VDC.583
/513C3
/513C6
24VDC.581 -K13:54
24VDC.579 24VDC.956 14
/511C5 /513C4 9A
-S13:23 -S19:23
1 3 5
-K14 13
-Q06
/512.E7
/511B4
C C
-Q06 I> I> I>
13 14 1.6A X1
2 4 6 -H06
21 22
/512.E7
X2
1 3 5
230VAC.L1.567
-H05:X2 -H07:X2
230VAC.L1.566
-K14 /511D8 /513D7
9A
A1
/512.E7 2 4 6 9A
-K14
A2
D D
/512.E7
-X44 4 5 6
230VAC.L1.564
-K13:A2 -K15:A2
230VAC.L1.581
/511D7 /513D6
PE
MAIN MOTOR
CONTACTOR RUN
-W011 2
-W011 1
-W011 3
-K14
/512.D7 -H06
1 2 13 14
W1
PE
V1
U1
/512.B7
3 4 1 2
/512.D2 /512.B7
E 5 6 X1 X2 E
M /512.C7
3 ~ T1
/512.C7
13 14
T2 53 54
/512.B4
-M11 83 84
CJC Filter 61 62
3x440VAC / 60Hz 71 72
0.5kW (S1-100%)
/251.B8
+HYD
F F
0 Issued for production 2013-10-15 ENA MSP Project rev. 5 -M11 CJC Filter 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
proprietary property of Cargotec and are not to be used, reproduced or disclosed MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR
in whole or in part by or to anyone without written permission of Cargotec. TRIP RUNNING REMOTE
/441B7
/441B8
/442B1
Auto
Auto
Man
Man
5 4 14
440VAC.L1.731
-Q06:1
0
A /512A2 A
440VAC.L2.733
-Q06:3 -K92 Em.stop -S19 Man -S19 Auto
/512A2
440VAC.L3.735
-Q06:5 1 9 3 13
/512A2
/446.A8
DI.558
DI.557
DI.4
24 23
/513.B5
1
-D02:28
-D02:29
-D02:32
5 3 1 -Q16 -S20
Stop
1
/513.E7
I> I> I>
6 4 2 XXA 4 11(2)
13
21 21 53 24 Start
B -S20 -K27 Autostart B
-S19
-P04 Therm. -Q04 3 12(3) 14(1)
14
/444.E7
-Q04
/513.E7
1 3 5 22 22 -K15 54 23
/511C6
/513.C5
/513.E7
/513.A8
-Q04 -Q04
13 14
400V
415V
440V
21 22
I> I> I>
440/230VAC
0V
1600VA
230VAC.L2.559
4A 2 4 6
-T07
24VDC.583 -K14:54
0V
230V
13 14
-P03:14
24VDC.956
/512C5 Therm. 9A
-S16:23
-P04 14 -K15 13
/513.D5
/513.E7
C C
/512B4
1 3 5 5 3 1 -Q15
230VAC.L2.910 X1
-K15 /512B6 -H07
9A -Q06:14
A1 /513.E7
/507E6
/507E6
/513.E7 2 4 6 I> I> I>
/513.C6 X2
6 4 2 XXA -P04
A2 T1 T2 230VAC.L1.566
-H18:x1, -K15:62 230VAC.31

-H18:24 230VAC.32
/512D8 -H06:X2
230VAC.L1.557
-P03:A2
/511C6 A1
-X44 7 8 9 MOTOR
-K15 9A
RUN
D A2 D
/513.E7
230VAC.L2.2-P01:A1, -P01:14
230VAC.L1.1-P01:A2, -XX1:1
230VAC.L1.581
-K14:A2
-P03:A1
-P03:A2
/512D7
-W020 2
-W020 1
-W020 3
-X6 7 8 -X16 7 8
230VAC.L1.584
230VAC.L2.558
MAIN
CONTACTOR
PE
-K15
/511A5
/510A5
/510A5
/511A5
/513.D7
1 2 -H07
3 4 3 4
/513.C1 /513.B7
W1
PE
V1
U1
5 6 1 1
R1 -W020 5 /513.B7
E 13 14 X1 X2 E
R2 -W020 6 /513.C7 /513.C7
M 53 54
3 ~ T1 -W020 7 /513.B4
83 84
T2 -W020 8
61 62
-M20 /507.C6
71 72
Oil Cooler Motor 1
3x440VAC / 60Hz
3.5kW (S1-100%)
/101.E6
+HYD
F F
Project rev. 5 -M20 Oil Cooler 1 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
440VAC 230VAC
60Hz 60Hz
C C
-ET440
440VAC.L1.1251 +JB450-JB450:1 1U 2U -W027 BN +ES400-XA:1 230VAC.L1.1249
/501B4 /504E1
440VAC.L2.1252 +JB450-JB450:2 1V 2V -W027 BK +ES400-XA:2 230VAC.L2.1234
/501B4 /504E1
440VAC.L3.1241 +JB450-JB450:3 1W 2W -W027 GY +ES400-XA:3 230VAC.L3.1235
/501B4 /504E1
PE
3x440VAC / 3x230VAC PE.1241
+ES400:PE
16kVA /504E1
D D
+ET440
E E
F F
SP2552-2 HLA: =CRANE KING Sheet rev. Next sheet
Project rev. 5 TRAFO 0
Rev. Description Date Modified by Approved HMC 2201 LKO 120-18 CT Loc: +ET440 701
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
3. Data Sheets

Doc type Datasheet
Doc ID 10002392 DS
10002392
Bladder Accumulator
SH11
Control / Adjustment of Accumulator Nitrogen Pressure

Once a year the Nitrogen pressure in accumulators must be checked.
1) Activate the Emergency Stop button to shut down all hydraulic pumps
2) Connect a 0 – 400 bar manometer to a measuring point on oil side of accumulator.
3) Check that the accu drain ball valve is open
4) Check that the manometer connected to oil side of accu. shows 0 Bar
5) Remove the top cap on the actual accumulator.
6) Remove the cover screw
7) Connect the Hydramarine standard acc. manometer fill/check set on the actual accumulator.
If too low:
8) Connect a gas bottle and booster if necesarry to the filling equipment (can be obtain from a gas
supplier).
Page 1 of 2
Doc type Datasheet
Doc ID 10002392 DS
10) Fill Nitrogen on the actual accumulator until the precharge pressure is obtained in the
accumulator.
Note that prefill pressure is at T=200C
11) Mount the cover screw and cap onto the accumulator.
12) Repeat the operation 6 to 11 on each accumulator.
13) Close accu drain ball valve.
14) Restart the hydraulic system.
15) The accumulator is charged when the operator activates the AHC or AT mode on the operator
terminal in the cabin
Note: Preload pressure to be confirmed from hydraulic flow diagram for actual application.
The preload pressure stated on flow diagram referes to T=200C.
Page 2 of 2
Doc type Datasheet
Doc ID 10007608 DS
10007608
Hydraulic Motor
SH01
Page 1 of 1
Doc type Datasheet
Doc ID 11000741 DS
11000741
Valve Block
SH10
Page 1 of 1
Doc type Datasheet
Doc ID 11002087 DS
11002087
MOPS Emergency Pay Out Block
UH08
Page 1 of 2
Doc type Datasheet
Doc ID 11002087 DS
Page 2 of 2
Doc type Datasheet
Doc ID 11005972 DS
11005972
Gearbox
WG02
Page 1 of 1
Doc type Datasheet
Doc ID 11020012 DS
11020012
Hydraulic Pump
MH50
Page 1 of 2
Doc type Datasheet
Doc ID 11020012 DS
Page 2 of 2
9 Statements and Certificates

Table of Contents
1. Declaration of Conformity .................................................................................................................3
2. ABS Letter of Approval.....................................................................................................................5
3. Main Wire and Socket ......................................................................................................................7
4. Main Hook........................................................................................................................................9
5. Slew Gear ......................................................................................................................................11
6. Slew Bearing ..................................................................................................................................13
7. Main and Knuckle Jib Cylinders .....................................................................................................15
8. Accumulator ...................................................................................................................................17

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Blank page.

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
1. Declaration of Conformity

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Blank page.

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
2. ABS Letter of Approval
2 Main Data
Blank page.

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Electronically published by ABS Piraeus.
Reference T1240963, dated 16-SEP-2014.
3. Main Wire and Socket

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Blank page.

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
4. Main Hook

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Blank page.

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Foolder: --
Ceert. No.: ROT13063015.15
59
DET NORSKE
E VERIT
TAS
PROOF
P L
LOAD DE
ECLARAT
TION
L
LOOSE GEAR
G
Client: Ropeb
block B.V., Oldenzaal, The Neth
herlands Client reef.: R132653-1-1
DNV B.V. Orde erno: PP0633015
Supplied by: Ropeb
block B.V., Oldenzaal, The Neth
herlands Cust. POO: 378692
Intended for: Cargottec Norway ASS Project.:: 11006787
THIS IS TO C
CONFIRM THA AT the unders signed Surveyyor to this Sociiety did at the request of Meessrs.Ropeblo
ock BV, Oldenzaal,
nds, performed the verification on the follo
The Netherlan owing:
Two (2)) SWIVEL

L WLL 15
5T
Particulars:
Quantity: 2
Equipment de escription: Swivel WL
LL 15 mTonn
nes
Type: BG 15.500
0.C
Minimum Brea aking Load (M
MBL): 15 mTonnees
Proof load: 310 kN
ng:
Acc. to drawin BG 15.500..C
Fabrication nu
umber: R0003 – R00004
Weight: Approx. 500
0 kg
Inspection pa articulars:
Verification th
hat above men ntioned producct was built & ttested according specification as mentionned in DNV Sttandard for
Certification 2
2.22 Lifting Appliances including the Revieew of Manufacturing records & testing reccords, were performed withh
satisfactory re
esult.
Marking:
as marked by means of harrdstamping, fo
The Swivel wa or identification
n purpose only
y, as follows:
R0003 – R00004
ROT13063015.159
10 13
The undersign ned manufacturer declares that the produ uct R. Old
de Dubbelink
has been builtt in accordancce with the spe
ecification and
d QA/QC
conditions refferred to in the
e MSA R-2366 6
Place
Note: The prroduct was produced & teested withoutt the ŝŐŝƚĂůůǇ^ŝŐŶĞĚǇ͗sĞŶ͕ƌũĞŶǀĂŶĚĞƌ
presen
nce of DNV under Manufac cturing Surve ey Date
Agreemment R-2366 and Design verification
v w
was not >ŽĐĂƚŝŽŶ͗EsZŽƚƚĞƌĚĂŵ͕dŚĞEĞƚŚĞƌůĂŶĚƐ
perform
med and therrefor the use of this produ
uct for DNV Name ^ŝŐŶŝŶŐĂƚĞ͗ϮϬϭϯͲϭϬͲϯϭ
Classe
ed objects ha
ave to be take
en into consid deration.
Surveyor
If any person sufferss loss or damage which iss proved to have been ca
aused by any negligent aact or omission of Det No orske Veritas, then Det Norske Veritas shall pay ccompensation to such person for his proved directt loss or
damage. Ho owever, the compensatioon shall not exceed an ammount equal to ten timess the fee charged for the service
s in question, prov ded that the maximum ccompensation shall neverr exceed USD 2 million.
In this provision "Det Norske Veritas" shall mean the Foundation Det Nors ske Veritas as well as all its subsidiaries, directorrs, officers, employees, agents and any other actinng on behalf of Det Nors
ske Veritas.
DET NORSK
KE VERITAS AS, Veritasveienn 1, NO-1322 Høvikk, Norway, Telephoone: +47 67 57 99 00,
0 Telefax: +47 67 57 99 11, Org.No. NO
N 945 748 931 MVA
M
Form No.: 40.91a Issue: Janu
uary 2008 Page
e 1 of 1
Manufacturing Documentation
Test Report EN 10204 - 2.2
Certificate No.: C13-10039
Client : Cargotec Norway AS (Offshore) S.O. No. : R132653-1-1

P.O. No. : 378692 P.O. Date : 02-09-2013
Product code : BG 15.500.C ID No. : 11006787

Fabrication No. : R0004
Description Size / Material Heat No. Remarks

Part Dimension
Hook 8 34CrNiMo6 H3494 # 4 Y1=145

Nut 100 34CrNiMo6 A201 - 63873
Suspension 170 S355J2N A274 - 52021
Studeye 50 S355J2N CJ97 - 380455
Body 410 S355J2N 3193814
Third party certificate(s):
Remarks:
We hereby certify that:

- The above mentioned product is in accordance with the requirements of the order.
- The above mentioned product has been tested and inspected in accordance with the specifications and has met the requirements.
EC declaration:
The undersigned certifies on behalf of his company, that the above mentioned product is correct and that the decribed hoisting equipment is according the
regulations of the Machine Directive 2006/42/EC, appendix II-A.
The assembling, testing and examination was carried out under the supervision by a competent person. Our Quality Management System is certified by
DNV Business Assurance The Netherlands, certificate No. 132207-2013-AQ-NLD-RvA.
Reference standards:
- NEN 3318 / NEN 3320, for blocks
- NEN 3320, for swivels
- DIN 15401 / DIN 15402, for hooks
- DIN 15061 / DIN 15063, for sheaves
- EN 13411-4 / RR-S550D / NEN 2729 / ISO 3189-3 / FEM 1.001, for sockets
Signed for and on behalf of Ropeblock B.V. / The Netherlands
Name: Ing. J. Eertman / Technical Director
Date: 28-10-2013
1/1 KZ-217/1

!
# ! '( ' )
" % "#$ %&
.,,,2 %&'( % !( " ) (* ,$,/

*+,,-.,
,,0+

!"# 1 $7$/2# 8
$ 1/23242
562
&%9( :#$ : ,,, !
;9 ! ( ( ( ( < !
-((B . ( *=

)* 9/3
>>,?@ A

! B . ( *=

)* 9/3
>>,?@ A

( !
# !"%B (B ' -! B
ZKdϭϯ͘ϬϲϯϬϭϱ
ROT 13063015-159
SWL 15T Es^ƚ͘Ĩ͘ĞƌƚϮ͘ϮϮͲ>ŝĨƚŝŶŐƉƉůŝĂŶĐĞƐ
PL 310 KN ^ŝŐŶŝŶŐĂƚĞ͗ϮϬϭϯͲϭϬͲϯϭ
ŝŐŝƚĂůůǇ^ŝŐŶĞĚǇ͗sĞŶ͕ƌũĞŶǀĂŶĚĞƌ
On behalf of DNV, Manufacturing Survey Arrangement No. R-2366
% +' , #+' - ! $'
B !@; - '
' B 7$,$,/
0C$7-/
Product: BG 15.500.C Order No.: R132653-1-1
Customer: CARGOTEC Fabrication No.: R0004
ZKdϭϯ͘ϬϲϯϬϭϱ
Es^ƚ͘Ĩ͘ĞƌƚϮ͘ϮϮͲ>ŝĨƚŝŶŐƉƉůŝĂŶĐĞƐ
^ŝŐŶŝŶŐĂƚĞ͗ϮϬϭϯͲϭϬͲϯϭ
Proofload (kN)
ŝŐŝƚĂůůǇ^ŝŐŶĞĚǇ͗sĞŶ͕ƌũĞŶǀĂŶĚĞƌ
Elongation (mm)
Max. Proofload: 310.10 kN

Max. Elongation: 6.30 mm
Inspection Certificate
EN 10204 - 3.1
Manufacturer : Ropeblock B.V. - Oldenzaal - The Netherlands Marking:

Certificate No. : 2013260
Type of Hook : Point hook acc. DIN 15401
Size : 8V
Quantity : 10
8V
Heat No. : H3494 (99945) H3494 # 1-10
Material : 34CrNiMo6 DIN 15401
Chemical analysis
C Mn Si Ni Cr S P Mo Al Cu Nb V
EN 10083-1
% % % % % % % % % % % %
Rated values 0.30 - 0.50 -  1.30 - 1.30 -   0.15 -

0.38 0.80 0.40 1.70 1.70 0.035 0.035 0.30
Actual values 0,36 0,58 0,22 1,52 1,54 0,005 0,007 0,21 0,024
Mechanical properties
Tensile Yield Elongation Impact test ISO V
DIN 15400 RM (N / mm²) ReH / Rp0.2 (N / mm²) A (%) J T (°C)
Rated values --- 620 (min.) ---  27J -20°C
Actual values 917 794 18,4 120-122-114 -40
Heat treatment
Hooks are treated to the values of solidity class: V
The heat treatment of the materials is in accordance with the applicable material specification.
NDE Examinations
Dimensional examination All measurement deviations under tolerance
Ultrasonic examination Satisfactory, free of internal seperations which may effect utilization
Magnetic Particle examination Satisfactory, free of surface cracks which may effect utilization
Remarks
The above mentioned product is in acoordance with the regulations of the EC Machine Directive 2006\42\EC.
The reported values are strictly in accordance with the original mill certificates.
Quality certificate for forged load hooks according to DIN 15404.
For and on behalf of Ropeblock B.V. / The Netherlands

Name : J.H. Eertman
Position : Technical Director
Date : 17-6-2013
KZ190/0
Heat No.: 63873
Re-Marking: A201
Re-marking
R QA/QC Dept.
B Ropeblock BV
Heat No.: 52021
Re-Marking: A274
Re-marking
R QA/QC Dept.
B Ropeblock BV
Heat No.: 52021
Re-Marking: A274
5. Slew Gear

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Blank page.

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
6. Slew Bearing

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
Blank page.

MACGREGOR NORWAY AS
10 Other
10 Other
Blank page.
10 Other

12t Crane SP2552-2-15-1 UM

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

12t Crane SP2552-2-15-1 UM

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PROJECT DOCUMENT Page 1 of 1

Customer Supplier Project number, supplier

P.O. number, customer

Revision Description Date Author Checked by

This user manual is contained in a single volume:

MacGregor Norway AS +47 38 01 87 01

After warranty period:

Contact your nearest MacGregor service office.

4. General Security Conditions

7. HSE – Health, Safety and Environment

Do not stay underneath or in the vicinity of a suspended load.

Before work proceeds verify that all circuits are voltage-free.

7.2. Disconnection of Live Circuits

7.3. Accidental Activation

7.4. Electrical Supply Specification

7.5. Replacement Parts

7.7. Observing the Installation Guidelines

2. Regulation and Design Criteria

8.4.2. Angle / Radius Limits .......................................................................................................... 8

Annex A - Technical Descritpion of the Hydraulic System………………………………………A1

2.2. Crane King

2.3. Jib System

2.4. Jib Cylinders

2.5. Slew Gear and Slew Bearing

2.6. Automatic Lubrication

Figure above shows a cross-section

3.1. Hydraulic Oil Tank

3.2. Hydraulic Filter System

3.3. Oil Cooler

3.4. Main Control Valve Including Pilot Valves

1) One inlet section

4.1. Hydraulic Winch Unit

4.2. Auto Tension System

4.3. Manual Overload Protection System (MOPS)

• A 3/2 way electrically operated pilot valve

reducing valve described above, the load will be lowered.

4.4. Automatic Overload Protection System (AOPS)

Avi. Light UPS

L3 Utility supply Aircraft Warning Light

Electrical Block Diagram (typical layout)

The electrical system comprises the following main elements:

• Crane Control System Cabinet CC100

5.1. Starter Cabinet – ES400

• Start, stop and running status of the HPU motor

Starter Cabinet –ES400 (typical layout)

5.2. Operator Panel – OP105

VHF MIC MIC VHF

CABIN DEFROSTING FAN BUZZER

Spare Spare Spare

Operator panel –OP105 (typical layout)

5.3. Electric Motor and Slip Rings

The PLC is connected to a computer (industrial-grade PC)

• Main jib (2x) position encoders

6.1. Control Cabinet – CC100

6.2. Radio Remote Console – RCC97.1

6.3. Load Derating

6.4. Operator Cabin

7. Emergency Operation System

a) Emergency HPU unit (M31)

8.1. Crane Control System

8.2. Emergency Stop

The emergency stop circuit is a hardwired failsafe circuit normally including

8.3. Overload Protection